/

ANNALS

OF THE

CARNEGIE MUSEUM

Volume XXIX

1942-1943

\

Published by the Authority of the
Board of Trustees of the Carnegie Institute
Pittsburgh, Pa.

October, 1943

ARRANGED FOR PUBLICATION BY

Arthur W. Henn

CARNEGIE

INSTITUTE PRESS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Title Page i

Title of Contents iii

List of Genera and Species new to Science v

ARTICLE

I. List of the Tinamous in the collection of the Carnegie

Museum. By W. E. Clyde Todd (Feb. 27, 1942) .... 1-29

II. Observations on the life history of a new Chalcidoid Wasp,
an internal parasite of Ant-lion larvae. By George E.
Wallace, pi. I (March 13, 1942) 31-40

III. Upper Cretaceous fauna of the Asphalt Ridge, Utah. By

I. P. TolmachofT, pis. I ll (May 5, 1942) 41-60

IV. A review of the genus Phoca. By J. Kenneth Doutt,

pis. I-XIV (May 12, 1942) 61-125

V. The Cephalopod fauna of the Conemaugh series in western
Pennsylvania. By A. K. Miller and A. G. Unklesbay,
pis. I-VIII (June 12, 1942) 127-174

VI. Descriptions of two new Salamanders from peninsular
Florida. By M. Graham Netting and Coleman J. Goin,
pi. I (June 16, 1942) 175-196

VII. Critical remarks on the races of the Sharp-tailed Sparrow.

By W. E. Clyde Todd (June 16, 1942) 197-199

VIII. The Canadian forms of the Sharp-tailed Sparrow, Am-

mospiza caudacuta. By James L. Peters (Sept. 3, 1942). . 201-210

IX. Description of a new race of Siren intermedia Le Conte.

By Coleman J. Goin (Sept. 3, 1942) 211-217

X. The Chazy Conularida and their congeners. By G. Wins-
ton Sinclair, pis. I-III (Oct. 1, 1942) 219-240

XI. Scolecodonts from the Erindale, Upper Ordovician, at
Streetsville, Ontario. By E. R. Eller, pis. I-IV (Nov.

6, 1942) 241-270

XII. List of the Hummingbirds in the collection of the Car-
negie Museum. By W. E. Clyde Todd (Dec. 31, 1942) . 271-370

XIII. A collection of Lepidoptera (Rhopalocera) from the

Cayman Islands. By G. D. Hale Carpenter and C. B.

Lewis (Jan. 15, 1943). 371-396

XIV. New and rare Ithomiinae (Lepidoptera) in the Carnegie

Museum. By Richard M. Fox, pi. I (March 5, 1943) .397-408

XV. Birds collected during two cruises of the “Vagabondia”
to the west coast of South America. By Ruth Trimble

(June 3, 1943) 409-441

XVI. New Neididae (Hemiptera) from South America, with
notes on some little-known species. By Halbert M.

Harris (June 30, 1943) 443-450

Index 451-468

IV

LIST OF GENERA AND SPECIES
NEW TO SCIENCE

Stomatoceras rubra eriensis, var. nov. Insecta

31

Cardium kayi, sp. nov. Lamellibranchiata

54

Crenella burkei, sp. nov.

. . . . 57

Phoca vitulina mellonae, subsp. nov.

Mammalia

111

Poterioceras subellipticunij sp. nov. Cephalopoda

135

Pennoceras, gen. nov.

u

146

Pennoceras seamani, sp. nov.

u

147

Pseudotriton montanus floridanus, su

bsp. nov. Amphibia. . .

... 175

Pseudobranchus striatus axanthus, subsp. nov. “

183

Siren intermedia nettingi, subsp. nov.

u

211

Conularina, gen. nov. Conularida

220

Conularina undosa, sp. nov.

u

222

Conularina irrasa, sp. nov.

«

.223

Conularina raymondi, sp. nov.

u

.223

Conularina narrawayi, sp. nov.

u

224

Climacoconus, gen. nov.

u

225

Climacoconus rallus, sp. nov.

u

. . .228

Climacoconus humilis, sp. nov.

u

.228

Climacoconus clarki, sp. nov.

u

.229

Climacoconus bromidus, sp. nov.

a

.230

Climacoconus pumilus, sp. nov.

u

.231

Lumbriconereites marlenediesae, sp.

nov. Annelida.

. 243

Lumbriconereites proclivis, sp. nov.

u

244

Lumbriconereites deflexus, sp. nov.

u

... 244

Lumbriconereites copiosus, sp. nov.

u

.245

Nereidavus ineptus, sp. nov.

u

. 246

Nereidavus hamus, sp. nov.

u

.246

Nereidavus procurvus, sp. nov.

a

. ... 247

Ildraites exquisitus, sp. nov.

u

... 248

Ildraites fritzae, sp. nov.

u

. ... 248

Ildraites patulus, sp. nov.

u

249

Palecenonites, gen. nov.

u

250

Paleoenonites accuratus, sp. nov.

a

250

V

Palecenonites latissimus, sp. nov.

u

251

Palecenonites edentulus, sp. nov.

u

251

Paleoenonites accuratus, sp. nov.

u

252

Eunicites denticulatus, sp. nov.

u

252

Eunicites purus, sp. nov.

u

253

CEnonites conterminus, sp. nov.

a

254

(Enonites crepitus, sp. nov.

a

254

CEnonites sinuatus, sp. nov.

a

255

CEnonites caducus, sp. nov.

a

256

Leodicites acclivis, sp. nov.

u

256

Leodicites streetsvillensis, sp. nov.

a

257

Leodicites creditensis, sp. nov.

u

257

Leodicites summus, sp. nov.

u

258

Leodicites barbatus, sp. nov.

u

259

Leodicites densus, sp. nov.

u

259

Staurocephalites cuspis, sp. nov.

u

260

Arabellites perpensus, sp. nov.

a

260

Diopatraites fustis, sp. nov.

u

261

Colibri cyanotus crissalis, subsp. nov.

Aves

292

Chlorostilbon stenurus ignotus, subsp. nov.

a

. ... .305

Lepidopyga luminosa phaeochroa, subsp. nov.

u

. ... .308

Amazilia chionopectus orienticola, subsp.

nov.

u

318

Amazilia fimbriata elegantissima, subsp.

nov.

a

323

Amazilia amabilis costaricensis, subsp. nov.

u

330

Chalybura buffoni interior, subsp. nov.

u

332

Ocreatus underwoodi polystictus, subsp.

nov.

«

347

Brephidium exilis thompsoni, subsp. nov.

Lepidoptera

392

Hypo thy ris meterus deemae, subsp. nov.

«

398

Hyalyris deuscula, sp. nov.

u

399

Hyalyris munda, sp. nov.

u

401

Napeogenes astarte, sp. nov.

u

. . . . .402

Oleria crispinella hemina, subsp. nov.

u

404

Xenoloma, gen. nov. Hemiptera

443

Xenoloma princeps, sp. nov.

444

Phaconotus, gen. nov.

445

Phaconotus ensis, sp. nov.

446

Protacanthus nexus, sp. nov.

446

Parajalysus pallidus, sp. nov.

449

Parajalysus nannus, sp. nov.

vi

449

7- <\ ART. I. LIST OF THE TINAMOUS IN THE COLLECTION OF

THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM

By W. E. Clyde Todd

Introduction

The Tinamous (Family Tinamidae) in the Carnegie Museum total 412
specimens, belonging to 61 species and subspecies. Although only about
half of the known forms are represented, so many interesting findings
have come to light in the course of their determination that I have thought
it well to put the results on record for the benefit of other workers. The
Tinamous are an especially difficult group, and their study has been
unduly handicapped not only by the paucity of material, but also by its
(generally) poor quality. Few collections can boast satisfactory series
of more than a few species, and it is usually necessary to assemble ma-
terial from several sources for purposes of study and comparison. While
the Tinamou material in the Carnegie Museum is above the average in
quality, the series of most forms are small. In identifying some of them
I have had to draw on the collections of other museums, in particular the
American Museum of Natural History and the Academy of Natural Sci-
ences of Philadelphia. To the authorities of these institutions my acknowl-
edgments are due. I am particularly indebted also to Mr. N. B. Kinnear,
who in June, 1938, enabled me to examine the Tinamous in the collection
of the British Museum (Natural History). Also, Dr. C. E. Hellmayr and
Mr. Ludlow Griscom have been good enough to make comparisons of
specimens sent them for that purpose.

It should be explained that the present list includes all the specimens of
Tinamous entered in the Museum catalogue, whether now in the collec-
tion or alienated therefrom by exchange. Remarks on forms not repre-
sented in our collection are also inserted at their proper places. The
sequence of the list closely follows that of Mr. J. L. Peters’ “Check-List
of Birds of the World,” not because I consider this the final word but
merely a standard work of reference and a convenient point of departure.

Since the publication of Mr. Peters’ list, several papers dealing with the
systematics of certain species have appeared. Some new forms have been

1

Issued February 27, 1942.

2

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

described, and changes in the status of other forms have been proposed.
Some authors manifest an increasing tendency to combine related forms
under one specific head and to alter their nomenclature accordingly, as
the “formenkreis” theory demands. With these views I cannot always
agree. While subspecies are of course “representative forms,” the con-
verse is not necessarily true. Thus to enlarge and change the original
concept of the subspecies is to go far beyond and outside the plan and
purpose of the trinomial system of nomenclature, for the adoption of
which a bygone generation of zoologists had to contend so long and so
vigorously. We realize — all too keenly — the shortcomings of the system
to express all the facts as we find them in Nature, but if the present
tendency to load too much on the names continues, the system will fall
of its own weight. I can only deplore the proposals to reduce a number of
well-characterized forms of this particular group to subspecific rank, and
in the present paper I have indicated what I consider to be their true
status, insofar as my material would justify an opinion.

Two papers dealing with the taxonomy of the Tinamous in general
have appeared in the last decade and merit special notice. Dr. Hans von
Boetticher has a very important paper in German, published in 1934 (see
bibliography). In this paper the author discusses the relationships of the
group, the color patterns of the several genera, and the characters ex-
hibited by the bill, nostrils, tarsi and toes, and tail. He takes into con-
sideration also the ecological distribution of the genera before presenting
his scheme of classification and a genealogical tree. He divides the family
into three subfamilies: Tinaminae, to include Crypturellus , Tinamus, and
Nothocercus; Rhynchotinae, with Rhynchotus , Nothura, Nothoprocta, and
Taonisciis; and Eudromiinae, with Tinamotis and Eudromia. This ar-
rangement has been carefully worked out, and it has much to commend it.
The author makes no attempt to arrange the species within the genera.

Sr. Alipio de Miranda-Ribeiro’s paper in Portuguese appeared in 1938.
Although obviously prepared without reference to Dr. von Boetticher’s
1934 paper, it covers the same ground (in some respects more fully), but
he bases the systematic discussion solely on the forms found in Brazil.
These are treated in some detail and are accompanied by lists of speci-
mens and references to the literature. Significantly, he groups the
Brazilian genera into subfamilies just as Dr. von Boetticher does, al-
though not exactly on the same basis. In addition, he splits Crypturellus
and sets up a new genus, Orthocry pturus, for C. variegatus and its allies.
For C. cinereus he accepts Crypturornis. (To these groups I would give

1942

Todd: Tinamous in the Carnegie Museum

3

subgeneric status.) This paper embodies certain good suggestions for
the proper arrangement of species and races, although the nomenclature
is faulty in some respects, and at least two of the new names proposed
were anticipated.

In this paper all measurements are in millimeters, and the names of
colors are in the main taken from Ridgway’s “Color Standards and Color
Nomenclature.”

List of Species
Tinamus tao tao Temminck.

One specimen: Apacy, Rio Tapajoz, Brazil.

The upperparts are purer gray than in the other races of this species,
and the black bars are distinct. Our single specimen comes from the west
bank of the Rio Tapajoz. However, the range of this race is actually more
extensive than Peters (1931b, 12) allows, since two specimens from
Santatem, on the east bank of the same river, are recofded by Oliveifa
Pinto (1938, 2), and one from Cussary, farther down: on the Amazon, is
listed by Snethlage (1914, 46). Temminck’s type-specimen came from
the “province of Para.”

Tinamus tao septentrionalis Brabourne and Chubb.

Four specimens: La Cumbre de Valencia, Lagunita de Aroa, and
Puerto La Cruz, Venezuela.

This appears to be a valid race, easily distinguished from typical tao by
its more uniform upperparts, which are vermiculated rather than barred
and have a slight olive wash in evidence. A young bird (September 24)
resembles the adults except for the very small whitish spots on the wings.

Tinamus tao kleei (von Tschudi).

Four specimens: Cerro del Amboro and Cerro Hosane, Bolivia.

These are fully as heavily barred above as our single specimen of typical
tao, but they have a decided olive wash. They have not been directly
compared with topotypical Peruvian specimens of kleei, but are referred
thereto on the authority of Hellmayr, who (so H. B. Conover writes me)
is now inclined to consider Bolivian birds the same. The latter were de-
scribed under the name Tinamus weddelli by Bonaparte (1856, 881, 954),
which name will thus become a synonym of kleei, as suspected by Peters.

4

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Tinamus major robustus Sclater and Salvin.

Ten specimens: Manatee Lagoon, Quamin Creek, Toledo District, and
Cockscomb Mountains, British Honduras.

“Iris hazel: bill leaden brown [brownish plumbeous?]; feet plumbeous”
(Peck).

There is considerable individual variation affecting the precise shade
of the upperparts, as well as the amount of black barring thereon. A
British Honduras bird mentioned by Salvin and Godman (1904, 449) is
paler than Guatemala skins, but this is doubtless without significance. A
half-grown young bird, readily distinguished by the small buffy spots on
the upperparts, is dated July 12. These indications of immaturity persist
on the tertiaries of another fully grown bird taken as late as December 7.

On the status and relationships of the Central American races compare
Chapman, 1917, 187, and Griscom, 1929, 150. These authors insist that
the forms with rufous heads {major, etc.) and those with gray heads
(robustus, fuscipennis) are conspecific. Nevertheless, it is interesting to
note that both types (according to Griscom) occur in the Canal Zone and
still maintain their respective characters. In western Ecuador, according
to Chapman (1926, 146), both types are also found indiscriminately.

Tinamus major fuscipennis Salvadori.

Five specimens: Cuabre, Rio Sicsola, Carrillo, and El Hogar, Costa Rica.

No. 23,886 (Cuabre) is practically indistinguishable from British
Honduras robustus, to which form both Carriker and I at one time referred
it. This specimen has the same olivaceous color above as robustus, and
grayish shading below, with little buff. But since the other two speci-
mens from this region are clearly fuscipennis, it seems better to consider
this odd example an extreme individual variant such as sometimes occurs
within the range of a given form. The only other alternative would be to
give both robustus and fuscipennis specific rank — a manifest absurdity.
The remaining four specimens, although varying considerably among
themselves, exhibit the differences pointed out by Griscom ( l.c .) fairly
well as a series. One has the back very nearly uniform. The markings on
the secondaries vary from fine vermiculations to prominent bars, but the
series is much too small to say whether or not this is a character due to age.

Tinamus salvini of Underwood (type-locality Carrillo), as maintained
by Salvin and Godman, is unquestionably fuscipennis in immature dress.

1942

Todd: Tinamous in the Carnegie Museum

5

Tinamus major castaneiceps Salvadori.

Five specimens: Pozo Azul de Pirris and El Pozo de Terraba, Costa Rica.

Clearly this form is only a race of the South American T. major , with
which it is connected through latifrons and probably through ruficeps also.
Our Pozo Azul adult is decidedly brownish above; the others are more
olivaceous. A young bird, dated May 16, resembles the adults but has
buffy spotting above, as is usual in this group.

Tinamus major saturatus Griscom.

Two specimens: Murindo and Malagita, Colombia.

On geographical grounds these should belong to saturatus , but they fail
to show the comparative characters claimed for that race, except for an
obvious occipital crest. Their coloration is slightly lighter than that of
Costa Rican specimens of castaneiceps , especially on the underparts,
which are more uniform, with the barring less in evidence; the crown,
however, is not appreciably different. Mr. Griscom has been kind enough
to compare these two specimens with the type-series and writes as fol-
lows: “Your two specimens agree in coloration with the paler extremes of
our excellent series of saturatus; in other words, they are not really typical
of this subspecies. You will note, however, that the development of the
occipital crest in your two specimens is very much less than in saturatus ,
nor am I able to see that this difference is due to any defects in your two
specimens.”

Pending the receipt of more material I shall provisionally refer these
examples to saturatus. It is entirely possible that they may prove to be-
long to a race intermediate between saturatus and latifrons.

Tinamus major zuliensis Osgood and Conover.

Seven specimens: Valparaiso, La Tigrera, Las Vegas, and Pueblo Viejo,
Colombia; Rio Mocho, Venezuela.

I had at one time (following Chapman) identified these as ruficeps (type
from eastern Ecuador), but I now agree with Osgood and Conover that
they should be referred to their race zuliensis , a form which ranges from
the Caura Valley in Venezuela to the Magdalena Valley in Colombia (in
the Tropical Zone). Compared with typical major, it is a pale race; this
pallor appears on both the upper- and underparts; the occipital crest is
not strongly marked. The Arid Tropical habitat of this race is reflected

6

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

in these characters. T. m. zuliensis is very different from castaneiceps ,
the range of which it touches on the west.

Tinamus major major (Gmelin).

Eight specimens: Rio Yuruan, Venezuela; Tamanoir and Pied Saut,
French Guiana; Upper Araucaua and Obidos, Brazil.

Salvadori (1895, 504) calls this form subcristatus Cabanis, mainly on the
ground that so-called major had not been found in recent times at Cayenne,
and because of the misidentification of the name. But von Berlepsch
(1908, 298) insists on the pertinence of the earlier name, after throwing
out Marcgrave’s reference.

This form has the following comparative characters: buffy suffusion
below; a decided occipital crest; dark-colored head, with the sides and
front more or less dusky or ashy, contrasting with the crown; and little
or no rufescent barring or squamation on the lower neck in front. The
color of the upperparts varies greatly, also the extent and heaviness of
the barring. A slightly immature bird from Obidos is heavily barred
above and deeply washed with brown, whereas an adult female from the
same place is decidedly more olivaceous above and lightly barred.

Tinamus major serratus (Spix).

Two specimens: Tonantins and Manacapuru, Brazil.

Hellmayr (1906, 699 et seq.) argues at length to prove the specific dis-
tinctness of serratus and major. He argues that since birds with long
occipital crests and ashy foreheads occur together with others having no
crests and plain rufous foreheads, there must be two species (this in the
Rio Negro region). Evidently he has changed his mind since, if one may
judge from Conover’s later remarks (1937, 192). Conover has handled
both specimens here listed. They are very different from each other but
agree in having a bright rufous and uniform pileum, the sides of the head
distinctly rufous, and much buffy and rufous suffusion and squamation on
the neck in front; the occipital crest is short.

The specimen! from Tonantins is almost immaculate above as compared
with the Manacapuru bird, which is strongly barred.

Tinamus major olivascens Conover.

Nine specimens: Rio Surutu (near Buena Vista) and Buena Vista,
Bolivia; Villa Braga (Rio Tapajoz), Hyutanahan (Rio Purus), and Nova
Olinda (Rio Purus), Brazil.

1942

Todd: Tinamous in the Carnegie Museum

7

This name has been set up by Conover to cover all the birds of this
species from south of the Amazon, from Para to Bolivia. The above
specimens agree in generally dark coloration — dark olive gray breast and
sides, less buffy, more whitish abdomen, and deep rusty (and uniform)
pileum with virtually no occipital crest. The amount of barring above
and the exact shade of color are variable characters, as in other forms of
this species; accordingly the name olivascens is not entirely appropriate.
The sides of the head are strongly rufescent, as in serratus, but this shad-
ing does not extend to the neck in front, as in that form.

Tinamus guttatus von Pelzeln.

Sixteen specimens: Benevides, Colonia do Mojuy, Villa Braga, Bella
Vista, Hyutanahan, Nova Olinda, Arima, Sao Paulo de Olivenga, and
Tonantins, Brazil.

If the female is constantly larger than the male, as is usual with Tina-
mous, then several of our skins must be wrongly sexed.

At first glance these seem to fall into two series, according to locality.
The lower Amazon birds appear whiter below, while those from the upper
Amazon and Rio Purus are more buffy, less vinaceous. Also, the buffy
spotting on the neck in the latter is richer, more ochraceous. These dif-
ferences are better marked in the males, but since certain specimens from
both regions are virtually indistinguishable, I do not think the discrimina-
tion of an eastern race is feasible. The upperparts also vary in ground-
color from rich umber brown to decidedly olivaceous, and in the extent
and width of the black barring, but I am not convinced that these varia-
tions are geographical. They parallel those shown in T. major.

Borba, Rio Madeira, has been fixed as the type-locality by Hellmayr
(1907, 409), hence if any subdivision of the species were made, the eastern
birds would constitute the new race.

Nothocercus nigrocapillus nigrocapillus (Gray).

One specimen: Incachaca, Bolivia.

This example differs from Salvadori’s description and plate (1895, 511,
pi. 8) in being more brownish, less rufescent throughout, and in having
the sides of the head dusky slate-color like the crown. These discrepancies
must be of an individual character, however, since the type, although
ascribed by Gray to Chile, could have come only from Bolivia. Carriker
(1933, 2) has described a race from Peru.

8

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Nothocercus julius julius (Bonaparte).

One specimen: “Bogota,” Colombia. A young bird.

Nothocercus bonapartei frantzii (Lawrence).

Two specimens: Volcano Turrialba and Ujaras de Terraba, Costa Rica.

The Turrialba specimen is much more rufescent throughout than the
other, but a series would be necessary to establish geographical variation.
Incidentally, this particular specimen was originally labeled “Guacimo”
and later “Cartago.” However, in Carriker’s list (1910, 377) it is said
to come from the “Volcan Turrialba, 4,000 feet,” which locality is probably
correct, since the species belongs to the Subtropical Zone. It is best re-
garded as a race of the South American N. bonapartei , in spite of its
separated range.

Nothocercus bonapartei bonapartei (Gray).

Two specimens: La Cumbre de Valencia and Paramo de Rosas, Vene-
zuela.

The first is a young bird (September 12); it closely resembles the adult
in coloration, but the dusky of the crown is flecked with grayish, and the
throat is grayish, although sparsely feathered. In the adult the outer
primaries are rufescent, grayish- tinged, and have narrow dusky bars,
precisely as in the “Bogota” specimens mentioned by Salvadori (1895,
512). The wing is about nine inches long — longer than in the type. A
“Bogota” skin in the American Museum Collection has the wing 210 mm.
long.

Crypturellus cinereus cinereus (Gmelin).

Four specimens: Cayenne and Pied Saut, French Guiana; Upper
Araucaua, Brazil.

Having already discussed the taxonomy of Crypturellus cinereus at
some length (1938, 123-126), I shall need to give here only an abstract of
my conclusions.

Our specimens correspond closely to the description of Tetrao cinereus
Gmelin (ex Buffon), which came from Cayenne, French Guiana. The
name was later extended to apply to birds from other parts of the range,
which was traced southward into Brazil and westward to the Andes.
Several writers had noted certain variations in color characters, but it

1942 Todd: Tinamous in the Carnegie Museum 9

remained for Brabourne and Chubb (1914, 320) to discriminate a dark-
colored form of Tinamou from British Guiana under the name Crypturus
macconnelli. Their description was elaborated by Chubb two years later
(1916, 8, pi. 1, fig. 1), in connection with the form supposed by him to be
the true C. cinereus, which was figured also on the same plate. But I am
convinced that in describing macconnelli Chubb merely renamed cinereus ,
mistaking for the latter the lighter-colored rufescent form which ranges
from the interior of British Guiana to the Amazon Valley. Our topo-
typical specimens from French Guiana obviously belong to this dark-
colored form, which must be called cinereus , of which macconnelli is thus
a pure synonym. Miranda-Ribeiro (1938, 758) has reached precisely the
same conclusion.

Since my paper appeared, I myself have examined the series in the col-
lection of the British Museum and found my conclusions verified. The
differences between the dark and light birds are entirely bridged over in
the series of British Guiana specimens. Some marked “ macconnelli ” (by
Chubb himself) are decidedly rusty brownish above. Two supposed
Cayenne birds (very old skins) are more rusty than ours, but they were
probably dark-colored birds originally. The plate of macconnelli is some-
what misleading, since the type-specimen is actually not so dark-colored as
thereon depicted. The light-colored bird of the plate will stand as

Crypturellus cinereus rufescens Todd.

Seven specimens: Villa Braga, Miritituba, Hyutanahan, and Arima,
Brazil.

Miranda-Ribeiro (1938, 760) correctly discriminated this race but
wrongly called it assimilis Schlegel — a name which has no standing what-
ever, since it is based on a misidentification of Nothura assimilis Gray.

In addition to these specimens I have handled the series in the British
Museum, as already said, and certain specimens from the collection of
the American Museum of Natural History. “Chubb’s plate is somewhat
overdrawn ; the differences between the two forms, while perfectly obvious
on comparison, are not so conspicuous as there indicated” (Todd, 1938,
125). Two adults from the Rio Purus vary in the direction of the Bolivian
race {cinerascens) , while three Peruvian examples (in the British Mu-
seum) vary among themselves, but are probably referable to cinerascens
or fumosus. The several forms of this group are certainly very close to
each other and are subject to considerable variation.

10

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Crypturellus cinereus subsp.

One specimen from Benevides (near Para), Brazil, as already remarked,
may represent an undescribed race, but more specimens are needed to
determine its status. Incidentally, I have examined the type-specimen of
Crypturus megapodius Bonaparte (1856, 954), now in the British Museum,
and I have found it to be a young bird of some form of C. cinereus , but
which one is quite indeterminable.

Crypturellus berlepschi Rothschild.

One specimen: Potedo, Colombia.

Examination of additional material of this form in the British Museum
confirms my belief that it is a perfectly distinct species, peculiar to the
Colombian- Pacific Fauna. “Its darker coloration, pure black pileum,
lack of white shaft-stripes on the throat, and differently colored bill seem
to be good specific characters when compared with cinereus ” (Todd,
1938, 126).

Crypturellus castaneus (Sclater).

As shown by material in the British Museum, this species resembles C.
obsoletus, but the upper- and underparts are chestnut; the head is darker
gray.

Crypturellus cerviniventris (Sclater and Salvin).

After examining the type-specimen in the British Museum, I am de-
cidedly of the opinion that this form is not conspecific with either C.
castaneus or C. obsoletus. I think it should stand as a full species.

Crypturellus obsoletus punensis (Chubb).

Nine specimens: Cerro Hosane, Locotal, San Jose, and Incachaca,
Bolivia.

MEASUREMENTS

No. Sex Wing Bill Tarsus

79409 ($ im.) 154 23 42

85274 $ 158 24 44

85284 <? 152 23 45

85584 <f 144 23 43

85641 $ 157 25 46

85676 $ 151 24 43

119582 $ 154 24 45

120420 & 149 23 45

1942

Todd: Tinamous in the Carnegie Museum

11

As represented by specimens in the British Museum, C. obsoletus
obsoletus has the head gray all around, and the back and scapulars olive
brown, and the underparts dull rufous, posteriorly barred with buff and
dusky. C. obsoletus punensis does not differ greatly, but the posterior
underparts are somewhat deeper buffy. Three Bolivian birds examined
appeared to be the same as those from Peru. The type of punensis is
close to the type of castaneus, but is paler, with less chestnut above and
below, while the slaty gray of the head extends over the back as a wash.
The throat appears grayer, but in the type of castaneus this color may have
faded somewhat. In size the two forms agree.

Our specimens have been compared with four in the Rothschild Col-
lection from southern Brazil (Parana, Minas Geraes, Sao Paulo) which
supposedly represent true obsoletus. The Brazilian birds are appreciably
different, in that they are paler, more ochraceous, less cinnamomeous,
below, with the abdomen and crissum more buffy. The upperparts, too,
are lighter brown (less rufescent), especially the wings and tail, and lack
the grayish wash evident in the Bolivian skins. Our series of the latter
have not been directly compared with topo typical material from Peru ;
they have been identified as punensis on the basis of their agreement in
size and coloration with the description, and of the comparisons made at
the British Museum. Chubb’s name was based on birds from Puno,
Peru, in the same general faunal region from which our birds came. Very
recently, Bond and de Schauensee (1941, 1), after examining topotypes of
punensis , have described the Bolivian bird as a distinct race, crucis, on
the basis of its larger size, darker gray throat, and duller underparts. My
measurements do not agree with theirs, but this may well be due to the
personal equation. The proposed new race may indeed be a valid one,
but I am reluctant to accept it on the present evidence.

Crypturellus griseiventris (Salvadori).

Nine specimens: Santarem and Colonia do Mojuy, Brazil.

The series is fairly uniform; the extent and intensity of the vinous
chestnut of the breast is the most variable feature. No. 72,421 (April 30),
a young bird, shows some fine white spots above and obsolete bars below.

Admittedly this form is related to C. obsoletus , but in my judgment not
so closely as to be reduced to a subspecies thereof, as given by Peters. The
ranges of these two forms are not known to approximate each other, since
griseiventris is confined to the lower Amazon Valley east of the Rio

12

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Tapajoz. Representatives of this form in the British Museum have been
compared with cerviniventris , punensis , and castaneus; in my opinion they
are not conspecific with any of these forms.

Crypturellus soui meserythrus (Sclater).

Three specimens: Manatee Lagoon, British Honduras.

In addition to these, I have handled (in the Museum of Comparative
Zoology) two other specimens from the same locality.

“Iris dull yellow or yellowish brown; bill leaden brown, paler below;
feet dull greenish yellow or yellowish brown” (Peck).

Sclater’s name was originally applied to birds from Playa Vicente,
Oaxaca, Mexico, from which region I have seen no specimens. The male
of this form is noticeably duller and browner than the female.

Crypturellus soui modestus (Cabanis).

Five specimens: Guapiles, Cuabre, Carrillo, Buenos Aires, and Tucur-
riqui, Costa Rica.

Costa Rican specimens, sex for sex, are darker, less rufescent below
than either meserythrus or mustelinus. Males are browner, less rufescent
than females, but the average sexual difference, so it appears, is less than
in the allied races. Peters (1931a, 296) calls attention to the fact that the
color phases in this species are not definitely correlated with age or sex.

Crypturellus soui caucae (Chapman).

Twelve specimens: Jaraquiel, La Palmita, and El Tambor, Colombia.

These agree in all essential respects with a pair of birds in the American
Museum collection from Las Lomitas and Rio Frio, Colombia. Four
specimens from Jaraquiel closely resemble the Santa Marta race ( mus-
telinus) in the color of the underparts, but they are much darker above,
less rufescent, and have a grayish cast. The specimens from La Palmita
and El Tambor show the characters of caucce as remarked by Griscom in
his review (1932, 308). Coming as they do from the Magdalena Valley,
they may be taken as representing that form correctly. The pileum is
darker in these birds than in those from Jaraquiel, which latter are prob-
ably to be considered intergrades between caucce and mustelinus.

1942 Todd: Tinamous in the Carnegie Museum 13

Crypturellus soui harterti (Brabourne and Chubb).

Six specimens: Soatata, Potedo, Heights of Caldas, and Yumbo,
Colombia.

Griscom (1932, 307) has shown that this is the race of soui which ranges
from western Ecuador and western Colombia into eastern Panama. The
present series conform with this allocation. The single male specimen is
much darker than the same sex of either caucce or mustelinus, as Griscom
says, and the females are also dark-colored by comparison and have a
decided dusky or grayish wash on the neck.

Crypturellus soui caquetae (Chapman).

Two specimens in the collection of the American Museum have been
examined in this connection (Florencia and La Murelia, Caqueta, Colom-
bia). The female is similar to the same sex of mustelinus , but it is very
dark above (dark chestnut brown), with the pileum dusky slate-color.
This race is evidently perfectly distinct.

Crypturellus soui nigriceps (Chapman).

One specimen: Sao Paulo de Olivenga, Brazil.

Reference of this specimen to nigriceps involves an extension of the
heretofore known range of the race to western Brazil, south of the Amazon.
On the north bank it is replaced by typical soui.

Crypturellus soui mustelinus (Bangs).

Fourteen specimens: Don Amo, Don Diego, Cincinnati, Minca, and
Palmar, Colombia; El Hacha, El Trompillo, Sierra de Carabobo, and
Guamito, Venezuela.

A well-marked race, whose differential characters I have already dis-
cussed at some length (1922, 165). The above listed specimens from
Venezuela are clearly referable to this race, the range of which extends
eastward to that country, to and beyond the Andes of Merida to the region
south of the coast range. Moreover, much to my surprise, I find that our
two females from Palmar, east of the Eastern Andes in Colombia, are
mustelinus and not caquetce. Hence caquetce does not occupy all of Colom-
bia east of the Andes, as supposed by Chapman. It is odd, however, to
find mustelinus on both sides of the Venezuelan Andes.

No. 36,271, El Hacha, Venezuela, December 1, is a downy chick. Its

14

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

head pattern is characteristic: the front (broad) and sides of the crown
are buff, enclosing a median rufous crown patch, produced down the neck,
and itself enclosing a longitudinal area of buff; the back is rich rufous,
freckled anteriorly with buffy feather- tips; the throat is white; and the
rest of the underparts are buffy and the crissum rufescent.

Crypturellus soui soui (Hermann).

Nineteen specimens: El Peru Mine, Venezuela; Cayenne, Mana, and
Pied Saut, French Guiana; Obidos, Tonantins, Manacapuru, and Rio
Manacapuru, Brazil.

I judge that the brighter-colored birds are females and the duller-
colored ones males, but the sex marks on the labels do not all correspond.
This race is richly colored by comparison, as indicated by Griscom (1932,
308). The females are chestnut or bay above, the pileum is ashy or sooty
blackish, the throat is decidedly buffy, and the breast and sides are rich
rusty buffy (between Mars yellow and tawny of Ridgway’s “Color Stand-
ards”), without any trace of dusky or ashy color. No. 34,139, an im-
mature bird from El Peru Mine in Venezuela, is referred here on geo-
graphical grounds. Manacapuru and Obidos specimens are a little brighter
above than those from French Guiana, but they are not sufficiently dif-
ferent in my opinion to deserve a name. Miranda-Ribeiro (1938, 769)
refers a single specimen from Manacapuru to his new race lyardi. All his
other specimens of that form come from south of the Amazon. Also, a
single bird from Tonantins, on the north bank of the upper Amazon,
obviously belongs here, although another race ( nigriceps ) lives across
the river. The range of typical soui , therefore, extends from Guiana and
Brazil, north of the Amazon, westward to the frontiers of Colombia and
Ecuador.

Crypturellus soui andrei (Brabourne and Chubb).

Nine specimens: Santa Lucia, San Rafael, and Mirasol, Venezuela.

These birds, coming from the region north of the coast range in Vene-
zuela (in the states of Miranda and Sucre), are not mustelinus, than
which they are darker-colored above and below, with a decided dusky
band across the neck, and a restricted white throat patch. On the other
hand, they are certainly not referable to soui. Upon comparison they
prove to be substantially identical with a pair of birds from Trinidad in
the collection of the American Museum of Natural History. Incidentally,

1942

Todd: Tinamous in the Carnegie Museum

15

these specimens do not agree precisely with the original description of
andrei, but they must nevertheless belong to that very distinct race,
which is thus shown to reach the north coast of Venezuela.

Crypturellus soui hoffmannsi (Brabourne and Chubb).

Ten specimens: Benevides, Santarem, Villa Braga, and Miritituba,
Brazil.

The name Crypturellus soui decolor Griscom and Greenway (1937, 417)
was based on the above series and one other specimen (the type) from the
same region.

A few months later birds from this region were described by Miranda-
Ribeiro (1938, 767) under the name Crypturornis soui lyardi ( layardi ?).
It is a pale, washed-out race, as the name implies. The pileum is brown,
rather than ashy, with the sides of the head similar but paler. In the most
richly colored female (No. 75,816) the back is argus brown, and the under-
parts are deep ochraceous buff. A small young bird (No. 72,079, April 16)
is spotted with black above and below, and has some buff on the wings;
the pileum still retains some of the rufous feathers of the natal stage.

These have been compared with five specimens (wretched skins!) from
the Rio Madeira which Hellmayr calls hoffmannsi , and in my judgment
they are the same form. Variation in exact coloration is in evidence, but
since all the Rio Madeira birds can be closely matched by others of the
lower Amazon series, I can see no point in keeping them apart. Con-
sequently decolor falls as a synonym of hoffmannsi , the recognized range of
which must be accordingly extended.

Crypturellus soui inconspicuus Carriker.

Nine specimens: Buena Vista (Rio Surutu and Rio Yapacani) and
Cerro Hosane, Bolivia; Hyutanahan (Rio Purus), Brazil.

According to Carriker (1935, 315) these represent his new race in-
conspicuus, described from the Rio Beni in Bolivia, but since the Rio
Purus specimen seems to be the same, comparison with hoffmannsi of the
Rio Madeira is indicated. I have recently made this comparison, and I
have found that the two series are racially distinct. C. s. inconspicuus
is darker, more rufescent, less buffy below, while its upperparts are also
darker-colored on an average. I continue to refer the specimen from the
Rio Purus here, although I am at a loss to explain the range thereby in-
volved. The form is quite distinct racially from nigriceps.

16

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Crypturellus undulatus adspersus (Temminck).

Seven specimens: Santarem, Villa Braga, Goyana Island (Rio Tapajoz),
Miritituba, and Apacy, Brazil.

Para (the state) is the type-locality, but Hellmayr (1929, 477) says that
Rio Tapajoz birds are typical. The back, neck, and even the pileum are
more or less rufescent, with the rump, upper tail-coverts, and wing-
coverts grayish olive, in decided contrast. All are vermiculated on these
latter areas, and some have decided bars — this character tending thus
toward confusus. The breast and underparts generally are plain grayish
buffy, becoming decidedly buffy on the tibiae, lower abdomen, and
crissum.

Crypturellus undulatus yapura (Spix).

Six specimens: Arima, Manacapuru, and Caviana, Brazil.

These specimens agree with each other, and differ from a series from the
Rio Tapajoz (< adspersus ) in being darker, more decidedly grayish, less
buffy, below, and also in being darker brown above, with the pileum dusky
plumbeous, in decided contrast; the vermiculations on the back are finer.

This form was described from the Rio Yapura, one of the northern
affluents of the Amazon coming in not so far above Manacapuru but that
specimens from that point would be referred to it on geographical grounds.
Its range appears to include also the region south of the Amazon, since
the specimen from Arima on the Rio Purus is perfectly typical. Farther
up that river, at Hyutanahan, however, it is replaced by confusus , but
according to Hellmayr (1929, 477) the Rio Jurua race is yapura.

In its characters this race is farthest of all from undulatus , with which
it is connected through adspersus and confusus; otherwise it could stand
as a species.

C. balstoni (Bartlett) is a synonym, according to Hellmayr. Examina-
tion of the type in the British Museum shows that the colored plate in the
“Catalogue” is not a good representation. There is too much cross-barring
on the underparts; whereas the breast and abdomen are nearly plain
medially.

Crypturellus undulatus confusus (Brabourne and Chubb).

Twelve specimens; Hyutanahan, Brazil.

This form is a connectant between undulatus and adspersus; its char-
acters, as shown by the present series, vary now toward the one, and now

1942

Todd: Tinamous in the Carnegie Museum

17

toward the other. Heretofore it has been known only from the type,
which was taken at Humaytha, on the left bank of the Rio Madeira.
(Peters’ ascription of it to the Rio Purus is based on specimens from the
above series examined by him.) Some examples are decidedly grayish-
tinged below (like yapura ), others are more buffy (like adspersus) . The
barring above varies considerably; some specimens are almost as heavily
barred as undulatus , while others are more nearly like adspersus in this
respect. The pileum tends to be brownish plumbeous; the upperparts
and neck behind are strongly rufescent. Young birds (Nos. 87,043-4)
are more or less barred and spotted below with blackish.

The range of this race embraces the region between the rivers Madeira
and Purus, south of (about) 5° S. The Amazonian race, yapura , ap-
parently occupies both banks of the Amazon between the mouths of these
two tributaries, and ranges up the Rio Purus as far as Arima.

Crypturellus undulatus undulatus (Temminck).

Sixteen specimens: Buena Vista (including Rio Surutu), Bolivia.

These fit the description and plate of Crypturus scolopax in the British
Museum “Catalogue,” as of course they should do, since they come from
the type-locality. But according to Hellmayr (1929, 477) this name is a
synonym of the earlier undulatus , based on the bird of Paraguay. It is
recognized, however, by Miranda-Ribeiro (1938, 748).

The series shows much individual variation, affecting the color-tone
of the underparts, the extent and intensity of the barring on the upper-
parts, neck, breast, and flanks, and the coloration of the pileum, which
in some specimens is distinctly barred, in others plain slaty gray. A
young bird (94,670) shows a little dark spotting on the breast.

Bolivian specimens in the British Museum are much more heavily
barred above than those from Chapada, Matto Grosso, Brazil, but ex-
amples in the American Museum of Natural History from these respective
regions are practically indistinguishable.

No. 80,932, February 28, is a chick, colored as follows: above mummy
brown, with slight buffy feather- tipping; broad front and sides of head
deep buffy, with a dark stripe through the eye; this stripe behind the ear
centered with a median stripe of raw umber; crown raw umber, this color
reaching the nape, bordered on either side by a narrow black edge, and
divided by a median buffy stripe; throat white; rest of underparts dull
buffy.

18

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Crypturellus boucardi boucardi (Sclater) (?)

Two specimens: San Pedro Sula, Honduras; Cockscomb Mountains,
British Honduras.

The British Honduras specimen should belong to the recently described
race blancaneauxi Griscom (1935, 543) but it does not fit the description,
since it is much darker and grayer below than the Honduras skin. I have
compared it directly with a specimen from Secanquim, Guatemala (Am.
Mus. No. 393,410), than which it is slightly darker above, with pro-
nounced black bars on the wings, tail, and lower back. I have examined
also the type and one other specimen of blancaneauxi in the British Mu-
seum. Both seem to be females. They are more rufescent above and
buffier below than Guatemala skins. In the type the pileum is mostly
brown; in the other it is slaty. Judging from these two skins alone, I
would call blancaneauxi a valid race, but I should like to see more material
before finally accepting it.

Crypturellus variegatus variegatus (Gmelin).

Twenty-two specimens: El Llagual, Venezuela; Pied Saut, French
Guiana; Cayari Island, Upper Araucaua, Obidos, Tonantins, and Mana-
capuru, Brazil.

This species and its component races I have already discussed at some
length in a former paper (1937, 175-178). To my remarks there I have
only to add that a series from British Guiana in the collection of the
British Museum shows much variation in the coloration of the underparts,
the barring on the flanks and back, etc. I have examined also the type of
Tinamus bimaculatus Gray. It is a young bird in spotted dress, without
indication of locality, and absolutely indeterminable as to subspecies,
so that the name may be disregarded.

Crypturellus variegatus transamazonicus Todd.

Seventeen1 specimens: Santarem, Colonia do Mojuy, Villa Braga,
Hyutanahan, Arima, and Sao Paulo de Olivenga, Brazil.

To the remarks in my paper above cited I have only to add that this is
obviously the same form that was described a few months later by Mi-
randa- Ribeiro under the name Orthocrypturus variegatus super ciliosus

1 In my former paper I listed nineteen specimens of this form, but I inadver-
tently included two specimens of C. bartletti in the total.

1942

Todd: Tinamous in the Carnegie Museum

19

(1938, 741). This author designates no type-specimen, and the example
from Manacapuru which he lists is undoubtedly referable to true variegatus ,
as is our own from the same locality. The range of this pale-colored race
would seem to reach the Rio Gy-Parana in western Matto Grosso.

Crypturellus variegatus salvini (Salvadori).

The type-series in the British Museum conforms to the description with
respect to the barring on the upperparts. They are in fact by comparison
very blackish above and richly colored below (the type especially) ; how-
ever, the barring on the flanks is not very distinct. As I have already said,
salvini is merely a darker race of variegatus , and it is not a very strongly
marked one at that.

Crypturellus brevirostris (von Pelzeln).

Four specimens: Tamanoir, French Guiana; Hyutanahan, Brazil.

Since my previous account of this species appeared ( lx .), a second speci-
men from Tamanoir, French Guiana, which had been inadvertently dis-
posed of by exchange, has been located and returned for study. H. B.
Conover, whose specimen it is now, writes that Peters’ ascription of
“Cayenne” in the range of this species was probably based on this speci-
men, although it did not come from that exact locality. It agrees per-
fectly with the other bird from the same place in having white posterior
underparts; this fact increases the probability that two races are repre-
sented in the series, as I have already suggested. It is a male, and
measures: wing, 129; tail, 39; bill, 19; tarsus, 41. The flanks and tibiae
show some barring, although not so much as in the Rio Purus skin.

Oliverio Pinto (1938, 500) records a specimen of this rare species from
the Rio Vaupes, on the Colombian frontier of Brazil — a record which
considerably extends the known range.

Crypturellus bartletti (Sclater and Salvin).

Eleven specimens: Hyutanahan, Nova Olinda, and Arima, Brazil.
Compare my previous remarks on this species (1937, 178). To the list
of specimens there given two more must be added. Compare also the re-
marks by Miranda-Ribeiro (1938, 750).

20

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Crypturellus cinnamomeus mexicanus (Salvadori).

Two specimens: Rio Sabinas, near Gomez Farias, Tamaulipas; and
Valles, San Luis Potosi.

These examples are not alike, but I judge the differences to be sexual
and not geographical. While at the British Museum I made a study of the
races of this species, and reached precisely the same conclusions as
Griscom announced (1935, 541-3).

Crypturellus cinnamomeus vicinior Conover.

One specimen : Monte Redondo, Honduras.

Crypturellus cinnamomeus praepes (Bangs and Peters).

One specimen : Bebedero, Costa Rica.

Crypturellus idoneus (Todd).

Two specimens: Bonda, Colombia.

For a full description and critical remarks on this form compare my
former account (1922, 166). Although it was originally described as a full
species, Peters (1931b, 21) reduces it to a race of cinnamomeus. Conover
(1933, 113) dissents, but Zimmer (1938, 50) insists that this view is cor-
rect. My material representing cinnamomeus is scanty I admit, but I
should certainly keep idoneus as a species distinct both from the former
on the one hand and from erythropus on the other. In my opinion idoneus
does not fit in well with either of these and ought to stand alone. It
occupies a semi-insular range in the Santa Marta region of Colombia.

Crypturellus noctivagus (Wied).

This form is unrepresented in our collection, but I have examined three
authentic specimens from the states of Sao Paulo and Bahia, Brazil, lent
by the American Museum of Natural History. The male differs from the
same sex of C. erythropus in its darker general coloration and the more
decided barring of the lower back, upper tail-coverts, wings, flanks, and
posterior underparts. Adult males of erythropus are almost devoid of
barring, nearly “solid” brown in fact. The female is still more different
from the other species, since it has the superciliaries and cheeks white, the
throat refuscent, barred with dusky, the breast dull rufescent ochraceous
(with no grayish), and the rest of the underparts rich buff, the sides barred

1942

Todd: Tinamous in the Carnegie Museum

21

with black. The wings and tail are conspicuously barred with buff and
the back is black, barred with rufous; the feet (in the skin) are yellowish,
instead of dark-colored, as in the male. I consider these differences of
specific value.

Crypturellus erythropus erythropus (von Pelzeln).

Fourteen specimens: San Esteban, Venezuela; Obidos, Brazil.

Zimmer (1938, 50) reduces this form to a subspecies of C. noctivagus
without apparent hesitation, but I think that he goes too far. According
to Hellmayr (quoted by him), C. dissimilis is the same as C. erythropus.
Our San Esteban specimen was examined by Hellmayr some years ago
and was pronounced dissimilis. On geographical grounds it should be
referable to C. spencei Chubb, but I am unable to distinguish it from the
series from Obidos, on the Amazon River. Zimmer recognizes spencei ,
but not on the basis of topotypical material, since all his specimens but
one came from points much farther east in Venezuela. Indeed, he says
that females of the two forms (< erythropus and spencei) are not certainly
distinguishable. In describing spencei , Chubb compares it with cinnamo-
meus of Middle America, instead of with the South American erythropus.
I have examined the type and one other specimen of spencei in the British
Museum. They are in my judgment the same as erythropus , despite the
rather prominent buffy bars on the back and wings. Specimens of the
latter in the British Museum very considerably among themselves. Some
are almost uniform buffy below, while others have a more or less grayish
wash on the breast. Again, some are almost uniform olive brown above;
others (females or young birds ?) are decidedly barred with buff and
black, especially on the lower back and wings, like variegatus. The head
is rufescent all around, and the forehead usually slaty.

Our specimens are all sexed as males. Rufescent throats are the rule,
but in several individuals this part is white, either partially or wholly.
The depth of the rufescent shade below, the amount of grayish wash on
the breast, the dark barring of the flanks, the shade of brown on the
back, and the black barring on the lower back and upper tail-coverts all
vary considerably.

Crypturellus erythropus garleppi (von Berlepsch).

Two specimens: Buena Vista (Rio Surutu), Bolivia.

These fit the original description fairly well, and coming as they do from
the type-locality (virtually), they could scarcely be anything else. The

22

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. xxix

form proves to be so close to C. erytliropus as to be only subspecifically
separable, in my opinion. It differs from erythropus in the general color
of the underparts, which averages darker, deeper rufous, and in the more
olive brown (rather than cinnamon brown) shade of the upperparts, with
the black vermiculation much more distinct.

The type-specimen of C. garleppi affinis Chubb, examined by me in the
British Museum, has been marked by Hellmayr as the female of garleppi.
Chubb was evidently misled by von Berlepsch’s statement that garleppi
was close to atrocapillus. The latter I have seen (in the British Museum),
and I consider it a well-marked and perfectly distinct species.

Crypturellus strigulosus strigulosus (Temminck).

Ten specimens: Santarem, Villa Braga, and Hyutanahan, Brazil.

I cannot accept Zimmer’s arrangement making strigulosus a.n& erythropus
conspecific (1938, 50). The differences are far too great, and moreover,
as I have just shown, erythropus is represented in Bolivia by an allied
race, with strigulosus coming in between. One female of the latter
(No. 75,306) is decidedly buffy below, while another (No. 78,199) is the
whitest of the series. A young bird (No. 78,200, September 16) is also
whitish below. Two males from the Rio Purus are practically indis-
tinguishable from the Rio Tapajoz specimens. This fact suggests that the
unique type of hellmayri from the Rio Madeira may be only an in-
dividual variant. In our series the shade of brown in the upperparts
varies considerably.

Crypturellus parvirostris (Wagler).

Thirteen specimens: Buena Vista (also Rio Surutu and Rio Yapacani),
Santa Cruz de la Sierra, Guanacos, and Rio Quiser, Bolivia; Santarem,
Brazil.

Most recent writers on this species admit no racial variation, but cer-
tain characters shown by our series are at least suggestive of such. Two
birds (a pair) from Santarem are darker, more grayish below, sex for sex,
than the “general run” of Bolivian specimens. They may possibly repre-
sent the lately described C. p. fuscus of Miranda-Ribeiro (1938, 775),
based on two females from the island of Marajo. Compared with two
specimens from Bahia (fixed as the type-locality by Hellmayr [1929, 478])
in the collection of the American Museum of Natural History, Bolivian

1942

Todd: Tinamous in the Carnegie Museum

23

skins are paler above; they have slaty (instead of brownish) pileum and
sides of the head, and grayer, less brownish sides and breast. If separable,
they may be entitled to the name cervinus of Bonaparte from Chiquitos,
Bolivia — unless, indeed, as is possible, this name applies to C. tataupa.
(The description is brief and unsatisfactory.) However, Hellmayr (1907,
410) says that in young birds of parvirostris the pileum is mainly pale
brown, as it is indeed in our specimen from Santa Cruz de la Sierra, so
that the Bahia skins above mentioned may be immature.

Three skins from Chapada, Matto Grosso, and one from Bolivia, in the
British Museum, are pale as compared with other skins from Brazil.

No. 79,109 (January 12) is emerging from the natal down, but it still
shows traces of the characteristic head pattern of this early stage. No.
43,763 is immature, with the breast obsoletely squamate, and with black
subterminal spots, partially concealed, on the feathers of the back and
wing-coverts. Females are uniformly darker and more richly colored
than males.

Miranda-Ribeiro ( l.c .) has described also a third race of this species
{super ciliaris) from the “Planalto Parecis” of Brazil, from which he had a
single specimen. In view of the observable differences depending on age,
sex, and individual, I feel that no geographical races of this species should
be recognized unless on the basis of a very much larger series of specimens
than are at present available.

Crypturellus tataupa tataupa (Temminck).

Eight specimens: Puerto Suarez, Palmarito, Rio Grande, and Samai-
pata, Bolivia.

These require comparison with specimens from Brazil and Paraguay,
although Hellmayr (1929, 478) discounts the chance of any racial varia-
tions in this region.

Rhynchotus rufescens rufescens (Temminck).

Nine specimens: Buena Vista, Bolivia.

The buffy barring on the underparts is subject to considerable variation
in these specimens. They have not been compared as yet with birds from
Sao Paulo, Brazil, which Mrs. Naumburg accepts as the type-locality
(1930, 60).

24

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Rhynchotus maculicollis Gray.

Three specimens: Samaipata, Cerro San Benito, and Incachaca,
Bolivia.

I see no reason for reducing this form to subspecific rank, even if the
neck markings in one specimen are somewhat less prominent. Its range
closely approximates that of R. rufescens, and drops down to 1200 meters
at Samaipata.

Nothoprocta ornata ornata (Gray).

Eight specimens: La Paz, Colomi, Guaqui, and Incachaca, Bolivia.

In this species the breast is decidedly gray, but this feature is not well
shown in the plate (17) in the “Catalogue of the Birds in the British Mu-
seum.” The spotting and barring above vary; they are less prominent
in the Incachaca specimen, which may possibly belong to a different race.

Nothoprocta cinerascens (Burmeister).

Five specimens: Miraflores and Machomuerto, Argentina.

Nothoprocta curvirostris Sclater and Salvin.

Two specimens: Mount Pichincha, Ecuador.

A chick, collected January 28, is assumed to belong to this species.
Above it is mottled and striped with black, brown, and white; the super-
ciliaries, malar region, and throat are white; the underparts are dull gray,
mottled with brown.

Nothoprocta pentlandi pentlandi (Gray).

Thirteen specimens: Cochabamba, Tiraque, Comarapa, and Pocona,
Bolivia.

At first glance these fall into two series, according to size and colora-
tion. In the larger birds (wing 130-155 mm.) the forehead, the sides of the
head (except a postocular streak), and the throat and breast are decidedly
grayish (the latter with some white spots) ; the prevailing tone of the upper-
parts is grayish brown; the white streaking is present but not prominent,
especially on the upper back; the sides and flanks are shaded and more or
less barred with buffy. In the smaller birds (wing 127-139 mm.) the fore-
head, the sides of the head, and the throat and breast are buffy with

1942 Todd: Tinamous in the Carnegie Museum 25

brownish streaking (the breast more grayish buffy, with white spots) ;
the prevailing tone of the upperparts is dull Brussels brown to rich tawny
olive (especially in evidence on the tertiaries) ; the black bars and white
streaks are conspicuous, even on the upper back; the sides and flanks are
spotted and barred with dusky brown. In one specimen (No. 81,333) the
breast is similarly spotted with brownish black. The two lots look like
two species, but this could hardly be true, because there is one specimen
(No. 120,132) which is clearly intermediate, since it has rich tawny olive
tertiaries and brown-spotted sides combined with grayish forehead, sides
of the head, and breast. Moreover, the smaller birds (with one exception)
were shot at the same time as the larger ones, as I judge from the con-
tinuity of the collector’s numbers. These smaller birds fit the description
of Nothoprocta moebiusi von Berlepsch, but I agree with Salvadori that
this must be the young of pentlandi.

Three birds shot in September and February are obviously more rufes-
cent buffy below than those taken in June. This character I believe is
one that has been used for discriminating a Peruvian race of this form,
which race needs re-investigation.

Females appear to have the throat spotted with grayish, but some doubt
attaches to the sexing of the specimens.

Nothoprocta perdicaria perdicaria (Kittlitz).

One specimen: Valparaiso, Chile.

Nothura maculosa agassizi Bangs.

Five specimens: La Paz (market), Guaqui, and Desaguadero, Bolivia.

Mr. Griscom, to whom four of the above specimens were sent for com-
parison with the type, writes as follows: “Our specimens of this race of
maculosa consist of the type and one other specimen. Your specimen
marked, ‘dV from Desaguadero, matches our two specimens of agassizi
exactly. Your other three specimens, however, take on the hue of dif-
ficulty. They come from a different locality, which may or may not be
faunally isolated or distinct from the other.” He goes on to suggest that,
being females, they may be different on that account, or else that they
are nearer boliviana. Comparison with this latter form suggests that they
do actually tend somewhat towards it. Peters reduces both agassizi and
boliviana to races of N. maculosa, as also does Laubmann (1934, 280).
Pending further study I accept this arrangement provisionally, although

26

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

somewhat doubtful of its propriety. Compare also, in this connection,
Wetmore’s remarks on the affinities of these forms (1926, 37). At any
rate, agassizi and boliviana appear to be very distinct from each other, in
spite of variation in both forms. I am not prepared to discuss their re-
lationships to the recently described Nothura maculosa oruro Bond and de
Schauensee (1941).

Nothura maculosa boliviana Salvadori.

Five specimens: Cochabamba, Chocaya, Tiraque, and Totora, Bolivia.

These specimens were sent to Hellmayr at the British Museum for
comparison with the type of boliviana. He reported that they were the
same.2 The specimen from Tiraque is a very good match for the type,
particularly in the deep coloration below. The Cochabamba birds as
well as the original series of boliviana are indeed easily distinguished from
agassizi , of Lake Titicaca, which is blacker above and much more coarsely
marked with black on the chest and sides. He goes on to say that Bridges’
type-series probably came from the Valley of Cochabamba. The form
ranges from Bolivia through the Chaco to Paraguay and Argentina
(compare Wetmore, l.c.).

Nothura boraquira (Spix).

Eleven specimens: Santa Cruz de la Sierra and Buena Vista, Bolivia.

These agree with the figure of N. marmorata Gray (in Salvadori, 1895,
pi. 18). According to Hellmayr (1906, 705), however, this name is a
synonym of Tinamus boraquira Spix — an opinion which he reiterates
(1929, 478) after seeing specimens from the same locality from which our
own come. Miranda-Ribeiro (1938, 704) renames this form spixi, on the
ground that “ boraquira ” is “bad Portuguese” — which reason under present
rules is of course no reason at all. Wetmore (1926, 37, note) would refer
this species to Nothoprocta on account of the posterior aspect of the tarsal
envelope as shown on Spix’s plate. This plate is incorrect in this particular
respect, however, although it is otherwise a fair representation.

Two sizes of birds are represented in our series, but not according to sex
(as marked). The smaller ones may be younger birds, as I judge from our
specimen No. 79,124, which is rather prominently spotted below.

2 In sending these I inadvertently overlooked the fact that Dr. Hellmayr
had already compared Bolivian specimens from Mr. H. B. Conover.

1942 Todd: Tinamous in the Carnegie Museum 27

LITERATURE CITED

Berlepsch, Hans Graf von.

1908. On the Birds of Cayenne. Part II. — Novitates Zoologicae, Novem-
ber, 1908, 261-324.

Boetticher, Hans von.

1934. Beitrag zu einen phylogenetisch begriindeten, natiirlich System der

Steisshtihner ( Tinami ) auf Grund einiger taxonomisch verwert-
barer Charaktere. — Jenaische Zeitschrift fiir Naturwissenschaft,
69, 1934, 169-192.

Bonaparte, Charles Lucien.

1856. Tableaux paralleliques de l’ordre des Gallinaces. — Comptes Rendus
A cadernie Sciences Paris , 42, 1856, 874-884. Note sur les Tableaux
des Gallinaces. — Ibid., 953-957.

Bond, James, and de Schauensee, Rodolphe Meyer.

1941. Descriptions of New Birds from Bolivia. — Notulae Naturae No. 93,
October 14, 1941. pp. 7.

Brabourne, Lord, and Chubb, Charles.

1914. A Key to the Species of the Genus Crypturus, with Descriptions of
some new Forms. — Annals and Magazine of Natural History ,
(8), 14, October, 1914, 319-322.

Carriker, Melbourne A., Jr.

1910. An Annotated List of the Birds of Costa Rica including Cocos
Island. — Annals Carnegie Museum, 6, September 7, 1910, 314-
915, 1 map.

1933. Descriptions of new Birds from Peru, with notes on other little-
known species. — Proceedings Academy Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia, 85, March 24, 1933, 1-38.

1935. Descriptions of new Birds from Bolivia, with Notes on other little-

known species.- — Proceedings Academy Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia, 87, October 10, 1935, 313-341.

Chapman, Frank M.

1917. The Distribution of Bird-Life in Colombia: A Contribution to a
Biological Survey of South America. — Bulletin American Museum
of Natural History, 36, 1917, pp. x + 729, 41 pis.

1926. The Distribution of Bird-Life in Ecuador. — Bulletin American
Museum of Natural History, 55, 1926, pp. xiv + 784, 30 pis.

Chubb, Charles.

1916. The Birds of British Guiana. Vol. 1, 1916, pp. liii + 528, 10 pis.,
map.

Conover, H. B.

1933. The Races of the Tinamou Crypturellus cinnamomeus. — Proceed-
ings Biological Society of Washington, 46, June 30, 1933, 116-117.

1937. A new race of Tinamus major from Brazil. — Proceedings Biological
Society of Washington, 50, October 28, 1937, 191-192.

28

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Griscom, Ludlow.

1929. A Collection of Birds from Cana, Darien. — Bulletin Museum Com-
parative Zoology , 69, April, 1929, 149-190.

1932. The Ornithology of the Caribbean Coast of Extreme Eastern
Panama. — Bulletin Museum Comparative Zoology, 72, January,
1932,303-372.

1935. Critical Notes on Central American Birds in the British Museum. —
Ibis, July, 1935, 541-554.

Griscom, Ludlow, and Greenway, James C.

1937. Critical Notes on New Neotropical Birds. — Bulletin Museum Com-

parative Zoology, 81, May, 1937, 417-437.

Hellmayr, Carl E.

1906. Revision der Spix’schen Typen brasilianischer Vogel. — Abhand-

lungen K. Bayerischen Akademie Wissenschaften, II Kl., 22,
1906, 563-726, 2 pis.

1907. On a Collection of Birds made by Mr. W. Hoffmanns on the Rio

Madeira, Brazil. — Novitates Zoologicae, 14, November, 1907,
343-412, pi. 3.

1929. A Contribution to the Ornithology of Northeastern Brazil. — Field

Museum Zoological Series, 12, March 4, 1929, 235-501, map.

Laubmann, A.

1934. Weitere Beitrage zur Avifauna Argentiniens. — Verhandlungen
Ornithologischen Gesellschaft in Bayern, 20, 1934, 249-336, map.

Miranda-Ribeiro, Alipio de

1938. Notas Ornithologicas (xii). Tinamidae. — Revista do Museu Paulista,

23, March 18, 1938, 667-788, pis. 1-18.

Naumburg, Elsie M. B.

1930. The Birds of Matto Grosso, Brazil. — Bulletin American Museum

of Natural History, 60, 1930, pp. vii + 432, 17 pis., map.

Oliveira Pinto, Oliverio M. de

1938. Catalogo das Aves do Brasil e lista dos exemplares que as repre-
sentam no Museu Paulista. — Revista do Museu Paulista, 22,
“1937,” 1938, pp. xviii -f- 566.

Peters, J. L.

1931a. Additional Notes on the Birds of the Almirante Bay Region of
Panama. — Bulletin Museum of Comparative Zoology, 71, February,
1931, 293-345.

1931b. Check-List of Birds of the World. Cambridge, June, 1931, pp.
xviii + 345.

Salvadori, Tommaso.

1895. Catalogue of the Birds in the British Museum. Vol. 27, 1895,
includes the Chenomorphae, Crypturi, and Ratitae, pp. xv +
636, 19 pis.

1942

Todd: Tinamous in the Carnegie Museum

29

Salvin, Osbert, and Godman, F. DuCane.

1904. Biologia Centrali-Americana. Vol. 3, 1897-1904, pp. iv -f 510.
(Tinamidae, pp. 448-459, April, 1904.)

Snethlage, Emilia.

1914. Catalogo das Aves Amazonicas contendo todas as especies descriptas
e mencionadas ate 1913. — Boletim do Museu Goeldi, 8, “1911-12,”
1914, 1-530, 6 pis., map.

Todd, W. E. Clyde, and Carriker, Melbourne A.

1922. The Birds of the Santa Marta Region of Colombia: A Study in
Altitudinal Distribution. — Annals Carnegie Museum , 14, 1907,
3-611, 9 pis.

Todd, W. E. Clyde.

1937. Critical Remarks on Crypturellus variegatus and its Allies. —

Proceedings Biological Society of Washington, 50, October 28,
1937, 175-178.

1938. Notes on Crypturellus cinereus (Gmelin). — Proceedings Biological

Society of Washington, 51, May 19, 1938, 123-126.

Wetmore, Alexander.

1926. Observations on the Birds of Argentina, Paraguay, Uruguay, and
Chile. — Bulletin U. S. National Museum, No. 133, 1926, pp. iv
+ 448, 20 pis.

Zimmer, John T.

1928. A new form of Crypturellus noctivagus. — Proceedings Biological
Society of Washington, 51, March 18, 1938, 47-51.

ART. II. OBSERVATIONS ON THE LIFE HISTORY OF A NEYV^
CHALCIDOID WASP, AN INTERNAL PARASITE
OF ANT-LION LARVAE

By George E. Wallace

(One plate)

During the summer of 1940, two ant-lion cocoons, Myrmeleon im-
maculatus De Geer, collected at Presque Isle, Erie, Pennsylvania, were
found to be parasitized by a chalcidoid wasp belonging to the genus
Stomatoceras (family Chalcididae) . One adult wasp emerged from each
cocoon. Both individuals were females. Further collections of host
material, both larvae and cocoons, were made during July 1941. From
this host material forty-five parasites, comprising both males and fe-
males, were reared. Several more of the parasites were taken in the field,
and the process of oviposition was observed both in the field and in
captivity. Dissection revealed pupal cases of the wasp within the
remains of the ant-lion larvae.

It was at first thought that this Stomatoceras material from Presque
Isle might prove to be a new species. However, in the writer’s opinion,
the material should be considered, for the present at least, as a variety
of Stomatoceras rubra Ashmead,1 and as such it is here described.

The author is indebted to Mr. C. F. W. Muesebeck and Mr. A. B.
Gahan, at the United States National Museum, and Mr. E. T. Cresson,

Jr., of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, for permission
to study material in the collections of these two institutions.

Stomatoceras rubra Ashmead eriensis, new variety

Female: length 4.7 mm. Head barely as wide as the thorax, antero-
posteriorly thin and somewhat depressed between the lateral ocelli. The
distance between each lateral ocellus and the eye margin equal to the
diameter of the ocellus; the posterior edge of the median ocellus not quite
reaching the vertex. Eyes prominent, with a very few short widely
scattered hairs. Face long, triangular in appearance. Clypeus short,
lower margin gently concave. Labrum visible. Left mandible bidentate;
(the right mandible concealed in the holotype, but in other specimens
tridentate). Maxillary palpi 4-jointed; labial palpi 3-jointed. Cheeks

1 Ashmead, W. H., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 21, p. 332, 1894.

31

Issued March 13, 1942.

32

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

rimmed posteriorly by a sharp thin carina. Head, excepting antennal
furrow, hairy and closely pitted with coarse punctures, each puncture
enclosing a hair. Antennal furrow delicately cross-striated. Antennae
11-jointed, situated close together just above the clypeus; a carina present
between their scrobes. Scape equal to about one-half the length of the
flagellum, and extending to the upper (posterior) margin of the median
ocellus. First funicle joint the longest. Following joints of flagellum
gradually diminishing in length with the exception of the apical joint
which is nearly equal to the first funicle joint. The ring joint a little
longer than broad — almost quadrate. Pedicel equal to the third funicle
joint. Pubescence of antennae appearing slightly longer and denser from
tip of pedicel to and including the first funicle joint.

Thorax slightly longer than wide. Prothorax transverse quadrate,

Left figure, outline of antenna of female, x 15; right figure, outline of antenna
of male, x 16.

though somewhat declivous anteriorly; the sides but not the notum
bordered anteriorly by a carina. Parapsidal furrows complete. Axillae
not meeting at base of scutellum. Scutellum bounded laterally by a
carina which posteriorly forms the two small lobes or teeth typical of the
genus. Below the carina bounding the scutellum is an area bordered
below by a second carina; this area is traversed by rugae connecting
the two carinae. Prothorax, mesonotum, and upper portion of the
scutellum thickly pitted with coarse punctures. Metepisternum punctate
and hairy. Propodeum short, declivous, aerolated by numerous rugae;
hairy at the lateral angles. Propodeal spiracles thin, slit-like, directed
toward scutellum. All coxae with short silvery hairs. Lower margin of
hind femora not markedly convex; denticular ridge straight (slightly
notched in some specimens). Hind tibiae two-spurred, the outer spur
minute — much the shorter of the two. Forewings overlapping abdomen,
fuscous with an embrowned area below the point where the submarginal
vein joins the marginal. A hyaline area extends from the embrowned

1942

Wallace: A New Chalcidoid Wasp

33

portion to a short distance beyond the postmarginal. Both embrowned
and hyaline areas extend a little less than halfway to the posterior edge
of the wing. Pubesence of wings brown ; no silvery white pubescence in the
hyaline area.

Abdomen globose. First segment the longest, dorsally extending
slightly more than half the length of the abdomen. The second, third,
fourth, and fifth segments very short, very finely roughened; the second,
fourth, and fifth subequal, each dorsally equal to about one-sixth of the
first segment; the third segment small, forming a barely visible trans-
verse strip. Posterior margins of the third, fourth, and fifth tergites
concave. The sixth tergite forms a vertical plate which is furnished with
conspicuous punctures. Ovipositor not visible ; the sheaths visible , but not
projecting beyond the sixth tergite.

Fig. 2. Stomatoceras rubra eriensis

Left figure, outline of head of female, front view, x 13; right figure, outline of
head of male, x 13.

General body color dark red except for the following structures which
are black: antennae, excepting ring and first funicle joint; anterior mar-
gin of mesonotum, posterior third of mesonotum, extreme antero-lateral
angles of parapsides together with the adjoining portion of prothorax and
tegulae, axillae at anterior angles; metathorax except median spot of red;
propodeum, mesosternum, metasternum, front and middle tibiae except
apices; inner faces and proximal tips of front femora; mid-trochanters
and mid-femora, mid- and hind tarsi except apices; hind tibiae except
apices; denticulate portion of hind femora, and median portion of first
abdominal tergite.

Ring joint and first funicle joint fusco-rufous; in life this portion of
antennae appears pale silvery. The middle femora somewhat suffused
with fusco-rufous on outer sides. The apices of front and middle tibiae,
all of fore tarsi, apices of mid- and hind tarsal joints fusco-rufous. A
faint touch of blackish on occiput, vertex, parapsidal furrows, dorsal
surface of scutellum, and lower margin of sixth tergite.

34

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Male: length 3.7 mm. Head not as long as in female. Eyes hairy.
Ring joint and first funicle joint of antennae apparently fused together,
forming a 10-jointed antenna. Antennal scape equal to about one-third
the flagellum, barely reaching the median ocellus. Pedicel smaller than
than any of the funicle joints.

Thorax similar to that of female. Lower margin of hind femora con-
vex; denticulate ridge with an incision so that proximal six to nine den-
ticles appear to be on a prominence. Forewing similar to that of female.

Abdomen small, globose, length 1.4 mm. First abdominal tergite the
longest, equal to half the abdomen; the second, third, fourth, fifth, and
sixth tergites nearly equal in length, the third being smaller than the
others. Hind margins of the second and third tergites appear concave
when seen from above. All tergites very finely roughened; the fourth,
fifth, and sixth with some coarse punctures.

Color black; inner portions of tarsal joints, particularly at apices,
tinged with fusco-rufous.

Size and color: the females of the paratype series show considerable
variation in both size and color. The largest specimen is 4.9 mm. in
length, the smallest 3.6 mm. The average size of all the female type
specimens (including the holotype) is 4.5 mm. ; however the majority of
the specimens exceed this figure. The lightest colored specimen of the
female paratypes has only the tibiae, anterior and posterior margins of
the mesonotum, anterior edges of parapsides, mesosternum, metasternum,
and basal portion of the antennal scapes, black. The darkest female
specimen has the head and thorax almost entirely black, and the abdo-
men heavily suffused with black.

The males of the type series range in size from 3.6 mm. to 4.4 mm.
The average size of the males is 4.1 mm., but the majority of the speci-
mens exceed this figure.

Varietal differences summarized

The chief differences between S. rubra Ashmead2 and the variety
eriensis , as shown by female specimens, are summarized as follows:

1. The general color of eriensis is much darker red than rubra. As
mentioned previously, the head and thorax are almost uniformly black
in the darker specimens of the eriensis paratype material. In both light

2 Of the four types (all females) designated by Ashmead, only the two
deposited at the U. S. National Museum have been examined by the writer.

1942

Wallace: A New Chalcidoid Wasp

35

and dark specimens the tibiae are black. The body color of rubra tends
more to orange rufous with no such black coloration as mentioned above.

2. In the rubra types, the wing cilia in the hyaline area immediately
behind the marginal vein are silvery white and appear slightly flattened.
The wing cilia of eriensis are entirely dark with none appearing flattened.

3. The hind femur of eriensis does not have the lower margin as de-
cidedly convex nor the denticulate ridge as deeply notched as in rubra.

4. The abdomen of eriensis is globose ; the abdomen of rubra is pointed
ovate. Also all of the tergites of eriensis are sculptured, the first to fifth
tergites with reticulations and the sixth with coarse punctures. The
first tergite of rubra is smooth, the second to fifth not as distinctly reticu-
late as in eriensis , and the sixth tergite is not punctate.

5. In average size, the females of eriensis are slightly (0.5 mm.) larger
than rubra; however, because of the few rubra specimens available, size
differences should not be stressed at present.

Material examined

Holotype: female, Presque Isle, Erie, Pa., July 10, 1941. Taken while
ovipositing on an ant-lion larva.

Allotype: male, which emerged from cocoon of ant-lion parasitized by
holotype.

Paratypes: twenty-nine females and eighteen males all from Presque
Isle, Erie, Pa. Two females taken in the field; July 11, 1933, and July
18, 1941. The other females were all reared from host material; one
specimen reared July 1940, the remainder during July and August, 1941.
All males, except one, reared during July, August, and September; the
specimen excepted was taken on July 18, 1941.

Holotype and allotype in the collection of the Carnegie Museum;
paratypes in the Carnegie Museum, and the United States National
Museum, Washington, D. C.

In addition to the Presque Isle specimens and the two types of Sto-
matoceras rubra studied, other material, here considered as a variety of
Stomatoceras rubra , has also been examined. This additional material
includes the following specimens: (1) at the U. S. National Museum — a
female specimen from Brownsville, Texas; four female specimens from
Beach, North Dakota; a female specimen from Raleigh, North Carolina;
and a female reared from Myrmeleon immaculatus at Medora, Kansas,
by R. C. Smith ; (2) at the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia —

36

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

yol. XXIX

a female specimen from Montana determined as Stomatoceras rubra
Ashmead (the identification label being in Ashmead’s handwriting) ;
two females and a male from North Woodbury, New Jersey; and a female
specimen bearing only the label “Dac.” All of these specimens are ap-
parently intermediate between the rubra types and eriensis, but are
closer to the latter. The females possess the lighter color of rubra , and
the wing ciliation of eriensis. The abdomen is globose and sculptured as
in eriensis. The male specimen at the Academy of Natural Sciences
agrees with the males of eriensis except that the prominence on the
denticulate ridge is not as pronounced as in eriensis. Possibly these
specimens may represent a separate variety of rubra. In order to ascertain
this point, however, it seems best to wait until further reared series are
available, and also to learn more of the distribution of both rubra proper
and of eriensis.

Life History

Parasitism of Myrmeleon immaculatus in North America has been
previously recorded by Smith,3 and by Balduf.4 Both of these references
pertain to the rearing from ant-lion cocoons by Smith5 of chalcidoid
specimens, which were identified as Stomatoceras sp. Other parasites of
Myrmelionidae have been mentioned by Wheeler.6

Oviposition of Stomatoceras rubra var. eriensis takes place on the
active ant-lion larva in the latter’s pit. Successful oviposition by eriensis
in the field was observed on one occasion, and an unsuccessful attempt was
observed at another time. In this last instance, the parasite was in-
advertently disturbed after it had inserted the ovipositor, but before egg-
laying had been completed. In addition to these two cases, oviposition
by eriensis in vials was noted once. In a number of other cases, ant-lion
larvae in vials were stung, but no egg was deposited.

In searching for the host, the females of S. r. eriensis walk slowly about
over the sand — the antennae being bent downward and rapidly tapped or
vibrated against the ground. They evince great interest in small depres-

s Smith R. C., Journ. Kan. Ent. Soc., vol. 7, no. 4, p. 137, 1934.

4 Balduf, W. V., The Bionomics of Entomophagous Insects, pt. II, John S.
Swift Co., Inc., St. Louis, Mo. (1939), p. 326.

5 One of which is the specimen previously mentioned as having been studied
by the author at the U. S. National Museum.

6 Wheeler, W. M., Demons of the Dust. W. W. Norton & Company, Inc., New
York (1930), p. 139.

1942

Wallace: A New Chalcidoid Wasp

37

sions, furrows, footprints, etc. When a suitable ant-lion pit is found,
the wasp takes up a position facing upward on the side of the pit. In this
position the parasite may remain motionless for a considerable period of
time providing the ant-lion has shown signs of activity. If the ant-lion
senses the presence of the wasp, it begins the characteristic procedure of
flipping sand from the lower portion of the pit, causing the sand around
the sides of the pit to slide downward. With the commencing of this
“flipping” and the downward slide of the sand, the parasite slightly
elevates its wings and spreads its hind legs. In this position it slides
backward into the jaws of the ant-lion larva and is pulled under the
sand. Insertion of the ovipositor and the consequent release of the wasp
from the ant-lion’s mandibles evidently take place immediately. In the
cases observed, the ant-lion, after pulling the wasp under the sand, could
be detected moving hastily about. In one instance the attacked ant-lion
came to the surface of the sand in its endeavors to escape. Oviposition
behavior was easily observed with a hand lens in those cases where an egg
was actually in the process of being deposited. The ovipositor is inserted
in the prothorax of the host, the wasp standing either to one side of the
mandibles or on the head of the ant-lion. The antennae and fore legs are
folded downward, the parasite being supported by the ovipositor, hind,
and mid-legs. When the egg has been deposited, the antennae begin to
vibrate, and the ovipositor is withdrawn. The exact time required for
oviposition was not ascertained; however the length of time from the
moment the parasite is seized to the time the ovipositor is withdrawn is
judged to be about two minutes.

Successful oviposition on ant-lion larvae in captivity was accomplished
only by a single specimen — the holotype (the same specimen that was
observed completing oviposition in the field). Captive recently emerged
female parasites would use the ovipositor only as a means of defense, and
then not always successfully. In all cases, however, the “flipping” ac-
tivity of the ant-lion caused an immediate cessation of walking on the
part of the wasp, and the assumption of the characteristic attitude of
lifted wings, and extended hind legs.

The parasitized ant-lion larvae appeared to be partially paralyzed,
able only to feebly move their heads and mandibles. They eventually
formed cocoons but did not pupate, the parasites emerging from the en-
closed larvae. Parasites were never observed to emerge from larvae not
enclosed in cocoons. The ant-lion larvae which were stung in self de-
fense by young females of eriensis eventually died without forming co-

38

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

coons. Larvae in which eriensis had oviposited, as well as those larvae
which merely had been stung, did not construct pits and were indifferent
to food, i.e. live insects placed with the larvae in vials.

As stated before, two instances of successful oviposition were observed.
In the case where oviposition took place in the field, the egg was de-
posited on July 10, 1941, and the adult male offspring (the allotype)
emerged September 6. The exact day on which the host larva spun its
cocoon is not known, but it was sometime between August 4 and 23. In
the case of oviposition in captivity, the egg was deposited July 10, the
host larva had spun a cocoon by the morning of July 11, and a female
parasite emerged August 22.

The proportion of parasitism of host material collected during 1941
was approximately 41 percent. Of 177 host cocoons, 45 gave rise to adult
parasites, 28 were found by dissection to be parasitized, and 104 were not
parasitized. No cases of secondary parasitism were observed.

40

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

EXPLANATION OF PLATE
Stomatoceras rubra variety eriensis
Figures 1-3, photographed by transmitted light.

Fig. 1. Hind leg of female (X 13).

Fig. 2. Hind leg of male (X 13).

Fig. 3. Forewing of male (X 13).

Fig. 4. Side view of male (X 8).

Fig. 5. Cocoon of ant-lion host, Myrmeleon immaculatus De Geer, showing emer-
gence aperture of adult parasite (X 3).

ANNALS, CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXIX

Art. II

Plate I

1*

t y

TMeUlL

/!

a

/

M#** ]^m

(u °0

ART. III. UPPER CRETACEOUS FAUlik OF THE'

G

°yAL KUB&rJ

ASPHALT RIDGE, UTAH
By I. P. Tolmachoff

(Plates I-II)

Introduction

In the summer of 1932, the writer together with J. J. Burke and J.
LeRoy Kay twice visited Asphalt Ridge, located a few miles southwest
of Vernal, Utah. We did not intend to make any detailed geological
investigation of the ridge but wished only to collect more fossils in the
locality at the northwestern end of the ridge where a small fauna was
discovered by J. LeRoy Kay in 1929. In spite of the very short time at
our disposal, we succeeded in collecting a small but typical assemblage
of the fauna which permits making a fairly exact correlation of the cor-
responding strata. A few additions to this fauna were made, in 1933, by
the writer and E. R. Eller, and in later years by J. LeRoy Kay. The
whole fauna is described in the present paper.

According to H. S. Gale,1 Asphalt Ridge is composed chiefly of the strata
of the Wasatch Formation underlaid from the northeast by the Mesaverde
Formation of the Cretaceous. The Tertiary and Cretaceous are separated
from each other by an unconformity. The Wasatch Formation was
identified as such chiefly on the ground of the lithological character of its
rocks. E. M. Spieker’s2 interpretation of the stratigraphy of the Asphalt
Ridge is different from that of Gale. He recognized unconformity be-
tween the Cretaceous and Tertiary, but the latter he considers represented
by the Uinta Formation alone, the Wasatch and Green River Formations
being absent from this locality. Since he thinks that a considerable thick-
ness of Upper Cretaceous is also missing here, the unconformity assumed
by him appears to be of considerable magnitude, although nowhere well
expressed with the exception perhaps only of his “location 8” where it is
possible to suggest “angular discordance between the formations.”3 His
correlation of the Tertiary of the Asphalt Ridge is based on tracing the

1 Gale, H. S., Coal Fields of Northwestern Colorado and Northeastern Utah:
U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull. 415, pi. XXI (map), Washington, 1910.

2 Spieker, E. M., Bituminous Sandstone near Vernal, Utah: U. S. Geol. Surv.
Bull. 822-C, Washington, 1930.

3 Ibidem, p. 82.

41

Issued May 5, 1942.

42

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Uinta Formation from central and western parts of the Uinta Basin and
also on the lithological character of the formation. Eight sections described
by Spieker along the ridge are placed within the Uinta Formation with
a few exceptions. In Section 1, the basal horizon is “doubtless Creta-
ceous. The overlying bituminous beds may also be Cretaceous.”4 Basal
horizon in Section 8 is referred to the Upper Mesaverde. The whole
thickness of bituminous sandstones in Section 2, about 190 feet, may also
be Cretaceous. This contradicts the statement that “most and perhaps
all of the bituminous sandstone of the Vernal locality is in the Uinta
Formation.”6 A certain vagueness of correlation was explained, how-
ever, by the lack of paleontological evidence and the necessity of depend-
ing upon the general geological structure of the area, lithological char-
acter, local unconformities, etc.

Paleontologists of the Carnegie Museum found in sandstones of the
Asphalt Ridge, below the lowermost conglomerate, parts of a skull of
Mesagriochaerus primus Peterson6 which placed the whole suite of con-
glomerates and sandstones above the bituminous sandstones in the
Duchesne River Formation.7 There was no attempt made at that time to
trace the lower limit of that formation or subdivide formations lying
under the conglomerate-sandstone series. As the Cretaceous age of lower
horizons in the Asphalt Ridge was established, only after 1932, on the
basis of paleontological evidence, all these formations were referred to
the Tertiary.

The writer is much obliged to Dr. R. S. Bassler, through whose courtesy
he was able to secure important comparative materials from the United
States National Museum.

Description of Locality

Sandstones, in which the Cretaceous fauna was collected in the Asphalt
Ridge, outcrop at the northwestern end of the ridge under a layer of
bituminous sandstone. They are yellowish gray in color, a little shistose
in upper horizons, rather loose or massive in places, and in the whole are
about a hundred feet thick. Within this sandstone formation were found

4 Spieker, E. M., U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull. 822-C, p. 83.

5 Ibidem, p. 81.

6 Peterson, O. A., List of Species and Description of new Material from the
Duchesne River Oligocene, Uinta Basin, Utah: Ann. Carnegie Museum, XXIII,
p. 382.

7 Kay, J. LeRoy, The Tertiary Formations of the Uinta Basin, Utah: Ann.
Carnegie Museum, XXIII, p. 358.

1942 Tolmachoff: Cretaceous of Asphalt Ridge 43

four layers of hard, calcareous sandstone, each about two feet thick,
located as follows: one near the top of the sandstone formation, two
about thirty or thirty-five feet below the top two feet distant from each
other, and the fourth one about sixty feet below. Because of their hard-
ness and brownish color on the surface (grayish inside) these sandstones
are very conspicuous in the locality. Massive in general, they break
locally into curved crusts because of their concretionary structure.
Strongly effervescent with hydrochloric acid the fragments are soon
broken into fine quartz.

Cretaceous sandstone underlying the bituminous sandstone corre-
sponds apparently to the lowest horizon in Spieker’s sections 1,3, and 8.
The southern dip, 13, 20, and 18 degrees, corresponds to one found by
the writer — 15° south. The thickness of the same sandstone in the
profile 1-50-100 feet also corresponds more or less to that given above.

Correlation

The separation of the Tertiary and Cretaceous has not yet been estab-
lished in the Asphalt Ridge. As the well identified Tertiary lies above the
bituminous sandstone and the Cretaceous sandstone underlies the latter,
it is the stratigraphical position of the bituminous sandstone which has
to be determined. The bituminous sandstone is a well expressed horizon.
In Spieker’s sections it is subdivided into a number of beds distinguish-
able from each other chiefly by the amount of bitumen, and the color and
coarseness of the sand grains. In some cases bituminous sandstone is
split by the insertion of shales, but such a splitting is apparently only
local and the whole horizon remains a unit attaining locally a thickness
of several hundred feet, but much thinner in other places. Near the
northern end of the ridge a double layer of the bituminous sandstone
outcrops about fifty feet below the main layer. However, nowhere on
the northeastern face of the ridge could this lower horizon be discovered,
although conditions of observation in many places were favorable for such
a discovery. Spieker does not mention the lower horizon either, although
local people often refer to the upper and lower asphalt. It is quite pos-
sible, however, that the lower bituminous sandstone near the northern
end of the ridge is the same upper bituminous sandstone but thrown down
for about fifty feet along the fault shown here by Spieker on his map. If
such an interpretation is wrong and lower bituminous sandstone exists
as an independent unit, the Cretaceous sandstone will be located between
two bituminous sandstones and this will be a good argument for attribut-

44

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

ing Cretaceous age to them. As was mentioned above, Spieker’s correla-
tion is rather indefinite. In his sections, however, with the exception of
Section 5 in which a horizon with “typical Uinta lithology” underlies a
thick bituminous zone, the bituminous part of the sections is always well
separated from the overlying Tertiary. This was also the general im-
pression of the writer. In the southeastern continuation of the Asphalt
Ridge on Green River, the Tertiary, here the Green River Formation,
overlies with well expressed discordance on the suite of different, partly
bituminous sandstones corresponding to those of the Asphalt Ridge. All
these observations bring the writer to the conclusion in favor of the
Cretaceous age of the bituminous sandstones of the Asphalt Ridge, at
least in their larger part.

With a few exceptions, the fossils collected in the Cretaceous sandstone
were found in the form of casts and often could be identified only tenta-
tively, even as far as their generic association is concerned. Perhaps
a number of the forms described in the present paper should be con-
sidered as described from material not sufficiently well preserved for com-
plete identification.

The following species were identified from the Cretaceous of the As-
phalt Ridge:

Leptosolen conradi Meek
Anatina lineata Stanton
Cymella hello, Conrad

Enchodus sp.

Apateodus sp.
Scapanorhynchus sp.
Placenticeras meeki J. Boehm.
Turritella sp.

Gy r odes sp.

Margarita sp.

Fissurella sp.

Lucina sp.

Cardium kayi sp. nov.

Tellina sp.

Cymbopora sp.

Yoldia evansi M. & H.

Crenella burkei sp. nov.

This small collection of rather badly preserved specimens shows well
the marine origin of the fauna and its correlation with the Mesaverde
Formation of the Upper Cretaceous. From five species known before,
only Leptosolen conradi Meek is a typical form for the Dakota Sandstone
at the base of the Upper Cretaceous. Of other species, Placenticeras
meeki J. Boehm, was found in the uppermost part of the Mancos Shale
and in the basal section of the Mesaverde Formation. Anatina lineata
Stanton was found in deposits corresponding in their age to the Mancos
Shale and also in deposits of the Mesaverde Formation. Cymella bella
Conr. and Yoldia evansi M. & K. both were described from the Fox Hills

1942 Tolmachoff: Cretaceous of Asphalt Ridge 45

Sandstone stratigraphically covering the Mesaverde Formation and
from the Pierre Shale (Fort Pierre Group) corresponding to the Mesaverde
Formation.

Descriptions of the Fauna
PISCES

A few fish remains found in the Cretaceous of the Asphalt Ridge are so
incomplete and isolated that their identification, even only a generic one,
cannot be accepted as other than tentative.

TELEOSTEI
Family Enchodontidae
Enchodus Agassiz
Enchodus sp.

(Plate I, figs. 2-3)

A fragment of a tooth about 17.5 mm. long without the base and apex.
The restoration of lacking parts should bring the whole length to about
25 mm. or a little more. The general shape is that of a long, narrow,
slightly bent cone with an unsymmetricab elliptical cross-section at the
upper end with sharpened but not barbed edges. The cross-section at
the base is of a rounded, triangular shape. One surface (concave) is
covered with delicate ribs, replaced on the convex side with fine striations.

In general appearance this tooth reminds one of Enchodus ( Phascanodus )
dirus J. Leidy from the Upper Cretaceous of Dakota8 and for this reason
it is brought, tentatively, into this association.

Carnegie Museum, Catalogue of Vertebrate Fossils, no. 9423.

Family Scopelidae
Apateodus Smith Woodward
Apateodus sp.

(Plate I, fig. 4)

A small isolated tooth, cylindrical in the lower portion, conical in the
middle, and laterally compressed at the upper end thus becoming here

8 Leidy, Joseph, Contributions to the Extinct Vertebrate Fauna of the Western
Territories: Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey of the Territories, vol. I, p. 289, pi. XVII,
figs. 23-24.

46

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

lanceolate with more or less sharp edges. The surface is completely
smooth. Enamel yellowish white except for the sharp edges where it is
nearly black. The length is 3.2 mm., and the thickness of the lower part
in two diameters, 0.7 and 0.8 mm.

In its general shape this tooth reminds one very closely of teeth of
different species of the genus Apateodus Sm. Woodward as for example,
Apateodus striatus Sm. Woodward9 or Apateodus lanceolatus Sm. Wood-
ward, 10 both from the Upper Cretaceous of England. Teeth of English
forms are, however, considerably larger than the tooth from the Asphalt
Ridge. However, both figures used for comparison represent premaxillary
teeth which are much larger than the rest.

Carnegie Museum, Catalogue of Vertebrate Fossils, no. 9424.

Indeterminable scale

(Plate I, fig. 1)

To the Teleostei belongs also a cycloid scale of sub-elliptical outlines,
a little distorted, 12.6 mm. long and 11.2 mm. wide. One end has a small
triangular incision. Surface shiny, covered with fine concentric wrinkles,
distinguishable only under favorable illumination.

Carnegie Museum, Catalogue of Vertebrate Fossils, no. 9422.

SELACHII
Family Lamnidae

Scapanorhynchus Smith Woodward.

Scapanorhynchus sp.

(Plate I, fig. 5)

The only specimen of a small, incomplete shark tooth characterized by
a long slender principal cusp of flattened, conical shape with smooth,
sharp lateral edges. A shallow and narrow groove runs along one edge.
The basal part of the tooth is broken off. The length of the fragment is
2.8 mm.; the greatest width LI mm.

Tentatively this form is brought into association with the genus
Scapanorhynchus Sm. Woodw., which has similar long narrow teeth.

Carnegie Museum, Catalogue of Vertebrate Fossils, no. 9425.

9 Woodward, Arthur Smith, Catalogue of the Fossil Fishes in the British Mu-
seum, pt. IV, p. 260, pi. XIII, fig. 6, London, 1901.

10 Ibidem , p. 264.

1942

Tolmachoff: Cretaceous of Asphalt Ridge

47

MOLLUSCA

Cephalopoda-Ammonoidea
Family Cosmoceratidae (Placenticeratinae)
Placenticeras Meek
Placenticeras meeki J. Boehm.

(Plate II, figs. 1-2)

1927. Placenticeras meeki Reeside, The Cephalopods of the Eagle Sandstone and
related Formations in the Western Interior of the United States: U. S. Geol.
Surv. Prof. Paper 151, p. 29, pi. 22, figs. 5-7, pis. 23-24, pi. 25, figs. 1-2 (syn-
onymy).

A fragment of an inner cast of an ammonite which in spite of its poor
and fragmentary preservation can be identified even specifically with a
degree of certitude. It belonged to a much compressed discoidal form
of about 130 mm. in diameter. Whorls have a high, triangular cross-
section and very narrow, slightly concave venter bordered by low ridges.
Umbilicus deep, narrow, with abruptly rounded umbilical shoulder and
hardly noticeable tubercles. The surface of the whorl was smooth and
no remnants of sculpture are preserved on the cast. Some markings on
the cast may be perhaps considered to be remains of the suture or at least
connected with the suture. The preservation is, however, so poor that
nothing more or less definite can be said about the character of the
suture. J. B. Reeside described this species from the Telegraph Creek
Formation and the Eagle Sandstone of Montana; from the upper part of
Cody Shale and Steele Shale of Wyoming; from the lower part of Pierre
Shale of the Black Hills and of eastern Colorado11; uppermost part of
Mancos Shale and basal part of Mesaverde Formation from New Mexico.
The stratigraphic position of this species in the central continental
Cretaceous is thus well fixed. At the Wasatch Plateau it would cor-
respond to the Emery Sandstone member.12

Carnegie Museum, Catalogue of Invertebrate Fossils, no. 7572.

11 Dane, C. H., Pierce, W. G., and Reeside, J. B., Jr., The Stratigraphy of
the Upper Cretaceous Rocks north of the Arkansas River in Eastern Colorado:
U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Paper 186-K, p. 230.

12 Spieker, E. M. & Reeside, J. B„, Jr., Cretaceous and Tertiary Formations
of the Wasatch Plateau, Utah: Bull. Geol. Soc. Am., vol. 36, p. 439.

48

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

GASTROPODA
Ctenobranchina
Family Turritellidae
Turritella Lam.

Turritella sp.

(Plate II, figs. 3 and 7)

This species is represented by an incomplete natural mold composed of
seven whorls and a fragment of an inner cast of three whorls which may
belong to the same form.

Shell small, composed probably, when complete, of about ten whorls
tapering under an apical angle of about twenty degrees. Volutions are
almost round, separated by deep sutures. The surface of the shell was
ornamented with a few spiral ridges, faint traces of which may be per-
ceived on the mold here and there. Length of the mold 11.7 mm., width
5.3 mm.; length and width of the fragment of the inner cast are cor-
respondingly 6.5 and 4.5 mm.

This species is rather similar to Turritella pumila (?) Gabb. from the
Upper Green Marls of New Jersey,13 but may not be more closely compared
with the latter because of the poor preservation.

Carnegie Museum, Catalogue of Invertebrate Fossils, nos. 7573, 7574.

Family Naticidae
Gyrodes Conrad
Gyrodes sp.

(Plate II, figs. 4 and 6)

Shell low with about three volutions increasing rapidly in size. The
inner ones scarcely rise above the outer ones. Volutions rather ventricose,
ovate in a transverse section. Umbilicus apparently large and open.
Suture deep. Faint traces of transverse ridges or lines of growth can be
discerned on the casts. The greater diameter of the larger specimen 6.5
mm., the height of the same 3.5 mm.

The species under consideration is closely similar to Gyrodes abyssina

13 Whitfield, R. P., Gastropoda and Cephalopoda of the Raritan Clays and
Greensand Marls of New Jersey: U. S. Geol. Surv. Mon. XVIII, p. 187, pi. XXIII,
figs. 5-6.

1942 Tolmachoff: Cretaceous of Asphalt Ridge 49

Morton from the Lower Green Marls of New Jersey.14 However, this
form is much larger than the Utah specimens and possibly has a smooth
shell.

Carnegie Museum, Catalogue of Invertebrate Fossils, nos. 7575, 7576.

Aspidobranchina
Family Trochidae
Margarita Leach.

Margarita sp.

(Plate II, fig 5)

Shell small with moderately elevated spire having an apical angle of
about 65°. Volutions, three to four in number, are round, ventricose,
separated by deep sutures. Surface marked by fine, even, spiral ridges
over the entire shell, hardly perceivable on the present cast. The height
about 4.0 mm., the greatest diameter 5.0 mm.

This species is represented only by a cast which is in such a fragmentary
condition that its identification would be considered impossible if it
were not very similar to Margarita abyssina Gabb. from the Lower Green
Marls of New Jersey.15 So far as both forms may be compared they are
similar in their general shape and sculpture, but Margarita abyssina Gabb.
is about twice as large as the Utah form.

Carnegie Museum, Catalogue of Invertebrate Fossils, no. 7577.

Family Fissurelidae
Fissurella Lam.

Fissurella sp.

(Plate I, fig. 13)

An inner cast of a small patelliform shell of suborbicular outlines with
length about 8.1 mm., and width 7.3 mm. The height was hardly more
than 3 mm. The summit was located apparently rather close to the
middle of the regularly convex shell. On the cast may be distinguished a
perforation in the form of a slit reminding one of the genus Emarginula
Lam. but not cutting through the border of the shell. The thin shell had
the epidermal cover preserved only around the border in the form of a
broken narrow fringe. It is smooth, glassy, and without any sculpture.

14 Ibidem, p. 123, pi. XV, figs. 9-12.

l5Whitfield, R. P., U. S. Geol. Surv. Mon., XVIII, p. 133, pi. XVII, figs. 1-5.

50

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

What is apparently the impression of a muscular scar may be seen on the
side of the cast opposite the slit side.

The shape of the aperture and the lack of any sculpture make its as-
signment to the genus Fissurella Lam. very problematic. Perhaps this
form may have a more independent systematic position. The material
on hand is, however, too poor to permit a more exact description of
this form.

Carnegie Museum, Catalogue of Invertebrate Fossils, no. 7578.

LAMELLIBRANCHIATA

Desmodonta
Family Solenopsidae
Leptosolen Conrad

Leptosolen conradi Meek

(Plate II, fig. 9)

1876. Leptosolen conradi Meek, F. B., A Report on the Invertebrate Cretaceous
and Tertiary Fossils of the Upper Missouri Country: U. S. Geol. Survey of the
Territories, IX, p. 253, pi. 2, figs. 12a-b.

Shell oblong, about three times as long as high, with the hinge and
parallel margins subparallel to each other and almost straight. Anterior
end rounded, tapering a little from the pallial line. Posterior end roundly
truncated. Both ends gaping, the posterior one more so. Beaks incon-
spicuous, located behind the first third of the length of the valve. Thick-
ness about half the height. Shell apparently thin and not preserved. The
surface was covered with fine lines of growth more or less conspicuous on
some inner casts. Found also on inner casts is a deep furrow extending
from the beak downwards and a little backwards which becomes also
somewhat wider towards its end. It dies out on the lower quarter of the
height of the valve.

Dimensions in mm.

Length

35.2

32.4

31.5

18.6

Height

10.3

11.0

10.5

6.1

As far as general form and sculpture are concerned, the Utah form
corresponds well with the Kansas form. However, the former attains
larger dimensions than those given for the latter. Another difference is

1942 Tolmachoff: Cretaceous of Asphalt Ridge 51

in the character of the transverse inner ridge to which corresponds the
furrow on the casts. In the Utah form it has a different direction, pointing
a little backwards and is apparently longer and thinner. These differences,
however, might be considered as hardly sufficient to distinguish both
forms, even as plain varieties. Leptosolen conradi Meek was found in
the Dakota Group of Kansas.

Carnegie Museum, Catalogue of Invertebrate Fossils, nos. 7579-7582.

Family Anatinidae
Anatina Lam.

Anatina lineata Stanton
(Plate II, fig. 10)

1893. Anatina lineata Stanton, T. W.t The Colorado Formation and its Inverte-
brate Fauna: U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull. 106, p. 117, pi. XXVI, figs. 3-4.

Shell of medium size, elongate-ovate in outline, inequilateral, repre-
sented by one left valve and two fragments. Anterior end produced,
broadly and regularly rounded. Posterior end shorter and more narrowly
rounded than the anterior one. Hinge border slightly concave behind the
small beak and straight or even a little convex in front of it. Shell rather
thin with the greatest thickness in the anterior part owing to the slight
flattening of the valve in its middle. The surface is covered with abun-
dant, regularly distributed rather fine, concentric folds which are better
expressed on the anterior part, and fade towards the posterior end where
they finally become obsolete. Length of the valve 33.4 mm., height 20.8,
thickness of both valves will be about 7-8 mm.

The Utah form corresponds very closely to that of Colorado, par-
ticularly with reference to a small variety figured by Stanton in fig. 4.
The Colorado form was found in the Pugnellus sandstone at the top of
the Fort Benton Shales. The species was also mentioned by Stanton from
Utah where, at Coalville, it was found in sandstones of the “First Ridge”
which may be correlated with the Pugnellus sandstone of Colorado, and
from the “Third Ridge” sandstone which belongs, however, to much
higher horizons corresponding to the Montana Formation or Group, per-
haps to the basal section of the latter.16

Carnegie Museum, Catalogue of Invertebrate Fossils, nos. 7583-7584.

16 Reeside, J. B., Upper Cretaceous and Tertiary Formations of the Western
Part of the San Juan Basin of Colorado and New Mexico: U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof.
Paper 134, p. 16.

52

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Cymella Meek
Cyme 11 a bella Conrad
(Plate II, fig. 8)

1875. Cymella bella Conrad, Descriptions of New Genera and Species of fossil
Shells of North Carolina, in the State Cabinet at Raleigh: Rep. Geol. Surv., N.
Carolina, vol. I, appendix, p. 10, pi. 2, fig. 9.

1876. Liopista ( Cymella ) undata Meek, A Report on the invertebrate Cretaceous
and Tertiary Fossils of the Upper Missouri Country: U. S. Geol. Survey of
Territories, vol. IX, p. 236, pi. 39, figs. la-b.

1877. Leiopista ( Cymella ) undata White, Report upon the invertebrate Fossils
collected in portions of Nevada, Utah, Colorado, New Mexico, and Arizona, by
parties of the Expeditions of 1871, 1872, 1873, and 1874: U. S. Geogr. Survey
west of 100th Meridian, IV, p. 187, pi. XVIII, fig. 15a.

1880. Leiopista ( Cymella ) Meeki Whitfield, Paleontology of the Black Hills of
Dakota: U. S. Geogr. & Geol. Survey of the Rocky Mountain Region, p. 418,
pi. XI, figs. 27-28.

1885. Cymella Meeki Whitfield, Brachiopoda and Lamellibranchiata of the Raritan
Clays and Greensand Marls of New Jersey: U. S. Geol. Surv. Mon. IX, p. 142,
pi. XX, figs. 6-7.

Shell small, oblongly circular, almost equilateral; rather thick with sub-
central prominent beaks located a little nearer to the anterior end. They
are not separated from the general convexity of valves. Behind beaks
on better preserved specimens it is possible to see a rudimentary escutch-
eon-like area. The shell is covered with numerous rather strong, con-
centric undulations which are crossed by strong radial ribs very conspicu-
ous on the middle part of the valves, but fading on both ends of the latter.
Length of the largest specimen 13.0, height 10.0, thickness 7. 0-7. 5 mm.

The general shape of the shell and its sculpture are typical enough to
permit bringing this form into association with Conrad’s species, although
the latter is twice as large as the Utah form.

Cymella undata M. & H. could hardly be distinguished from Conrad’s
species. Meek remarked that both species are alike in almost all respects
with the only exception that Cymella bella Conrad “has rather more
prominent and ventricose beaks and less closely arranged radiating
markings.” Whitfield describing Leiopista ( Cymella ) Meeki Wh. finds
that from Cymella undata M. & H. his species only “Differs in the greater
size and more robust habit, also in the comparatively stronger undula-
tions and in having the radiating costae continuing to the anterior end, if
not to the posterior also. The outline of the shell also differs somewhat.17

17 Whitfield, R. P., Paleontology of the Black Hills, p. 419.

1942

Tolmachoff: Cretaceous of Asphalt Ridge

53

Describing Cymella Meeki Wh. from New Jersey, Whitfield compared it
with Cymella bella Conrad, but kept both species apart, chiefly because
of the difference in the distribution of the radial ribs. In Conrad’s species
they are lacking or fading on both ends of the valves, while in Liopista
( Cymella ) undata M. & H. they are supposed to become fainter and thin-
ner towards both ends of the valves, being stronger in the middle part
of the latter.18 In a few specimens of Liopista ( Cymella ) undata M. & H.
available to the writer, radial ribs are obsolete on both ends of the valves
thus making the sculpture corresponding to that of Cymella bella Conrad.
Whitfield’s name might not be used as it was preoccupied by White for a
different form.19 Leiopista ( Cymella ) undata M. & H., described by
White, has the same size as the Utah form, but its surfacial markings are
apparently thinner than in the latter. Following Grabau and Shimer,20
the finer radii distinguish Liopista ( Cymella ) undata M. & H. from Con-
rad’s species. However this character is very variable and rather badly
defined and may hardly be accepted for separation of both species.
Henderson substituted Liopista ( Cymella ) mountanensis Henderson for
Liopista ( Cymella ) undata M. & H., because the specific name undata
had been preoccupied a long time before.21 However, including this
species in the synonymy ol Cymella bella Conrad makes Henderson’s
alteration unnecessary.

Cymella bella Conrad was described from the Ripley Formation of
North Carolina. As Leiopista ( Cymella ) undata M. & H., it was described
from the top of the Fox Hills Sandstone (Group) at the mouth of Judith
River on the Upper Missouri, Idaho, and from the nearer non-subdivided
“Strata of the Cretaceous Period” in New Mexico. In the Black Hills,
Whitfield described Leiopista ( Cymella ) meeki from the Cretaceous strata
which he considered at that time as belonging, probably, to the Fox Hills
Sandstone (Group) but later 22 to the Pierre Shale (Fort Pierre Group).

Carnegie Museum, Catalogue of Invertebrate Fossils, nos. 7585-7587.

18 Whitfield, R. P„ U. S. Geol. Surv. Mon. IX, p. 143.

19 White, C. A., U. S. Geol. Survey west of 100th Meridian, IV, p. 186, pi.
XVIII, figs. 14a-d. Stanton, T. W., U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull. 106, p. 118, pi. XXVI,
figs. 5-7.

20 Grabau, A. W. and Shimer, H. W., North American Index Fossils, I, p. 532.

21 Henderson, Junius, The Nomenclature and systematic positions of some
North American fossil and recent Mollusks: Nautilus, XXXII, 1918, p. 60.

22 Whitfield, R. P., Gasteropoda and Cephalopoda of the Raritan Clays and
Greensand Marls of New Jersey: U. S. Geol. Surv. Mon. XVIII, p. 28. The species
is mentioned here under the name of Cymella meekanum.

54

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Heterodonta
Family Lucinidae
Lucina Brug
Lucina sp.

(Plate I, fig. 6)

Shell suborbicular, lenticular, moderately convex, almost equilateral,
with length a little greater than height. Basal margin broadly rounded,
posterior and anterior ends more narrowly so. Beaks small, slightly
elevated a little nearer to the posterior than to the anterior end. No
traces of the sculpture are preserved on the casts. Length 3.7 mm.,
height 3.1 mm.

This form is represented only by a number of inner casts and hardly
can be identified, even only generically, with certitude. If, in spite of
this it has been brought into the association of the genus Lucina , this
has happened only because of its similarity with Lucina subundata
H. & M. from the Cretaceous of the Upper Missouri area.23 Although
very small, the latter species is, however, still much larger than the form
from the Asphalt Ridge.

Carnegie Museum, Catalogue of Invertebrate Fossils, nos. 7588-7590.

Family Cardiidae
Cardium Linn.

Cardium kayi sp. nov.

(Plate I, fig- 7)

Shell small, of angularly elliptical outlines, ventricose and sharply
angular along the posterior umbonal ridge. Beaks massive but rather
acute, considerably projecting above the short hinge line. Anterior end
rather short and regularly rounded. Posterior end long and truncate.
Basal line arcuate obliquely, ascending towards the anterior border. The
sculpture consists of coarse round radial ribs, thirty in number on the
larger specimen. Height of the figured valve 9.8 mm., length 7.4 mm.,
appreciated thickness 3. 0-3. 5 mm.

The species is represented only by several inner casts of separated
valves. In general shape it is pretty closely related to Fragum tenuistriatus
Whitfield from the Lower Marls of New Jersey,24 but is distinguished from

23 Meek, F. B., U. S. Geol. Survey of the Territories, vol. IX, 1876, p. 133,
pi. XVII, figs. 2a-e.

24 Whitfield, R. P., U. S. Geol. Surv. Mon. IX, p. 139, pi. XX, figs. 15-16.

1942

Tolmachoff: Cretaceous of Asphalt Ridge

55

the latter by its much smaller size and relatively coarser sculpture. It
reminds one also of Cardium subcurtum Meek from coal-bearing Cretace-
ous of Coalville, Utah.25 Outlines of both forms are, however, different.
Meek’s species is less ventricose and lacks the angularity of slopes. Be-
sides ribs it has also the marks of growth.

The name is given in honor of J. LeRoy Kay with whom the writer
visited and examined the locality.

Carnegie Museum, Catalogue of Invertebrate Fossils, nos. 7591-7594.

Family Tellinidae
Tellina Linn.

Tellina sp.

(Plate I, fig. 12)

Shell small, rather flat, transversely elongate, elliptical, almost equi-
lateral with protruding umbonal part, but with the beaks not differentiated
from the surface of valves. Umbonal angle about 130°. No trace of sculp-
ture is preserved on the inner casts which are the only remains present.
The character of the hinge and other details of inner structure are not
known. The length of a left valve 15.7 mm., height 8.3, depth about
1.5 mm.

Without knowledge of the internal structure, the generic determina-
tion of this form is quite tentative and is based chiefly on the close general
similarity of this form with Tellina modesta Meek from the Cretaceous
of Utah.26

Carnegie Museum, Catalogue of Invertebrate Fossils, nos. 7595-7597.

Family Mactridae

Cymbophora Gabb.

Cymbophora sp.

(Plate I, fig. 11)

Although this form is represented by more than a dozen specimens,
even its generic identification is only tentative. All specimens are inner
casts of isolated valves without any indication of the hinge structure.
Very poor traces of concentric lines of growth may be distinguished in

26 Meek, F. B., U. S. Geol. Expl. 40th Parallel, IV, part I, p. 152, pi. XV,
fig. 3a.

26 Meek, F. B., ibidem, p. 157, pi. XV, figs. 4-5; Stanton, T. W., U. S. Geol.
Surv. Bull. 106, p. Ill, pi. XXV, fig. 3.

56

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

some cases. The form is brought into the association with the genus
Cymbophora only on account of the very close similarity of its general
form with such forms as Mactra (?) emmonsi Meek,27 or Mactra ( Cym-
bophora) ? utahensis Meek,28 both forms from the Upper Cretaceous of
Utah. From both species, and especially from the latter, the one under
consideration is distinguished by its smaller size. Variations in the
general shape remind one of those mentioned for Mactra (?) emmonsi
Meek.

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness

Length Height (appreciated)

11.2 10.2 2.5

6.3 6.6 2.0

Carnegie Museum, Catalogue of Invertebrate Fossils, nos. 7598-7600.

TAXODONTA

Yoldia Moeller
Yoldia evansi M. & H.

(Plate I, fig. 8)

1876. Yoldia evansi Meek and Hayden, A report on the invertebrate Cretaceous
and Tertiary Fossils of the Upper Missouri Country: U. S. Geol. Survey of
Territories, vol. IX, p. Ill, pi. 28, figs. lOa-c.

1880. Yoldia evansi Whitfield, Paleontology of the Black Hills of Dakota: U. S.
Geogr. & Geol. Survey of the Rocky Mountain Region, p. 409, pi. XI, figs. 1-2.

Shell transversely elongate-sub-elliptical, a little gibbous in the central
and umbonal regions. Beaks small, not protruding, located a little in
front of the middle of the valves. Both ends narrowly rounded, the
posterior one more so. The most prominent part of the rounding is
nearer to the hinge border. Hinge border is almost straight, sloping only
a little on both sides from the beaks. Numerous teeth can be seen in a
number of specimens. Basal border is only slightly convex in the middle
and rounds up gradually on both ends. The species is represented only by
inner casts on a few of which it is possible to see indications of very fine
lines of growth.

Dimensions in mm.

Length

Height

Thickness

15.2

7.0

3.0

12.3

6.3

2.5

15.6

8.5

3.4

27 Meek, F. B.f U. S. Geol. Expl. 40th Parallel, IV, part I, p. 153, pi. XV, fig. 8.

28 Ibidem, p. 155, pi. XV, figs. 9, 9a-b.

1942 Tolmachoff: Cretaceous of Asphalt Ridge 57

From the typical forms this one from the Asphalt Ridge may be dis-
tinguished perhaps only by its smaller size. A few details of inner structure
mentioned by Meek cannot be found in the specimens under considera-
tion.

Yoldia evansi M. & H. was found at the Moreau River in the Fox Hills
Sandstone (Group); on the Yellowstone River in the beds containing a
mingling of forms found usually in the upper part of the Pierre Shale
(Fort Pierre Group) and the Fox Hills Sandstone (Group) ; on the Milk
River apparently in the upper part of the Pierre Shale (Fort Pierre
Group); and in the Black Hills in the Pierre Shale (Fort Pierre Group).
In the Pierre Shale and Fox Hills Sandstone it is mentioned also from
Eastern Colorado.29

Carnegie Museum, Catalogue of Invertebrate Fossils, nos. 7602-7605.

ANISOMYARIA
Family Mytilidae
Crenella Brown
Crenella burkei sp. nov.

(Plate I, figs. 9-10)

Shell roundly rhomboidal with the height a little greater than the width,
almost equilateral with beaks moved forwards of the median line only a
little. Beaks strong, protruding, curved above the hinge line not sepa-
rated from the in general strongly convex valves. Hinge border short,
sloping both ways from the beaks. Pallial border regularly rounded. The
surface of the shell looks smooth but with a magnifier it is possible to
discern very fine sculpture consisting of numerous very crowded thin
radiating ribs crossed by very thin lines of growth. Length of the figured
left valve is 6.2 mm., width 5.0 mm., depth about 1.5 mm. A few other
specimens of poorer preservation, which may belong to this species, are a
little larger.

Very poor material makes it impossible to determine the exact generic
characters and the generic association is therefore only tentative. The
name is given in honor of J. J. Burke with whom the writer visited the
locality.

Carnegie Museum, Catalogue of Invertebrate Fossils, nos. 7606-7609.

29 Dane, C. H., Pierce, W. G., and Reeside, J. B., Jr., The Stratigraphy of the
Upper Cretaceous Rocks north of the Arkansas River in Eastern Colorado: U. S.
Geol. Surv. Prof. Paper 186-K, p. 230 and 232.

58

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I

All enlargements are given approximately. Where no enlargement is stated,
the figure is of natural size.

Fig. 1. Scale of Teleostei. C.M.V.F., no. 9422.

Figs. 2-3. Enchodus sp. Fig. 3, (sculpture) x 5. C.M.V.F., no. 9423.

Fig. 4. Apateodus sp. x 7. C.M.V.F., no. 9424.

Fig. 5. Scapanorhynchus sp. x 8.5. C.M.V.F., no. 9425.

Fig. 6. Lucina sp. x 5.3. C.M.I.F., no. 7588.

Fig. 7. Cardium kayi sp. nov. x 1.5. C.M.I.F., no. 7591.

Fig. 8. Yoldia evansi M. & H. X 2. C.M.I.F., no. 7602.

Figs. 9-10. Crenella burkei sp. nov. fig. 9x2, fig. 10 x 7. C.M.I.F., no. 7606.

Fig. 11. Cymbophore sp. x 1.8. C.M.I.F., no. 7598.

Fig. 12. Tellina sp. x 1.8. C.M.I.F., no. 7595.

Fig. 13. Fissurella sp. x 2.5. C.M.I.F., no. 7578.

8

11

12

10

60

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II

All enlargements are given approximately. Where no enlargement is stated,
the figure is of natural size.

Figs. 1-2.

Placenticeras meeki J. Boehm. Fig. 1, cross-section of the specimen
shown in fig. 2. C.M.I.F., no. 7572.

Fig. 3.

Fig. 4.

Fig. 5.

Fig. 6.

Fig. 7.

Fig. 8.

Fig. 9.

Fig. 10.

Turritella sp. Wax cast from a natural mold, x 2. C.M.I.F., no. 7573.
Gyrodes sp. x 2. C.M.I.F., no. 7575.

Margarita sp. x 2. C.M.I.F., no. 7577.

Gyrodes sp. x 3. C.M.I.F., no. 7576.

Turritella sp. x 3.5. C.M.I.F., no. 7574.

Cymella bella Conrad, x 1.5. C.M.I.F., no. 7585.

Leptosolen conradi Meek. C.M.I.F., no. 7579.

Anatina lineata Stanton. C.M.I.F., no. 7583.

ANNALS, CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXIX

Art. Ill

Plate II

8

9

lO

//iS§%v

(*

S '942

|v4:

' ■ ' - • ■ Ml :

ANNALS, CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXIX Art. IV Plate

Type of Phoca vitulina mellonae described on page 111

ART. IV. A REVIEW OF THE GENUS PHOCA

By J. Kenneth Doutt

(Plates I-XIV)

Table of Contents

Introduction 62

Acknowledgments 62

Geography and geology of Seal Lake region 64

Life zones 65

History of the Phoca of Seal Lake 65

Previous exploration of the region 67

Biology of the seals 68

Derivation of the seals in Seal Lake 71

Relationships of the race of Phoca vitulina in Seal Lake 73

Time of isolation 74

Taxonomy 79

Key to the species of the genus Phoca 80

Descriptions of species 82

Phoca vitulina 82

Phoca hispida 85

Phoca groenlandica 87

Phoca fasciata 91

Comparisons 95

Variation in the genus 99

Supernumerary bones in the base of the cranium 99

Age determination 101

Type description Ill

Relationship of the races of Phoca vitulina 114

Summary 118

Specimens examined 119

Literature cited 123

61

Issued May 12, 1942.

62

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Introduction

The seals living in the landlocked lakes of the world present a problem
in speciation which is intimately associated with the geological history
of the region, and furthermore, they offer excellent examples of the effect
of isolation on the development of new species. This paper announces
the discovery of a new race of Phoca vitulina from Seal Lake, Ungava,
and presents evidence indicating the length of time which has elapsed
since the race was separated from the original stock. It also offers descrip-
tions and keys for the identification of the northern species of the genus
Phoca; discusses methods of age determination ; and presents a list of the
recognized races of Phoca vitulina.

Acknowledgments

During the course of this study many persons have assisted in various
ways with the progress of the work, and it is a pleasure to express here my
gratitude to them. Without the generous contributions of Mr. and Mrs.
W. L. Mellon, the expedition could never have left Pittsburgh. For
financial assistance I am indebted also to Dr. George H. Clapp, Mr. R. K.
Mellon, Mr. John B. Semple, Mr. George D. Lockhart, Mrs. Lawrence C.
Woods, Mr. and Mrs. Lawrence C. Woods, Jr., Lieut. Col. Paul C. Hunt,
Mr. W. E. Clyde Todd, and Miss Margaret Shaw Campbell. I am in-
debted to Mr. Lawrence C. Woods, Jr., for much enthusiastic support in
soliciting funds, and also for his pleasant companionship during the
latter part of the expedition, when he joined the party in the field. To
Dr. Andrey Avinoff, Director of the Carnegie Museum, I am obligated,
not only for much encouragement, but also for assistance in raising funds,
for the privilege of studying at other institutions, and for many other
courtesies.

Mr. W. E. Clyde Todd initiated the plans for the expedition, personally
supervised the purchase of all provisions, and gave constant advice and
assistance throughout the preparation for the trip.

Without the cooperation of the Hudson’s Bay Company the expedition
would have been practically impossible. We are especially indebted to
the District Manager, Mr. M. Cowan, and the Post Managers, Mr.
Norman Ross and Mr. Robert Cruickshank.

To my companion throughout the trip, Dr. Arthur C. Twomey, at that
time Field Collector for the Section of Ornithology, I am grateful for
many months of comradery.

1942

Doutt: Review of the Genus Phoca

63

For the privilege of examining specimens under their charge, and for
many helpful suggestions, I am indebted to many persons at other in-
stitutions, especially to the following: Dr. Glover M. Allen and Mr.
Harold J. Coolidge, Jr., Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge,
Massachusetts; Dr. R. M. Anderson, National Museum of Canada,
Ottawa; Mr. Gerrit S. Miller, Jr., and Dr. Remington Kellogg, U. S.
National Museum; Dr. H. E. Anthony, Mr. George G. Goodwin, and
Mr. T. Donald Carter, American Museum of Natural History; Mr.
Charles M. B. Cadwalader and Mr. Wharton Huber, The Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia; Mr. C. D. Bunker and Mr. Claude W.
Hibbard, University of Kansas; Dr. Robert T. Orr, California Academy
of Sciences; and Dr. Seth B. Benson, Museum of Vertebrate Zoology,
Berkeley, California.

For information concerning the geology of the region around Seal
Lake and the probable time of isolation of the seals, I am likewise in-
debted to: Dr. Ernst Antevs, Globe, Arizona; Professor Kirk Bryan and
Professor R. A. Daly, Geological Museum, Harvard University; Professor
Douglas Johnson, Columbia University; Mr. W. A. Johnston, Campbell-
ford, Ontario; Professor Richard J. Lougee, Colby College; Mr. D. A.
Nichols, Victoria Memorial Museum, Ottawa; Dr. Horace G. Richards,
New Jersey State Museum; and Dr. George M. Stanley, Department of
Geology, University of Michigan. Where I have made use of specific
information received from these men, special mention is made of the fact
in the body of the paper.

For information and advice concerning the anatomy of the seals I
wish to express my indebtedness to Dr. William K. Gregory and Mr.
H. C. Raven, American Museum of Natural History; Dr. Remington
Kellogg, U. S. National Museum; Professor A. Brazier Howell, Johns
Hopkins Medical School; and Dr. G. C. L. Bertram, Scott Polar Research
Institute, Cambridge, England.

I want to express my gratitude to Dr. Glover M. Allen, Dr. Herbert
W. Graham, and to my wife, Dr. Margaret T. Doutt, for reading the
manuscript and for making many helpful suggestions for its improvement.

Miss Olive L. Bown (now Mrs. Coleman J. Goin) assisted me through-
out the study, and I am grateful to her for the unfailing energy and
enthusiasm with which she worked, as well as for the many helpful sug-
gestions which she made.

Miss Caroline A. Heppenstall has been an invaluable assistant in the
preparation of the manuscript, and has assumed the responsibility for all

64

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

its literary details. Mr. Sidney Prentice made the drawings; and Mr.
Robert M. Burford copied the maps reproduced here.

Geography and Geology of Seal Lake Region

Lower Seal Lake lies approximately ninety to one hundred miles inland
from the east coast of Hudson Bay, between fifty-six and fifty-seven de-
grees north latitude. According to Low (1898, p. 13 L), it has an elevation
of approximately 800 feet above sea level. It is about fifty miles long and
varies in width from about a half mile to five miles. Rounded rocky hills
rise from 100 to 300 feet above the level of the lake (figs. 1-3, pis. II,
III, XIV).

Fig. 1. Map of the Ungava Peninsula, sometimes called the Labrador
Peninsula, which is bounded on the west by Hudson Bay, on the
north by Hudson Strait, on the east by the Atlantic Ocean, and
on the south by the St. Lawrence River and Gulf.

The Indian route from Hudson Bay to Seal Lake passes through a large
lake, shown as Clearwater Lake on most maps, but known to the Indians
as “We-ya-sha-ga-me.” From Hudson Bay to Clearwater Lake old sea
beaches can be seen along the sides of the hills, and numerous rounded

1942

Doutt: Review of the Genus Phoca

65

boulders, perched high on the hilltops, give abundant evidence that the
region has been submerged beneath the sea. For fifteen miles, between
Clearwater Lake and Seal Lake, the canoe route follows a series of lakes
which are connected by small streams; but the actual separation between
Seal Lake and the headwaters of Clearwater Lake is a narrow ridge about
500 yards across. In these fifteen miles, a remarkable change takes place.
The old sea beaches and the rounded boulders disappear. In their place
huge angular blocks of granite and diabase rest on the hillside, where they
were dropped by the glacier, and long eskers follow down the valleys.

From this evidence it seems certain that the sea, at one time, extended
as far inland as Clearwater Lake, but that it did not reach Seal Lake.

Life Zones

Seal Lake lies at the northern edge of the Hudsonian Zone. In the pro-
tected valleys, black spruce and tamarack are common trees, but these are
decidedly stunted. The tops of the hills are covered mainly with moss and
lichens, typical of the Arctic Zone (Plate III).

The common mammals are the black bear, the marten, the weasel, the
otter, the white and the red fox, the lynx, the red squirrel, and the barren
ground caribou. Common winter birds are the rock and the willow
ptarmigan, the Canada jay, the red poll, the hawk-owl, and the white-
winged crossbill (Plate IV).

History of the Phoca of Seal Lake

More than forty years ago, Mr. W. E. Clyde Todd began a study of the
birds of the Ungava Peninsula. During the course of his work in the
region, he heard a rumor of the occurrence of landlocked seals in Lake
Minto. When he financed the 1935 Expedition to Hudson Bay (Doutt,
1935, pp. 195-200), he suggested that I try to reach Lake Minto and col-
lect specimens of the seals found there. A study of the Twin Islands in
James Bay was the primary objective of that trip, however, so it was
August before we reached Great Whale River, the starting point for
the trip to Lake Minto. Here I met an Eskimo named Kooke, who had
lived on the shores of Lake Minto. He agreed to take me to the lake but,
when I told him why I wanted to go, he said there were no seals in that
lake. He said he had spent his childhood and youth in the vicinity of
Lake Minto; that he knew there were no seals in that lake; and that what
he told me was the truth. He said seals were found near the mouth of

66

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

the Leaf River and that they ascended the river some distance, but that
none ever got into Lake Minto. As I talked with him further about the
matter he told me that thirteen years previously he had killed four seals
in Lower Seal Lake, and, while he had never been to Upper Seal Lake,
the Indians said many seals were to be found there also. I was convinced
that what he told me was the truth, so, for the time at least, I gave up the
idea of going to Lake Minto. The occurrence of seals in Lake Minto is
still an open question. Kooke’s definite statement that there are no
seals in Lake Minto is backed up by a similar statement from two of the
Indian guides, James and Joseph Sandy, who accompanied us on the trip
to Seal Lake in 1938. These men live in the vicinity of Clearwater Lake
and frequently travel to Lake Minto while hunting caribou. They should
know whether or not seals live in Lake Minto, and I know of no reason
why they should not have told me the truth about their presence or ab-
sence there. They were very definite about this statement that no seals
were to be found in Lake Minto. Opposed to the statements of this Eskimo
and the Indians are references by Low and Flaherty. Low makes no defi-
nite statement about seals in Lake Minto, but he refers to it as “Kasiaga-
luk Lake” (1902, p. 34). “Kasaguea” is the Eskimo name for Phoca
vitulina. It seems strange that the Eskimos would call this “Seal Lake”
if there were no seals in it. Flaherty (1918, pp. 119-120) makes a more
definite statement about the matter. In speaking of Lake Minto he says,
“The lake is famous among the Eskimos as the habitat of the fresh-water
seal, hunted primarily not as food, but for the pelt, which, much darker,
softer, and more lustrous than that of the salt-water variety, is used for
their finer garments.” Neither Low nor Flaherty mentions seeing seals
in Lake Minto, however. I am unable to reconcile these conflicting state-
ments.

The presence of seals in Lower Seal Lake was already known. In 1896,
A. P. Low made a traverse of the Labrador Peninsula from Richmond
Gulf to Ungava Bay. In the report which he published concerning that
traverse (Low, 1898, p. 13 L), he records the fact that three seals were
seen in the lake and that the Indians annually kill more than thirty. To
the best of my knowledge this is the first published record of seals in Seal
Lake, although the Indian name for Lower Seal Lake is “Mushawa
Atchiguanipe” which means “Barren Seal Lake,” in contrast to the name
for Upper Seal Lake, which they call “Menasqua Atchiguanipe,” meaning
“Seal Lake in the Woods.” These native names suggest that for genera-
tions the Indians have known that seals lived in these lakes. In the forty-

1942

Doutt: Review of the Genus Phoca

67

odd years that the white man has known about these seals no specimens
have ever been collected, and the identity of the species has been open to
question (figs. 2, 3, pis. II, XIV).

We returned from Great Whale River to Moosonee by canoe, and dur-
ing part of the trip the Revillon Freres and Hudson’s Bay Company
interpreters, Ernest Cadot and Roderick McDonald, accompanied us.
Ernest gave me a sealskin bag which he said he had obtained from an
Indian at Richmond Gulf. He thought the skin was from a seal which
had been killed in Seal Lake. The specimen was that of a harp seal, the
occurrence of which would be most unusual in a fresh-water lake.

After we returned to Pittsburgh plans were made for an expedition to
Seal Lake, the purpose of which was to collect specimens of this fresh-
water seal. This second expedition left Pittsburgh on January 2, 1938
(Doutt, 1939, pp. 227-236). After numerous difficulties, we reached Seal
Lake on March 12, and ten days later obtained our first specimen of seal.
It was a female, carrying a well-developed embryo. On the following day
another specimen, a male, was obtained. They were a race of the harbor
seal, however, not the harp seal.

Previous Exploration of the Region

Since 1824, five different parties of white men have passed through
Lower Seal Lake. The first white man to make the journey, Dr. Mendry,
apparently left no account of it except a rough sketch map. What little we
know about his journey is recorded by Low (1896, p. 15 L) : “In 1824, a
party was fitted out at Moose Factory to proceed overland to Ungava Bay
and there establish a post; but it was not until three years later that this
was accomplished by Dr. Mendry, who coasted along the east shore to
Richmond Gulf, and then passed inland to Clearwater and Seal Lakes,
thus reaching the headwaters of the Larch Branch of the Koksoak River,
which was descended to near its mouth, and Fort Chimo there established.
This trip is the basis of Ballantyne’s ‘Ungava’ a popular story for boys. A
map made of the route by Dr. Mendry, is at present at Moose Factory, and
a tracing of it is in the Geological Survey office; the part between Clear-
water Lake and the forks of the Larch River has been used, in the com-
pilation of the map accompanying this report.” In another report (1898,
p. 6 L), he comments on Mendry ’s trip as follows: “The route followed
between Hudson Bay and Ungava Bay was first passed over in 1824 by
Dr. Mendry, when sent by the Hudson’s Bay Company from Moose

68

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Factory to establish a trading post at the mouth of the Koksoak River.
The only known record of his trip is a rough map of his journey, from
which a copy was taken at Moose Factory in 1887 ; since then the original
map has been lost.”

I am likewise indebted to Low for a record of the second white man
who passed through Seal Lake. Although an account of his trip was
published, I have been unable to locate a copy of it. Low (1898, p. 6 L)
recounts his trip in one sentence, “In 1885, the Rev. J. Peck, of the Church
Mission Society, crossed by the same route and subsequently wrote a short
account of his trip which was printed in a publication of the Society.”
Low (1898) gives an excellent account of his own exploration in the region
from Richmond Gulf to Ungava Bay.

The next party to pass through Seal Lake was led by Stephen P. Tasker
and his wife. Their chief guide was George Elson, now famous for the part
he played in the ill-fated expedition of Dillon Wallace and Leonidas
Hubbard (Wallace, 1905), and the trip of Mrs. Hubbard (1908). Tasker’s
trip was made in 1906 and an account of it was published by Mrs. Florence
A. Tasker in “Field and Stream” for February, and March, 1908. Mrs.
Tasker lists some of the most essential items in their equipment and gives
a very interesting account of their expedition. No especial mention,
however, is made of Seal Lake.

Daniel Petacameshcum, our chief Indian guide, told us of a party of
eight prospectors who passed through Seal Lake a year or two previous to
our visit there, and at one place pointed out to me the stakes where their
tents had been pitched. He did not know who they were, and I have been
unable to find any account of their trip.

Biology of the Seals

Seal Lake is more than fifty miles long, and has several long narrow
arms. The Indians informed me that Upper and Lower Seal Lakes are con-
nected, although they are shown on most maps, as separate lakes, each
with its own outlet. James Sandy, an Indian who hunts in this region,
drew for me a map of Upper and Lower Seal Lakes and explained how the
seals were able to get from one part of the lake to the other (figure 2). I
talked with him and several other Indians, especially Daniel Petaca-
meshcum, Jacob Rupert, Luke Cash, and Thomas George, who hunt in the
vicinity of Seal Lake, and also with Jimmie Egomea (Kumiak), an Eskimo
who accompanied us on our trip to Seal Lake. They told me many things

1942

Doutt : Review of the Genus Phoca

69

Fig. 2. Sketch map made by Jacob Rupert, showing the connection between
Upper and Lower Seal Lakes. Upper Seal Lake is the lowermost elongate
body of water, not indicated by name in this sketch, which apparently
empties into Hudson Bay through Little Whale River.

about the fresh-water seal. I believe they were telling me the truth as
far as they knew it, and I present here the disconnected bits of informa-
tion obtained from them, for whatever they may be worth. Before we
left Richmond Gulf, the Eskimos said we would not find breathing holes
of the seal in this fresh-water lake. When we arrived at Seal Lake the
Eskimo, with the help of his dog, hunted diligently, but he did not find
anything which he thought was the same as the breathing hole which the
jar seal {Phoca hispida ) makes. He did find a small hole in a crevice of
the ice which he thought the seals had been using for a breathing hole.
He watched at it for several hours on two or three different days, but saw
no seals at it.

Jacob Rupert, one of the Indians who was with us on the hunt, was the
son of an old Indian known as the “Seal Hunter.” From him Jacob had
learned how to make a seal net of a special design for setting in narrow
places between the lakes. Jacob set several of these nets for us, but we
caught no seals in them. Daniel, another Indian we had with us, said that
from one to five seals spend the winter at these places of open water.
Usually there are one or two old ones and one or two young ones. Probably
all are of one family.

70

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

“ Seals come out on the ice only on warm sunny days — on cold windy
days they stay in the water.”1

Fig. 3. Sketch map made by Daniel Petacameshcum, showing Clearwater Lake,
Lower Seal Lake, and Little Seal Lake. The dates and locations of our
camps are indicated.

1 I use quotation marks here to indicate that the enclosed sentences are state-
ments of the Indians or the Eskimo, although they are not direct quotations but
are the translation and interpretation of what they told me. In many instances
these are the summaries of long discussions.

1942

Doutt : Review of the Genus Phoca

71

“The embryo of the fresh-water seal is yellowish in color, with definite
evidence of spotting, and with rather smooth hair, as compared with the
embryo of Phoca hispida which is white, with no evidence of spotting, and
is covered with long, woolly hair.”

“ Phoca hispida probably weighs nearly fifteen pounds when born, and
is about 750 mm. long. The young is born in February, or March, in a
cavity hollowed out between the ice and the snow which covers it. In Seal
Lake the young seals are born about the end of April, or early May, when
the birds are here. When born they weigh about thirty pounds. The
young are born on land after the snow and ice have melted.”

Jacob said that the male lives about the same hole with the female and
that he stays with her and helps when she is having her young. In the
summer he said that he saw them together occasionally, but in the winter
they were always in pairs.

Open water is the place to get seals when the lakes are frozen. Such
places are found in the rivers where steep hills narrow the channel and
make swift water. The holes change rapidly with changes in the weather —
warm weather opens new holes and makes old ones larger — cold weather
closes up the smaller ones entirely and narrows the larger ones to small
dimensions.

The stomach of the adult female we obtained was nearly filled with
well-digested pieces of fish.

Derivation of the Seals in Seal Lake

Since Seal Lake is about ninety miles from Hudson Bay, the nearest
arm of the sea, and lies at an elevation of about 800 to 860 feet, the
question which naturally arises is, how did the seals get into Seal Lake?
It would be interesting also to know how long they have been there and
whence they came. Since this form represents a new race — distinguishable
from its closest relatives not only by color, but also by skull characters —
we have here a means of determining approximately how long it has taken
for a new race to develop. In this case the animal has been marooned in a
habitat different from that in which the species normally lives. Although
Phoca vitulina customarily ascends the fresh-water rivers in the spring, its
usual habitat is the sea. The seals in Seal Lake are confined to a fresh-
water lake throughout the year and have no access to the sea. Moreover,
the food found in this lake must be markedly different from that found in
the sea, or in rivers which have easy access to the sea.

There are several suppositions as to how the seals got into Seal Lake.

72

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

The Indians have a legend that a seal was sleeping on the ice and its breath-
ing hole froze shut, so it was compelled to travel over the ice and snow to
find another breathing hole. This legend disregards so many of the facts,
however, that it seems possible to dispose of it with little consideration.

The seals might have gained access to Seal Lake by way of the Koksoak,
Larch, and Stillwater rivers. The journey over the height-of-land, from
the headwaters of the Stillwater River to the headwaters of Seal Lake, is
only a matter of about fifty yards, but to the best of my knowledge seals
are not known above the Koksoak and Kenogamistuk rivers. If they
entered Seal Lake by this route, shortly after the retreat of the glacier
when the land was at a lower elevation, the result would be about the
same as if they had entered by way of Hudson Bay drainage at that time.
Daniel, our Indian guide, told me that many years previous to our visit
someone had seen a seal in Clearwater Lake, but both he and Jacob said
they had never heard of one being killed there. At one place, Seal Lake is
separated from a tributary to Clearwater Lake by a narrow ridge, scarcely
more than 500 yards wide, and certainly less than a hundred feet in ele-
vation. In view of the proximity of these two large lakes, it seems strange
that the seals have not migrated across this slight barrier and become
established in Clearwater Lake too. According to reports of the Indians,
Clearwater Lake is much better stocked with fish than is Seal Lake.

Low (1898, p. 13 L) sets forth his assumptions concerning the presence
of seals in Seal Lake as follows: “The name [Seal Lake] is derived from the
seals living in its waters, which are either the common harbour seal ( Phoca
vitulind) or a closely allied species. The harbour seal is known to travel
overland for considerable distances, but its presence in this lake nearly
a hundred miles from salt-water at an elevation of nearly 800 feet above
the sea, can hardly be due to its migration up such a rough stream as the
Nastapoka. Another way in which it might have reached the lake was
during the subsidence of the land at the close of the glacial period, when
the lake was nearer sea-level than at present by more than 600 feet, and
when the deep bay extended inland up the present valley of the Nastapoka
to or near the outlet of the lake, with such conditions it would be easy for
seals to reach the lake, and having found it full of fish they probably lost
the inclination to return to the sea. Three seals were seen in the lake, and
the Indians kill annually more than thirty, showing that the animal
breeds freely in the fresh water.”

My own observations along the route into Seal Lake led me to the same
conclusion. Although specimens of Phoca vitulina are killed occasionally

1942

Doutt : Review of the Genus Phoca

73

along the coast of Hudson Bay, there is no reason to assume that these
animals might migrate in and out of Seal Lake. The Nastapoka River,
which is the outlet of Seal Lake, enters Hudson Bay with a fall of 170
feet. Even making ample allowance for the remarkable migratory powers
of Phoca vitulina across the land, it still seems unbelievable that a seal
would pass around a barrier such as this in order to proceed up such a
turbulent stream as the Nastapoka. Furthermore, if we did assume that
the seals could migrate from Hudson Bay up the Nastapoka River to Seal
Lake, we would have to explain why they did not go up many other rivers
of Ungava, and inhabit innumerable lakes in the interior. There are
many other rivers which would be easier to ascend than the Nastapoka,
and many other lakes which are better stocked with fish than Seal Lake.
It seems to me, therefore, that Low’s explanation is the only satisfactory
one.

Muskrat Falls on the Hamilton River, Labrador, is an excellent example
of the case in point. On our return from the Grand Falls in August, 1939,
we saw approximately fifty seals on a sand bar and in the water just below
Muskrat Falls. Our guides said that the seals come up the river as far as
Muskrat Falls every year, but that they never get beyond that point.
We saw no evidence of them above the Falls. Muskrat Falls is not a for-
midable barrier. Low (1896, p. 130 L) described it as follows: “For three
miles above Muskrat Island, the river narrows to less than a third of a
mile, with a narrow island obstructing the channel in the upper mile.
Above this narrow, the channel widens out into a nearly circular basin
about two miles across, into the west side of which the river pours with a
chute of twenty feet called Muskrat Fall. Above this chute is a heavy
rapid 400 yards long, with a chute of twenty-five feet at its head, the total
fall being seventy feet. At the chutes, where it rushes over ledges of
gneiss, the river is only about 100 yards wide. Immediately on the north
side of the falls, there is a rounded, rocky hill rising 250 feet above the
level of the valley.” Low does not describe the terrain on the south side
of the river, but here there is a bench not far above the level of the river,
which would be a very insignificant barrier in comparison with that of the
Nastapoka River, the outlet of Seal Lake.

Relationships of the Race of Phoca vitulina in Seal Lake

Although specimens from Seal Lake do not have the premaxillaries ex-
tended back along the nasals — a character which separates about eighty-
five per cent of the specimens of Phoca vitulina richardii from Phoca

74

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

vitulina concolor, still in some minor characters they resemble Phoca
vitulina richardii more than they do Phoca vitulina concolor. Although
this resemblance is slight, it led me to consider the possibility that the
stock now living in Seal Lake may have been derived from the Pacific
Ocean rather than from the Atlantic.

It is possible that, during the Pleistocene, Hudson Bay was connected
with the Pacific Ocean via the Arctic Ocean and Bering Strait, while a
barrier of ice or land separated it from the Atlantic, and that the seals
which now inhabit Seal Lake came originally from the Pacific into Hudson
Bay, rather than from the Atlantic. In a letter to me, dated December 6,
1939, Dr. George M. Stanley of the University of Michigan says, “The
existence of an ice barrier across Hudson Straits while a free connection
existed between Hudson Bay and the Pacific seems entirely possible for
some stage of ice retreat.” In a letter dated at Ottawa, December 15,
1939, Dr. D. A. Nichols says, “Nearly all of Boothia and Melville Penin-
sulas were covered by the sea, and a belt of the mainland extending roughly
from Queen Maude Gulf to Hudson Bay, taking in the area about Garry
Lake, Baker Lake, and the wide belt of Coastal Plain west of Hudson
Bay.” Although this presents no positive evidence, it does indicate that
the route of migration was open, and that access from the Pacific Ocean
into Hudson Bay was much easier then than now.

While seals are able to swim against strong currents, and are not de-
pendent on them for distribution, still, it is interesting to note that the
currents of Arctic America flow from west to east, rather than from east to
west (Nichols, 1940, pp. 18-22). This general trend would seem to aid the
migration of forms from the Pacific to Hudson Bay, and would tend to
hinder the migration of forms from the Atlantic into Hudson Bay. Un-
fortunately I have no specimens from Hudson Bay which shed any im-
portant light on the subject. Thus the evidence is not sufficient to justify
any conclusions, but it does leave open an interesting problem. To what
extent may the fauna and flora of Hudson Bay have been derived from
the Pacific Ocean?

Time of Isolation

If the time which has elapsed since the seals became isolated in Seal
Lake could be determined, it would help to answer the question — how
long does it take to make a species? Obviously there are many factors
which influence this transformation, one of the most important of which
is whether or not the environment has changed. However, if this question

1942

Doutt : Review of the Genus Phoca

75

is ever to be answered I think it will be answered best by an accumulation
of many specific instances. In this case the post-glacial history of the
region is especially significant. Of course there are differences of opinion
among geologists as to the length of time required for many of the post-
glacial events to take place, since these events have progressed at different
rates and have reached different magnitudes in different regions where
they have been studied. No work of this nature has been done in the in-
terior of the Ungava Peninsula. Because of all the unknown factors, I
have tried to obtain opinions from several authorities on the subject so
that I might present maximum and minimum figures. I was surprised to
find the agreement so close and the estimated length of time so short.

Answering my question concerning the possible length of time that the
seals had been isolated in Seal Lake, Dr. Nichols, in a letter dated Decem-
ber 15, 1939, replied as follows: “Antevs, Memoir 168 ‘Late Glacial Cor-
relation and Ice-recession in Manitoba’ (Geological Survey of Canada)
states that the Post-Glacial epoch commenced about 9,000 years ago and,
at that time, in eastern North America the ice-sheet was confined to the
Labrador Peninsula.

“The younger late-glacial epoch may have lasted 2,000 years after the
uncovering of the Cochrane area, Ontario. So the Seal Lake area would
apparently be free of ice from about 9,000 to 10,0002 years ago, and ac-
cessible to oceanic waters.” In answer to the same question, Dr. George
M. Stanley (letter dated December 6, 1939) says, “My guess is that some
5,000 to 12,000 years have probably elapsed since the formation of the
highest marine beaches about Richmond Gulf, which was about the time
when Seal Lake was most accessible from the sea, . . . .”

Dr. Ernst Antevs, in a letter dated at Globe, Arizona, December 17,
1939, says, “My guess is that Lower Seal Lake was separated3 from the
Hudson Bay some time between 8,000 and 6,000 years ago.”

Thus it seems that Seal Lake was an embayment of Hudson Bay be-
tween 9,000 and 10,000 years ago. Since then, the land has risen about 800
feet. As the land rose, the connection between Seal Lake and Hudson Bay
was gradually severed.

It is impossible to say how much the land would have had to rise in
order to cut off the seals in Seal Lake from access to Hudson Bay, for it

2 Dr. Ernst Antevs, in a letter to Doutt dated December 16, 1941, suggests that
these figures should be 7,000 to 8,000.

3 That is, “formed by being raised above Hudson Bay.” Letter from Dr.
Antevs, December 16, 1941.

76

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

is a well-known fact that seals can live in fresh water and that they may
travel long distances up rivers, even passing strong rapids. It is evident,
however, that a rise of something less than 800 feet has been required.
It is possible that a rise somewhere between 400 and 600 feet would be
sufficient; on the other hand, it may not have required more than 200 feet.
These are purely guesses on my part, for nothing is known of the topog-
raphy along much of the Nastapoka River, and thus it is impossible to
say whether it is the present falls at the mouth of the river or some other
falls farther inland which has cut off access to the sea. Within these
limits, however, it is possible to make maximum and minimum estimates,
which, geologically speaking, are not so very far apart.

Professor R. A. Daly, in a letter dated November 5, 1941, has pointed
out that Gutenberg (1941) has estimated that the rate of uplift is nearly
two meters per century, but that formerly the rate was two or three times
faster. Using a rate of four meters, or about twelve feet per century, and
assuming that a maximum uplift of 600 feet was required, it would have
taken about 5,000 years after the ice left to complete the isolation of Seal
Lake. Thus, if Seal Lake had been free from glacial ice about 9,000
to 10,000 years ago, and it required 5,000 years after this to complete
the isolation, the seals have been confined in Seal Lake approximately

4.000 to 5,000 years. If, on the other hand, a rise of only 200 feet was
required, this could have been accomplished in about 2,000 years, making

7.000 to 8,000 years since isolation took place. Of course it is well known
that the rate of rise was not constant. For some time after the ice melted,
uplift was very rapid, but more recently it has been gradually reduced.
It seems undesirable, however, to go into such refinements at this time,
because they imply a degree of accuracy which is impossible to attain
until more is known about the region between Seal Lake and Hudson
Bay.

Daly (1934, p. 71) gives a curve showing Nansen’s opinion as to the
rate of uplift at the center of the Scandinavian Ice Cap at the time when
the last ice was removed from that center. In a letter, dated December 2,
1941, he makes reference to this and says, “The rate then was about ten
times the present rate. Two thousand years after, the rate had fallen to
three times the present rate. Let us take 800 feet as the elevation of Seal
Lake; this is roughly 250 meters. Assuming that the mean rate of uplift
up to the time of isolation of Seal Lake was five meters per century, the
preceding uplift would have taken about 5,000 years. If the mean rate
were seven meters per century, the time taken would be roughly 3,500

1942

Doutt: Review of the Genus Phoca

77

years.4 A good estimate of the total time since uplift began at this point
during the ice-free time is 8,000 years. Subtracting 5,000 and 3,500 from
8,000, we have, respectively, 3,000 and 4,500 years as the life of Seal Lake,
a freshwater body. Probably the value 3,500 years is the best bet. You
see that this estimate agrees with your own rather nicely.”

Dr. W. A. Johnston, in a letter of November 28, 1941, writes, “If the
land would have had to rise 400 to 600 feet before tne seals in Seal Lake
were cut off from access to the sea, as you suggest, three to four thousand
years is a reasonable estimate of the time that has elapsed since the seals
were isolated in Seal Lake.”

Dr. Stanley, who has visited Hudson Bay, and has personally examined
and measured the region around Richmond Gulf, expresses his opinions as
follows (letter dated December 9, 1941), “The very most northerly parts
of the Great Lakes region seem to be rising at a rate of approximately one
meter per century which is about the same near the center of the glaciated
tract in the Baltic. At this rate, as a guide and not to be specifically as-
sumed, the coast near the Nastapoka River would have taken almost
4,600 years to rise 150 feet, over 5,100 years to rise 170 feet.

“The rate of rise at the place in question may very likely be two or
three times as great as that employed in this calculation, at any rate,
greater, almost undoubtedly. If we were to suppose an extreme case —
that 150 feet of uplift had occurred here within the last thousand years —
the probability of the last century’s share in this having escaped a uni-
versal recognition by local people seems remote.

“I think you would do well to avoid specific dating of a matter so
questionable. The land-locking of those seals is interesting enough re-
gardless of the exact time of isolation.”

There is no evidence to show how long after Seal Lake was isolated that
the seals became sufficiently different to be recognizable. It may be that
differentiation took place very rapidly at first, and that the progress has
already slowed down or ceased, and that little change is now in progress.
On the other hand, it is just as logical, and I believe more reasonable, to
assume that the process of differentiation is still in progress, and given
another five thousand years, the race will be even more distinct. The
fact that the seals in Lake Baikal differ more from Phoca hispida than the
Phoca vitulina of Seal Lake does from Phoca vitulina vitulina of Europe

4 This is the time required to raise Seal Lake to an elevation of about 800
feet, probably a rise of something less than this was required to isolate the seals.

78

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

probably indicates a longer time of isolation, and would suggest that after
isolation, differentiation continues indefinitely.

These seals have a comparatively long life span, and breed rather
slowly. Although I have made considerable effort to locate a specimen of
seal of known age I have so far been unsuccessful. Thus I am unable to
state how long a seal may live. I believe, however, that ten to fifteen
years may be a reasonable figure to place on the life span of the individuals
of this species. S. S. Flower (1931, p. 181) in speaking of Phoca vitulina
says that although this species is frequently kept in captivity, it usually
lives only a very few years. He continues his statement, however, as fol-
lows: u. . . eight individuals that lived for over six years averaged 10
years 9 months, with a maximum of over 14 years.” Of course it is pos-
sible that in a wild state they may live considerably longer. Usually
only one young is born at a time, and breeding probably takes place once
each year, after sexual maturity is reached. The number of generations
per hundred years would thus be markedly less than in a small species,
such as in the genus Peromyscus, or Mus , where the birth rate is high and
the life span short. It would seem that a large species with a long life
span and few generations per hundred years, would require a longer period
of time to show changes of a subspecific nature than would a species with
a short life span and many generations per hundred years.

On the other hand, the stock has been subjected to isolation in a fresh-
water lake. Life here must be markedly different from the normal ex-
istence with free access to the ocean. The food, too, must be quite dif-
ferent. This changed environment would require many adjustments,
which would tend to encourage the development of new characters
in the species more rapidly than if the environment had remained the
same.

To summarize, then, it would seem that we have a large species, with
few generations per century; but it has been thrust into a new environ-
ment which would cause it to change more rapidly than would other-
wise be the case. Thus, these two factors tend to cancel one another. The
estimates for the time of isolation range from 8,000 years to 3,000 years,
with 5,500 years as a mean. Thus it seems probable that about 5,500
years, plus or minus 2,500 years, has been the time required to produce a
new subspecies under the conditions set forth above.5

6 Using the estimates of 7,000 to 8,000 years since the glacial ice left this
region, as suggested in Dr. Antevs’ letter of December 16, 1941, these figures be-
come 6,000 to 2,000, with an average of 4,000 years.

1942

Doutt : Review of the Genus Phoca

79

Taxonomy

The number of names which have been proposed for the members of
the family Phocidae is most perplexing, but in addition to the great num-
ber of synonyms, technical names have been switched from one species to
another, so that at times it is impossible to know which animal is under
discussion. In reviewing the technical history of the Phocidae, Allen
(1880, p. 459), remarks upon the number of synonyms as follows: “One
hundred and three distinct specific and varietal names have thus been
bestowed upon sixteen species, leaving eighty-seven of the names as
synonyms, — an average of about six to a species.” The English common
names, also, have been misapplied; but, strangely enough, it seems that
the Eskimo names, wherever they have been used, have been rather con-
sistently applied to the proper species. Wherever the Eskimo name is
given in a discussion, therefore, it is usually helpful in allocating the ma-
terial to the proper species. Fortunately, too, the Eskimo names, unlike
Indian names, are very similar from Greenland to Alaska. In some parts
of Alaska, however, the language is quite different, and different names
are in use. Throughout the eastern arctic the Eskimo name “Kasaguea”
refers to Phoca vitulina, “Netcheck” to Phoca hispida, “Kiolik” or “Kioole”
to Phoca groenlandica , and “Ootroo” or “Oogjook” to Erignathus barbatus.
Of course there is considerable variation in the spelling of these names.
This is due partly to the difference in the local Eskimo dialects, and partly
to the way different authors hear and record the same sounds. In general,
however, there is sufficient similarity between the various spellings to
make the different names recognizable.

The family Phocidae, at the present time, contains eleven genera. Of
these, only four, Phoca , Erignathus , Halichoerus, and Cystophora , are
known to occur in the North Atlantic, North Pacific or Arctic oceans. In
the northern hemisphere, the genus Phoca can be divided into four dis-
tinct groups, as follows:

1. Phoca vitulina and related races

2. Phoca hispida and related races

3. Phoca groenlandica

4. Phoca fasciata

Various authors have treated these groups in different ways. Some
have considered them to be distinct genera, others have treated them as
subgenera, and still others have considered them as species. Such treat-
ment, of course, is largely a matter of personal opinion, and depends upon

80

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

the author’s approach to the subject. From the present study, however, I
can see no reason for elevating these groups above specific rank. Together
they form a closely related group, which is very distinct from Halichoerus
and Cystophora. Erignathus, however, is more closely related to the genus
Phoca than it is to either of these two genera. Its teeth and skull char-
acters are not markedly different from other members of the genus Phoca ,
yet, in general, it is more aberrant than any of the other four species
which I have included in the genus. For the present, therefore, I prefer
to let it stand as a separate genus. Each of these four species can be recog-
nized readily by distinctive skull characters.

Key to the Species of the Genus Phoca

A. Posterior margin of palate notched or incised, resembling a pointed Gothic arch.

a. Greatest length of skull, more than 178 mm.; length of upper second pre-

molar, 6.8 mm. or more; mandibular teeth crowded out of line, and over-
lapping; least interorbital width 7 mm. or more P. vitulina

b. Greatest length of skull, 178 mm. or less; upper second premolar, less than

6.8; mandibular teeth not crowded out of line; least interorbital width less
than 7 mm P. hispida

B. Posterior margin of palate not notched or incised, resembling a rounded Roman

arch (Plates IX, X).

a. Palatal length,6 more than 86 mm.; posterior palatine foramina in, or an-
terior to, maxillo-palatine suture; range, North Atlantic and Arctic

oceans7 P. groenlandica

b. Palatal length, 86 mm. or less; posterior palatine foramina in, or posterior
to, the maxillo-palatine suture; range, North Pacific ocean P. fasciata

6 Measured from most anterior part of rostrum to midline at posterior edge of
palate.

7 Although Allen (1880, pp. 640-641) states that Phoca groenlandica is circum-
polar in its distribution and mentions records from the Pacific, he states that its
distribution there is not well known. Furthermore, he had no specimens from
there, and his authority for including the Pacific in its distribution was derived
from the writings of early explorers, such as Pallas, Steller and Temminck. It is
quite possible these authors were referring to some other species. I have seen no
specimens from the Pacific. Dr. R. M. Anderson, in a letter dated November 21,
1941, has sent me the following comments concerning its occurrence in waters
adjacent to the Pacific: “The only Canadian record that I have from western
Arctic waters is a good photograph of a specimen which was caught in a fishnet at
Aklavik in 1926. Mr. A. E. Porsild, who spent some time at Aklavik in the west
branch of the Mackenzie delta, N.W.T., while engaged in reindeer introduction,
sent me a film which was taken at the time by the Rev. Father Trocellier, O.M.I.,
and I had a print made from it. Mr. Porsild saw part of the skin. The prints
plainly show the characteristic pattern of Phoca groenlandica, a broad diagonal

1942

Doutt: Review of the Genus Phoca

81

This key will serve to distinguish all normal specimens, but in any
large series certain specimens may be found which are so aberrant that
they will not fit into any classification. For example, the rounded arch
of the posterior margin of the palate is characteristic of all Phoca groen-
landica which I have examined, except one specimen, Carnegie Museum
no. 18714. In this specimen the palate is notched, very much as in Phoca
hispida or Phoca vitulina. In other respects, however, it is typical of
Phoca groenlandica. Another specimen, The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia no. 2139, is a typical Phoca hispida in most of its char-
acters; yet, regardless of the fact that it is quite young, its least inter-
orbital width is 8 mm., which is 14.3 per cent greater than the largest
specimen I have seen in a series of more than seventy. Its teeth, too, are
unusually heavy for a Phoca hispida. Another specimen, Carnegie Mu-
seum no. 17852, has the teeth, palate, and interorbital width of Phoca
hispida , but in length of skull (193 mm.), width across mastoids (117.5
mm.), and general massiveness, it resembles Phoca groenlandica. Is it
possible that these species interbreed on rare occasions?

Except for anomalous specimens such as those mentioned above, the

black area on the side, extending from middle of shoulders on sides and upward
again to base of tail. I never met the species during seven years spent along the
western Arctic coast in Alaska, Canada, and Northwest Territories, and the Eskimos
did not know the animal, so it is evidently only of accidental or casual occurrence.”
The above mentioned photograph is reproduced in this paper as figure 5 of Plate
XIII.

While this paper was in galley proof I received another letter from Dr. Ander-
son, dated Feb. 20, 1942, which follows:

“I am enclosing a copy of another record of Greenland Seal for the Western
Arctic district, sent in through the Royal Canadian Mounted Police. The In-
spector at Fort Smith thought it might be of interest to the National Museum.
I think it is a good record as many of the men in R. C. M. P., and Hudson’s Bay
Co., in western Arctic have also served in the eastern Arctic and know the seals
pretty well.

“ ‘Re: Seal, Cambridge Bay District.

1. Native Ehakataitok brought the hide of a Greenland seal into the Settle-
ment on the 10th instant. I have questioned a few of the natives in this district
and they all admit that this is the first time that they have seen this species of
seal. This animal was killed off the north end of Melbourne Island [a little east
of base of Kent Peninsula].

‘Sgd.’ D. C. Martin
A/Cpl.’

“Forwarded through the office of Commissioner, R. C. M. P., Ottawa, 1942,
and copy transmitted to National Museum of Canada, Feb. 18, 1942.”

82

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

four species of Phoca can be distinguished by skull characters without
great difficulty.

Descriptions of Species

Phoca vitulina

(Plates V, VII, IX; text figure 5)

External Characters: In color and markings this species is exceedingly
variable, ranging from almost black with a few white spots, to almost
white with a few black spots. This wide range of variation has been
described so well by Allen (1880, pp. 562-565) that I take the liberty of
quoting it here.

“Color variable. Above, usually yellowish-gray, varied with irregular
spots of dark brown or black; beneath, yellowish-white, usually with
smaller spots of dark-brown. Sometimes uniform brownish-yellow above,
and somewhat paler below, entirely without spots; or uniform dark-gray
above, and pale yellowish-white below, everywhere unspotted. Not
infrequently everywhere dark-brown or blackish, varied with irregular
streaks and small spots of yellowish-brown; the head wholly blackish from
the nose to beyond the eyes; the lips and around the eyes rusty-yellow.
Length of male, 5 to 6 feet; of female, somewhat less. Young at birth
uniform soiled-white or yellowish-white, changing to darker with the first
moult.

“The variations in color are almost endless, ranging from uniform
yellowish-brown to almost uniform dark-brown, and even nearly black,
with, between these extremes, almost every possible variation, from dark
spotting on a light ground to light spotting on a dark ground. The mark-
ings vary in size from very small spots to large, irregular patches and
streaks. The more common color is brownish-yellow, varied with spots
and patches of darker, but not unfrequently the general color is blackish,
more or less varied with spots, patches and streaks of lighter. The lower
surface is generally thickly marked with small oval or roundish spots,
smaller and less confluent than those of the upper surface. Specimens
from Denmark and the Atlantic coast of North America are indistinguish-
able from those of Lower California, Washington Territory, and Alaska.
Specimens from the Pacific coast present the same wide range of color-
variations, and precisely the same phases as those from the shores of the
Atlantic. . . .

“Unlike the Phoca foetida, P. groenlandica , and most other Phocids

1942

Doutt : Review of the Genus Phoca

83

of the northern waters, the first coat is shed before or soon after birth,
but as to the exact time at which it is cast authorities disagree. Mr.
Bartlett, in describing a young Seal of this species (wrongly identified
at the time as Phoca foetida), born in the Garden of the London Zoological
Society, June 8, 1868, says: ‘It was born near the edge of the water, and
in a few minutes after its birth, by rolling and turning about, was com-
pletely divested of the outer covering oifur and hair , which formed a com-
plete mat, upon which the young animal lay for the hour or two after its
birth.’

“It is sometimes stated that the foetal coat is retained for four or five
days after birth, but other writers affirm that it is shed at the time of
birth.”

Allen’s descriptions apparently were taken from preserved specimens,
and he has been misled by the oxidation which takes place in these skins
when they are allowed to dry with grease on them. Under these conditions
the normally white or silvery white colors change to yellowish or brown-
ish, so that in many places where he has described the color as yellowish
or brownish, the natural color was probably whitish or silvery white.

On the Belcher Islands I examined a young seal of this species which
was apparently only a few hours old. Part of the navel cord was still
attached, but it was not yet dry. There was no evidence of the white
foetal coat.

Table I

Skull Measurements of Phoca vitulina
(Text figures 9-11)

Maximum

Minimum

Average

Total length

221.5 mm.8

157.3

184.1

Width across mastoids

128.0

100.0

111.6

Interorbital width

16.0

9.5

11.6

Length of nasals

67.3

33.4

45.7

Width of nasals at tip

21.0

9.4

14.2

The nasals are broad and taper gradually from the tip to the maxillo-
frontal suture, but from here back they narrow rapidly. For the anterior
half of their length they lie between the maxillaries and pre-maxillaries.
The posterior half of their length lies between the frontals. Posteriorly the
palate ends acutely like a pointed Gothic arch. The posterior palatine

8 The measurements used throughout this paper are expressed in millimeters
unless otherwise indicated.

84

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

foramina, with but a few exceptions, lie anterior to the maxillo-palatine
suture. The maxillary teeth are large, being both wide and long. The
third upper molariform tooth is usually the largest. It has a large central
cusp, and frequently two accessory posterior cusps, although in some
instances only one posterior accessory cusp is present. Usually there is
one small anterior cusp as well. The anterior end of each ramus of the
mandible is heavy and blunt and curves gradually to meet the lower
border of the ramus. The coronoid process is short and broad, and usually
does not extend backwards beyond the glenoid process. The mandibular
teeth, like the maxillary teeth, are large and heavy. The third molariform
tooth is the largest. It has one large central cusp, two small posterior
cusps and one small anterior cusp. One or two small tubercles are fre-
quently found near the base of this small anterior cusp. These teeth are
frequently set diagonally in' the jaw, so that the posterior portion of the
one tooth overlaps the anterior portion of the one behind it. This is
particularly true of young specimens in which the jaw has not attained its
full growth. As age advances the jaw grows; thus the teeth receive more
space, and gradually come into line with the jaw.

Range : Along the Atlantic coast of North America the species is most
abundant from Maine to Labrador. It has been reported from as far south
as North Carolina (Allen, 1880, p. 585), and as far north as Ellesmere
Island (Anderson, 1934, p. 75), but is rare, or uncommon, at the extremes
of its range. On the Pacific coast of North America it is common from
California to Alaska, ranging from Lower California (Allen, 1902, p. 495)
to Pt. Barrow, Alaska (Allen, 1902, p. 484). Along the Pacific coast of
Asia it has been reported from Bering Strait (Allen, 1902, p. 485) south to
the mouth of the Yangtze River (G. M. Allen, 1938, p. 493). A specimen
has recently been described from Chefoo on the Shantung coast of China
by Leroy (1940).

On the European side of the Atlantic it has been reported as occurring
occasionally in the Mediterranean. From France northward to Scandi-
navia it is the commonest species of the family. It ranges from here north-
ward and eastward along the Arctic coast, but apparently does not reach
Spitsbergen and Jan Mayen Islands (Allen, 1880, pp. 586-587). Accord-
ing to Smirnov (1908, pp. 69-70), it reaches Upernivik in northern Green-
land and eastward, Novaya Zemlya, but is not known east of there. It
frequently travels inland up fresh-water rivers and lakes and has been
reported from Lake Ontario and Lake Champlain, and from the Columbia
River near the Dalles, above the Cascades and approximately 200 miles

1942

Doutt : Review of the Genus Phoca

85

from the sea (Allen, 1880, pp. 587-588). In Hudson Bay it is not common
along the east coast, but is occasionally seen as far south as Great Whale
River and the Belcher Islands. Here it is known to the Eskimos as
“Kasaguea.”

Phoca hispida

(Plates V, VII, IX; text figure 4)

External characters: The color markings of Phoca hispida are so similar
to those of Phoca vitulina that I could not be certain of distinguishing
every specimen by color alone. However, there is a difference in the tex-
ture of the hair, which, combined with general differences in color, makes
it possible to distinguish practically every specimen. The wide range of
variation makes description very difficult, however. In general, the skins
are white, silvery white, or yellowish white on the belly. In preserved
specimens, where the grease has not been removed completely, the belly is
usually yellowish or brownish. The hair around the lips and sometimes
the sides of the head, the axilla of the front flippers, the underside of the
tail and the inside of the hind flippers is usually a salmon or light brownish
color (“Tawny” or “Russet” of Ridgway, 1912). This is particularly
noticeable in fresh specimens, but becomes more or less obliterated if the
specimens have become yellow from age and grease. The back is spotted,
streaked or marbled with black. White spots with dark centers are char-
acteristic, but not always present. The dark markings may be confined
to the mid-dorsal region, or may extend down on the sides to the belly.
These dark markings are usually black or some shade of dark brown, and
usually begin on the top of the head between the eyes and extend back-
wards to, and include the tail. The face, from the nose to the eyes, is
usually light. The hair is coarse and stiff and usually points directly
backward.

The coat of the newly born young is quite different, being soft and
woolly and of a white or yellowish white color. According to Allen (1880,
p. 600), “At the age of about four weeks this gradually gives place to the
coarser, more rigid pelage of the adult, and the color changes to dusky,
marked sparsely with small blackish spots. Yearlings are often yellow-
ish-white; dusky along the middle of the back, with here and there small
spots of blackish.

“There is a wide range of individual variation in color, in the newly-
born young as well as in the adults. . .”

86

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

In addition to this wide range of color, Kumlien (1879, p. 60) mentions
hairless and albino specimens. Degerb^l and Freuchen (1935, p. 196)
mention variation in total length of from one to two meters. This dif-
ference is attributed to the amount of food available.

Table II

Skull Measurements of Phoca hispida

Maximum

Minimum

Average

Total length

177.0

155.5

165.8

Width across mastoids

105.8

90.4

100.05

Interorbital width

6.2

4.0

5.04

Length of nasals

42.5

30.0

37.33

Width of nasals at tip

12.1

9.5

11.26

The nasals are long and narrow and taper gradually from the tip to
the maxillo-frontal suture; at this point they narrow rapidly. The portion
of the nasals lying posterior to the maxillo-frontal suture is usually con-
siderably less than one-half the length of the nasals. The posterior margin
of the palate ends acutely in a pointed Gothic arch. The posterior pala-
tine foramina lie in or posterior to the maxillo-palatine suture. The mo-
lariform teeth are small, the third one being the largest. It has a large
central cusp and may have two small posterior cusps, though usually
only one is present. It also has one small anterior cusp. There is seldom
any evidence of the small tubercles which are frequently seen in Phoca
vitulina. Although possessing nearly the same number of cusps as Phoca
vitulina, the teeth of Phoca hispida are readily distinguished by their much
smaller size. The anterior end of each ramus of the mandible is narrow
and pointed and slopes backward in a nearly straight line, to the lower
margin of the ramus. The coronoid is long, slender and pointed, and ex-
tends much further backward than it does in Phoca vitulina. As in the
maxillary teeth, the third mandibular tooth is the largest. It has one
large central cusp, two smaller posterior cusps, and one small anterior
cusp. These teeth are seldom crowded out of line as they are in Phoca
vitulina , but occasionally the second molar tooth may be set diagonally
in the jaw.

Range: The species is reported to be circumpolar in its distribution. It
has been found as far north as 82°40' and ranges southward on the
Atlantic coast of North America to Labrador (Allen, 1880, p. 615). On the
Pacific coast of North America it has been reported as far south as St.
Michaels, Alaska (Allen, 1902, p. 477), but Osgood (1904) did not mention
it in his “Reconnaissance of the Base of the Alaska Peninsula.” On the

1942

Doutt : Review of the Genus Phoca

87

Atlantic coast of Europe, it has been reported as far south as the British
Channel (Allen, 1880, p. 615) and along the Pacific coast of Asia, it has
been reported from the Okhotsk Sea (Allen, 1902, p. 480). Smirnov
(1908, p. 57) states that its southern limit here is the Amur River. He
says that it is found in the Bering Sea, White Sea, and Baltic Sea. Degerb0l
and Freuchen (1935, p. 46) record specimens from King William Land.
It shares part of its range with Phoca vitulina, but is a more northern
species, being found commonly much farther north, and never ranging as
far south as that species.

In Hudson Bay it is the most common seal along the east coast, and at
the Belcher Islands. The Eskimos here call it “Netcheck.” I have speci-
mens from as far south as the Twin Islands, and on September 24, 1935,
I saw a seal which I took to be this species at the mouth of the Moose
River.

Phoca groenlandica

(Plates VI, VIII, X; text figure 6)

External characters : The small number of skins which have been avail-
able to me have not been sufficient to permit a description of this species,
therefore I have borrowed the following description from Robert Brown
(1868, pp. 416-420).

“It seems to be almost unknown to most writers on this group that the
male and female of the Saddlebacks are of different colours; this, how-
ever, has long been known to the Seal-hunters. Male. — The length of the
male Saddleback rarely reaches 6 feet, and the most common length is
5 feet; while the female in general rarely attains that length. The colour
of the male is of a tawny grey, of a lighter or darker shade in different
individuals, on a slightly straw-coloured or tawny-yellowish ground, hav-
ing sometimes a tendency to a reddish-brown tint, which latter colour is
often seen in both males and females, but especially in the latter, in oval
spots on the dorsal aspect. The pectoral and abdominal regions have a
dingy or tarnished silvery hue, and are not white as generally described.
But the chief characteristic, at least that which has attracted the most
notice, so much as to have been the reason for giving it several names,
from the peculiar appearance it was thought to present ( e.g ., ‘harp’ Seal,
‘saddleback,’ etc.), is the dark marking or band on its dorsal and lateral
aspects. This ‘saddle-shaped’ band commences at the root of the neck
posteriorly, and curves downwards and backwards at each side superior

88

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

to the anterior flippers,* reaches downwards to the abdominal region,
whence it curves backwards anteriorly to the posterior flippers, where it
gradually disappears, reaching further in some individuals than in others.
In some this band is broader than in others and more clearly impressed,
while in many the markings only present an approximation, in the form
of an aggregation of spots more or less isolated. The grey colour verges
into a dark hue, almost a black tint, on the muzzle and flippers; but I
have never seen it white on the forehead as mentioned by Fabricius. The
muzzle is more prominent than in any other northern Seal.

“ Female. — The female is very different in appearance from the male:
she is not nearly so large, rarely reaching 5 feet in length; and when
fully mature her colour is a dull white or yellowish straw-colour, of a
tawny hue on the back, but similar to the male on the pectoral and
abdominal regions, only perhaps somewhat lighter. In some females I
have seen the colour totally different; it presented a bluish or dark grey
appearance on the back, with peculiar oval markings of a dark colour ap-
parently impressed on a yellowish or reddish-brown ground. These spots
are more or less numerous in different individuals. Some Seal-hunters are
inclined to think this is a different species of Seal from the Saddleback,
because the appearance of the skin is often so very different and so ex-
tremely beautiful when taken out of the water; yet as the females are
always among the immense flocks of the Saddleback, and as hardly two
of the latter females are' alike, but varying in all stages to the mature
female, and on account of there being no males to mate with them, I am
inclined to believe with Dr. Wallace that these are only younger female
Saddlebacks. The muzzle and flippers of the female present the same dark-
chestnut appearance as in the male. . .

“(a) The colour after birth is a pure woolly white, which gradually
assumes a beautiful yellowish tint when contrasted with the stainless
purity of the Arctic snow; they are then called by the sealers ‘white-coats’
or ‘whitey-coats’ f ; and they retain this colour until they are able to take

*1 use this very convenient sealers’ vernacular term to express the ‘paws,’
‘hands,’ etc. of systematic authors.

fThese are rarely seen in Danish Greenland, and then are called ‘Isblink’
by the Danes from their colour; at least, so Fabricius says. He, moreover, informs
us that the third year they are called Aglektok (as mentioned above), the fourth
Millaktok, and after a winter Kinaglit, when they are beginning to assume the
harp-shaped markings of the male (Nat. Selsk. Skrift., i, p. 92). I never heard
these names in North Greenland.

1942

Doutt : Review of the Genus Phoca

89

the water (when about fourteen or twenty days old). . . The white-coat
changes very quickly. In 1862 the late Capt. George Deuchars, to whom
science is indebted for so many specimens, brought me two alive from
near Jan Mayen; they were white when brought on board, but they
changed this coat to a dark one completely on the passage, of a week or
ten days.

“I consider that about three years are sufficient to complete these
changes. This is also the opinion held in Newfoundland, though the
Greenland people consider that five years are necessary. I wish, however,
to say that these changes do not proceed so regularly as is usually de-
scribed, some of them not lasting a year, others longer, while, again, several
of the changes are gone through in one year; in fact the coats are always
gradually changing, though some of the more prominent ones may be re-
tained a longer, and others a shorter time. It would require a very care-
ful and extended study of this animal to decide on this point, which, owing
to their migrations, it is impossible to give. After all, these changes and
their rapidity vary according to the season and the individual, and really
will not admit of other than a general description.”

Table III

Skull Measurements of Phoca groenlandica

Maximum

Minimum

Average

Total length

221.0

190.0

204.7

Width across mastoids

123.6

107.5

114.6

Interorbital width

20.0

8.3

11.7

Length of nasals

52.6

35.8

42.1

Width of nasals at tip

19.2

14.9

16.6

The nasals are long and narrow and in some respects resemble those of
Phoca hispida more than those of Phoca vitulina. Except in very young
specimens, the nasal sutures are frequently so ossified that the margins are
not distinctly visible. The nasals taper rather gradually from the anterior
to the posterior end. Thus the abrupt change observed in Phoca vitulina
and Phoca hispida at the junction of the maxillo-frontal sutures is not so
evident. The posterior margin of the palate is round like a Roman arch,
and is seldom notched or incised like that of Phoca vitulina and of Phoca
hispida. The posterior palatine foramina usually lie in or anterior to the
maxillo-palatine suture. The teeth are comparatively small. The third

90

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

molariform tooth is usually the largest. It has one large central cusp and
one small posterior cusp, and occasionally there is evidence of a still
smaller second posterior cusp. Occasionally, also, there is a very small
anterior cusp. The anterior end of each ramus of the mandible is narrow
and pointed and slopes backward in a nearly straight line to the lower
margin of the ramus. In this respect it is very similar to Phoca hispida,
but the angle made by this sloping portion with the base of the ramus is
much more acute than in Phoca hispida (Pis. VII, 1; VIII, 1). The
coronoid is long, slender and pointed. It is prolonged backward much as
in Phoca hispida . The mandibular teeth are small, the third being the
largest of the set.. It has one large central cusp, two small posterior cusps
and one small anterior cusp. In number of cusps they resemble Phoca
hispida , but in groenlandica the Central cusp is proportionately larger. The
teeth are not crowded in the jaw, but are spaced even farther apart than
in Phoca hispida.

Range: The home of this species is the North Atlantic. It is found in
great numbers off the coast of Newfoundland and Labrador, especially in
the early spring. It has been reported as far south on the American coast
as New Jersey (Allen, 1880, p. 640), although its occurrence there is rare.
It has been reported as far north as Annanactook at about lat. 67°N.,
long. 68°50'W., Kumlien (1879, p. 61). Sverdrup (1904, vol. II, p. 40)
reports them from Jones Sound, about lat. 76°N., long. 85°W. Along the
Atlantic coast of Europe they have been reported from as far south as
“Morecombe Bay, England.”9 Northward they are common about “Ice-
land,” “Jan Mayen,” “Spitzbergen,” and also occur about “Nova Zembla,”
“Franz Josef Land” and the “Kora Sea” (Allen, 1880, p. 641). Plehanoff
(1933) found them on Marjovez Island in the White Sea. They enter
Hudson Bay and are found at least as far south as Great Whale River
and the Belcher Islands. The Eskimos here know them by the name of
“Kioole.”

Allen (1880, p. 640) says the species is circumpolar, but later (p. 641)
he says that the distribution of the species in the North Pacific is not well
known. The only authorities he gives for its occurrence there are Pallas
and Temminck. He says he saw no specimens from there. I have seen no
specimens from the Pacific either, and am inclined to believe that the
species does not occur there.

* I have used quotes here to show that I am copying these place names di-
rectly from Allen (1880). Different names and spellings are now employed for
some of these places.

1942

Doutt : Review of the Genus Phoca

91

Phoca fasciata

(Plates VI, VIII, X; text figure 7)

External Characters: The males of this species can be recognized at once
by the unique color pattern. It may be considered as a black seal with a
white band around the neck, around each foreleg, and around the body
just anterior to the junction of the hind flippers. Since I have seen only
two skins of this species I am unable to describe the range of variation or
the color of the female or young, so I have borrowed the following de-
scription from Allen (1880, pp. 676-678), who, for the most part, was
quoting von Schrenck.

“Adult male. General color, dark brown. A narrow yellowish-white
band surrounds the neck extending forward to the middle of the head
above; another broader yellowish-white band encircles the hinder portion
of the body, from which a branch runs forward on each side to the shoulder,
the two branches becoming confluent on the median line of the body below,
but widely separated above. In other words, the (1) front part of the
head, the (2) hind limbs, and the posterior fourth of the body, the (3) top
of the neck and the whole anterior half of the back, as well as (4) the fore-
limbs and a considerable area at their point of insertion, are dark brown;
these four regions being separated by bands of yellowish-white, of variable
breadth over different regions of the body. The brown of the anterior part
of the dorsal region also extends laterally in the form of a narrow band
around the lower part of the neck, where it expands to form a small shield-
like spot on the breast. There are also very small spots of brown on the
posterior part of the abdominal region.

“Adult female. — Uniform pale grayish-yellow or grayish-brown, with
the exception of an obscure narrow transverse whitish band across the
lower portion of the back. The extremities and the back are darker, with
a faint indication of the dark ‘saddle’-mark seen in the male.

“ Young. — The young of both sexes are said to resemble the adult
female.

“Von Schrenck’s detailed description, on which the foregoing is mainly
based, is substantially as follows: The dark-brown of the head, in the male,
is followed by a broad dusky yellowish-gray neck-band, which on the mid-
dle line, both above and below, passes forward, but on the sides has the
convexity pointing backward. Behind this light neck-band is a broad,
long saddle-shaped patch upon the back, which, on the middle line, runs
forward in a point, but which extends itself laterally in two narrow bands

92

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

meeting and expanding on the breast into a pointed spot; posteriorly the
dark dorsal patch is also prolonged backward and laterally, but without
meeting below. Along the sides of this dorsal area runs a broad, curved,
light, soiled yellowish-gray band, with the convexity upward; these lateral
light bands become deflected downward, both anteriorly and posteriorly,
and form, by their union, a light band along the belly. Within these light
bands anteriorly, on each side, is a large oval dark-brown spot, in which
are inserted the anterior extremities. The light ventral area encloses
posteriorly two small oval dark-brown spots, and in front of these a third
narrower and larger. Behind the dark area on the back is a very broad
dorsal cross-band of light yellowish-gray, joining the light bands on the
side of the body. Behind this light cross-band the whole posterior part
of the body, as well as on the tail and hind limbs, is blackish-brown. As
a rule the above-described dark and light color areas are very sharply
defined. Sometimes, however, there extends from the dark areas a smaller
spot more or less isolated. According to the same writer the color varies
considerably in different individuals, one of those he describes having the
dark color of a dark grayish-black, and the light markings whitish or
straw-yellow. He also states that in the figures given by Siemaschko the
light neck-band is deflected backward from the back of the neck to the
fore-limbs, leaving the whole breast of the same dark-brown color as the
head. Besides this the dark-brown color of the back extends, both
posteriorly and anteriorly, to the lower sides of the body, occupying the
whole of the ventral surface, with the exception of two light bands which
run crosswise around the base of the anterior extremities, and a separate
light band that crosses the hinder part of the body. In consequence of
the wide departure of the pattern of coloration in Siemaschko’s figure from
his own examples, von Schrenck is left in doubt as to whether the figure is
really a true copy from nature.

“The single specimen I have examined . (Nat. Mus. No. 9311, Cape
Romanzoff, W. H. Dali), a flat skin, lacking the flippers and the facial
portion, agrees with von Schrenck’s figure in respect to the form and size
of the neck-band, but there is a far greater preponderance of light color,
which occupies rather more than half the entire surface. Only the pos-
terior sixth of the body is black, and the dark area of the back is very
much more restricted, and differs somewhat in outline. In this specimen
the breadth of the dark dorsal portion occupies scarcely more than one-
third of the whole width of the skin, the light portion on either side nearly
equalling it in breadth. It widens over the neck and sends down a lateral

1942

Doutt : Review of the Genus Phoca

93

branch on each side, the two meeting on the breast. It is contracted over
the shoulders, behind which it again expands, and at its posterior border
sends down a very narrow branch from the right side to the middle of the
belly ; its fellow on the opposite side is nearly obsolete, forming merely a
broken chain of small dusky spots. There is hence in this example a wide
departure from the specimens described by von Schrenck, while the want
of symmetry in the two posterior branches of the dorsal spot, and the
relatively nearly equal amount of light and dark color, lead one to ap-
prehend a much wider range of individual variation in coloration than von
Schrenck apparently suspected, and that after all Siemaschko’s figure
merely represents a variation in the opposite direction from that here
indicated, or an unusual extension of the dark color at the expense of the
lighter markings.

“Size. — Von Schrenck states that this animal is reported to sometimes
attain the length of 634 feet. He gives the length of a full-grown male
as 5 feet, 634 inches (1683mm.), and that of a full-grown female as 5 feet,
3 inches (1600mm.), based on Wosnessenski’s specimens obtained in
Kamtschatka, which his hunters informed him were not of the largest size.
In other words, it appears to be a Seal of the medium size, or about as
large as Phoca groenlandica .”

Table IV

Skull Measurements of Phoca fasciata

Maximum

Minimum

Average

Total length

201.3

193.0

197.0

Width across mastoids

133.4

122.0

127.7

Interorbital width

14.6

9.8

12.2

Length of nasals

43.3

42.2

42.75

Width of nasals at tip

10.0

9.8

9.9

Only two adult specimens were available for the above measurements.
The nasals are long and narrow and taper gradually from the anterior to
the posterior end. Like Phoca groenlandica there is little change in con-
tour at the maxillo-frontal suture. The palate is broad and the posterior
margin is rounded like a Roman arch. In this respect it resembles Phoca
groenlandica and differs from the notched palate of vitulina and hispida.
In one of the three specimens which I have the palate is lobed like a print-
er’s brackets (PI. X, fig. 2). The palatine foramina lie in or posterior to
the maxillo-palatine suture. The auditory bullae are larger than in any
of the other three species. The three specimens which I have measure
48 x 33, 42 x 32, and 38 x 28. The maxillary teeth are very small and

94

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

yol. XXIX

usually without accessory cusps. The central point is curved backwards.
The teeth are spaced even farther apart than they are in Phoca groen-
landica. The anterior end of the mandible is very slender and slopes back-
ward to meet the base of the ramus at a much less acute angle than in
Phoca groenlandica or Phoca hispida. The coronoid is long and slender
and projects backward very much like that in Phoca groenlandica. The
mandibular teeth are very small, the third being the largest. It has one
large central cusp and one very small posterior cusp. Occasionally there
is a small tubercle representing the anterior cusp. Like the maxillary
teeth these teeth are well-spaced, so there is no tendency toward crowd-
ing in the jaw.

Range: This is a rare species and its distribution is not well known.
Apparently, however, it is confined to the Pacific Ocean. Allen (1880, pp.
681-682) gives its range as follows:

“According to Pallas, the present species occurs around the Kurile
Islands and in the Ochots Sea. Von Schrenck states that Hr. Wosnes-
senski obtained specimens that were killed on the eastern coast of Kam-
tschatka, and that he himself saw skins of examples killed on the southern
coast of the Ochots Sea, where, however, the species seems to be of rare
occurrence. He further states that it occurs also in the Gulf of Tartary,
between the island of Saghalien and the mainland, but apparently not to
the southward of that island, the southern point of which (in latitude
46°N.) he believes to be the southern limit of its distribution. Mr. Dali
secured specimens taken at Cape Romanzoff. Captain Scammon states,
‘It is found upon the coast of Alaska, bordering on Behring Sea, and the
natives of Ounalaska recognize it as an occasional visitor to the Aleutian
Islands. . . The Russian traders, who formerly visited Cape Romanzoff,
from St. Michael’s, Norton Sound, frequently brought back the skins of
the male Histriophoca, which were used for covering trunks and for other
ornamental purposes.’ This writer also states that he ‘observed a herd
of Seals upon the beaches at Point Reyes, California,’ in April, 1852,
which, ‘without close examination, answered to the description given by
Gill’ of the present species. Probably, however, a ‘close examination’
would have shown them to be different, as no examples are yet known
from the Californian coast, and the locality is far beyond the probable
limits of its habitat. Its known range may, therefore, be given as Behring’s
Sea southward — on the American coast to the Aleutian Islands, and on the
Asiatic coast to the island of Saghalien.”

According to Smirnov (1908, p. 53), it is found in the Bering Sea and

1942

Doutt: Review of the Genus Phoca

95

Okhotsk Sea. He quotes Nordquist as authority for its northern limit at
Cape Serdge Kamen, East Cape, and Point Barrow. The southern limit
on the Asiatic side, according to von Schrenck, is the southern end of
Sakhalin Island, and on the American side, Cape Vancouver.

Comparisons

Phoca hispida is at once distinguished from the other three groups of
the genus, by its smaller size and the very narrow interorbital. The fol-
lowing table gives comparative measurements of the four species of Phoca.

Table V

Comparative measurements of Phoca skulls

Greatest length of Least interorbital

No. of skull width

specimens

used Max. Min. Av. Max. Min. Av.

Phoca vitulina 30 221.1 162.8 182.8 16.0 9.5 11.8

Phoca hispida 30 177.8 154.9 166.5 6.6 4.5 5.4

Phoca groenlandica 38 221.0 190.0 204.7 20.0 8.3 11.7

Phoca fasciata 2 201.3 193.0 197.0 14.6 9.8 12.2

Phoca hispida resembles P. groenlandica more closely in many of its
characters than it does either of the other two groups. This is especially
true of the long, narrow nasals; the small, narrow molariform teeth; the
long narrow palate; the narrow, compressed central incisors; the narrow
rostrum; the general contour of the skull as seen in dorsal view, and the
long narrow coronoid process of the mandible. P. hispida is distinguished
from P. groenlandica by its smaller size; narrower interorbital; shorter
and more pointed rostrum, and smaller central incisors. In Phoca hispida
the palate ends posteriorly in an acute notch like a Gothic arch, while in
Phoca groenlandica the palate ends in a broad Roman arch. In Phoca
hispida the posterior palatine foramina usually enter the palate in, or
posterior to, the maxillo-palatine suture. In Phoca groenlandica these
foramina enter in, or anterior to it. On the upper molariform teeth
P. hispida usually has a small accessory cusp anterior to the large central
cusp. Phoca groenlandica lacks this anterior accessory cusp. In the
mandibular teeth, both species have the accessory anterior cusp, but it is
much better developed in Phoca hispida; in fact, in some specimens it is
nearly as large as the central cusp, while in P. groenlandica it is much
smaller than the central cusp. In Phoca groenlandica the supra angle is
well developed and extends backward in the same plane as the angle,

96

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

while in Phoca hispida its development is much slighter, and it extends
laterally almost at right angles to the plane of the angle.

Phoca fasciata, in some respects, resembles P. hispida and P. groen-
landica more than it does P. vitulina. This is especially true of the small
molariform teeth and the narrow nasals. It resembles groenlandica ,
rather than hispida , in the squarish cut of the anterior end of the rostrum,
and in the broad Roman arch formed by the posterior end of the palate. In
interorbital breadth it is more like vitulina. It is at once distinguished
from the three other groups of the genus by its very broad and arched
palate. The palate is higher in the center than it is at the incisors or the
posterior nares, so that it gives the impression of being convex. Its length,
from the anterior end of the rostrum to the posterior end of the palate
along the mid-line, is not more than 1.48 times the width. In Phoca
groenlandica it is seldom less than 1.60 and averages 1.9. 10 Expressed as
a ratio of length over width, Phoca fasciata gives a percentage of 65.2 to
87.1, while the maximum for Phoca groenlandica is 62.2 and the minimum
is 45.0, the average being 52.4. These averages for Phoca groenlandica
are derived from a series of 51 specimens from Greenland and the Atlantic
coast of North America. Unfortunately I have only three specimens of
Phoca fasciata , and the one specimen which is responsible for the low
percentage is a very young individual. In width of palate, Phoca vitulina
approaches P. fasciata more closely than any other species; but it is dis-
tinguished at once by the notched palate, much larger mandibular teeth,
larger nasals, and more rounded rostrum. The mandibular teeth of Phoca
fasciata lack the anterior accessory tubercle, or have it developed to a
lesser degree than P. groenlandica , so that it is quite distinct from the
well-developed tubercle found in P. hispida and P. vitulina. The coronoid
process is short, more like that in P. vitulina than in P. groenlandica or
P. hispida.

J ust as Phoca fasciata can be distinguished at once by a glance at the
palate, so P. vitulina can be distinguished by a glance at the teeth. The
molariform teeth are broader and longer than those in any other group
of the genus. In both P. groenlandica and P. fasciata the accessory cusps
are reduced, thus accentuating the central cusp. P. hispida , therefore,
resembles P. vitulina in this character more closely than either of the other
two. P. hispida usually (but not always) has one small, but well-developed,
cusp anterior to the large central cusp, and one posterior accessory cusp,

10 This measurement of width was made across the outer, or buccal, side of the
maxillaries, opposite the last molars.

1942

Doutt : Review of the Genus Phoca

97

while P. vitulina has one cusp anterior to the large central cusp, and two
posterior accessory cusps. In a series of seventy P. hispida, only one
specimen has two, well-developed posterior accessory cusps. The teeth in
P. vitulina are both longer and heavier than in P. hispida , or any other
northern form of this genus. In the mandible the teeth are so large that,
especially in young specimens, there is not room for them to stand in line
parallel with the jaw, and as a result they are crowded out of line, and
stand at an angle to the jaw (figure 11). The nasals of P. vitidina are
broader than in any of the other three species of the genus. The anterior
end of the rostrum is tapered, similar to that found in P. hispida , and
quite distinct from the squarish outline of P. groenlandica and P.fasciata.
Likewise, the posterior margin of the palate is pointed like a Gothic arch,
and thus similar to P. hispida , but quite distinct from the broad Roman
arch found in P. fasciata and P. groenlandica. The posterior palatine
foramina usually enter the palate anterior to the maxillo-palatine
suture, and in this respect, resemble P. groenlandica , but differ from
P. hispida and P. fasciata, in which the foramina enter posterior to
this suture.

The color and markings of the skin have already been treated, so I
have summed them up here very briefly. The males of Phoca groen-
landica and Phoca fasciata are known at once by their characteristic
markings. Phoca vitulina and Phoca hispida, however, are more similar
and sometimes cannot be separated without attention to details. In
addition to the color and markings given above, the differences in the hair
and claws are a very satisfactory way of distinguishing Phoca hispida and
Phoca vitulina. The hair in Phoca hispida appears to be longer and
straighter than in Phoca vitulina, in which the tip of each hair curls for-
ward so that it gives the animal, as a whole, an appearance of being softer
and more woolly. On the underside of the flipper, and in the axilla, there
is usually a brownish or salmon tint (“Tawny” or “Russet” of Ridgway,
1912) to the hair of Phoca hispida. Although this is characteristic, it is
not always present. It is seldom present in Phoca vitulina.

In Phoca hispida the claws are distinctly triangular in cross section.
This triangular shape is such that the upper side of the claw has the ap-
pearance of a distinct ridge. On the upper side, too, the bands, or annual
growth rings, can be seen and felt. The under side is concave, with sharp
edges on each side. The claws of Phoca vitulina are smaller (figures 4 and
5), although the animal itself is considerably larger. No annual growth
rings can be detected, and the cross section is not nearly so triangular, but

98

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

is much more rounded. The edges on the under side are not nearly as
sharp as those of P. hispida.

The claws of Phoca groenlandica and Phoca fas data are more like those
of Phoca hispida than of Phoca vitulina. In both groenlandica and fasciata
the annual growth rings are evident, and the claws are triangular in ap-

Fig. 5.

Phoca hispida Phoca vitulina

Ventral (A) and dorsal (B) views of the second claw of the
right front flipper, nat. size.

Fig. 4. Phoca hispida, male, from near Wiegand Island, Belcher Islands, Hudson
Bay; May 7, 1938; Carnegie Museum, no. 15,250.

Fig. 5. Phoca vitulina, male, from Hudson Bay, Canada; Spring, 1940; Carnegie
Museum, no. 18,746.

Fig. 6.

Phoca groenlandica

Phoca fasciata

Ventral (A) and dorsal (B) views of the second claw of the
right front flipper, nat. size.

Fig. 6. Phoca groenlandica, male, from La Tabatiere, North Shore, Gulf of St.

Lawrence, Quebec, Canada; January 7, 1940; Carnegie Museum, no. 18,696.
Fig. 7. Phoca fasciata, male, from north of Sevoonga, St. Lawrence Id., Bering
Sea; June 25, 1931; Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, no. 51,385.

1942

Doutt : Review of the Genus Phoca

99

pearance, although the ridge along the upper surface is not so distinct. In
specimens of about equal size, the claws of Phoca fasciata are notably
larger than those of groenlandica (figures 6 and 7).

It seems possible that the differences in the claws of Phoca hispida and
Phoca vitulina may be correlated with a difference in habits. Phoca
hispida keeps a series of breathing holes open through the ice all winter.
For this purpose its claws are used extensively to scratch away the ice.
It also gives birth to its young in a cavity which it scratches out between
the ice and the snow. Phoca vitulina does not keep a series of breathing
holes, and its young are born on the land after the ice and snow have gone.
The sharp edges on the under side of the claws of Phoca hispida are well
adapted to scratching away the snow and ice. The more rounded weaker
claws of Phoca vitulina would not be nearly as satisfactory for this purpose.

Variation in the Genus

The genus Phoca is remarkable for the amount of variation which may
be found among the individuals of any species. Practically all former
students of the group have commented on this fact. In some instances,
variation in the genus is sufficient to overlap the specific characters. Thus,
a skull of one species, in some rare cases, may be so abnormal as to be
mistaken for that of another species. The greatest single cause of varia-
tion within the species can probably be ascribed to age. Individual varia-
tion, regardless of age, is extensive also. Sexual variation in the skull, at
least in P. hispida and P. vitulina , is not pronounced, and without good
series of properly sexed skulls it is difficult to demonstrate. I know of
no reliable characters which can be used to determine it. Because of this
great amount of variation in the genus, the study and description of only
three specimens has been very difficult.

A series of about seventy skulls of P. hispida was available, how-
ever, from the Belcher Islands. These were studied to determine the na-
ture and amount of variation to be expected in the genus Phoca. After
that, most of the specimens of Phoca vitulina which are now preserved in
the museums of the United States were examined, either by visiting the
museums which had extensive collections or by borrowing the material.
These specimens were measured and examined carefully for variation.

Supernumerary Bones in the Base of the Cranium

During this study three supernumerary bones were observed in the
base of the cranium. These bones seem to occur regularly in both Phoca

100

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

hispida and Phoca vitulina, but they coalesce with other elements at such
an early age that they may be observed only in animals less than six months
old. One of these bones, the tabulare, has been reported by various
authors. Broom (1916, p. 459) was one of the first to call attention to
this bone in the Phocidae. Weber (1927, Band 1, p. 67) gives several
other references to it. These men have all homologized this bone with the
tabulare of the reptile skull. None of them, however, has called attention
to the two additional small bones marked as (1) and (3) on figure 8.
A. B. Howell (1928, p. 17) speaks of them as follows: “In the fetal Phoca
skull there is a pair of symmetrical bones, one on either side, bounded by
the mastoid, parietal, supraoccipital and exoccipital, and measuring 21

Fig. 8. Supernumerary bones in the base of the cranium. Phoca hispida, specimen
from near Great Whale River, Hudson Bay, Canada; February 28, 1938;
Carnegie Museum, no. 15,224.

by 10 mm. These are found in those few very young Phoca vitulina
skulls that are available, but their outlines become obliterated in older
animals — even in immatures of medium size. In an adult skull of Phoca
groenlandica, however, and a subadult of Cystophora, these accessory bones
can be perfectly traced. They can not be considered as Wormian bones,
for they are too symmetrical and too regularly situated. It seems justifi-
able to consider them as a phylogenetic remnant, comparable to the
'reptilian’ supernumerary bones of some insectivores. (See Wortman,
1921.) I can not, however, find that their undoubted homologue exists
in the skull of any reptile which I have encountered in the literature of the
subject, unless they are comparable to supratemporals of such a genus as
Procolophon ; and I am far from convinced that this is likely.” W. K.
Gregory also is not at all certain that these bones can be homologized with
those of the reptilian skull. In a letter, dated May 15, 1940, he said, “I
regret to state that it would require direct paleontological evidence to
convince me that it is safe to homologize these extra bones with the
primitive reptilian elements. . . I think it is far safer to assume that the

1942 Doutt: Review of the Genus Phoca 101

lateral spreading of the brain in pinnipeds, together with delay in bone
formation and sutural closure in aquatic mammals, has conditioned the
separation of these ossicles from the margins of the occipito-mastoid
region of the chondrocranium.” As a name for the bones at the base of
the cranium he would suggest extra-occipitalia, one, two, and three,
beginning medially. Schultz (1923) discusses bregmatic bones in the
fontanelle of various mammals. According to his studies, bregmatic
bones occur with considerable regularity in some species. Dr. Remington
Kellogg, in a letter dated April 26, 1940, said: “It is true that I got some-
what interested in these same bones a few years back and spent several
months trying to figure out what their reptilian homologues might be.
Then I began to find that they were present in most carnivores and a
number of other groups. . . At any event none of my palaeontological or
anatomical friends, who have given considerable study to such problems,
are willing to concede that these elements are homologues of any reptilian
elements. After some study I decided they were probably correct and
dropped the whole matter.”

These bones are seldom seen in adult animals and are seldom mentioned
in anatomical texts, yet they are of considerable interest, and I think
should be noted wherever they are found. It seems that it is better, for
the present at least, to consider these extra bones in the occipital region
of the seal as being of the nature of fontanelle bones rather than to try to
homologize them with elements in the reptilian skull.

Age Determination

The study of Phoca vitulina bore out the discovery made in the pre-
liminary study of Phoca hispida, that the age variations were sufficient
to obscure subspecific characters. Since only three skulls from Seal Lake
were available, it seemed necessary to compare these with other skulls
of the same age. Fortunately these Seal Lake specimens were an adult
male, an adult female, and a well-developed embryo.

How to determine the age of a seal then became an important con-
sideration. Suture closure, wear of teeth, and the size and general
ossification of the skull are obvious methods of estimating age. Wear on
teeth is subject to much variation, due to the feeding habits of the indi-
vidual. I have found some skulls, which, from all other evidences, were
not the oldest ones of the lot, yet the crowns of the teeth were worn com-
pletely away so that nothing was left but the separate roots of the teeth.
In other cases, animals which were, from all other evidence, old indi-

102

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

viduals, showed only moderate wear on their teeth. Thus, while wear on
the teeth was not ignored, it was considered only an accessory means of
estimating the age of the skull.

Size also varies considerably with the individual. Some of the very
oldest skulls were smaller than others which were younger. Size alone,
therefore, cannot be taken as a criterion of age, although usually very
old skulls are also very large ones. Bony material seems to accumulate
gradually as the animal becomes older ; i.e., the bone seems to become more
dense, and the skull of an old animal weighs more than a skull of the same
size from a younger animal. The specific gravity of a skull might be a
means of judging age, if suitable apparatus were designed for the work,
but general ossification is difficult to evaluate, so it was not given a place
in the table for estimating age.

The temporal ridges mark the place of attachment on the skull for the
temporal muscles. As the animal grows older the upper margins of these
ridges gradually converge until, when the animal is very old, they meet on
top of the skull, where they form a “sagittal crest.” Since this conver-
gence progresses with age, it was felt that a measurement of the distance
between the temporal ridges could be used as an indication of the age of
the individual. In general this is true, although it was not considered to
be as reliable an indicator as sutural closure (see Table VI).

The relative length of P2 to the total length of the molariform tooth
row was also considered as an indicator of age. The teeth do not grow
after they are once well formed above the gums; but the skull continues
to lengthen until the individual reaches maturity. At first there is not
sufficient room for the teeth, and they are crowded out of line, but as the
skull lengthens the cheek-teeth receive more space and gradually come
into line. The individual teeth, then, never become any larger, but more
space becomes available for them as the animal ages. Thus the ratio of
P2 to the total length of the maxillary tooth row may be considered as an
indication of age, in specimens which have not yet reached maturity. The,
second upper premolar tooth was used because it is the largest cheek-
tooth and, in young specimens, its long axis is usually more diagonal to
the general axis of the tooth row than any other. It is easier to measure,
therefore, and it is the tooth which receives the most adjustment as more
space becomes available. The ratio of the length of the mandible to the
length of P2 was also considered. Either of these ratios may be used as
an accessory means of determining age in specimens which have not
reached maturity (see Table VI).

Phoca vitulina richardii (figs. 9-11)

1942

Doutt : Review of the Genus Phoca

103

aSy 3-RUns

tH 00 t" O IT)
to CS M (N (N

fL.
<0
CN CN

O On 00 t'-
<M ^ ^ ,-h

On 00

00

CO

TJIOOJ,

ipSuaq o; 8<j oijb^

CSTfO'CO'OfO'rHi-HOOCOOlOOCOCN
CN CN T-I -h' CO CO CN* CO CN CO CO* CO* d LO*

CN CO
LO* tH

jsBq punpg

CN

o

00

NO

00

CN

q

o

tH

o

q

q

00

o

00

o

o

q

MBf J3Moq ip’daQ

NO

io

CN

-

CN*

CN

ON

rb

00

o

CN

cb

cb

d

cb

NO

NO

NO

CN*

ib

ib

CN

CN

■iBIojy

o

q

CL.

q

o

CN

CO

q

t'-

q

o

00

q

q

00

t^.

q

q

}SBq oj sisAqduiAs

CO

LO

CO*

NO

LO

CN

NO

ib

LO

cb

LO

NO

io

CO

LO

ON

00*

ON*

NO

!>.

't

d

io

cb

LO

CN*

O'*

cb

NO

CN

AVBf

CN

NO

r^.

NO

q

NO

CO

00

o

o

q

q

CN

q

rjH

q

NO

■iaAvoq jo jqgpfj

LO

©

t*—

LO

00*

NO

LO

fb

ib

LO

CN

NO

cb

TfN

o

cb

ON

CO

rJN

NO

00

TIN

ON

CN

00*

CO

o

ON

CN

A\Bf

ON

o

CN

o

CN

00

q

q

o

CN

l~-

o

CO

q

q

o

00

NO

NO

NO

rb

00

cb

On

LO

On

o

00*

d

cb

cb

cb

aaAvoq jo xpSuaq

CN

'Lf

CN

CN

CN

CN

CO

O

o

O

o

On

CN

00

o

00

TH

th

T_l

tH

**

rH

zd q^Suai

TjH

00

r^

IO

On

q

00

o

00

o

q

CO

q

CO

o

CN

o

q

00*

00

00

00

00

00

t"

ON

NO

ib

NO

00

ON

00*

ON

d

aan^ns peucuo^

CO

q

CN

o

CO

NO

q

l>.

o

CO

CO

CO

o

NO

CN

o

CO

o

jb saSprg jBJodmax

NO

CN

On

TjH*

tb

ib

CN*

CN

lb

ib

^*

t'-

ib

uaaAvjag aouB}siQ

CN

CN

T“l

CO

CO

CO

CO

CO

CO

CO

rf

S[BSBjq;

q

t'-

o

ON

_

On

00

00

o

rjj

O

o

q

o

o

q

q

q

q

io

ib

ib

cb

,b

cb

NO

o

On*

o

CN

cb

CN

ON

o

NO

ON

JO q^piM

1

T_l

SJBSB^J

o

LO

CO

00

CN

r^

q

q

o

o

CN

CO

o

q

LO

q

q

LO

On

CN*

CN

'tf*

CN

NO

d

fb

00

00

o

ib

CN*

o

CN*

jo ipSuaq

LO

io

co

CO

CO

co

CO

Tf

IO

CO

t^

ON

q

q

q

o

o

o

NO -

OO

o

q

o

q

o

ON

q

o

SJOSID

00

ON

cb

00

00*

00

cb

NO

d

NO

ib

NO

00

Tji

NO

cb

rtN*

-UJ ssojdv tj^PJAY

CN

CN

CN

1

,_l

CN

1—1

q

o

NO

o

q

00

q

00

00

t^

00

o

rfi

q

CO

o

q

00

d

ib

ib

TIN

00

CN*

CN

cb

o

CN

00

ON

NO

>b

NO

NO

t-

NO

r~

NO

NO

NO

NO

IO

LO

io

LO

IO

LO

LO

io

t—

spun

CO

CN

00

q

o

o

o

CO

q

q

O)

w

00

t^.

q

q

CO*

ib

CN

o

d

TtH*

NO

tb

CN*

NO

d

o

tb

00

tb

tb

“S*Bpy[ 9aoc[y H^P!M

ON

ON

On

On

ON

ON

On

On

00

00

00

00

00

On

ON

t^

00

ON

spio}

-SBjy sso-ioy ippiM.

tjjSuaq

q © O NO 00
CN 00* O
04 CN

DOO'OfO"C|(OCOOOOC)r^
© CO* tJH* 00 VO CN* ^ irj 00 CN* vd Tji 00* ^
^H^H^HrHCNOOOOOO-^HOOO

i>- no t-
NO* CO* tb
■r-i on 00
CN *-H i — I

« O N lO 00
Tfi LO CN* VO* NO
ON

O O 'O NO NO

ro Tt; o q lo

tb NO © -h* On

iO N On co >0

00 00
CN 00

NO -H O
^ CO 00
CN ,-H

X3S

o <b ’b rb *b pb rb

b

jaquin^

‘PTN'STL

’tCNOOHNO'N'tOOOIO'Ot'NjlNlo

COCONOCOCOCOCNi^-C^lOlOON^HNO'-HCO-H

TfTfiO^^NliTjiOO^^^NOOOaCNO
'O'000O'0'0'OOhhhiO'#®iO(On|(
^^CNNf^Tf^rtNCOCOMiOHTflOlO
HHHrHrtrtHN t-Ht— ICNl— ICNCNCNt-I

§ s s

110.57 89.6 60.07 18.02 43.05 12.61 25.18 8.06 117.38 49.13 52.63 16.99 13.21 19.9

104

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Suture closure seemed to be more reliable than any other method, so

1 made a special study of this subject. After trying various methods, a
system was developed for classifying skulls by the number of sutures
which were closed. It was soon found that suture closure is a gradual
process, and that frequently a suture may be only partly closed. Thus
each suture was listed as: closed, more than half-closed, less than half-
closed, or open. Each of these stages was assigned a value; 1 for open,

2 for less than half-closed, 3 for more than half-closed, and 4 for completely
closed. Ectocranial suture closure alone was considered. By adding the
numbers assigned to all of the sutures a sum was obtained which was
taken as the sutural age of that particular specimen. The older the
animal, the more the sutures will be closed, and the higher will be the
number for its sutural age. This will be made clearer by an examination
of Table VII.

All sutures were considered, but it was soon found that only certain

TABLE VII

Phoca vitulina richardii (figs. 9-11)

U.S.N.M. Cat.
Number

X

$

Occipito-

parietal

Squamoso-

parietal

Inter-parietal

Inter-frontal

Coronal

Basioccipito-

basisphenoid

Maxillary

Basisphenoid-

presphenoid

Suture Age

146434. .

9

C

C

C

C

C

c

D

C

31

146432. .

d

c

C

C

C

c

c

D

X

28

128066. .

c

C

C

c

D

c

D

X

27

146430. .

d

c

C

C

c

C

c

X

X

26

146431. .

d

c

C

D

D

D

c

D

X

25

146437. .

d

c

D

D

D

D

c

D

X

24

146429. .

d

c

C

C

C

D

X?

I

X

23]

219877. .

. tf . .

d

c

C

C

D

I

I

X

X

21

21474. .

c

D

D

D

D

X

I

X

20

131459. .

c

D

D

D

D

X

X

X

19

131458. .

D

D

D

D

D

X

X

X

18

225795. .

D

D

D

D

I

X

X

X

17

154016. .

C

I

I

I

I

X

I

X

16

219867. .

D

D

I

I

X

X

X

X

14

245914. .

d

I

I

I

I

I

X

X

X

13

253237. .

I

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

9

154015. .

X

X

c

D

X

= 4

= 3

X

1 = 2

X=1

X

X

X

X

8

1942

Doutt: Review of the Genus Phoca

105

ones were applicable to the present problem. For example, the component
parts of the occipital bone, the supra-, ex-, and basi-occipitals, unite so
soon after birth that they were of no particular value in this study. For
studying ages in embryonic specimens, or specimens less than six months
old, these sutures would be very valuable. Other sutures, such as those
between the maxillaries and frontals, those between the nasals and maxil-
laries, and those of the malar, seem to remain open throughout life; at
least they are still open in the oldest specimens I have seen. This is true
of Phoca vitulina and Phoca hispida, but is not true of Phoca groenlandica.
It is likely that some growth may take place throughout the life of the
animal in this region of the skull. The loose connection here also ac-
counts for the fact that weathered or maltreated skulls of Phoca vitulina
and Phoca hispida often break in two along these sutures. These sutures,
like those which close very early in life, were of no value in this study, so
were omitted from the charts. The sutures which were finally considered
to be of most value for this problem are listed here in the order in which
they close. The lambdoidal ( = occipito-parietal) is the first to close,
the next is the squamosal ( = squamoso-parietal), then the sagittal
( = interparietal), interfrontal (or metopic), coronal, basioccipital-
basisphenoid, intermaxillary (along the mid-line of the palate), and
finally the basisphenoid-presphenoid. It is sometimes difficult to tell
whether a suture is open or partly closed, or whether it is more or less
than half-closed; and this is where individual judgment and unintentional
bias must be watched carefully. Occasionally a specimen was found in
which the coronal suture had closed before the sagittal, or some other
inversion of the normal order occurred. Sometimes sutures in very young
skulls appeared to be closed much before their normal time; and again,
maceration, drying of the bone, or the blow which killed the animal,
opened sutures which had been partly ossified. Some sutures seem to take
a long time to close, while others, once closure has started, proceed
rapidly to completion. The basioccipito-basisphenoid is a short suture,
and a good example of the latter type. Very few specimens show this
suture in the process of closing; most of them being either open or closed.
The coronal, on the other hand, is a good example of the type in which
closure proceeds very slowly. The unconscious tendency to list all sutures
up to a given point as “closed,” and all others beyond that, as “open” is
another source of error which must be rigidly guarded against. In general,
however, the specimens adhered closely to the established order, and the
results of this method proved to be quite satisfactory.

106

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Suture closure in the Weddell Seal, Leptonychotes weddelli, as given by
Lindsey (1937, pp. 131-133) is somewhat different. Like Phoca, the
components of the occipital are the first to close, and these are followed
by the occipito-parietal ( = lambdoidal) and the squamosal. From here
on, however, suture closure follows a different order. He puts them in the
following order: parieto-frontal, parieto-squamosal, basioccipito-basi-
sphenoid, intermaxillary, interpalatine, and maxillo-palatine. The best
series of the Phoca vitulina group which I have had for study was that of
Phoca vitulina richardii, from the Pacific coast, so it was on this subspecies
that the order of suture closure was worked out. No difference in order
of suture closure for other specimens of the Phoca vitulina group was
noted, but a slight difference was found in the Phoca hispida series. From
this it would seem that the order for suture closure is fairly constant
within any given species, but that it varies from one species to another.
Considerable effort was directed toward finding a means of determining
the actual age of the specimens which the suture closure index suggested,
but I have been unable to locate any specimens of known age among the
collections of the museums or zoological gardens of this country. With-
out such a specimen it has been impossible to do anything on this problem.

Suture closure studies have been employed in this way by numerous
workers. The most refined and painstaking work has been done by T.
Wingate Todd and his associates, and their publications give references
to many of the former studies on this subject. One of his associates,
F. P. Schweikher (1930, p. 455), sums up the subject as follows: “Thus,
in spite of individual fluctuations, it appears that there is a definite march
of progress in suture union and that this onward march can be clearly
identified even upon a small series.” In a letter from Dr. G. L. C. Bertram,
of the Scott Polar Research Institute, Cambridge, England, dated De-
cember 1939, he mentions briefly the various methods of determining
age in seals, and discusses his method of age determination by an examina-
tion of old corpora lutea in the ovaries. He informs me that his paper,
one in a series of reports on the British Graham Land Expedition of
1934-37, to be published shortly by the British Museum (Natural His-
tory), will give a full description of his method, and a complete bibliogra-
phy of all previous work on the subject.

The Belcher Island Eskimos say they can tell the age of a seal ( Phoca
hispida ), up to about seven years; beyond this, the age may be estimated,
but is not so definite. They have, as a matter of fact, different names for
seals of different ages. Phoca hispida is born with a white woolly covering

1942

Doutt : Review of the Genus Phoca

107

which is shed shortly after birth. In this stage they are known to the fur
trade as “white coats.” This covering is replaced in a short time with one
of sleek, silvery hair which lasts throughout the first year. When this
coat is shed it is replaced with coarse, less silky hair. The first two stages
are easily distinguished, but at the end of its first year, when the animal
moults for the second time, it becomes difficult to tell the age by the hair
alone. In the male the penis bone remains very small for at least two or
three years, so for the first few years its age can be easily ascertained. On
the claws of the front flipper in Phoca hispida, distinct annulations, or
growth rings, can be observed. These, the Eskimos say, represent annual
stages of growth, and the age of the individual, up to seven years, can be
determined by counting these bands. Beyond seven years, however,
wear at the tip of the claws removes some of the rings, so that there is no
way of telling how many may have been worn away. It would seem,
therefore, that under normal conditions one might tell the age of a seal,
up to four or five years, by this series of rings. Similar rings may be
observed on the claws of Erignathus harbatus, and Plehanoff (1933) has
discussed the value of these rings as an age character in Phoca groenlandica.
No rings of this nature are to be found on the claws of Phoca vitulina,
however.

While discussing this problem with Dr. E. G. Meisel, Professor of
Dental Pathology and Dental Radiography at the University of Pitts-
burgh, he remarked that in man age can be estimated with reasonable
accuracy by radiographs of the teeth. He very kindly agreed to make and
interpret the necessary radiographs of the teeth of the series of seals.
Approximately 365 pictures were made of 122 different specimens, and he
and his assistant, Dr. J. C. Eselman, studied them carefully. The age
of each specimen was recorded, and the specimens were listed in order
according to age. Although their study was totally independent of mine,
the order in which Dr. Meisel and Dr. Eselman listed the specimens was
very similar to the order in which I had listed them according to suture
closure.

This close agreement in final results, from two completely different and
independent methods of study, seems to indicate that by both methods
it is possible to arrive at a reasonably accurate estimate of the age of
these seals.

To the best of my knowledge this is the first time radiographs have been
used as a means of determining age in mammals, other than man; and
judging from my present experience with the method, it seems to be a

108

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

convenient and very satisfactory means of determining age. Both it and
suture closure, have, as yet, unexplored possibilities. Dr. Meisel is to be
given full credit for suggesting the idea and carrying out the studies on
this phase of the problem. He has given me the following account of his
method :

“Dentists generally are familiar with structural differences in teeth and
in adjacent alveolar bone in individuals of different age groups. The
more widely separated the ages of the individuals compared, the greater
are the structural differences seen.

“Structural changes in teeth and in their supporting bone in indi-
viduals of different age groups are basically due to an altered apportion-
ment of the organic and inorganic elements, the advance in age being
accompanied by an increase in the amount of inorganic material present
and a resulting decrease in the organic material. These changes may be
noted clinically by such common observations as darkening in the color of
teeth and increased brittleness of teeth and bone. Dentists operating on
teeth note changes in density in the dentine as well as an increase in its
thickness, which occurs at the expense of the pulp chamber which is cor-
respondingly diminished in size.

“These structural changes are easily and quite accurately portrayed in
radiographs of the teeth and jaws. Radiographs are two-dimensional
shadow pictures in black and white, the black areas indicating structures
easily penetrated by the x-rays and the white markings portraying the cal-
cified structures which offer resistance to the passage of the rays.

“Characteristic changes due to age observed in dental radiographs are
diminution in the size of the pulp chamber and canals with correspond-
ingly heavier dentine walls; generally smaller cancellations in the bone,
with denser trabeculae indicative of greater amounts of calcium salts;
loss of supporting bone due to resorption of the alveolar crest margins is
seen, and in quite young specimens incomplete development is readily
noted. Additional signs of age are noted in the amount of abrasion and
attrition suffered by the teeth, and in the number and size of restorations
present.

“The accompanying illustrations, (PI. XIII, figs. 1, 2) show graphically
the comparative ease with which structural changes in human teeth and
jaws may be observed in widely separated age periods. Figures 3 and 4
show the strikingly similar structural conditions in the teeth and jaws
of the seal.

“By this method wide differences in age may be detected easily, and

1942

Doutt : Review of the Genus Phoca

109

specimens may be sorted according to their markings into comparatively
similar age groups. The ages of the various groups of human specimens
may be estimated with some accuracy, but as yet no dependable standard
has been found by which the ages of the groups of seals can be deter-
mined.”

After variations due to age had been determined, the next problem was

Fig. 9. Dorsal view of seal skull to show points of measurement and sutures con-
sidered in this study. Phoca vitulina concolor from Northwest River,
Hamilton Inlet, Labrador; August 29, 1939; Carnegie Museum, no. 17,849.
The measurements of the skulls were made with twelve inch calipers.

Measurements are indicated by Arabic numerals, as follows:

1. Total length 8.

2. Width across mastoids

3. Width above mastoids 9.

4. Premaxillary to molar 10.

5. Width across incisors 11.

6. Length of nasals 12.

7. Width of nasals 13.

Distance between temporal ridges
at coronal suture
Length of P2
Length of lower jaw
Height of lower jaw
Symphysis to last molar
Depth of lower jaw behind last
molar

The sutures used in this study are indicated by
Roman numerals, as follows:

I. Occipito-parietal V. Coronal

II. Squamoso-parietal VI. Basioccipito-basisphenoid

III. Interparietal VII. Maxillary

IV. Interfrontal VIII. Basisphenoid-presphenoid

110

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Fig. 10. Lateral view of skull shown in figure 9, where an explanation of the
numerals is given.

Fig. 11. Palatal view of skull shown in figure 9, where an explanation of the
numerals is given.

1942 Doutt : Review of the Genus Phoca 111

a determination of the amount of individual variation which might be
found in the species. This could be done, to a certain degree, by a series
of carefully selected measurements of the skulls and mandibles; but some
of the variations defied measurement. Such characters as, roundness of
the cranium, or squarishness of the rostrum, were difficult to express in
figures, although they were apparent enough to the eye. Practically all of
the specimens available for study in this country were measured, and ex-
amined for the kind and amount of individual variation. The sexes were
separated, then the specimens were arranged in age groups, and the
measurements were recorded in a chart similar to that reproduced in Table
VI. Maximum, minimum, mean and mode were determined for each
column of measurements under each group (see figs. 9-11).

At first thought it might seem unnecessary to compare Seal Lake speci-
mens with specimens from the Pacific coast, but study showed that, in
some respects at least, the Seal Lake specimens bore more resemblance to
those from the Pacific coast than to those from the Atlantic coast. The
possibility of this relationship was discussed in a previous paragraph.

From this study I gained a fair idea of the variation which was to be
expected in a population of Phoca vitulina concolor and Phoca vitulina
richardii. The two adult specimens and three additional skins from Seal
Lake were compared with specimens of similar ages of both Phoca v.
richardii and Phoca v. concolor. This comparison showed the specimens
from Seal Lake to represent a hitherto undescribed race which may be
known as follows:

Phoca vitulina mellonae subsp. nov.11

(Plates I, XI, and XII)

Type: Adult male; skin and skeleton, no. 15215; Carnegie Museum.
From Lower Seal Lake, Quebec, about 90 miles east of Richmond Gulf,
Hudson Bay, 56°30/ north latitude, 74°30/ west longitude. Collected
March 23, 1938, by J. Kenneth Doutt, original number 5112.

Diagnosis: Size about as in Phoca vitulina concolor and Phoca vitulina
richardii. Color of back very dark, darker than in any other race except
Phoca vitulina geronimensis; mandible slender, with long pointed coronoid
process curving backward to plane of condyloid process; angle well de-

11 It is a pleasure to name this new race in honor of Mrs. Mary Taylor Mellon,
who, with her husband, Mr. William Larimer Mellon, came to the aid of the ex-
pedition at a time when it seemed doomed to failure for lack of funds.

112

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

veloped; brain case broad and flat; nasals long and narrow; rostrum
slender; incisors small and closely set; zygomatic arches slender and
rounded.

Measurements (in millimeters): Type and female paratype, Carnegie
Museum, numbers 15215 and 15213. Total length, 1430, 1460; tail, 80,
80; hindfoot, 260, 210; ear, 14, 15. Skull: condylo-basal length, 195 ;12
basal length, 182; zygomatic breadth, 112.8; greatest breadth across par-
ietals, 95.9; greatest breadth across mastoids, 118.2 ; length of upper cheek
tooth row, 42.8; gnathion to last molar, 64.5, 63.5; width across incisors,
20.1, 18.9; length of nasals, 51.5, 50.2; width of nasals, 15.8, 14.3; length
of lower jaw from condyle to anterior tip of ramus, 126.7, 122.5; height of
lower jaw from base of ramus to tip of coronoid, 57.3, 54; length of lower
tooth row from symphysis of jaw to last molar, 55.0, 53.2; depth of lower
jaw behind last molar, 18.2, 16.7 (figs. 9-11).

Range: Restricted to Upper and Lower Seal Lakes, which lie about
ninety miles east of Richmond Gulf, Hudson Bay, Canada.

Color: General impression: back black, broken by a few light spots, an
indistinct, black, dorsal stripe; belly, dirty whitish, with numerous light
brown spots; chin, throat and flippers darker. Details: Back, dark mark-
ings black, light markings silvery white to Pale Olive-Buff (capitalized
color terms after Ridgway, 1912); sides, dark markings between Buffy
Brown and Hair Brown, light markings (slightly yellowed by oxidation)
between Deep Olive-Buff and Light Grayish Olive; belly, dark markings,
Hair Brown, light markings, Deep Olive-Buff ; head black with a sparse
sprinkling of white hairs; fore flippers, upper surface, Chaetura Drab;
under surface in axilla, Drab, in center of flipper, between Honey Yellow
and Deep Olive-Buff ; hind flippers, dorsal surface, Hair Brown to Chaetura
Drab, under surface, Hair Brown to Drab.

The individual hairs are flat, and the tips curl forward. In the black
hairs, the tips are colorless and translucent. This combination of flat
body and translucent tip gives the hairs a high reflective power, so that, in
the proper light, the skin appears very glossy and silvery.

Remarks: Phoca vitulina mellonae belongs to the vitulina group, and is
closest to Phoca vitulina concolor and Phoca vitulina richardii.

The most distinctive feature of the skull is the slender, pointed coronoid
process, which reaches backward to the plane of the condyloid process
(pis. XI, XII). This is characteristic of Phoca groenlandica and Phoca
hispida, but not of the Phoca vitulina group. In length of coronoid, and
12 Skull of paratype broken.

1942

Doutt : Review of the Genus Phoca

113

narrowness of rostrum, Phoca vitulina richardii resembles Phoca vitulina
mellonae more closely than does Phoca vitulina concolor, but Phoca vitulina
richardii can usually be distinguished from Phoca vitulina concolor by
the extension of the premaxillaries backward along the nasals, as pointed
out by Allen (1902, p. 471). In this character, Phoca vitulina mellonae is
like Phoca vitulina concolor.

Of the thirty-one skins of Phoca vitulina concolor in the American
Museum of Natural History and the U. S. National Museum, all but one
are so much lighter in color than the specimens from Seal Lake that no
careful comparison seems necessary. The one specimen is American Mu-
seum no. 70214, from the New York Aquarium. Unfortunately, no other
locality is given, but it is labeled Phoca vitulina concolor , female, Novem-
ber 27, 1924. Measurements are: total length, 1160 mm.; tail, 160; hind
foot, 240. The skull is that of a very young specimen; all the teeth are
out and most of the sutures are open. It is very similar to other young
specimens of Phoca vitulina concolor , except for a well-defined ridge fol-
lowing down along the coronal suture from the temporal lines. The
mandible is slender, and has a well-developed angle which is more con-
spicuous than in most specimens. Although this skin is so much darker
that it stands out in striking contrast to most specimens of Phoca vitulina
concolor , still, it is noticeably lighter than the two specimens of Phoca
vitulina mellonae.

The United States National Museum collection contains twenty-nine
skins of the Phoca vitulina group from the western coast of North America,
and one skin from Kamchatka. All except six of these specimens are so
much lighter in color that they require no comparison with the specimens
from Seal Lake. The five specimens from San Geronimo Island, and the
one specimen from San Martin Island, Lower California, are all so similar,
and differ from the others so markedly, that they should be put in a class
by themselves at once; and they are strikingly like the specimens from
Seal Lake! They are more heavily spotted, and darker on the belly than
specimens of mellonae , however, and the skull is markedly different. On
the strength of the premaxillaries bending back along the nasals, these
specimens would be put with richardii. The skulls of the old males are
very large and robust, heavily ossified, and with a distinct tendency to
form a sagittal crest. United States National Museum, no. 81518, a
female, from San Geronimo Island, is more like the type from Seal Lake
in size and age than any other specimen I have seen, but it is much more
rugose; the braincase is not so broad and flat; the rostrum is wider and

114

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

heavier; the premaxillaries are not straight, as in Seal Lake specimens, but
bulge outward at the center of the narial opening; the nasals are broader
and shorter; and the premaxillaries bend backward along the nasals (as
is typical in richardii. The second upper premolar is longer and narrower;
the bullae are smaller; the mastoids protrude farther beyond the braincase;
the interparietal is wider; and the distance between the rostrum and the
braincase ( i.e . the interorbital constriction) is very short. The mandible
is quite distinct. At first glance it appears to be very short and heavy,
but actually it is the same length as that of the Seal Lake specimens. The
coronoid process is very long, and projects backward almost to the plane
of the condyloid process. It is not curved or pointed, however, and actu-
ally has little resemblance to that of the Seal Lake specimens. Both the
angle and the subcondyloid process are very strongly developed. The
ramus and the coronoid are broad, and the coronoid rises at a sharp angle
from the ramus. The forepart of the ramus rises in a steep straight line,
not in a curve as in Phoca vitulina mellonae. Thus, while the skins of Phoca
vitulina geronimensis resemble those from Seal Lake more closely than any
others, the skulls indicate a race which is very distinct.

Phoca vitulina mellonae is the first race of Phoca vitulina to be described
from an inland lake. The races described from the landlocked lakes of
Europe and Asia all belong to the Phoca hispida group.

Relationship of the Races of Phoca vitulina

The material now available is not sufficient to demonstrate conclusively
the relationship of members of the Phoca vitulina group on opposite sides
of the Atlantic and Pacific oceans. Thus from the material I have ex-
amined, I am unable to state how specimens from the American side of
the Atlantic can be distinguished from specimens taken on the European
side. It is possible, however, that with a good series of specimens from
European waters the distinction between Phoca vitulina vitulina and
Phoca vitulina concolor can be made clear. For the present, therefore, I
have considered them as distinct subspecies.

Specimens of the Phoca vitulina group from the Pacific can usually be
distinguished from those occurring in the Atlantic by the projection of the
premaxillaries backward along the nasals. This character was described
as follows, by Allen (1902, p. 471), “In the Pacific coast skulls the pre-
maxillae ascend not only to the nasals but extend posteriorly so as to
touch the sides of the nasals for about 8 to 10 mm.; in the Atlantic coast

1942

Doutt : Review of the Genus Phoca

115

specimens the premaxillae barely touch the nasals (in some cases do not
quite reach them) — a distinction, according to Dr. True, first made
known by Dr. Merriam.* This distinction appears to be constant in all
the skulls I have examined from the Alaskan and Kamschatkan coasts,
as compared with those of the Atlantic coast.” In a series of 58 specimens
from the Pacific coast which I examined, 87.94 per cent showed this
character, while 12.06 per cent lacked it. In 14 specimens from the
Atlantic coast of North America which I examined, 11 specimens, or 78.57
per cent, had premaxillae which did not reach the nasals, while two speci-
mens, or 14.28 per cent, resembled the Pacific coast race. One specimen,
7.14 per cent, was a borderline case. A larger series of specimens would
undoubtedly alter these percentages, but I believe it would demonstrate
that the majority of specimens could be separated on this character alone.

From the material which has been available to me, I am not able to
present any characters by which specimens from the American and Asiatic
sides of the Pacific may be separated. Smirnov (1908, p. 63) puts richardii ,
pribilofensis, geronimensis, stejnegeri, and macrodens all in synonymy
under Phoca vitulina largha. He thinks that Allen was mistaken when he
considered Phoca largha identical with Phoca ochotensis Pallas. He says
that Pallas undoubtedly wrote about “nerpa” (one of the Phoca hispida
group). He also points out that Pallas mentioned the holes in the snow
used by the “nerpa.” Thus, according to Smirnov, there is only one repre-
sentative of the Phoca vitulina group in the Pacific, and that is Phoca
vitulina largha Pallas.

Although the description by Pallas (1811, p. 113) does not give much
information by which the species can be recognized, he does say that the
young of Phoca largha are born on the shore and that they immediately
follow their mother. The young of Phoca vitulina are born on the shore
in the early summer after the ice has gone, but the young of Phoca hispida
are born in the early spring, in cavities in the ice. In speaking of Phoca
ochotensis , Pallas {ibid, p. 117) says that the young are born toward the
end of February or at the beginning of March, in hiding places on the
shore amid the ice, or in hiding places dug in the snow, where the pups
lie hidden for many days. These two statements seem to me to show con-

^C/. True, in Jordan’s ‘Report on the Fur Seals and Fur-Seal Islands of the
North Pacific Ocean,’ Part III, 1899, p. 351. At a meeting of the Biological So-
ciety of Washington, held Jan. 30, 1897, Dr. Merriam is recorded (Proc. Biol.
Soc. Wash. XI, 1897, p. viii) as having presented a communication on ‘The Pribilof
Island Hair Seal,’ but the paper does not appear to have been published.”

116

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

clusively that Pallas was describing an animal of the Phoca vitulina group
when he described Phoca largha , and that he was describing an animal of
the Phoca hispida group when he described Phoca ochotensis.

I have examined the American Museum specimen, no. 18169, which
Allen (1902, p. 480) used for his redescription of Phoca ochotensis , and the
two other specimens which he mentioned by number. All of the characters
which he uses can be matched in specimens of Phoca vitulina from the
west coast of North America, and I am unable to find any other char-
acters which can be considered of subspecific value. However, since the
material is so inadequate (I have only one complete skull), the con-
servative attitude, it seems, would be to recognize the race on the Ameri-
can side of the Pacific as Phoca vitulina richardii, and the one on the
Asiatic side as Phoca vitulina largha , until material sufficient to settle the
matter can be obtained.

I do not believe there is room for all the species which Allen (1902)
described from the North Pacific. The great amount of variation in the
genus often leads to the description of local races, when the number of
specimens available is not sufficient to justify such conclusions. Also,
in the genus Phoca , there seems to be a tendency toward the establish-
ment of local clans; that is, a number of specimens taken at the same
place and the same time show a great similarity, but other specimens
taken, years later, at that same place may be quite different. It seems
that the dominant characteristics of a particular strain may be established
for a time at a given locality, but after a while these characteristics are
swamped by others — perhaps by the introduction of new blood from other
localities. For example, four specimens in the American Museum col-
lection from Boothbay Harbor, Maine, all taken at the same time, are
very similar, and are so distinct from specimens taken at other localities
along the New England coast that they might be described as a new race,
but I would consider such a course very inadvisable. Five specimens
taken at San Geronimo Island at the same time are all very similar, and
may be recognized, on skin characters alone, as a distinct race, although I
am unable to find, in the material I have, any good characters in the
skulls. I am inclined to adopt the conservative view of recognizing the
race from San Geronimo Island as Phoca vitulina geronimensis until
sufficient material is available to settle the question. Dr. Osgood (1904,
p. 48) also questioned the advisability of recognizing so many races in the
North Pacific. He says, “Dr. Allen’s recent separation of the northern
hair seals under the name pribilofensis may fairly be called provisional,

1942

Doutt : Review of the Genus Phoca

117

since the available material was admittedly a rather meager basis for
such separation. (Cf. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., XVI, p. 495, Dec. 12,
1902). While admitting the probability that the seals of Bering Sea
may differ subspecifically from those of Puget Sound, I am unable to
appreciate any characters whatever after an examination of all the ma-
terial now available. Even if the alleged characters should prove real
and constant, there still might be some question as to the advisability
of recognizing three forms on the Pacific coast, for it would be a case of
two extremes ( geronimensis and pribilofensis ) and an intermediate
( richardi [sic]). The differences between the extremes being only of size,
and these not very marked, there would scarcely seem to be room for
more than two definable forms.”

The races of Phoca vitulina may be summarized as follows:

TABLE VIII
Races of Phoca vitulina

Phoca vitulina vitulina Linnaeus

1758. Phoca vitulina Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, vol. 1, p. 38.

Range: European side of the Atlantic Ocean.

Phoca vitulina concolor De Kay

1842. Phoca concolor De Kay, Zool. of New York, pt. 1, Mamm., p. 53.
Range: American side of the Atlantic Ocean.

Phoca vitulina mellonae subsp. nov.

Range: Seal Lake, Ungava Peninsula, Quebec.

Phoca vitulina richardii (Gray)

1864. Halicyon richardii Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 28.

1902. Phoca richardii pribilofensis Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.,
vol. 16, p. 495, December 12, 1902.

Range: American side of the North Pacific Ocean.

Phoca vitulina geronimensis Allen

1902. Phoca richardii geronimensis Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.,
vol. 16, p. 495, December 12, 1902.

Range: American side of Pacific Ocean in vicinity of Lower California.

118

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Phoca vitulina largha Pallas

1811. Phoca largha Pallas, Zoographia Rosso-Asiatica, vol. 1, p. 113.
1902. Phoca ochotensis Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 16, p.
480 (not Phoca ochotensis Pallas).

1902. Phoca ochotensis macrodens Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.,
vol. 16, p. 483.

1902. Phoca stejnegeri Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 16, p.
485.

Range: Asiatic side of North Pacific Ocean.

Summary

The region around Seal Lake is described. The possibility that the
seals in Seal Lake may have been derived from a stock entering Hudson
Bay from the Pacific rather than from the Atlantic is discussed. It is sug-
gested that the seals now living in Seal Lake may have gained access there
shortly after the recession of the glacier, when the region was considerably
lower than at present. The seals have been isolated there for approxi-
mately 4,000 years, and it is assumed that this is the length of time which
has been required to make a new subspecies under conditions of a changed
environment.

The genus Phoca is divided into four distinct groups, Phoca vitulina
and related races, Phoca hispida and related races, Phoca groenlandica and
Phoca fasciata. A key is presented for the identification of the species.
Each species is described, and compared with the forms which it resembles
most. Variation in the genus is discussed. Methods of determining the
comparative ages of seals are discussed. Suture closure is studied in de-
tail, and a method of age determination by radiographs of the teeth is
described. It is concluded that both of these are good methods for de-
termining comparative ages of seals. A new subspecies, Phoca vitulina
mellonae, is described. Several races of Phoca are placed in synonymy,
and a summary of the recognized races is submitted.

1942

Doutt : Review of the Genus Phoca

119

SPECIMENS EXAMINED

The following list of the 196 specimens examined includes only speci-
mens of Phoca vitulina. Specimens of other species, the examination of
which was incidental to the major part of this paper, have been omitted
from this list. An explanation of the abbreviations used is included at
the end of the list.

Phoca vitulina vitulina
BRITISH ISLES— M.C.Z. 26,861
NORTHERN EUROPE— U.S.N.M. 11,742

North Sea— C.M. 1741; 1774; M.C.Z. 7739
GERMANY

Konigsberg, Holstein — U.S.N.M. 238,153; 238,154
SWEDEN

Bohuslan, Boca — M.C.Z. 17,948
No definite locality — A.N.S.P. 2127

Phoca vitulina concolor

CANADA

Anticosti Island — M.C.Z. 19,591

Baffin Island, Cape Dorset, Hudson Strait — N.M.C. 10,358

Cumberland Gulf, Sardukjeah Nettilling Fiord — N.M.C. 6138
Northwest Territories, Mouth of Chesterfield Inlet — U.S.N.M. 180,285
Hudson Bay, Southampton Island — C.M. 6671
Quebec, Godbout— U.S.N.M. 75,642; 188,223; 188,224
La Tabatiere — C.M. 17,679

North Shore of Gulf of St. Lawrence — C.M. 18,716
Saguenay Co., North Shore Gulf of St. Lawrence, Moisie Bay —
N.M.C. 9,311

St. Lawrence River (Zoo specimen) — U.S.N.M. 124,654
Straits of Belle Isle, Battle Harbor — C.M. 17,484
GREENLAND— A.M.N.H. 100; 101; U.S.N.M. 3506
Holsteinborg — A.M.N.H. 10,137
LABRADOR

Hamilton Inlet — C.M. 17,849
Hopedale — M.C.Z. 7657
Okak — M.C.Z. 7428

25 Mi. up Paradise River — U.S.N.M. 210,004

120

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

NOVA SCOTIA

Lunenburg, Chester — U.S.N.M. 258,494; 258,495
Sable Id— U.S.N.M. 3634; 4713; 4716

UNITED STATES

Maine, Cumberland Co., Portland Head — U.S.N.M. 253,795
Hancock Co., Brooklyn [Brooklin] — U.S.N.M. 84,575
Hancock Co., Buckport [Bucksport] — M.C.Z. 4222
Lincoln Co., Bayville — U.S.N.M. 144,975

Lincoln Co., Boothbay Harbor— A.M.N.H. 100,187; 100,192; N.M.C.
12,501; U.S.N.M. 123,381

No definite locality— U.S.N.M. 49,911; 82,820; 82,821; 155,609
Zoo specimens— A.N.S.P. 12,594; U.S.N.M. 63,018
Massachusetts, Barnstable Co., Chatham — M.C.Z. 249; Provincetown —
A.M.N.H. 102; U.S.N.M. 15,276
Barnstable Co., Woods Hole— U.S.N.M. 28,223; 38,230
Essex Co., Beverly Farms — M.C.Z. 5144
Essex Co., Ipswich Bay — M.C.Z. 11,460
Massachusetts (?) — M.C.Z. 1142

New York, Westchester Co., Sing Sing (Ossining) — U.S.N.M. 129,150
Long Island Sound — A.M.N.H. 80,201
New York (?)— A.M.N.H. 80,195

SPECIMENS KEPT IN CAPTIVITY

A.M.N.H. 6270; 6271; 6366; 13,968; 13,969; 15,964; 16,876; 22,727; 35,261;
35,278; 35,310; A.N.S.P. 4969; 17,106; U.S.N.M. 85,572; 142,510;
174,627

NO DATA

A.M.N.H. 1564; 24,160; 36,779; 69,491; 70,214; 77,934; 100,065; 100,196;
M.C.Z. 10,584; 10,795; U.S.N.M. 21,166; 188,826

Phoca vitulina mellonae

CANADA

Quebec, Ungava Peninsula, Richmond Gulf, 125 mi. NE Cairn Id. — C.M.
15,211; 15,212; 15,213; 15,214; 15,215; 15,216

Phoca vitulina richardii

ALASKA

Adakti Id.— U.S.N.M. 14,399

Bering Sea, Sevoonga, Neskok — M.V.Z. 51,158

Cape Elizabeth— U.S.N.M. 127,598; 127,599

Douglas Pt.— U.S.N.M. 147,681; 147,700

Hinchinbrook— U.S.N.M. 146,429; 146,433; 146,434; 146,437

1942

Doutt : Review of the Genus Phoca

121

Izembek Bay— U.S.N.M. 245,914; 245,915
Kagamik Id.— U.S.N.M. 261,817

Between Katmai and Kanatak — U.S.N.M. 131,457; 131,458; 131,459;
131,460; 131,461

Kenai Peninsula — U.S.N.M. 136,751
King Id— U.S.N.M. 219,865

Montague Id.— U.S.N.M. 146,430; 146,431; 146,432; 146,435; 146,436

Nagi Id— U.S.N.M. 261,781

Otter Id— U.S.N.M. 217,914

Pt. Barrow— U.S.N.M. 16,761; 225,795

Between Portage Bay and Becharof Lake — U.S.N.M. 128,065; 128,066
Pribilof Ids. — U.S.N.M. 217,918

St. George Id— U.S.N.M. 101,330; 219,867; 219,868; 219,869; 219,871;
219,874; 219,879; 219,883; 219,884; 219,886

St. Michaels— U.S.N.M. 21,474; 21,475; 21,477

St. Paul Id.— C.A.S. 3074; U.S.N.M. 14,337; 154,015; 154,016; 219,873;
219,877

St. Lawrence Id., NW Cape Sevookok — M.V.Z. 51,387
North of Sevoonga — M.V.Z. 51,385

Yakutat, Disenchantment Bay — M.V.Z. 4734
Yakutat, U.S.N.M. 98,139

No definite locality— A.M.N.H. 19,843; 21,850; U.S.N.M. 15,676

UNITED STATES

California, Ano Nuevo Id. — C.A.S. 5

Humboldt Co., 150 yds. North Goat Rock — M.V.Z. 84,124
Monterey Co., Monterey— C.A.S. 342; 344; 409; 411; 414; 531; 532

Oregon, Clatsop Co., Mouth of Columbia River — U.S.N.M. 140,853
Clatsop Co., near Astoria — U.S.N.M. 142,159

Washington, Grays Harbor Co., Copalis Beach — M.V.Z. 86,877

Skagit Co., Bay View— U.S.N.M. 253,041; 253,042; 253,043; 253,046;
253,234; 253,237; near Bay View— U.S.N.M. 253,045; 253,233;
253,235; 253,238

Skagit Co., Laconner — C.M. 18,738
Thurston Co., Nisqually— U.S.N.M. 250,713

Washington Territory — U.S.N.M. 6486
Washington or California — M.V.Z. 85,159; 85,160

NO DATA

U.S.N.M. 250,712

122 Annals of the Carnegie Museum vol. xxix

Phoca vitulina geronimensis

MEXICO

Lower California, San Geronimo Id. — U.S.N.M. 81,515; 81,516; 81,517;
81,518; 81,519; 81,521; 81,522
San Martin Id— U.S.N.M. 140,401; 140,402

U. S. S. R.

Phoca vitulina largha

N. E. Siberia— A.M.N.H. 15,817

N. E. Siberia, Anadyr River — A.M.N.H. 18,275

N. E. Siberia, Matuga— A.M.N.H. 18,169; 18,170; 18,171; 18,172

Kamchatka, Avatcha Bay — U.S.N.M. 83,448

ABBREVIATIONS

A.M.N.H.

A.N.S.P.

C.A.S.

C.M.

M.C.Z.

M. V.Z.

N. M.C.
U.S.N.M.

The American Museum of Natural History, New York, N. Y.

The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, Philadelphia, Pa.
California Academy of Science, San Francisco, Calif.

Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa.

Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.

Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, Berkeley, Calif.

National Museum of Canada, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada
United States National Museum, Washington, D. C.

1942 Doutt: Review of the Genus Phoca 123

LITERATURE CITED

Allen, Glover M.

1938. The Mammals of China and Mongolia. Nat. Hist. Central Asia,
vol. 11, Part 1, pp. i-xxv, 1-620, 22 maps, pis. 1-9, fig. 1. Publ. by
Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.

Allen, J. A.

1880. History of North American Pinnipeds. U. S. Geol. & Geogr. Surv.
Terr., Misc. Publ. no. 12, pp. i-xvi, 1-785, figs. 1-60.

1902. The Hair Seals (Family Phocidae ) of the North Pacific Ocean and
Bering Sea. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 16, Art. 34, pp.
459-499, figs. 1-10.

Anderson, R. M.

1934. Mammals of the Eastern Arctic and Hudson Bay. Canada's
Eastern Arctic, Publ. by Dept. Interior, Canada, pp. 67-108,
8 figs., 2 maps.

Broom, R.

1916. On the Structure of the Skull in Chrysochloris. Proc. Zool. Soc.
London, no. 23, pp. 449-459, pis. 1-2, figs. 1-3.

Brown, R.

1868. Notes on the History and Geographical Relations of the Pinnipedia
Frequenting the Spitzbergen and Greenland Seas. Proc. Zool.
Soc. London, no. 28, pp. 405-440, June 25.

Daly, R. A.

1934. The Changing World of the Ice Age. New Haven, Yale University
Press: pp. i-xix, 1-271, figs. 1-149.

Degerbol, M. and P. Freuchen

1935. Mammals: Part 1. Systematic Notes. Part 2. Field Notes and
Biological Observations. Report of the Fifth Thule Expedition,
1921-23, vol. 2, nos. 4-5, pp. 1-278, 1 map, 12 figs.

Doutt, J. Kenneth

1939. The Expedition to Hudson Bay. Carnegie Magazine, vol. 12,
no. 8, pp. 227-236, illus. January.

Doutt, Margaret T.

1935. Twin Islands: An Arctic Outpost. Carnegie Magazine, vol. 9,
no. 8, pp. 195-200, map, illus. December.

Flaherty, Robert J.

1918. Two Traverses Across Ungava Peninsula, Labrador. Geogr.
Rev., vol. 6, no. 2, pp. 116-132, pi. 7, figs. 1-12. August.

Flower, Stanley S.

1931. Contribution to our Knowledge of the Duration of Life in Verte-
brate Animals. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pp. 145-234.

Gutenberg, Beno.

1941. Changes in Sea Level, Postglacial Uplift, and Mobility of the
Earth’s Interior. Bull. Geol. Soc. America, vol. 52, pp. 721-772,
figs. 1-4.

VOL. XXIX

124 Annals of the Carnegie Museum

Howell, A. Brazier

1929. Contribution to the Comparative Anatomy of the Eared and Ear-
less Seals (Genera Zalophus and Phoca). Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
no. 2736, vol. 73, art. 15, pp. 1-142, pi. 1, figs. 1-30.

Hubbard, Mrs. Leonidas, Jr.

1908. A Woman’s Way Through Unknown Labrador. Toronto: William
Briggs, pp. i-xvi, 1-338, 1 map, illus.

Jordan, David Starr

1899. The Fur Seals and Fur-Seal Islands of the North Pacific. Wash-
ington: Government Printing Office, Part 3, pp. i-xii, 1-629,
frontispiece, pis. 1-95, figs., maps.

Kumlien, Ludwig

1879. Contributions to the Natural History of Arctic America, Made in
Connection with the Howgate Polar Expedition, 1877-78. Bull.
U. S. Nat. Mus., no. 15, pp. 1-179.

Leroy, Pierre

1940. On the Occurrence of a Hair-Seal, Phoca richardsi (Gray), in the
Coast of North China. Bull. Fan Mem. Inst. Biol. Zool. Ser.,
vol. 10, pp. 62-68, pi. 1, figs. 1-2.

Lindsey, Alton A.

1937. The Weddell Seal in the Bay of Whales, Antarctica. Jour. Mam-
mal., vol. 18, no. 2, pp. 127-144, figs. 1-2.

Low, A. P.

1896. Reports on Explorations in the Labrador Peninsula Along the
East Main, Koksoak, Hamilton, Manicuaga and Portions of
Other Rivers in 1892-93-94-95. Geol. Surv. Canada, Part L,
Annual Report (n.s.), vol. 8, pp. 1-387, pis. 1-4.

1898. Report on a Traverse of the Northern Part of the Labrador
Peninsula from Richmond Gulf to Ungava Bay. Geol. Surv.
Canada, Part L, Annual Report, vol. 9, no. 657, pp. 1-43, pis. 1-4.

1902. Report on an Exploration of the East Coast of Hudson Bay from
Cape Wolstenholme to the South End of James Bay. Geol. Surv.
Canada, Part D, Annual Report, vol. 13, no. 778, pp. 1-84, 2 maps,
pis. 1-2.

Nichols, D. A.

1940. Arctic Tides and Currents. The Beaver, Outfit 270, no. 4, pp.
18-22, 1 map, 6 illus. March.

Osgood, Wilfred H.

1904. A Biological Reconnaissance of the Base of the Alaska Peninsula.
North American Fauna, no. 24, pp. 1-86, pis. 1-7.

Pallas, Petro

1811. Zoographia Rosso- Asiatica, sistens Omnium Animalium. Petro-
poli: In Officina Caes, Academiae Scientiarum Impress. Edit.
1831, vol. 1, (pages 113-119).

1942

Doutt : Review of the Genus Phoca

125

Plehanoff, P.

1933. The Determination of Age in Seals. Abst. Works. Zool. Inst.
Moscow Univ., pp. 88-91, pi. 20.

Ridgway, R.

1912. Color Standards and Color Nomenclature. (Washington, D. C.,
published by the author), pp. i-iii, 1-44, pis. 1-53.

Schultz, A. H.

1923. Bregmatic Fontanelle Bones in Mammals. Jour. Mammal., vol.
4, no. 2, pp. 65-77, figs. 1-28.

SCHWEIKHER, FERDINAND PAUL

1930. Ectocranial Suture Closure in the Hyaenas. Amer. Jour. Anat.,
vol. 45, no. 3, pp. 443-460, 1 fig. May 15.

Smirnov, N.

1908. Revus des Pinnipedes Russes. Memoires de l’Academie Imperiale
des Sciences de St.-Petersbourg, vol. 23, no. 4, pp. 1-75, pi. 1,
figs. 1-30.

1929. Diagnoses of Some Geographical Varieties of the Ringed Seal
C Phoca hispida Schreb.). Comptes Rendus de l’Academie des
Sciences de l’U. R. S. S., no. 4, pp. 94-96.

Sverdrup, Otto

1904. New Land : Four Years in the Arctic Regions. London : Longmans,
Green and Co., vol. 1, pp. i-xvi, 1-496, vol. 2, pp. i-xii, 1-504.
Maps and illus., (scientific appendix in second volume).

Tasker, Florence A.

1908. A Woman Through Husky-Land. Field and Stream, pp. 823-828,
illus., February. Field and Stream, pp. 937-943, 1 map, illus.,
March.

True, Frederick W.

1899. Mammals of the Pribilof Islands. In Jordan’s “Report on the Fur
Seals and Fur-Seal Islands of the North Pacific Ocean.” Wash-
ington: Government Printing Office, Part III, pp. 345-354.

Wallace, Dillon

1905. The Lure of the Labrador Wild. New York: Fleming H. Revell
Co., 6th Ed., pp. 1-339, maps, illus.

Weber, Max

1927. Die Saugetiere. Jena: Gustav Fischer, vol. 1, pp. i-xv, 1-444,
figs. 1-316.

1928. Die Saugetiere. Jena: Gustav Fischer, vol. 2, pp. i-xxiv, 1-898,
figs. 1-573.

Wortman, Jacob L.

1921. On Some Hitherto Unrecognized Reptilian Characters in the Skull
of the Insectivora and Other Mammals. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
vol. 57, pp. 1-52, figs. 1-16.

ANNALS, CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXIX

Art. IV

Plate II

Map of a portion of Hudson Bay and adjacent parts of the Ungava Peninsula, showing the location of Seal Lake and other physical features along
the route of the Expedition. The Swan, North Belcher, and Sleeper Islands are incorrectly shown on many maps, but are here labeled as they are
known to the local residents.

ANNALS, CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXIX Art. IV Plate III

Fig. 1. View of Lower Seal Lake, looking SE from point 10 on traverse map, March
28, 1938. Note the barren ridges and stunted spruce trees in the valleys.

Fig. 2. Two eskers at different levels. Station 32 on traverse map, March 30, 1938.

ANNALS, CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXIX

Art. IV

Plate IV

Fig. 1. White fox, Alopex lagopus ungava. Photographed near Cairn Island, Rich-
mond Gulf, February 28, 1938.

Fig. 2. Rock Ptarmigan ( Lagopus rupestris) near Clearwater Lake, April 4, 1938.

ANNALS, CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXIX Art. IV Plate V

Dorsal views of skulls
One-half natural size

Fig. 1. Phoca hispida from Camsell Island, Belcher Islands, Hudson Bay; May 1938;
Carnegie Museum, no. 15,277.

Fig. 2. Phoca vitulina concolor, female, from Portland Head, Maine; April 19, 1899;
U. S. National Museum, no. 253,795.

ANNALS, CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXIX

Art. IV

Plate VI

Dorsal views of skulls
One-half natural size

Fig. 1. Phoca groenlandica, male, from near La Tabatiere, North Shore of Gulf of
St. Lawrence, Quebec, Canada; winter of 1939-40; Carnegie Museum, no.
18,717.

Fig. 2. Phoca fasciata, male, from northwest of Cape Sevookok, St. Lawrence Id.,
Bering Sea; June 23, 1931; Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, no. 51,387.

ANNALS, CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXIX

Art. IV

Plate VII

Lateral views of skulls
One-half natural size

Fig. 1. Phoca hispida from Camsell Island, Belcher Islands, Hudson Bay; May 1938;
Carnegie Museum, no. 15,277.

Fig. 2. Phoca vitulina concolor, female, from Portland Head, Maine; April 19, 1899;
U. S. National Museum, no. 253,795.

I

ANNALS, CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXIX

Art. IV

Plate VIII

Lateral views of skulls
One-half natural size

Fig. 1. Phoca groenlandica, male, from near La Tabatiere, North Shore of Gulf of
St. Lawrence, Quebec, Canada; winter of 1939-40; Carnegie Museum, no.
18,717.

Fig. 2. Phoca fasciata, male, from northwest of Cape Sevookok, St. Lawrence Id.,
Bering Sea; June 23, 1931; Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, no. 51,387.

ANNALS, CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXIX

Art. IV

Plate IX

Palatal views of skulls
One-half natural size

Fig. 1. Phoca hispida from Camsell Island, Belcher Islands, Hudson Bay; May 1938;
Carnegie Museum, no. 15,277.

Fig. 2. Phoca vitulina concolor, female, from Portland Head, Maine; April 19, 1899
U. S. National Museum, no. 253,795.

ANNALS, CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXIX

Art. IV

Plate X

Palatal views of skulls
One-half natural size

Fig. 1. Phoca groenlandica, male, from near La Tabatiere, North Shore of Gulf of
St. Lawrence, Quebec, Canada; winter of 1939-40; Carnegie Museum, no.
18,717.

Fig. 2. Phoca fasciata, male, from northwest of Cape Sevookok, St. Lawrence Id,
Bering Sea; June 23, 1931; Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, no. 51,387.

ANNALS, CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXIX

Art IV

Plate XI

Views of skull of type
One-half natural size

Phoca vitulina mellonae from Lower Seal Lake, Quebec, about 90 miles east
of Richmond Gulf, Hudson Bay; March 23, 1938; Carnegie Museum, nOj.
15,215.

Fig. 2. Lateral view.

ANNALS, CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXIX

Art. IV

Plate XII

All figures one-half natural size

Fig. 1 . Palatal view of skull of type of Phoca vitulina mellonae from Lower Seal Lake, Quebec, about
90 miles east of Richmond Gulf, Hudson Bay; March 23, 1938; Carnegie Museum, no. 15,215.

concolor leans forward so far that it topples over when the supporting hand is removed.

I Fig. 3. Ventral view of the same mandibles illustrated in figure 2. P. v. concolor (B) is more robust
than P. v. mellonae (A), and presents a slightly different curvature. This curvature is also
a factor in the balance of the mandibles.

ANNALS, CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXIX

Art. IV

Plate XIII

Fig. 1. Radiograph showing the left molar region of a human mandible made from
a patient approximately fifteen years of age.

Fig. 2. Radiograph of same region made from a patient nearing fifty. Note the
difference in the pulp chambers and canals, and in the finer lines of the
bone cancellations.

Fig. 3. Radiograph of teeth of left mandible of Phoca vitulina. Difference in age
is readily seen by comparing the wide canals and thin walls of dentine of
the teeth in this figure with the older specimen in the following figure.

Fig. 4. This radiograph also shows the left mandible. Note the fine canals and
thick walls of dentine of the teeth. Greater density of the bone is also
evident in this older specimen.

Fig. 5. Phoca groenlandica, from near Aklavik, N.W.T., the westernmost record of the
species. Photograph received through the courtesy of Dr. R. M. Anderson.

ANNALS, CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXIX

Art. IV

Plate XIV

ART. V. THE CEPHALOPOD FAUNA OF THE CONEMAUGH
SERIES IN WESTERN PENNSYLVANIA

By A. K. Miller and A. G. Unklesbaj>^^SQHIAM iNSf]f^
The State University of Iowa / ^

(Plates I-VIII) [{^ JUN 191942

Introduction and Acknowledgmen^v^^

Very little information has heretofore been published inT*e
cephalopods of the Conemaugh series in Pennsylvania. Aside from
incidental references by Rogers, Meek, Plummer and Scott, and others,
the only significant data are those given by Raymond in 1910 and 1911
in his Preliminary list of the fauna of the Allegheny and Conemaugh series
in western Pennsylvania. Essentially all of Raymond’s cephalopods have
been available to us for restudy, and they are therefore included in the
following discussions.

The bulk of the specimens on which our study is based were collected
by Mr. David Seaman, and any merit our report may possess is primarily
a result of his diligence. Additional material was loaned by Dr. I. P.
Tolmachoff, who collected some of the specimens himself, and by Dr.

John W. Wells, who likewise assembled collections in the field. Some
of the better specimens found by Dr. Wells were obtained by us indirectly
in the John Britts Owen Collection, which is now at the State University
of Iowa.

The photographs which accompany this report were retouched by Mr.
Howard Webster, who also inked the line drawings. Finally, we wish to
acknowledge our indebtedness to the Graduate College of the State Uni-
versity of Iowa and particularly to Mr. Frederick O. Thompson of Des
Moines, who made the work financially possible.

Stratigraphic Faunal Summary

Marine fossils occur in the Conemaugh of western Pennsylvania in at
least five formations, the Brush Creek, Pine Creek, Woods Run, Ames,
and Birmingham. The fauna known from the Woods Run and the
Birmingham is not large, but the other three have yielded a variety of
fossils at a good many localities. Their faunas are primarily molluscan
but they also contain a few fusulinids, corals, crinoids, bryozoans, trilo-
bites, fish teeth, and numerous brachiopods. Cephalopods are known
from all five of these fossiliferous horizons.

In western Pennsylvania the Brush Creek limestone, about one hun-

128

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

dred feet above the base of the Conemaugh, carries a large and varied
fauna in which molluscs predominate, and it has yielded far more cephalo-
pods than any other Conemaugh formation. Altogether, representatives
of nine genera of nautiloids and three of ammonoids are known from this
formation as follows:

Pseudorthoceras knoxense (McChesney)

Mooreoceras normale Miller, Dunbar, and Condra
Poterioceras curtum (Meek and Worthen)

Ephippioceras f erratum (Cox)

Megaglossoceras sp.

Liroceras sp.

Metacoceras cornutum Girty
Metacoceras perelegans Girty
Domatoceras sp.

Solenochilus brammeri Miller, Dunbar, and Condra (?)

Pennoceras seamani, gen. et sp. nov.

Eoasianites sp.

Schistoceras hildrethi (Morton)

Schistoceras missouriense (Miller and Faber)

It should be emphasized that this list contains all of the cephalopod
species known to occur in the entire Conemaugh of Pennsylvania except
Tainoceras monilifer Miller, Dunbar, and Condra. That species has not
been found below the Woods Run limestone. The fauna of the Brush
Creek is especially large because that formation is widespread in western
Pennsylvania, outcrops of it are relatively abundant, and lithologically
it consists of limestone and shale in about the right proportions to preserve
fossils well and to yield them readily.

The Pine Creek limestone, which occurs from sixty to ninety feet above
the Brush Creek, also contains a considerable fauna, but good specimens
can be obtained at only a few places. Raymond (1911, p. 88) states that
at “almost every locality where fossils have been collected from this layer
nautiloids have been found to be numerous, but not well preserved.” The
collections we are studying contain representatives of four nautiloid
genera from this formation:

Pseudorthoceras knoxense (McChesney)

Metacoceras cornutum Girty
Metacoceras perelegans Girty
Domatoceras sp.

Solenochilus brammeri Miller, Dunbar, and Condra(?)

1942 Miller & Unklesbay: Conemaugh Cephalopod Fauna 129

Raymond’s lists indicate that Pennoceras seamani is also present in the
Pine Creek, but none of his specimens that we have studied can be re-
ferred to that species or genus. It is worthy of note that all of the species
represented in the Pine Creek occur also in the Brush Creek.

The Woods Run limestone is of very local distribution and only a few
outcrops of it are known. It has yielded a meager fauna, but we now have
representatives of four nautiloid and one ammonoid genera from it:
Ephippioceras f erratum (Cox)

Metacoceras cornutum Girty

Tainoceras monilifer Miller, Dunbar, and Condra
Domatoceras sp.

Schistoceras hildrethi (Morton)

Tainoceras monilifer apparently makes its appearance in the Conemaugh
at this horizon. All of the other cephalopod species obtained from the
Woods Run are also known from lower beds and, with a single exception,
from younger ones.

The Ames limestone, which in western Pennsylvania occurs strati-
graphically about 125 feet above the Pine Creek, is abundantly fossil-
iferous. However, as is so often the case, good specimens can be obtained
at only a relatively few localities. This formation contains many bra-
chiopods and crinoid columnals and also a considerable fauna of gastropods
and fish teeth, as well as the following species of cephalopods:
Pseudorthoceras knoxense (McChesney)

Mooreoceras normale Miller, Dunbar, and Condra
Poterioceras cur turn (Meek and Worthen)

Metacoceras cornutum Girty
Metacoceras perelegans Girty?

Tainoceras monilifer Miller, Dunbar, and Condra
Domatoceras sp.

Schistoceras hildrethi (Morton)

The Ames is the youngest abundantly fossiliferous marine formation in
the Conemaugh of Pennsylvania. For the most part its fauna is strikingly
similar to that of the Brush Creek.

According to Raymond the Birmingham shale generally varies from
thirty-five to fifty feet in thickness, and its base is about thirty feet above
the Ames limestone. A few marine fossils have been found in it. These
consist of brachiopods, clams, gastropods, and three cephalopods. Two
of the three cephalopods are poorly preserved fragments, but they are
probably referable to Tainoceras monilifer Miller, Dunbar, and Condra,

130

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

which is fairly abundant in the Ames and occurs also in the Woods Run.

Insofar as cephalopods are concerned, the fauna of the Conemaugh is
a unit, and it probably represents only one invasion. That is, the youngest
abundant fauna known from the series, that of the Ames, is essentially the
same as the oldest abundant fauna, that of the Brush Creek. Future
collecting will almost certainly serve to emphasize the similarities and
eliminate the apparent differences in the faunas of these two limestones.

Most of the nautiloid species found in the Conemaugh are not very
valuable for precise correlations. Furthermore, of the four types of
ammonoids known from the series, one represents a new genus and
species, and the other three are long-ranging forms. Nevertheless, the
cephalopod assemblage can be said to substantiate the generally accepted
view that the Conemaugh is of about the same age as the McLeansboro
of Illinois and the Kansas City and Lansing of Missouri, Kansas, and
Nebraska.

Table 1. Stratigraphic distribution of cephalopods in the Conemaugh of
western Pennsylvania.

Horizon

Species

Brush Creek

Pine Creek

Woods Run

Ames

Birmingham

Pseudorthoceras knoxense

X

X

X

X

Mooreoceras nor male.

X

X

Poterioceras curtum

X

X

Ephippioceras ferratum.

X

X

Megaglossoceras sp

X

?

Liroceras sp

X

Metacoceras cornutum

X

X

X

X

Metacoceras perelegans

X

X

X

Tainoceras monilifer

X

X

X

Domatoceras spp.

X

X

X

X

Solenochilus brammeri?

X

X

Pennoceras seamani

X

?

Eoasianites sp

X

Schistoceras hildrethi

X

X

X

Schistoceras missouriense

X

1942 Miller & Unklesbay: Conemaugh Cephalopod Fauna 131

Systematic Paleontology
Genus Pseudorthoceras Girty, 1911
Pseudorthoceras knoxense (McChesney)

(Plate I, figures 1-5)

This species was recently described in detail by Miller, Dunbar, and
Condra (1933, pp. 77-85), who also listed its extensive synonymy;
there is of course no need for us to duplicate this work. The most dis-
tinctive character of the species is perhaps the curved adapical portion of
its conch, which is therefore a cyrtoceracone. Specimens of which the
adapical portion of the conch is not preserved can be recognized by the
peculiar deposits in the camerae. Miller, Dunbar, and Condra, who
described these deposits in detail, concluded that they were formed in the
adapical portion of the living chamber, but it now seems more probable
that they were secreted in the camerae, a view that has recently been
presented by both Teichert and Flower.

In the collections that we are studying, P. knoxense is associated with
Mooreoceras normale. Even fragmentary specimens of these two forms
are easily differentiated without sectioning by the fact that in P. knoxense
the siphuncle is central in position whereas in M. normale it is distinctly
ventrad of the center, though not marginal. Also, the conch of P. knoxense
is more rapidly expanded than is that of M. normale. Most of the repre-
sentatives of P. knoxense known from the Conemaugh of Pennsylvania
are crushed and fragmentary and are not very well preserved. All of them
appear to represent portions of the phragmacone.

Occurrence: This species is widely distributed in the Pennsylvanian of
North America and may occur also in Europe (Carnic Alps). Strati-
graphically it ranges from the Cherokee to the Wabaunsee and from the
Bend to the Cisco; geographically it ranges from Pennsylvania on the east
to Colorado on the west, and from Texas on the south to Michigan on
the north. Representatives are known from the following horizons and
localities in the Conemaugh of Pennsylvania: the Brush Creek limestone
near Ambridge (about two miles east of), Creighton, Donohoe, Glassmere
(Harvy Brick Company quarry), Witmer, Ligonier (Twin Echo Boy
Scout camp), Stoops Ferry, and Wildewood; the Pine Creek limestone
near Blackburn (one-half mile north of), Witmer (Refractory St.), and
Woods Run; the Ames limestone near Glenwood, Pitcairn, and Pittsburgh
(Brilliant Cut-off and Spring Garden); and the Birmingham Shale at
Tenth Street tubes, Pittsburgh.

Hypotypes: Carnegie Museum, nos. 22,285-22,289.

132

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Genus Mooreoceras Miller, Dunbar, and Condra, 1933
Mooreoceras normale Miller, Dunbar, and Condra
(Plate I, figures 6, 7)

(?) 1892. Orthoceras colletti Miller, Indiana Dept. Geol. and Nat. Resources Ann.

Rept. 18, Advance sheets , pp. 67-68, pi. 10, fig. 1.

(?) 1894. Orthoceras colletti Miller, Indiana Dept. Geol. and Nat. Resources Ann.
Rept. 18, pp. 321-322, pi. 10, fig. 1.

1931. Orthoceras colletti Morse, Kentucky Geol. Survey, ser. 6, vol. 36, pp.
300, 325-326, pi. 54, figs. 1, 2.

1933. Mooreoceras normale Miller, Dunbar, and Condra, Nebraska Geol.
Survey Bull. 9, ser. 2, pp. 87-89, pi. 2, figs. 5-7.

1934. Mooreoceras normale Miller and Owen, Univ. Iowa Studies Nat. Hist.,
vol. 16, pp. 203-205, pi. 11, figs. 1-8.

(?) 1938. Mooreoceras normale? Miller and Moore, Jour. Pal., vol. 12, pp. 343-344.
1939. Mooreoceras normale Flower, Palaeontographica Americana, vol. 2, no.
10, pp. 146, 152.

This species is fairly abundant in the Conemaugh of Pennsylvania, and
the collections we are studying contain about fifteen representatives of it.
However, all of them are very incomplete, and our study has not enabled
us to add to the existing morphological knowledge. It should, however,
be stated that our specimens seem to be typical in all available particulars,
though none of them is very large.

Occurrence: Representatives of this species are widely distributed in the
Pennsylvanian system of the United States. Stratigraphically they are
known to range from the Cherokee (and probably the Morrow) to the
Wabaunsee. They have been found as far east as Pennsylvania, as far
south as Texas, as far west as Colorado, and as far north as Michigan.
In the Conemaugh of southwestern Pennsylvania they occur in the Brush
Creek limestone near Creighton and Glassmere and in the Ames limestone
near Ardara and Pittsburgh (Brilliant Cut-off).

Hypotypes: Carnegie Museum, no. 22,297.

Genus Poterioceras M’Coy, 1844

Genotype : Orthocera fusiformis Sowerby

Conch breviconic, cyrtoceraconic, subcircular to broadly subelliptical
in cross section, and characteristically large. Aperture only slightly con-
tracted; its margins are directly transverse or slope orad from the dorsum,
and only a shallow hyponomic sinus is present. Early sutures are trans-

1942 Miller & Unklesbay: Conemaugh Cephalopod Fauna 133

verse but later ones slope orad from the venter. Siphuncle small, located
between the venter and the center of the conch, cyrtochoanitic in struc-
ture, and composed of elliptical to subspherical segments. Lower Mis-
sissippian to mid-Pennsylvanian.

There is considerable variation in the species that are at present re-
ferred to this genus. The Pennsylvanian forms are much more rapidly
expanded orad than is the genotype, as are certain of the Mississippian
species. In at least the mid-Pennsylvanian representatives the surface
of the test bears conspicuous transverse markings which probably repre-
sent increments of growth. The two species known from the Cherokee,
P. bransoni and P. mehli, have rounded transverse constrictions on the
dorso-lateral zones of the living chamber, but apparently these are con-
fined to the internal mold. Also, in both of these species at full maturity
the adoral suture is unique in that it curves away from the preceding
suture on the lateral zones though it is close to and parallel with that
suture on the dorsal and ventral zones.

The genotype occurs in the Lower Carboniferous of Ireland and Eng-
land. In America congeneric forms are widespread geographically, and
stratigraphically they range from the Kinderhook to the Conemaugh and
the Kansas City.

Poterioceras curtum (Meek and Worthen)

(Plate II, figures 1-3; Plate V, figure 1)

1860. Cyrtoceras curtum Meek and Worthen, Philadelphia Acad. Nat. Sci.
Proc., p. 468.

1860. Cyrtoceras? dilatatum Meek and Worthen, Philadelphia Acad. Nat. Sci.
Proc., p. 468.

1861. Cyrtoceras ( Aploceras ) curtum Meek and Worthen, Philadelphia Acad.
Nat. Sci. Proc., p. 148.

1866. Cyrtoceras ( Aploceras ) curtum Meek and Worthen, Illinois Geol. Survey,
vol. 2, pp. 388-389, pi. 30, figs, la-lc.

1866. Cyrtoceras? dilatatum Meek and Worthen, Illinois Geol. Survey, vol.
2, p. 389, pi. 29, fig. 2.

1910. “ Cyrtoceras ” curtum Raymond, Carnegie Museum Annals, vol. 7, p.
156, pi. 25, fig. 6, pi. 26, fig. 8.

1911. “ Cyrtoceras ” curtum Raymond, Pennsylvania Topog. and Geol. Survey
Comm., Rept. 1908-1910, p. 86, 87, 96, pi. 4, figs. 3, 4.

(?) 1915. Cyrtoceras? i sp. Girty, U. S. Geol. Survey Bull. 544, p. 247, pi. 32, figs.
4-5a.

(?) 1924. Cyrtoceras sp. Morgan, [Oklahoma] Bur. Geol. Bull. 2, pi. 51, figs. 5, 5a.

134

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

The holotype of this species, which came from Illinois, is crushed and
distorted and represents only an adapical portion of the conch, but we
have additional specimens from Oklahoma and Pennsylvania that sup-
plement it fairly well. The best one of these (PI. II, figs. 1, 2) is from the
Lansing of Oklahoma. It represents the adoral part of the phragmacone
and the adapical part of the living chamber of what appears to be a ma-
ture individual. It is about 75 mm. long and the portion of the conch it
represents is straight. In cross section it is circular, and at its adapical
end it is about 50 mm. in diameter. Its sides diverge adorally at an
angle of some 40 degrees. Near the adoral end of this specimen the test
is about 2}/2 mm. thick. Its surface is marked by very distinct transverse
striae, which appear to be confined to a surface layer of the test. Near
the adapical end of the specimen these striae are less than 1 mm. apart,
whereas on the adoral portion the distance between successive striae
measures as much as 23^ mm. As in the holotype, the striae are sinuous
and are not directly transverse. However, both their obliquity and their
sinuosity may be the result of distortion during preservation for neither
is symmetrical with respect to the siphuncular side of the conch. The
siphuncle is small and is located fairly close to the venter; at the adapical
end of the specimen under consideration, the siphuncle is about 2 mm.
in diameter at its passage through a septum and its center is about 10
mm. from the venter.

The Pennsylvania specimens, all of which came from the Conemaugh,
are rather fragmentary, but they represent various portions of the conch.
Several of them retain the test, and it bears the same type of surface
markings as does the holotype and the above-described Oklahoma speci-
men. Some of these Pennsylvania specimens are almost free from dis-
tortion, for example that represented by figure 1 on Plate V, and they
show that the conch is circular (or nearly so) in cross section. Others,
for example that represented by figure 3 on Plate II, show that the adapi-
cal portion of the conch is curved, as is the holotype.

Remarks: Although the specimens that we are referring to this species
came from several rather widely separated localities, they seem to re-
semble each other in all available particulars. Furthermore, insofar as can
be ascertained, all of them probably came from beds of the same general
age. Better preserved uncrushed specimens may of course reveal sig-
nificant differences, but we are convinced that for the present at least it
will be best to regard all of them as representing only one species. Further-
more, as was suggested by Meek and Worthen, the holotype of Cyrtoceras ?

1942 Miller & Unklesbay: Conemaugh Cephalopod Fauna 135

dilatation is almost certainly conspecific, and it merely represents a dif-
ferent portion of the conch than does the holotype of the species under
consideration.

The specimens from the Wewoka formation of Oklahoma which Girty
illustrated and described as Cyrtoceras?? sp. and that from the same
general horizon and locality which Morgan illustrated as Cyrtoceras sp.
resemble Poterioceras curtum and are almost certainly congeneric with it.
From the published data in regard to them, we are unable to tell whether
or not they are conspecific. The holotype and only known representative
of Cyrtoceras peculiare Girty, which also came from the Wewoka forma-
tion of Oklahoma, may also be a crushed representative of Poterioceras,
but we are very uncertain in regard to its affinities.

Occurrence: The holotype came from the Pennsylvanian near Grayville,
Illinois, and a conspecific specimen (the holotype of Cyrtoceras? dilatatum )
has been described from the same general horizon near Springfield,
Illinois. We have a single individual from the Eudora shale (Lansing)
about 4^ miles northeast (4 miles north and 2 miles east) of Copan,
Oklahoma; one from the Ames limestone on Davis Avenue near Brighton
Road, and others from the Brush Creek limestone near Blackburn,
Creighton, Donohoe, Glassmere (Harvy Brick Company quarry), and
Stoops Ferry, all in southwestern Pennsylvania.

Hypotypes: University of Kansas, 23,420 (PI. II, figs. 1, 2); Carnegie
Museum (10 specimens including PI. II, fig. 3, no. 22,291); and State
University of Iowa, 3,116 (PI. V, fig. 1) and 3,117 (unfigured specimen).

Poterioceras subellipticum, sp. nov.

(Plate II, fig. 4; Plate IV, fig. 4)

Conch large, rapidly expanded orad, subelliptical in cross section as
depressed dorso-ventrally, and cyrtoceraconic being concave dorsally and
convex ventrally. Holotype is not complete adorally or adapically, but
the preserved part of it is about 160 mm. long. Its maximum width is
about 115 mm. Near its mid-length its width and height are about 85
mm. and 55 mm., respectively, and at its adapical end these two measure-
ments are about 30 mm. and 18 mm. The lateral zones of the conch di-
verge orad at an angle of about 48 degrees. In cross section the specimen
is not quite elliptical as the ventral side of the conch is slightly but dis-
tinctly more strongly convex than the dorsal. The curvature appears to be

136

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

restricted to the adapical third of the specimen, and even there it is slight
(PL II, fig. 4).

On at least the adapical portion of the conch, the surface of the test
bears fine transverse lines about a millimeter or so apart. These are not
preserved on the ventral side of the specimen, but they curve slightly
apicad as they cross the dorsal side. No trace of sutures or siphuncle is
discernible on the holotype.

Remarks: This species is being based on a single specimen which is
moderately well preserved in limestone. It differs from P. curtum, which
occurs rather widespread in the Pennsylvanian, in that its conch is sub-
elliptical in cross section rather than subcircular. The specimen is very
symmetrical and therefore its shape is almost certainly not a result of
distortion.

Occurrence: National Stone Company quarry, about two miles north-
east of Louisville, Nebraska, probably from the Argentine member of the
Wyandotte limestone.

Holotype: Nebraska Geological Survey, T101.

Genus Ephippioceras Hyatt, 1884

Ephippioceras ferratum (Cox)

(Plate I, figures 14, 15)

Recently Miller, Dunbar, and Condra (1933, pp. 114-118) published
an exhaustive study of this species, including its complete synonymy.
We have only three small very incomplete specimens, and they seem to
be quite typical in all respects. One of them is crushed, but the other
two are essentially free from distortion and are rather well preserved.

Occurrence: This species is widely distributed in the Pennsylvanian of
North America. It is known to range from Pennsylvania on the east to
Nebraska on the west. Stratigraphically it ranges from the base of the
Cherokee to the top of the Lansing. The collections that we are studying
from the Conemaugh of Pennsylvania contain two specimens from the
Brush Creek limestone at Creighton and one from the Woods Run lime-
stone in Jacks Run, Allegheny County.

Hypotypes: Carnegie Museum (2 specimens), and State University of
Iowa, 3,128 (PI. I, figs. 14, 15).

1942 Miller & Unklesbay: Conemaugh Cephalopod Fauna 137
Genus Megaglossoceras Miller, Dunbar, and Condra, 1933

Megaglossoceras sp.

(Plate I, figure 16)

The genus Megaglossoceras is represented in the available collections
from the Conemaugh of Pennsylvania by a single specimen. It is an
internal mold of the adapical portion of the living chamber, and for-
tunately it elucidates the shape of the adoral septum. The conch is
broadly rounded ventrally, flattened ventro-laterally, and narrowly
rounded laterally. The umbilicus appears to be rather large for this
genus. No trace of surface markings of the test is discernible. The single
suture portrayed forms a moderately high and narrow rounded ventral
saddle, and on either side of it a broad shallow broadly rounded asym-
metrical lateral lobe, and a rather low narrowly rounded saddle centering
on the umbilical shoulder.

Remarks: The suture of this form is similar to that of the genotype, M.
montgomeryense (Worthen) of the McLeansboro of Illinois. However,
since the Conemaugh specimen is small and very incomplete, satisfactory
comparisons are not possible. Congeneric forms have been described from
the Cherokee of Kansas and Missouri, the Lower Pennsylvanian of
Colorado, and the Kansas City of Nebraska; also, the collections of the
State University of Iowa contain undescribed representatives of the genus
from the Boggy of Oklahoma and the Lansing of Missouri.

Occurrence: Brush Creek limestone at Witmer, Pennsylvania; Pine
Creek limestone at Trafford City, Pennsylvania (affinities uncertain).

Figured specimen: State University of Iowa, 1,414.

Genus Liroceras Teichert, 1940
Liroceras sp.

(Plate I, figure 13)

The Conemaugh of southwestern Pennsylvania has yielded a single
incomplete specimen that is referable to Liroceras. It represents the
adapical quarter-volution of the living chamber and the adoral quarter-
volution of the phragmacone. Its sutures are essentially straight and di-
rectly transverse, and its siphuncle is small and is subcentral in position.
The shape of its conch is shown by Text figure 1 A.

138

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Fig. 1. Cross sections of two representatives of Liroceras, X 2. A is from the
Conemaugh (Brush Creek limestone) near Glassmere, Pennsylvania;
whereas B is from the Allegheny (Vanport limestone) near Wampum,
Pennsylvania (C. M. 22,298). Same specimens shown in figures 11-13
on Plate I.

Remarks: In all respects this specimen seems to be a typical representa-
tive of Liroceras , but it is so small and incomplete that its specific affinities
cannot be ascertained. The collections of the Carnegie Museum contain
a congeneric form from the Allegheny (Vanport limestone) of the same
general area. Like the Conemaugh specimen it is small and represents
only about one-half of a volution of the conch. It is an internal mold of
the adapical portion of the living chamber. It differs from the Cone-
maugh form in that its conch is less rapidly expanded orad, its whorls are
narrower and higher, and its siphuncle is smaller and is closer to the
dorsum (compare figures 11, 12 and 14 on Plate I, and Text figures 1 A
and 1 B).

The genus Liroceras is widely distributed both stratigraphically and
geographically, and it is well represented in the Mississippian, Penn-
sylvanian, and Lower and Middle Permian of both Eurasia and North
America. In North America it is known to range from the Upper Mis-
sissippian (Chester) to the Middle Permian (Phosphoria).

Occurrence: Brush Creek limestone in the Harvy Brick Company
quarry near Glassmere, Pennsylvania.

Figured specimen: State University of Iowa, 1,415.

Genus Metacoceras Hyatt, 1883
Genotype: Nautilus {Discus) sangamonensis Meek and Worthen

Some thirty-five species are now referred to this genus. There is, to
be sure, considerable variation amongst them, but for the most part they
resemble the genotype rather closely. With a few exceptions the genus
is fairly distinct and easily recognized, but species appear to be quite
variable and more or less gradational.

1942 Miller & Unklesb ay: Conemaugh Cephalopod Fauna 139

Stratigraphically, Metacoceras has a long range; it appears in the
Pottsville and continues until near the close of the Permian. The young-
est American representatives of the genus known to us are in the collec-
tions of the U. S. Geological Survey; they came from the South Wells
member of the middle Delaware Mountain formation (upper Middle
Permian) in the Guadalupe Mountain region of west Texas. In northern
Italy congeneric forms occur in the Bellerophon limestone, which is
probably Upper [Permian in age. Altogether, the genus is now known
to be abundant and widespread in the Pennsylvanian of the United States,
England, Belgium, and Soviet Russia; and it is represented also in the
Permian of the United States, Italy, Russia, China, and Sumatra.

Metacoceras cornutum Girty
(Plate III, figures 1-5)

1910. Temnocheilus winslowi Raymond [not Meek and Worthen], Carnegie
Museum Annals, vol. 7, p. 156.

1911. Temnocheilus winslowi Raymond [not Meek and Worthen], Pennsylvania
Topog. and Geol. Survey Comm., Rept. 1908-1910, pp. 86, 88, 90, 96.

1911. Metacoceras cornutum Girty, New York Acad. Sci. Annals, vol. 21, pp.
145-146.

1915. Metacoceras cornutum Girty, U. S. Geol. Survey Bull. 544, pp. 240-242,
pi. 29, figs. 4-5b.

1933. Metacoceras cornutum Miller, Dunbar, and Condra, Nebraska Geol.
Survey Bull. 9, 2d ser., p. 168.

This form is by far the most abundant cephalopod species in the Cone-
maugh of Pennsylvania, and we have more than 65 representatives of it
available for study. The largest of these (PI. Ill, figs. 1-3) attains a maxi-
mum diameter of about 80 mm. and a maximum height and width of
conch of about 32 mm. and 50 mm., respectively; the adoral third of the
outer volution of this specimen represents the living chamber. During
adolescence the ventral side of the conch is rather strongly convex, though
it is distinctly flattened along the venter (PI. Ill, fig. 4). At this stage of
growth, ventro-lateral nodes are starting to develop, though they are
barely discernible on the internal mold. During later growth stages, the
ventral side of the conch becomes progressively less convex, and the
ventro-lateral nodes become progressively more prominent. At full
maturity these nodes are about as wide as long, and they are quite dis-
tinct from each other. The nodes are of course more prominent on the
exterior of the test than on the internal mold.

140

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Well-preserved testiferous specimens show that the growth-lines form
a deep rounded ventral sinus. On the flattened lateral zones of the conch,
the growth-lines are very slightly sigmoidal forming a salient next to the
ventro-lateral shoulder and a sinus next to the dorso-lateral shoulder. On
the broad flat umbilical walls, the growth-lines form slight salients. Their
course across the shallow dorsal impressed zone can not be followed satis-
factorily on the .specimens under consideration.

The umbilical shoulders are very abrupt and the umbilical walls are
very steep forming almost a right-angle with the flattened lateral zones
of the conch. The test is much thicker than normal on the umbilical
shoulders and it serves to accentuate their abruptness, making them al-
most angular.

The sutures are largely an expression of the shape of the conch in this
species* and they form shallow broadly rounded ventral, lateral, and dorsal
lobes. On the internal mold there is a slight but very distinct raised line
along the venter. At maturity the siphuncle is located slightly ventrad
of the center of the conch. It is small in size and orthochoanitic in struc-
ture. The septal necks are short and straight, and the connecting rings
are only slightly expanded within the camerae.

Remarks: The paratype of this species does not appear from the pub-
lished illustrations to be particularly similar to the holotype. The speci-
mens we are studying resemble the paratype more closely than they do the
holotype. Past experience has gone to show that a considerable amount
of variation should be expected within species of the genus Metacoceras.

M. cornutum resembles the genotype, M. sangamonense of the Mc-
Leansboro of Illinois, rather closely but differs in that the lateral zones
of its conch are slightly convex rather than concave and its umbilical walls
are steeper. M. perelegans, which occurs in association with M. cornutum
in both the Wewoka and the Conemaugh, differs particularly in that its
umbilical shoulders are nodose. Also, its ventro-lateral nodes are more
elongate longitudinally, and during adolescence the ornamentation of its
test is much more prominent.

Occurrence: This species was originally described from the Wewoka
formation of central Oklahoma. We are referring to it specimens from
the following horizons and localities in the Conemaugh of southwestern
Pennsylvania: the Brush Creek limestone near Creighton, Glassmere,
Sewickley, Trafford, Valley Camp, Wildewood, Mars, Donohoe, Stoops
Ferry, and Witmer; the Pine Creek limestone near Woods Run, Under-
cliff, Blackburn, Witmer, and Powers Run; the Woods Run limestone near

1942 Miller & Unklesbay: Conemaugh Cephalopod Fauna 141

Jacks Run, Burke Glen, and Wilkinsburg; and the Ames limestone near
Etna and Pittsburgh (Junction Hollow).

Hypotypes: State University of Iowa, 3,118 (PL III, figs. 1-5), 3,120-
3,123 (several unfigured specimens), and 13,636, 13,637 (two unfigured
specimens in the John Britts Owen Collection); and Carnegie Museum
(numerous unfigured specimens).

Metacoceras perelegans Girty
(Plate I, figures 8-10; Plate III, figures 6-8)

1858. Nautilus decoratus Rogers [not Cox], The geology of Pennsylvania, a
government survey, vol. 2, pt. 2, p. 833, fig. 692.

1910. Temnocheilus crassus Raymond [not Hyatt], Carnegie Museum Annals,
vol. 7, p. 156.

1911. Temnocheilus crassus Raymond [not Hyatt], Pennsylvania Topog. and
Geol. Survey Comm., Rept. 1908-1910, pp. 86, 88, 90, 96.

1911. Metacoceras perelegans Girty, New York Acad. Sci. Annals, vol. 21, pp.
147-148.

1915. Metacoceras perelegans Girty, U. S. Geol. Survey Bull. 544, pp. 244-245,
pi. 30, figs. 5-6.

1933. Metacoceras perelegans Miller, Dunbar, and Condra, Nebraska Geol.
Survey Bull. 9, 2d ser., p. 167.

Both of the figured syntypes of this species are small, but we are re-
ferring to it some large specimens (PI. Ill, fig. 6) as well as some small
ones. The last resemble the better of the figured syntypes rather closely.
On the adapical part of these small specimens (PI. I, fig. 10) the lateral
zones of the conch bear prominent transverse ribs. As ontogenetic de-
velopment proceeds the mid-portion of these ribs becomes less and less
prominent, and the ribs therefore grade adorally into ventro-lateral and
dorso-lateral nodes. Even during early adolescence the ventro-lateral
ornamentation is more prominent than the dorso-lateral, and this dis-
parity continues throughout ontogenetic development. The nodes are of
course much more prominent on testiferous specimens than on internal
molds.

All of the large specimens that we are referring to this species are
crushed and distorted. However, the moderate-sized fragment repre-
sented by figures 8 and 9 on Plate I shows that at least during early
maturity the whorls are almost rectangular in cross section as they are
wider than high, essentially flat laterally and ventrally, only slightly im-
pressed dorsally, and subangular ventro-laterally and dorso-laterally.

142

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Where the conch of this specimen is about 19 mm. wide, it is about 12 mm.
high and is impressed dorsally to a depth of only about 1 mm.

At full maturity the diameter of the umbilicus is equal to about two-
fifths that of the specimens. The umbilical walls are broad and they are
fairly steep.

The growth-lines show that the ventral side of the conch bears a broad
deep rounded hyponomic sinus. On the umbilical shoulders and on the
lateral zones of the conch the growth-lines are almost straight. The
sutures form broad shallow rounded ventral, lateral, and dorsal lobes, as
in other representatives of this genus. The siphuncle is small and is located
slightly ventrad of the center of the conch.

Remarks: This species occurs in association with M. cornutum in both
the Wewoka and the Conemaugh. It is readily distinguished from that
species, however, by means of the umbilical nodes on its shoulders. Also,
its adolescent ornamentation is much more prominent, and at maturity
its ventro-lateral nodes are more elongate longitudinally.

Occurrence: The syntypes of this species came from the Wewoka for-
mation of central Oklahoma. We are referring to it specimens from the
following horizons and localities in the Conemaugh of southwestern Penn-
sylvania: the Brush Creek limestone near Ambridge, Creighton, Donohoe,
Glassmere, Stoops Ferry, Trafford, Sewickley, and Valley Camp; the Pine
Creek limestone near Trafford, Witmer, Powers Run, Blackburn, and
Woods Run; and the Ames limestone at Brighton Heights. Raymond’s
lists indicate that this species occurs also in the Ames at the Brilliant
Cut-off in Pittsburgh, but we have not been able to verify this occurrence.

Hypotypes: Carnegie Museum (PI. I, figs. 8-10, nos. 22,295-22,296;
and 10 unfigured specimens); and State University of Iowa 3,124 (PI.
Ill, figs. 7, 8), 3,125 (PI. Ill, fig. 6), 3,126 and 3,127 (two unfigured speci-
mens), and 13,638 (two unfigured specimens in John Britts Owen Col-
lection).

Genus Tainoceras Hyatt, 1883
Tainoceras monilifer Miller, Dunbar, and Condra
(Plate IV, figures 1-3)

(?) 1871. Nautilus Occidentalis Meek [not Swallow], West Virginia Univ., Board of
Regents 3d Ann. Rept., p. 71.

1872. Nautilus occidentalis Meek [not Swallow], Final Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey
Nebraska. . . (U. S. 42d Cong., 1st sess., House Ex. Doc. 19), pp.
234-236, pi. 11, fig. 17.

1942 Miller & Unklesbay: Conemaugh Cephalopod Fauna 143

(?) 1903. Nautilus occidentalis Meek [not Swallow], West Virginia Geol. Survey,
vol. 2, p. 258 [but probably not p. 325].

1910. Tainoceras occidentale Raymond [not Swallow], Carnegie Museum
Annals, vol. 7, pp. 147, 148, 149, 156, pi. 27, fig. 7.

1911. Tainoceras occidentale Raymond [not Swallow], Pennsylvania Topog.
and Geol. Survey Comm., Rept. 1908-1910, pp. 90, 92, 93, 96, pi. 6, fig. 7.

(?) 1912. Tainoceras occidentale Mark [not Swallow], Ohio Geol. Survey Bull.
17, 4th ser., pp. 279, 281, 299.

1933. Tainoceras monilifer Miller, Dunbar, and Condra, Nebraska Geol.
Survey Bull. 9, 2d ser., pp. 148-151, pi. 10, figs. 1-5.

This easily recognized species is represented by about twenty-five speci-
mens in the collections from the Conemaugh of Pennsylvania that we are
studying. All of these are crushed and distorted, and most of them are
fragmentary. However, they supplement each other fairly well and por-
tray the general characteristics of the species. They do not seem to differ
materially from the holotype in any available particular, and our study of
them does not enable us to add to the existing knowledge of the shell
morphology.

Occurrence: The holotype of this species came from the Finis shale
(basal Cisco) near Jacksboro, Texas. Conspecific specimens are known
from the Cisco elsewhere in Texas; the Lawrence shale (Douglas), the
Hereford limestone (basal Shawnee), and the Burlingame limestone
(Wabaunsee) of Kansas; the Iatan limestone (Douglas) of Nebraska; and
the Conemaugh of Pennsylvania and probably West Virginia and Ohio.
We have specimens from the following horizons and localities in the Cone-
maugh of Pennsylvania: the Woods Run limestone at Abers Creek about
eight miles east of Wilkinsburg; the Ames limestone in or near Alle-
gheny (Brighton Heights and Riverview Park), Glenwood, Pitcairn, and
Pittsburgh (Monument Hill and Brilliant Cut-off) ; and the Birmingham
shale at Kennywood Park.

The genus Tainoceras is abundantly represented in the Pennsylvanian
and the Lower Permian of the United States, and it occurs also in the
Pennsylvanian of Russia and probably the Permian of Italy. However,
most of the known species are readily distinguished from T. monilifer.

Hypotypes: All of the specimens figured and discussed in this report are
in the Carnegie Museum (nos. 149, 10,434, 22,299).

144

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Genus Domatoceras Hyatt, 1891
Domatoceras spp.

(Plate V, figures 2-4)

We are referring more or less tentatively to Domatoceras a number of
fragmentary specimens, all of which are crushed. These represent at
least two species, but they are so incomplete that their specific affinities
are very uncertain. Furthermore, even the generic affinities of some of
the small specimens are highly questionable. The nodose specimen re-
presented by figure 2 on Plate V differs markedly from the somewhat
smaller specimens represented by figures 3 and 4 on the same plate, and
its general physiognomy suggests that it is more or less intermediate be-
tween typical Domatoceras and typical Stenopoceras — no trace of sutures or
siphuncle is discernible on it.

Occurrence: The specimens being referred to Domatoceras came from the
following horizons and localities in the Conemaugh of Pennsylvania: the
Brush Creek limestone near Creighton, Donohoe, Glassmere (Harvy
Brick Company quarry), Witmer, and Valley Camp; the Pine Creek
limestone near North Trafford, Powers Run, Verona, Witmer, and Woods
Run; the Woods Run limestone near Burke Glen; and the Ames limestone
near Glenwood and Pittsburgh (Brilliant Cut-off). In the Allegheny
(Vanport) Domatoceras sp. is found at New Castle, Pennsylvania. Con-
generic forms range in age from Lower Pennsylvanian to Upper Permian,
and they are widespread in North America, Europe, and Asia.

Repository: State University of Iowa, 1,416-1,418 (PI. V, figs. 2-4),
1,408 and 1,419 (unfigured specimens), and 13,640 (unfigured specimen in
John Britts Owen Collection) ; and Carnegie Museum (numerous un-
figured specimens).

Genus Solenochilus Meek and Worthen, 1870
Solenochilus brammeri Miller, Dunbar, and Condra?

(Plate VI, figs. 1, 2; Plate VII, figs. 3-6)

1910. Solenocheilus collectus Raymond [not Meek and Worthen}, Carnegie
Museum Annals, vol. 7, p. 156.

1911. Solenocheilus collectus Raymond [not Meek and Worthen], Pennsylvania
Topog. and Geol. Survey Comm., Rept. 1908-1910, pp. 86, 88, 96.

1942 Miller & Unklesbay: Conemaugh Cephalopod Fauna 145

The collections under consideration contain eleven representatives of
the genus Solenochilus. All of them are incomplete and most of them are
crushed. There seems to be no good reason to assume that more than one
species is represented, and since the largest of the lot (PI. VI, figs. 1, 2)
appears to be quite similar to S. brammeri , it seems probable that all of
them are related to that species.

The largest of the Conemaugh specimens, which is also the best, is
about one-half of a volution in length. It represents the adoral two
camerae of the phragmacone and much of the living chamber. The conch
is subelliptical in cross section being broadly rounded ventrally, rounded
laterally, and considerably wider than high. The umbilicus is small and
is closed or nearly so. The umbilical zones of the conch are flared and are
more or less carinate. The sutures are directly transverse and are almost
straight, but they form very shallow ventral and lateral lobes and similar
ventro-lateral saddles. The siphuncle is fairly small and is ventral in
position, being in contact with the ventral wall of the conch or essentially
so.

Remarks: The holotype of this species is much larger than the specimens
we are studying — its diameter measures about 300 mm., whereas that of
the largest of the Conemaugh specimens measures only about 125 mm.
This disparity in size may or may not be significant insofar as taxonomy
is concerned. Aside from size, the Conemaugh specimens do not appear to
differ materially from the holotype in any available particular.

Occurrence: This species was originally described from the Argentine
limestone member of the Wyandotte formation (Kansas City). We are
referring to it with question specimens from the Brush Creek limestone
at the following localities in southwestern Pennsylvania: near Creighton,
Glassmere (Harvy Brick Company quarry), and just west of Murrysville;
and from the Pine Creek limestone at Powers Run, Pennsylvania.

Raymond states that Solenochilus is represented also in the Brush
Creek at Donohoe and Blackburn, Pennsylvania, and in the Pine Creek
at Allegheny, Pennsylvania, but we have not been able to verify his
identifications. Congeneric forms are widespread in both Europe and
North America, and they range in age at least from Lower Mississippian
to Lower Permian.

Repositories: State University of Iowa, 13,639 (John Britts Owen Col-
lection), 1,420 (PI. VII, fig. 5), and 1,421 (unfigured specimen); Carnegie
Museum (PI. VII, fig. 6, no. 22,290; and 6 unfigured specimens) ; and Ohio
State University (PI. VII, figs. 3, 4).

146

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Genus Pennoceras, gen. nov.

Genotype : Pennoceras seamani, sp. nov.

Conch subglobular and whorls are broadly rounded ventrally and
laterally. Living chamber at least a volution in length. Umbilicus small
and closed or essentially so. Surface of test marked by prominent straight
transverse lirae. Sutures consist of a rather broad bifid ventral lobe and
on either side of it a rounded U-shaped first lateral saddle, a V-shaped but
narrowly rounded first lateral lobe, a low broad rounded second lateral
saddle, and a rounded lobe on the umbilical seam. The subdivisions of

Fig. 2. Sutures of the genotypes of Anthracoceras, Pennoceras, and Bisatoceras.

A. Anthracoceras discus Freeh of the basal Upper Carboniferous of Hohen-
lohegrube in southwestern Germany, considerably enlarged. Adapted
from Freeh.

B. Pennoceras seamani, sp. nov., of the Brush Creek limestone (Conemaugh)
of southwestern Pennsylvania, X 11 (C. M. 22,292).

C. Bisatoceras primum Miller and Owen of the Seminole formation (lower
Missouri) of northeastern Oklahoma, X 6.

1942 Miller & Unklesbay: Conemaugh Cephalopod Fauna 147

the ventral lobe are rather short and are rounded. Conemaugh of Penn-
sylvania.

This genus is being established for three conspecific specimens in the
collections that we are studying from the Conemaugh of southwestern
Pennsylvania. It is possible that one of the type specimens of “ Goniatites ”
lunatus Miller and Gurley may be congeneric. That species was based
on three specimens from the Pennsylvanian of Elkhorn Creek, Kentucky.
The largest of these and the second, which retains its sutures (Miller and
Gurley, 1896, pi. 5, figs. 2, 4, and 5), are not closely related to the form
under consideration, but the third (Miller and Gurley’s pi. 5, fig. 3) has a
subglobular conch and surface ornamentation similar to that of P.
seamani. Until it is restudied its affinities will remain in question, but it
is almost certainly not conspecific or even congeneric with the other two
type specimens of UG.” lunatus.

Pennoceras resembles Anthracoceras and Bisatoceras. In Anthracoceras
the sutures are in general similar, but the umbilicus is larger and the .sur-
face of the test does not bear prominent straight transverse lirae. Bisa-
toceras differs particularly in that the ventral lobe of its sutures is very
broad and the subdivisions of that lobe are large, deep, and attenuate;
also, the first lateral lobe is pointed and the first lateral saddle is rela-
tively narrow.

Pennoceras seamani, sp. nov.

(Plate VIII, figures 7-13)

1910. Goniatites lunatus Raymond [not Miller and Gurley], Carnegie Museum
Annals, vol. 7, p. 156.

1911. Goniatites lunatus Raymond [not Miller and Gurley], Pennsylvania
Topog. and Geol. Survey Comm., Rept. 1908-1910, pp. 85, 86, 88, 96.

Conch moderately large and subglobular. It attains a maximum
diameter of at least 37 mm. Whorls broadly rounded ventrally and
laterally and impressed dorsally. Where they are about 8 mm. high, they
are about 9 mm. wide and are impressed to a depth of about Vy% mm.
Corresponding dimensions of larger whorls can not be ascertained from the
available specimens as they are distorted. Living chamber at least one
full volution in length. Umbilicus small, inconspicuous, and closed or
essentially so. Umbilical shoulders broadly rounded.

Surface of test bears prominent lirae which are straight and are di-
rectly transverse. These are very closely spaced on the umbilical regions

148

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

but are relatively far apart on the ventral zones of the conch. Traces of
the lirae are present on the internal mold.

Each external suture consists of a rather broad bifid ventral lobe and on
either side of it a rounded U-shaped first lateral saddle, a V-shaped but
narrowly rounded first lateral lobe, a low broad rounded second lateral
saddle, and a rounded lobe on the umbilical seam. The subdivisions of
the ventral lobe are only about two-fifths as deep as the entire lobe. They
are of about the same size as the secondary saddle that separates them
and are rounded. Text figure 2 B illustrates the shape of the sutures of
the specimen represented by figures 7-9 on Plate VIII at a diameter of
about 8 mm. It should perhaps also be mentioned that it appears to repre-
sent the adoral suture of that specimen.

Remarks: The above description is based on three specimens, only one
of which shows the shape of the sutures. This specimen is also the only
one that is free from distortion. The largest of the three (PI. VIII, figs.
10, 11) has been considerably crushed and flattened laterally.

Occurrence: Brush Creek limestone near Creighton (McFetridge Brick
Yard quarry) and Witmer, Pennsylvania. Also Raymond’s lists seem to
indicate that this species occurs in the Brush Creek near Donohoe and
Bens Creek, Pennsylvania, and in the Pine Creek near Witmer, Penn-
sylvania— we have a well-preserved specimen from Witmer but it was
collected long after the publication of Raymond’s paper and it came from
the Brush Creek.

Syntypes: Carnegie Museum (nos. 22,292-22,294).

Eoasianites sp.

(Plate VII, figs. 1, 2; Plate VIII, fig. 6)

We have six specimens from the Brush Creek limestone of southwestern
Pennsylvania that are referable to Eoasianites. All are fragments of large
septate individuals of 60 mm. or more diameter. Insofar as we can tell,
they represent only one species. The whorls are low and broad and are
broadly rounded ventrally but narrowly rounded laterally. The umbilicus
is broad and deep. Sutures form a large prominently divided ventral lobe
and on either side of it a high rounded first lateral saddle which is con-
stricted near mid-height, a deep hastate acuminate first lateral lobe, a
rounded asymmetrical second lateral saddle, and a small acuminate lobe
on the umbilical shoulder. Although the umbilical walls are broad, the

1942 Miller & Unklesbay: Conemaugh Cephalopod Fauna 149

sutures form no inflections on them. The internal sutures appear to be of
the typical gastrioceran type.

Remarks: The above-described specimens are similar to E. jonesi
(Miller and Owen) of the Seminole formation (basal Missouri) of Okla-
homa, E. excelsus (Meek) of the basal Wabaunsee of Kansas, and pos-
sibly E. globulosus (Meek and Worthen) of the Pennsylvanian of Kansas
and Oklahoma, as well as specimens from the Kansas City formation of
Missouri recently described by Miller and Furnish (1940, p. 541, pi. 65,
figs. 3-5) and compared with these species. The Conemaugh form differs
particularly from equal-sized representatives of E. jonesi and E. excelsus
in that the first lateral lobe of its sutures is relatively broad. No informa-
tion is available in regard to the sutures of large specimens of E. globulosus
and the Kansas City form if they exist.

Occurrence: Brush Creek limestone near Witmer, Glassmere, Sewickley,
Donohoe, and Creighton, Pennsylvania.

Repository: State University of Iowa, 3,112 (PI. VII, figs. 1, 2) and
3,113 (PI. VIII, fig. 6); and Carnegie Museum (six unfigured specimens).

Genus Schistoceras Hyatt, 1884
Genotype: Goniatites missouriensis Miller and Faber

Conch subglobular to subdiscoidal and moderately large. Whorls some-
what depressed, rounded ventrally, slightly flattened laterally, and im-
pressed dorsally. Living chamber appears to be about one volution in
length. Diameter of umbilicus, which becomes relatively smaller during
late ontogenetic development, varies from about one-fourth to about one-
half diameter of specimen. During adolescence umbilical shoulders are
nodose but nodes are lost before or during early maturity. Surface of test
at maturity is marked by transverse growth-lines and typically by
longitudinal lirae. Growth-lines form a deep rounded ventral sinus,
prominent rounded ventro-lateral salients, and shallow lateral sinuses.
Sutures consist of a large very prominently bifid ventral lobe, four pairs of
pointed-spatulate external lateral lobes, a narrow pointed dorsal lobe, and
two pairs of similar internal lateral lobes — altogether each mature suture
consists of fourteen lobes. Siphuncle ventral and marginal in position
throughout ontogenetic development. At maturity septal necks are en-
tirely prosiphonate and are about one-fourth as long as camerae. Con-
necting rings cylindrical; they extend through the septal necks and there-
fore form a continuous tube.

150

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

During rather early ontogenetic development the sutures pass through a
gastrioceran stage in which each consists of eight lobes. Then the umbili-
cal lobes become lateral in position and a paralegoceran stage is achieved

Fig. 3. Median longitudinal section of a portion of a mature whorl of Schistoceras
missouriense (Miller and Faber) showing the structure of the siphuncle, X
20. Based on a specimen (State University of Iowa, 3,119) from the Finis
shale (basal Cisco) about 3 miles east of Jacksboro, Texas.

as on each side of the conch a lobe is developed in the umbilical zone. This
lobe becomes trifid and evolves into three lobes, the dorsal one of which
is internal in position. In some cases the ventral one of these three be-
comes bifid, but this character is variable and apparently is to be ac-
corded little taxonomic value. The sutures of Schistoceras are never com-
parable to those of Metalegoceras ; in that genus the umbilical lobe of the
gastrioceran stage becomes trifid and evolves into three lobes. In Texoceras
and other adrianitids both external and internal lateral lobes are added
consecutively in the umbilical zone rather than developed from a trifid
umbilical lobe. The Paralegoceras-Schistoceras stock is one of the most
important in the Pennsylvanian, but apparently it became extinct at or
near the end of that period.

In spite of the fact that several paleontologists have emphasized that

1942 Miller & Unklesbay: Conemaugh Cephalopod Fauna 151

all of the known representatives of Schistoceras are very similar, they have
been divided into eleven species and three genera. In collaboration with
W. M. Furnish we have assembled a large collection from various horizons
and localities, and a direct comparison of specimens has convinced all
three of us that only two forms are distinct enough to be recognized as
species. One of these, which should be called S. hildrethi (Morton), is
characterized by a large umbilicus, nodose umbilical shoulders during
early maturity, and relatively prominent reticulate ornamentation. In
the second species, 5. missouriense (Miller and Faber), the umbilicus
is relatively small during early maturity, the umbilical shoulders are
smooth, and the ornamentation of the test is relatively fine and in-
conspicuous. All of these features are of course gradational, and forms are
known that are intermediate between the two species. Furthermore, the
two occur at several localities in direct association.

Smith proposed the name S. hyatti for the specimen on which the genus
is based. However, as Miller and Furnish recently pointed out, that
specific name should be suppressed as a synonym of S. missouriense ,
which then becomes the genotype. Paraschistoceras and Metaschistoceras
are to be regarded as synonyms of Schistoceras.

The genus Schistoceras is now known from the lower Conemaugh of
eastern Ohio and western Pennsylvania and the McLeansboro of central
Illinois. In the Missouri-Kansas-Oklahoma Mid-Continent region it
occurs at numerous horizons and localities ranging in age from the basal
Missouri Seminole formation of Oklahoma to the Douglas group of the
Virgil series in Kansas. In north-central Texas this genus is known from
the upper Strawn, the Canyon, the lower Cisco, and possibly the Wichita;
and in west Texas it ranges throughout most of the Gaptank. The speci-
men from central Asia which in 1931 Miller tentatively placed in this genus
almost certainly does not belong here, but one species, S. uralense Ru-
zhencev, is known from the Upper Carboniferous of the southern Urals.

Schistoceras hildrethi (Morton)

(Plate VIII, figures 1-3)

1836. Ammonites Hildrethi Morton, Am. Jour. Sci. and Arts, vol. 29, pp. 40,
149, pi. 1, fig. 24 [probably not p. 137, pi. 28, figs. 48, 50, 53, 54].

1889. Goniatites hildrethi Miller, North American geology and palaeontology
. . . , p. 439.

1898. Agathiceras Hildrethi Haug, Soc. geol. France Mem. Paleont., no. 18,
pp. 33, 105-107, pi. 1, figs. 40a-c.

152

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

1903. Schistoceras hildrethi Smith, U. S. Geol. Survey Mon. 42, pp. 107-108,
pi. 3, figs. 1, 2.

1930. Schistoceras reticulatum Miller, Jour. Pal., vol. 4, pp. 403-406, pi. 39,
figs. 6-9.

1937. Schistoceras unicum Miller and Owen, Jour. Pal., vol. 11, pp. 420-422,
pi. 52, figs. 16, 17.

1937. Paraschistoceras hildrethi Plummer and Scott, Texas Univ. Bull. 3701,
pp. 17, 18, 22, 30, 33, 207, 240, 244, 247, 248, 250-251, 253, 255, 257,
379, 380, 387, 389, 390, pi. 14, figs. 1-14.

1937. Paraschistoceras reticulatum Plummer and Scott, Texas Univ. Bull.
3701, pp. 16, 17, 21, 22, 34, 246, 247, 253-255, 380, 382, 387, 388, 394,
399, pi. 14, figs. 15-18.

1937. Paraschistoceras strawnense Plummer and Scott, Texas Univ. Bull. 3701,
pp. 16, 17, 247, 248-249, 387, pi. 14, figs. 22, 23.

1937. Paraschistoceras costiferum Plummer and Scott, Texas Univ. Bull. 3701,
pp. 17, 252-253, 255, pi. 14, figs. 19-21.

1940. Schistoceras hildrethi Miller and Furnish, Jour. Pal., vol. 14, pp. 539-540
pi. 65, figs. 10, 11.

In 1836 Morton figured several specimens on which he based this
species, but from his illustrations we are able to recognize the generic
affinities of only one of them (Morton’s pi. 1, fig. 24). This one may well
be the same individual that Haug later found in a collection which
Hildreth, who collected the types, had sent to France. Because of the
measurements given by Morton, Haug concluded that he was probably
not studying one of the original type specimens, but Morton’s measure-
ments elsewhere in the same paper are inconsistent. Furthermore, it is
probably significant that Morton’s illustrations are of almost precisely the
same size as Haug’s specimen, that in each case the specimens are stated to
be silicified internal molds, and that insofar as it is possible to make
comparisons the figures appear to be identical. Since Morton’s illus-
trations are quite inadequate and his specimens are lost, whereas Haug’s
figures are quite satisfactory, the specimen studied by Haug is regarded
as the type of the species.

The available collections from the Conemaugh of southwestern Penn-
sylvania contain four specimens that appear to be conspecific. Two of
these, however, are crushed and therefore their specific affinities are some-
what questionable. The largest of the four, which is septate throughout,
shows that the phragmacone attains a diameter of at least 45 mm. Where
the specimen represented by figures 1 and 2 on Plate VIII is about 30
mm. in diameter, its conch is about 12 mm. high and about 18 mm. wide,
and its umbilicus is some 12 mm. in diameter. The whorls are rather

1942 Miller & Unklesbay: Conemaugh Cephalopod Fauna 153

low and broad. They are broadly rounded ventrally and laterally and are
impressed dorsally. The umbilical shoulders are abrupt and are slightly
nodose. It is estimated that there are about 25 nodes on each umbilical
shoulder of the outer volution of the specimen represented by figures 1
and 2 on Plate VIII. The nodes appear to be somewhat elongate trans-
versely.

The surface of the test is reticulate as it bears rather prominent longi-
tudinal lirae and transverse growth-lines. The growth-lines are sinuous
and each forms a rounded ventral sinus and on either side of it a similar
ventro-lateral salient and a shallow lateral sinus. The shape of the external
sutures is shown by Text figures 4 and 5 A. The ventral lobe is very

Fig. 4. Suture of Schistoceras hildrethi (Morton) at a diameter of about 30 mm., X
3. Based on the specimen represented by figures 1 and 2 on Plate VIII,
which came from the Brush Creek limestone in the McFetridge quarry
near Creighton, Pennsylvania.

prominently bifid and its subdivisions are as large as the first lateral lobe.
The first and second lateral saddles are contracted near their mid-height.
The first and second lateral lobes are acuminate and are asymmetrical.
The third lateral saddle is very asymmetrical. The third lateral lobe is
somewhat irregular in its development in that in some cases it is bifid
whereas in others it is undivided. In the specimen represented by Text
figure 5 A and by figure 3 on Plate VIII, the suture is preserved on only
one side of the conch, and the third lateral lobe is bifid there. As shown
by Text figure 4, in the specimen represented by figures 1 and 2 on Plate
VIII the third lateral lobes are undivided, but there is a small lobe de-
veloped in the fourth lateral saddle on the right but not on the left side of
the conch. The lobe on the umbilical wall is in all cases narrow and V-
shaped.

Remarks: In this species the shape of the conch and the nature of the
ornamentation and the sutures vary throughout ontogenetic develop-
ment. During adolescence the umbilicus is relatively large, the umbilical

154

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

shoulders are conspicuously nodose, and the surface ornamentation of the
test is relatively prominent. These ontogenetic variations, together with
differences in preservation, are sufficient to explain most of the characters
on which species that we regard as invalid have been based. Without an
abundance of material it has been difficult to compare satisfactorily
species established for testiferous specimens and those based on internal
molds. Even topotypes are not infallible, for the large collections now
available show that widely different types occur in direct association.
There is, to be sure, more or less gradation between S. hildrethi and S.
missouriense , but the extremes within the group are worthy of specific
recognition.

Occurrence: The only one of the original type specimens of which we
can recognize the generic affinities came from the Cambridge limestone
near Cambridge, Ohio — this may be the specimen that was figured by
Haug in 1898. We have a congeneric specimen from the same horizon and
locality, but it is clearly not conspecific, being referable to 5. missouriense.
In the Conemaugh of southwestern Pennsylvania -S. hildrethi occurs in the
Brush Creek limestone near Creighton (McFetridge Brick Yard quarry)
and Glassmere, in the Woodg Run limestone at Abers Creek about 8
miles east of Wilkinsburg, and in the Ames limestone in Pittsburgh
(Schenley Park) — the specific affinities of the specimens from the last two
horizons and localities are somewhat questionable. Elsewhere, conspecific
specimens have been found in the McLeansboro of Sangamon County,
Illinois; the Muncie Creek member of the Iola formation (Kansas City
group) at Kansas City, Missouri; the Iatan limestone of the Pedee group
and the Stranger formation of the Douglas group in Douglas County,
Kansas; the Seminole and Nellie Bly formations of Tulsa County, Okla-
homa; the Nelagoney formation of Osage County, Oklahoma; the upper
Strawn of Palo Pinto County, north-central Texas; the Graford formation
of Palo Pinto and Wise counties, north-central Texas; the Graham forma-
tion (lower Cisco) of Brown, Jack, McCulloch, Stephens, and Young
counties, north-central Texas; and the upper Gaptank formation of
Brewster County, west Texas.

Hypotypes: State University of Iowa, 3,115 (PI. VIII, figs. 1,2) and 3,114
(PI. VIII, fig. 3); and Carnegie Museum (two unfigured specimens of
questionable specific affinities).

1942 Miller & Unklesbay: Conemaugh Cephalopod Fauna 155

Schistoceras missouriense (Miller and Faber)

(Plate VIII, figures 4, 5)

1884. Schistoceras sp. Hyatt, Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. Proc., vol. 22, p. 336.
1892. Goniatites missouriensis Miller and Faber, Cincinnati Soc. Nat. Hist.
Jour., vol. 14, pp. 164-165, pi. 6, fig. 1.

1896. Goniatites fultonensis Miller and Gurley, Illinois State Mus. Nat. Hist.
Bull. 11, pp. 39-40, pi. 4, figs. 15-17.

1896. Paralegoceras iowense Smith [part], Am. Phil. Soc. Proc., vol. 35, pp.
263, 265.

1898. Agathiceras Fultonensis Haug, Soc. geol. France Mem. Paleont., no.
18, p. 33.

1903. Schistoceras fultonense Smith, U. S. Geol. Survey Mon. 42, pp. 106-107,
pi. 16, figs. 15-17.

1903. Schistoceras hyatti Smith, U. S. Geol. Survey Mon. 42, pp. 108-111, pi.
20, figs. 1-8; pi. 21, figs. 10a-13.

1903. Schistoceras missouriense Smith, U. S. Geol. Survey Mon. 42, p. Ill, pi.
8, fig. 1.

1919. Schistoceras smithi Bose, Texas Univ. Bull. 1762, pp. 93-95, pi. 3, figs.
9-16.

1919. Schistoceras diver secostatum Bose, Texas Univ. Bull. 1762, pp. 96-99, pi.
4, figs. 1-36.

1921. Schistoceras hyatti Plummer and Moore, Texas Univ. Bull. 2132, pp. 145,
146, 149, pi. 22, fig. 10.

1924. Schistoceras fultonense Morgan, [Oklahoma] Bur. Geol. Bull. 2, p. 124,
pi. 53, figs. 8, 8a.

1929. Schistoceras diver secostatum Smith, Am. Jour. Sci. 5th ser., vol. 17, pp.
76-77, figs. B1-B13.

1930. Schistoceras missouriense Sayre, Kansas Univ. Sci. Bull., vol. 19, pt. 2,
p. 158, pi. 21, figs. 4, 4a.

1930. Schistoceras smithi Miller, Jour. Pal., vol. 4, pp. 406-407, pi. 39, figs.
14-16.

1932. Schistoceras hyatti Sellards, Texas Univ. Bull. 3232, p. 114.

1937. Schistoceras missouriense Plummer and Scott, Texas Univ. Bull. 3701,
pp. 17, 18, 30, 33, 201, 202-204, 206, 388, 399, pi. 19, figs. 1-15; pi. 20,
fig. 11.

1937. Schistoceras smithi Plummer and Scott, Texas Univ. Bull. 3701, pp. 17,
22, 32, 34, 201, 205-206, 303, 387, 388, pi. 18, figs. 1-7; pi. 41, figs. 6-8.
1937. Schistoceras diver secostatum Plummer and Scott, Texas Univ. Bull.

3701, pp. 17, 22, 32, 34, 201, 206-207, 251, 255, 389, pi. 20, figs. 1-10.
1937. Metaschistoceras heilprini Plummer and Scott, Texas Univ. Bull. 3701,
pp. 247, 256-257, 380, pi. 41, figs. 1-5.

1940. Schistoceras missouriense Miller and Furnish, Jour. Pal., vol. 14, pp.
540-541, pi. 65, figs. 6-9.

156

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

The holotype of this species, which came from the Kansas City group
at Kansas City, Missouri, represents only one side of the conch. It is a
rather well-preserved internal mold. Small fragments of the reticulate
test adhere to the holotype, and conspecific testiferous specimens are
known from the Graham formation (lower Cisco) of north-central Texas.
Moderate-sized specimens have rather inconspicuous shell ornamentation,
but during late maturity rather prominent longitudinal lirae are developed.
On large specimens these longitudinal markings are distinctly more
prominent than the transverse growth-lines.

The collections that we are studying from the Conemaugh of Penn-
sylvania contain three representatives of this species, and Plummer and
Scott (1937, pi. 41, fig. 8) recently figured a specimen that is probably
conspecific. Also, we have an exceptionally well-preserved internal mold
from the Cambridge limestone of southeastern Ohio. All three of the
available specimens from Pennsylvania are crushed and are none too well

Fig. 5. Sutures of two species of Schistoceras.

A. 5. hildrethi (Morton) at a diameter of about 25 mm., X 4; based on the
specimen represented by figure 3 on Plate VIII, which came from the
Brush Creek limestone near Glassmere, Pennsylvania.

B. S. missouriense (Miller and Faber) at a diameter of about 37 mm., X 3;
1 based on the specimen represented by figures 4 a»nd 5 on Plate VIII, which

came from the Cambridge limestone about 4 miles northeast of New
Concord, Ohio.

1942 Miller & Unklesb ay: Conemaugh Cephalopod Fauna 157

preserved. They are septate throughout and therefore represent only the
phragmacone. All are of the same general size, and they show that the
phragmacone attained a diameter of at least 77 mm. Where the diameter
of one of these Pennsylvania specimens measures about 65 mm., its
umbilicus is only about 13 mm. in diameter; corresponding measurements
near the adoral end of the well-preserved Ohio specimen are about 45
mm. and 10 mm., respectively. The outer volution of the conch is flat-
tened laterally, rounded ventrally, and impressed dorsally. The maximum
width of the conch is attained at the umbilical shoulders. Near the adoral
end of the Ohio specimen mentioned above, the conch is about 22 mm.
high and about 24 mm. wide. As all of the Pennsylvania specimens are
crushed, corresponding measurements can not be obtained.

Longitudinal lirae are prominent on even the adoral portion of the larg-
est specimen being studied. They are distinctly more prominent there
than are the sinuous transverse growth-lines. The shape of the sutures in
this species is shown by text figure 5 B, which is based on the Ohio speci-
men. The sutures of the Pennsylvania specimens are quite similar in all
available particulars.

Remarks: In general the characters of this species are slightly more
advanced than are those of 5. hildrethi , but all features are not consistent
in this respect. In 5. hildrethi the umbilicus is larger and the umbilical
nodes and prominent reticulate ornamentation of the test are retained
until a much larger size is attained by the conch. At least insofar as the
size of the umbilicus is concerned, the specimen recently figured by
Plummer and Scott appears to be more or less intermediate between
typical S. hildrethi and ,S. missouriense.

Occurrence: The holotype of this species came from the Kansas City
group at Kansas City, Missouri. The collections that we are studying
from the Conemaugh of Pennsylvania contain conspecific specimens from
the Brush Creek limestone in brick-yard quarries near Mars and Creigh-
ton— Plummer and Scott’s specimen came from the same horizon at the
latter locality. Also, we have a similar specimen from the Cambridge
limestone in an abandoned quarry in the SW;L£, NE34, sec. 24, Adams
Township, Guernsey County, southeastern Ohio. Other representatives
of this species are known from the following horizons and localities: the
Winterset, Westerville, and Iola (Muncie Creek member) formations at
or near Kansas City, Missouri; the McLeansboro? of Fulton County,
Illinois; the LaSalle limestone (McLeansboro) of LaSalle County, Illinois;
the Belle City limestone of Seminole County, Oklahoma; the Graford

158

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

formation of Wise County, north-central Texas; the Graham formation
of Brown, Jack, Stephens, and Young counties, north-central Texas; the
Gaptank formation of Brewster and Pecos counties, west Texas; and pos-
sibly the Belle Plains formation (Wichita) of Callahan County, north-
central Texas.

Hypotypes: State University of Iowa, 1,437 (PI. VIII, figs. 4, 5); and
Carnegie Museum (3 specimens).

REFERENCES

Flower, R. H.

1939. Study of the Pseudorthoceratidae: Palaeontographica Americana,

vol. 2, no. 10, pp. 1-215, pis. 1-9.

Frech, Fritz

1899. Die Steinkohlenf or motion: Lethaea geognostica, Theil 1, Lethaea
palaeozoica, Bd. 2, Nr. 2, pp. 257-433, 9 pis., Stuttgart.

Girty, G. H.

1915. Fauna of the Wewoka formation of Oklahoma: U. S. Geol. Survey
Bull. 544, pp. 1-353, pis. 1-35.

Meek, F. B.

1872. Report on the paleontology of eastern Nebraska , with some remarks
on the Carboniferous rocks of that district: Final Rept. U. S.
Geol. Survey Nebraska . . . (U. S. 42d Cong., 1st sess., House
Ex. Doc. 19), pp. 83-239, pis. 1-11.

Meek, F. B., and Worthen, A. H.

1866. Descriptions of invertebrates from the Carboniferous system: Illinois
Geol. Survey, vol. 2, pp. 143-411, pis. 14-32.

Miller, A. K.

1931. Two new genera of Late Paleozoic cephalopods from central Asia:
Am. Jour. Sci., 5th ser., vol. 22, pp. 417-425.

Miller, A. K., Dunbar, C. O., and Condra, G. E.

1933. The nautiloid cephalopods of the Perinsylvanian system in the Mid-

Continent region: Nebraska Geol. Survey Bull. 9, 2d ser., pp.
1-240, pis. 1-24.

Miller, A. K., and Furnish, W. M.

1940. Studies of Carboniferous ammonoids: Jour. Pal., vol. 14, pp. 356-377,

521-543, pis. 45-49, 62-65.

Miller, A. K., and Owen, J. B.

1934. Cherokee nautiloids of the northern Mid- Continent region: Univ.

Iowa Studies Nat. Hist., vol. 16, pp. 185-272, pis. 8-19.

1939. An ammonoid fauna from the Lower Pennsylvanian Cherokee forma-
tion of Missouri: Jour. Pal., vol. 13, pp. 141-162, pis. 17-20.
Miller, S. A., and Gurley, W. F. E.

1896. New species of Palaeozoic invertebrates from Illinois and other states:
Illinois State Mus. Nat. Hist. Bull. 11, pp. 1-50, pis. 1-5.

1942 Miller & Unklesbay: Conemaugh Cephalopod Fauna 159
Morgan, G. D.

1924. Geology of the Stonewall quadrangle, Oklahoma: [Oklahoma! Bur.
Geol. Bull. 2, pp. 1-248, pis. 1-53.

Plummer, F. B., and Scott, Gayle.

1937. Upper Paleozoic ammonites in Texas: Univ. Texas Bull. 3701, pp.

1-516, pis. 1-41.

Raymond, P. E.

1909. Some sections of the Conemaugh series between Pittsburgh and Latrobe,

Pennsylvania: Carnegie Museum Annals, vol. 5, pp. 166-177.

1910. A preliminary list of the fauna of the Allegheny and Conemaugh

series in western Pennsylvania: Carnegie Museum Annals, vol.
7, pp. 144-158.

1911. A preliminary list of the fauna of the Allegheny and Conemaugh

series in western Pennsylvania: Pennsylvania Topog. and Geol.
Survey Comm., Rept. 1908-1910, pp. 81-98, pis. 3-6.

Rogers, H. D.

1858. The geology of Pennsylvania, a government survey, vol. 1, pp. 1-586;
vol. 2, pp. 1-1046, pis. 1-23, Philadelphia.

Smith, J. P.

1903. The Carboniferous ammonoids of America: U. S. Geol. Survey
Mon. 42, pp. 1-211, pis. 1-29.

Sturgeon, M. T.

1938. A specimen of Solenochilus peculiar e from the Pottsville series of

Ohio: Ohio Jour. Sci., vol. 38, pp. 277-279, pi. 1.

Teichert, Curt.

1933. Der Bau der actinoceroiden Cephalopoden: Palaeontographica, Bd.
78, Abt. A, pp. 1-230, Taf. 8-15.

160

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. xxix

Figs. 1-5.

Figs. 6, 7.

Figs. 8-10.

Figs. 11-13.

Figs. 14, 15.

Fig. 16.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I
All figures in natural size unless indicated otherwise.

Pseudorthoceras knoxense (McChesney)

1. A moderately large specimen, representing part of the phrag-
macone; from the Brush Creek limestone near Creighton, Pennsyl-
vania, (C. M. 22,287).

2. A smaller specimen, the adoral end of which is crushed; from
the same formation in Harvy quarry, Glassmere, Pennsylvania,
(C. M. 22,285).

3. The extreme adapical portion of the conch; from the same
formation near Donohoe, Pennsylvania, X 4 (C. M. 22,289).

4. A longitudinal section showing the siphuncle and the cameral
deposits; from the same formation at the Twin Echo Boy Scout camp
near Ligonier, Pennsylvania, X 4 (C. M. 22,286).

5. An internal mold showing the sutures; from the same horizon
and locality as the preceding (C. M. 22,288).

Mooreoceras normale Miller, Dunbar, and Condra.

Septal and dorsal views of a portion of a phragmacone; from the
Brush Creek limestone near Creighton, Pennsylvania (C. M. 22,297).
Metacoceras perelegans Girty.

8, 9. Two views of an early mature portion of the conch; from
the Brush Creek limestone near Creighton, Pennsylvania (C. M.
22, 295).

10. A distorted adolescent specimen; from the Pine Creek lime-
stone near Witmer, Pennsylvania (C. M. 22,296).

Liroceras spp.

11, 12. Two views of an internal mold of the adapical part of the
living chamber; from the Vanport limestone near Wampum, Penn-
sylvania (C. M. 22,298).

13. Ventral view of a specimen representing part of the phragma-
cone and the living chamber; from the Brush Creek limestone near
Glassmere, Pennsylvania, X 1%.

Ephippioceras f erratum (Cox) .

Lateral and ventral views of a typical specimen from the Brush
Creek limestone at Creighton, Pennsylvania.

Megaglossoceras sp.

Ventral view of a fragment of an internal mold from the Brush
Creek limestone at Witmer, Pennsylvania.

ANNALS, CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXIX

Art. V

Plate I

162

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Figs. 1-3.

Fig. 4.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II

Poterioceras curtum (Meek and Worthen).

1, 2. Apical and ventro-lateral views of a testiferous specimen
from the Eudora shale northeast of Copan, Oklahoma, X

3. A somewhat crushed testiferous specimen from the Brush
Creek limestone, Glassmere, Pennsylvania, X Pi (C. M. 22,291).
Poterioceras subellipticum, sp. nov.

Lateral view of the holotype, which came from the Wyandotte
limestone northeast of Louisville, Nebraska, X H- (See Plate IV
for a dorsal view of this specimen.)

ANNALS, CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXIX

Art. V

Plate II

3

4

still

164

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III
All figures in natural size.

Figs. 1-5. Metacoceras cornutum Girty.

1, 2. Ventral and lateral views of a large, essentially complete,
internal mold from the Brush Creek limestone near Glassmere,
Pennsylvania.

3. Ventral view of the phragmacone of the same specimen.

4, 5. Two views of an adolescent portion of a phragmacone from
the same horizon and locality.

Figs. 6-8. Metacoceras perelegans Girty.

6. Lateral view of a large mature testiferous specimen from the
Brush Creek limestone near Creighton, Pennsylvania.

7, 8. Two views of an adolescent portion of the conch from the
same horizon near Glassmere, Pennsylvania. The specific affinities of
this specimen are somewhat questionable.

ANNALS, CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXIX Art. V Plate III

166

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Figs. 1-3,

Fig. 4.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV
All figures in natural size unless indicated otherwise.

Tainoceras monilifer Miller, Dunbar, and Condra.

Three testiferous specimens, all of which are crushed and frag-
mentary; from the Ames limestone near Pitcairn, Pennsylvania.
(Fig. 1, C. M., no. 10,434; fig. 2, C. M., no. 22,299). The specimen
that was illustrated in 1910 and 1911 by Raymond (C. M. 149) is
shown in figure 3.

Poterioceras subellipticum, sp. nov.

Dorsal view of the holotype, which came from the Wyandotte
limestone northeast of Louisville, Nebraska, X (See Plate II
for a lateral view of this specimen.)

ANNALS, CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXIX

Art. V

Plate IV

168

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. xxix

Fig. l.

Figs. 2-4

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V
All figures in natural size.

Poterioceras curtum (Meek and Worthen).

Apical view of a small partially testiferous specimen from the
Brush Creek limestone near Glassmere, Pennsylvania.

Domatoceras spp.

Three testiferous specimens from the Brush Creek limestone
near Glassmere (figs. 2, and 3) and Creighton (fig. 4), Pennsylvania.

ANNALS, CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXIX Art. V Plate V

170

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI
All figures in natural size.

Figs. 1, 2. Solenochilus brammeri Miller, Dunbar, and Condra (?).

Ventral and lateral views of a mature specimen, from the Brush
Creek limestone near Hites, Pennsylvania.

ANNALS, CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXIX

Art. V

Plate VI

172

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII
All figures in natural size.

Figs. 1, 2. Eoasianites sp.

Ventral and lateral views of a fragment of a large septate speci-
men from the Brush Creek limestone near Witmer, Pennsylvania.
Figs. 3-6. Solenochilus brammeri Miller, Dunbar, and Condra (?).

Three internal molds, two of which (figs. 5 and 6) are crushed;
from the Brush Creek limestone near Murrysville (figs. 3 and 4),
and Glassmere (figs. 5 and 6, C. M. 22,290) Pennsylvania.

ANNALS, CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXIX

Art. V

Plate VII

174

Annals of the Carnegie Museum vol. xxix

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII

Figs. 1-3.

Figs. 4, 5.

Fig. 6.

Figs. 7-13.

All figures in natural size unless indicated otherwise.

Schistoceras hildrethi (Morton).

1, 2. Lateral and ventral views of an internal mold from the
Brush Creek limestone in McFetridge Brick Yard quarry near
Creighton, Pennsylvania.

3. Ventral view of a partially testiferous specimen from the
Brush Creek limestone near Glassmere, Pennsylvania, X lX-
Schistoceras missouriense (Miller and Faber).

Two views of a silicified specimen from the Cambridge limestone
about 4 miles northeast of New Concord, Ohio.

Eoasianites sp.

Ventral view of a well-preserved but incomplete specimen from
the Brush Creek limestone near Glassmere, Pennsylvania.
Pennoceras seamani, sp. nov.

7-9. Three views of the best of the syntypes, from the Brush
Creek limestone near Creighton, Pennsylvania, X 3 (C. M. 22,292).

10, 11. Ventral and lateral views of the largest of the syntypes,
which is crushed and flattened laterally, from the Brush Creek lime-
stone in McFetridge Brick Yard quarry near Creighton, Penn-
sylvania (C. M. 22,294).

12, 13. Two views of the third syntype, from the Brush Creek
limestone near Witmer, Pennsylvania, X 3 (C. M. 22,293).

ANNALS, CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXIX

Plate VIII

Art. V

ART. VI. DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW SALAMANDERS

FROM PENINSULAR FLORIDA^^^^^I^:

By M. Graham Netting, Carnegie Mi/seMi

AND JUN1

Coleman J. Goin, University of Florida

N&?:

(One plate)

During the course of our studies of Florida amphibians it became ap-
parent that the peninsular populations of two salamanders differ tren-
chantly from the respective populations to the north. It was our intention
to include the descriptions of these apparently undescribed forms in our
general report upon the amphibians of Florida, but Dr. Sherman C.
Bishop encouraged us to describe the new forms without delay, so that
they might be included in his forthcoming salamander manual.

One of the new subspecies is a Pseudotriton of the montanus group, for
which we propose the name

Pseudotriton montanus floridanus, new subspecies
(Plate I, figure 5)

Rusty Mud Salamander

Pseudotriton montanus flavissimus Dunn (part), 1926: 291-293.

(measurements ; records)

Carr, 1940: 49-50 (records; habits and habitat)

Holo^pe. — Carnegie Museum, no. 16850, adult male, collected on
April l5, 1936, by A. F. Carr, Jr.

Allotype. — Department of Biology, University of Florida, no. 598,
adult female, collected April 10, 1936, at the type locality.

Type locality. — A seepage area along “C” Creek, on the University of
Florida campus, in Gainesville, Alachua County, Florida.

Paratypes.— Thirteen, all from Florida, as follows: cm 1685 1-53, 1 from

1 Abbreviations. — The following abbreviations have been used in the listing of
paratypes, and in referring to particular specimens: AMNH, American Museum
of Natural History; CFW, private collection of Charles F. Walker; CJG, private
collection of Coleman J. Goin; CM, Carnegie Museum; DBUF, Department of
Biology, University of Florida; FMNH, Field Museum of Natural History;
MCZ, Museum of Comparative Zoology; UMMZ, University of Michigan,
Museum of Zoology; and USNM, United States National Museum.

175

Issued June 16, 1942.

176

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

“C” Creek, University of Florida campus, Gainesville, Alachua County;
dbuf 641, from a swamp near the University of Florida campus, Gaines-
ville; dbuf 692, from Hogtown Creek near Gainesville; dbuf 599, from
near Gainesville; cm 20129 and fmnh 35419, from 4 miles east of Gaines-
ville; ummz 56646 and ummz 86419(2), from Alachua County; ummz 68855,
from Marianna, Jackson County; and usnm 22819, from Chuluota,
Seminole County.

Diagnosis. — A slender Pseudotriton , of the montanus group, with a very
short, bluntly rounded snout; costal grooves 18 (rarely 17); costal folds
between appressed toes 7-9 in adults; a series of short, horizontal, pinkish-
buff bars on each side of the body, beginning just above the arm, con-
tinuing backward over the legs, and fading out on the proximal third of the
tail; no round, black spots on the upper surfaces of the head, trunk, or
limbs (such spots may occur on dorsal surface of the tail) ; a few to many,
small, scattered, roughly circular dark spots on lower sides, throat, belly,
and underside of tail. The new race differs structurally from Pseudotriton
montanus flavissimus Hallowed in having a shorter, blunter snout, one or
two more costal grooves, and a greater number of costal folds between
appressed toes. In coloration it differs from flavissimus in lacking round,
black dots on the dorsum anteriorly, in having pinkish-buff dorsolateral
bars, and in having a considerably darker dorsal ground color.

Description of holotype. — Skin smooth and lustrous on dorsum, heavily
wrinkled on sides; no large glands present. A few large mucous pores
beginning in front of eye; a row extending backward over eye; another
curving beneath eye, then forking into a short row that curves upward
and backward behind eye, and a short row that undulates downward and
backward above angle of jaw. A group of pores beginning anteriorly on
each side of chin, diverging backward in a zigzag row, becoming more
numerous anterior to gular fold, and passing vertically upward on side
of head.

Head (as seen from above) rectangular posteriorly, increasing slightly
in width to just behind eyes where it begins to taper to short, bluntly
rounded snout; (as seen from side) truncate, flat beneath, slightly rounded
anteriorly, and slightly arched above, with a depression between eyes;
upper jaw projecting slightly beyond lower. Outline of mouth straight
anteriorly, curving slightly downward posteriorly; angle of jaw slightly
back of hind angle of eye. No canthus rostralis. Nostrils small, cres-
centic slits, placed antero-laterally, just visible from above. Internarial
distance three-fourths that between anterior points of upper eyelids.

1942

Netting & Goin: New Salamanders from Florida

177

Nasolabial grooves without a tubercle at lower ends. Eye moderate in
size, length of upper eyelid slightly longer than the distance from its an-
terior corner to tip of snout; both eyelids fitting under fold of skin behind.
A slightly undulant, horizontal groove from eye to rear of head, where it
forks, a weak branch extending horizontally to, and a strong branch curv-
ing downward to, diagonal gular fold, thus forming a narrow triangular
prominence; a weak vertical groove crossing horizontal groove behind
angle of jaw, followed by another short, weak, vertical groove. Gular fold
curving forward ventrally, slanting backward on sides to horizontal
groove, then extending vertically upward as a mere wrinkle. Head width
5.7 times in body length; head length 4.9 times in body length.

Body slender for a Pseudotriton , almost circular in cross-section, only
slightly depressed, with little or no constriction at neck, no mid-dorsal
groove, a shallow mid-ventral depression. Costal grooves 18, including an
indistinct axial, extending vertically to dorsum but not reaching median
line, some connecting faintly across abdomen. Costal folds between ap-
pressed toes 9. Vent a short, longitudinal slit; internal lips covered with a
mass of papillae anteriorly.

Tail shorter than head-body, 1.4 times in snout-to-vent length; not
constricted at base; nearly square, with rounded corners (in cross-section
at base), becoming gradually compressed to flattened tip. Dorsal surface
rounded anteriorly, then rising to a low keel that changes insensibly to
a low, fleshy fin on terminal half. Ventral surface flat anteriorly and de-
veloping a minute keel and fin on terminal half.

Forelimbs stout and short in length. Fingers four, short, slightly taper-
ing, rounded at tips; not webbed but joined at bases; 3-2-4- 1 in order of
decreasing length. No metacarpal tubercles present.

Hindlimbs stout and short in length. Toes five, short, slightly taper-
ing, rounded at tips; minutely webbed and joined at bases; 3-4-2-5-1 in
order of decreasing length, third and fourth nearly equal. No metatarsal
tubercles present.

Tongue nearly circular, free all around, protrusible. Premaxillary-
maxillary teeth uniform, short, sharply pointed; in a single, continuous
series (of 57 teeth, counting spaces) ending opposite posterior end of
groove from naris. Mandibular teeth uniform, short, sharply pointed;
in a single, continuous series (26 on right side only) ending below rearmost
maxillary teeth. Vomero-parasphenoid teeth short, sharply pointed,
arranged in two continuous series beginning behind center of naris, each
curving inward toward the median line, extending backward, parallel to

178

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

its fellow series, but separated from this by half the width of a naris,
becoming a double row and diverging abruptly from its fellow series at a
point on a line with the rear margin of orbit; the teeth in each series be-
coming more numerous posteriorly to form an elongate patch, the indi-
vidual teeth of which are arranged in short, diagonal rows of five or six
each. Internal nares moderate, oval, with their longest diameters trans-
verse, drained by a deep groove, curving outward and backward.

Coloration— Ground color of dorsum dull reddish-brown, somewhat
mottled with indistinct darker areas and a few small, irregular, light
pinkish spots, but without any round dark spots. Dorsal surface of tail
dull reddish-brown, with small, circular, scattered black spots. Upper
portions of sides mottled with streaks of dorsal ground color, with even
more numerous short, staggered, streaks of pinkish-buff, and with a
very few irregular, indistinct blackish spots. The entire venter and lower
halves of sides on trunk and tail buffy-cream, sparsely spotted with small,
irregular blackish spots; a larger number of spots on sides, chiefly along a
line connecting upper insertions of limbs, and along a line connecting
lower insertions of limbs; numerous, scattered spots on sides of tail.
Venter with but 6 brownish-black spots on throat, 6 between forelimbs,
only 5 on central portion of belly, somewhat more numerous, but well-
spaced, on underside of tail. Limbs uniform brown above. Head uniform
dark brown, without any light or dark spotting, and without the faintest
suggestion of a light line from eye to naris; outer portions of upper and
lower eyelids pale; a dark gray band around anterior edge of lower lip.

Measurements (in millimeters). — Head width, 9; head length, 10.5;
forelimb, 9.8; hindlimb, 11.6; body length, 51.5; tail length, 45; total
length, 107.

Description of allotype. — Department of Biology, University of Florida,
no. 598, adult female, collected at the type locality, differs structurally
from the holotype as follows: head, sub-rectangular posteriorly; costal
grooves, 17 ; costal folds between appressed toes, 7.5 ; lining of vent grooved
vertically, not papillate; fleshy dorsal fin on distal two-thirds of tail;
fingers slightly webbed; and vomero-parasphenoid series of teeth begin-
ning behind outer border of naris. In coloration, the allotype differs in
having the upper surfaces of the head, tail, and limbs gray-brown; the
center of the back unicolor dull reddish-brown ; and the entire venter and
lower halves of sides thickly spotted with small, irregular brownish spots.
The measurements and proportions of the allotype are: head width, 8.1;
head length, 10.5; forelimb, 9.5; hindlimb, 11.0; body length, 51; tail

1942

Netting & Goin: New Salamanders from Florida

179

length, 36.5; total length, 98; head width 6.3 times in body length; head
length 4.9 times in body length; and tail length 1.7 times in snout-to-vent
length.

Description of larva. — Department of Biology, University of Florida,
no. 599, from near Gainesville, has: costal grooves, 18; costal folds be-
tween appressed toes, 6; dorsal tail fin beginning above hind legs; and
ventral tail fin on distal two-thirds of tail. The larva is much lighter in
coloration than are adults, but its upper sides are sufficiently streaked to
make identification easy. In detail, it has the upper surfaces of the trunk
and tail brown, heavily mottled with small, irregular, buffy areas; the
upper sides with short streaks of cream; the lower sides lightly streaked
with brown; the sides of the tail creamy, with narrow brown reticulations;
and the throat and belly immaculate. The measurements and proportions
of the larva are: head width, 7.2; head length, 8.5; forelimb, 7 ; hindlimb,
9.5; body length, 32.5; tail length, 33; total length, 74; head width 4.5 in
body length; head length 3.8 in body length; and tail 1.2 in snout-to-vent
length.

Variation in paratypes. — The paratypes exhibit only minor variations
in structure and pattern. The three largest males (holotype included)
range in total length from 97-107 mm; in tail length from 37-45 mm; in
snout-to-vent length from 60-62 mm; in head length from 10-10.5 mm;
and in head width from 8.3-9 mm. These specimens have tail length in
snout-to-vent length ratios of 1.4-1. 6; head length in trunk length ratios
of 4. 9-5. 2; and head width in trunk length ratios of 5.7-6. The largest
female has a total length of 118 mm, a tail length of 47.5, and a snout-to-
vent length of 70.5, but this specimen has a damaged head. The three
largest females in good condition vary in total length from 91.5-98 mm;
in tail length from 36-41 mm; in snout-to-vent length from 50.5-61.5; in
head length from 9-10.5; and in head width from 6.9-8. 1. The ratios for
these females are: tail length in snout-to-vent length, 1.2-1. 7 ; head length
in trunk length, 4. 6-4. 9; and head width in trunk length, 6-6.3. In the
single larva, and in a number of recently transformed specimens, the
trunk length is only a little greater than the tail length, whereas in fully
adult specimens the trunk is usually considerably longer than the tail.
This difference in proportion may be the result of a more rapid growth
rate in the trunk, or it may be due to the greater frequency of tail injury
in large specimens. Pseudotriton and Gyrinophilus seem especially
susceptible to accidental caudal amputation; if only the tip of the tail
has been lost, superficial evidence of the injury is often wanting. Total

180

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

length measurements are, therefore, far less dependable in these genera
than in many others; and, in series that are too small to offer statistically
significant figures, statements about their growth differentials can scarcely
be more than guesses.

The allotype has 17 costal grooves; the remaining specimens have 18
by maximum count; i.e., axial counted even though indistinct, and all
forks of last complete groove counted. Small specimens have 5.5-8 costal
folds between appressed toes; mature specimens, 7-9.

Each of the paratypes exhibits the characteristic light pinkish or buffy
lateral bars (or streaks) ; these are plainly visible on every specimen, al-
though they vary in contrastiveness according to the darkness of the
surrounding ground color. The bars are usually present only along the
upper halves of the sides, but many of the specimens have flecks of the
same color on the dorsum. Most of the specimens have the sides of the
body and tail sprinkled with numerous dots, varying from brown to
blackish, which apparently become darker and more circular with age.
In the larva, and in three recently transformed specimens, the lower sides
of the body and tail are marked with light brown, in a striated or vermic-
ulated pattern, but the pigment is not gathered into circular dots.

In dorsal color, the paratypes range from almost black in cm 20129
(which may have been abnormally darkened by the type of preservation)
to dark gray-brown, reddish-brown, or light reddish-tan; the latter shade
occurs only in a subadult female (dbuf 641). All of the specimens, with
the exception of the last, are considerably darker above than are specimens
of flavissimus from Mississippi. No discrete black dots are visible on the
upper surface of the body in front of the hind legs, but in the larger mem-
bers of the series such spots do occur from the pelvic region, or the base
of the tail, to the end of the tail. The dots may actually be present in
some specimens, but, if so, they are obscured by the dark dorsal ground
color and are not apparent, following preservation. The dorsum of
floridanus is characteristically dark reddish-brown or dark gray-brown
without black dots, but it may be either unicolor, or mottled with flecks
of pinkish or buff ; specimens of Gulf Coast flavissimus , on the other
hand, have a light reddish-brown ground color, upon which black dots are
invariably present and distinct. We have seen only a few Atlantic
Coast examples of flavissimus; these are spotted like Alabama and
Mississippi specimens, but differ in having grayer and more clouded
dorsa.

The only floridanus with an immaculate belly is the larva (dbuf 599).

1942 Netting & Goin: New Salamanders from Florida 181

An 88-mm female (cm 16851) has a few brown spots on the chin, about
four in the pectoral region, and the remainder of the belly immaculate,
except for a few extremely tiny dots. The remaining specimens all exhibit
a considerable number of small, irregularly shaped, roughly circular brown
spots, which are well separated, except in a 98-mm female (dbuf 598),
in which the spots are more numerous, some even confluent. All speci-
mens have the ventral surface of the tail spotted. The edge of the lower
lip is dark brown or dark gray in all specimens, this border being broadest
anteriorly; but in no instance is it as striking as in some forms of the
ruber group.

Secondary sex characters. — The only observed external sexual dimorph-
ism in floridanus is the greater size attained by females. The largest fe-
male examined by us measured 118 mm in total length, and the largest
male, 107 mm.

Life history. — Extremely little is known of the life history of floridanus.
The allotype, which was collected on April 10, contains numerous large
eggs, so floridanus may be presumed to lay in April, at least. Two re-
cently transformed specimens (cm 16852-53), with gill stubs still evident,
have snout-to-vent measurements of 42.5 and 38 mm, and the first of
these, which has a complete tail, measures 74 mm in total length. A
large larva (dbuf 599) measures 41 mm in snout-to-vent length, and 74
mm in total length. The measurements of these three specimens indicate
that floridanus transforms, in the Gainesville area at least, at a snout-to-
vent length of 38-43 mm and a total length of about 74 mm. The only
reference to enemies of the form is that of Carr (1940: 50), “A large female
was disgorged by a gartersnake ( T . s. sirtalis ).”

Habitat. — The preferred habitat of floridanus appears to be small,
shallow streams that flow through hardwood hammocks, or areas of mixed
forest. The majority of the fifteen known specimens of floridanus were
taken in streams of this character in and near Gainesville, and Carr
(1940: 50) states that the specimens he collected along “C” Creek, on the
University of Florida campus, were taken, “in mucky seepage areas just
at the point of contact between the leaf-mold and the white sand beneath,
and usually among begonia roots.” Carr (loc. cit .) also reports finding a
22-mm larva “in the sandy bottom of a rill draining a seepage area,”
and he mentions that a specimen of Thamnophis sirtalis sirtalis , which
later disgorged a large female floridanus (dbuf 692), “was emerging from
a begonia patch when collected.” The only additional habitat informa-
tion, on the specimens that we have seen, accompanies cm 20129, which

182

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

VOL. XXIX

was collected under a log, near the edge of a muddy pond in a hardwood
hammock, 4 miles east of Gainesville.

Distribution. — We have seen only fifteen specimens of floridanus , all
from Florida. Thirteen of these were collected in Alachua County; one
(usnm 22819) was collected at Chuluota, Seminole County; and the final
specimen (ummz 68855) was taken at Marianna, Jackson County. We
have not seen the specimen (amnh 6383 — now missing) from Valdosta,
Lowndes County, Georgia, listed by Dunn (1926: 293). This specimen is
reported to have 18 costal grooves, and should, therefore, be either
floridanus , or an intergrade between floridanus and flavissimus. The only
specimens which we have seen that appear to be floridanus X flavissimus
intergrades are two (usnm 11961) from Milton, Santa Rosa County,
Florida. These specimens agree with floridanus in having 18 costal
grooves, but they lack distinct light streaks on the sides, they are well
sprinkled with small brown dots on the dorsum, and their dorsal ground
color is lighter than in most floridanus. Specimens of flavissimus from
Mobile, Alabama, and Biloxi, Mississippi, have the lower costal groove
count characteristic of this race and do not show floridanus tendencies in
coloration or pattern. It appears, therefore, that floridanus ranges from
about the Georgia-Florida boundary, southward to Seminole County,
Florida, and westward to Jackson County, Florida. Intergradation be-
tween floridanus and flavissimus occurs in the area between Jackson
County, Florida, and Mobile County, Alabama, and specimens from
Santa Rosa County, Florida, appear to be veritable intergrades. On the
Atlantic Coastal Plain, intergradation between flavissimus and floridanus
is to be expected somewhere between Alachua County, Florida, and
Liberty County, Georgia (the type locality of flavissimus) .

We have examined the specimen from Indian Key, Monroe County,
Florida, listed by Cope (1889: 181) as Spelerpes ruber ruber , since Dunn
suggested ( loc . cit.) that this might prove to be a specimen of flavissimus.
The specimen (usnm 11583) is in a badly shriveled condition which makes
definite determination hazardous, but it is unquestionably a member of
the ruber group. This fact casts considerable doubt upon the validity of
the locality data, for Pseudotriton ruber vioscai appears to be confined, in
Florida, to the western panhandle. Furthermore, in spite of its state of
preservation, the discernible pattern of the specimen is reminiscent of a
more northern form of ruber than vioscai.

1942 Netting & Goin: New Salamanders from Florida 183

The other new salamander is a peninsular Florida race of Pseudo-
branchus striatus, for which we propose the name

Pseudobranchus striatus axanthus2, new subspecies

(Plate I, figures 1-2)
Narrow- striped Siren
Pseudobranchus striatus Cope, 1878: 64 (record)

Cope (part), 1889: 230-232
Brimley, 1910: 10
Fowler & Dunn, 1917: 7
Dury, 1932: 27
Van Hyning, 1932: 37
Van Hyning, 1933: 3
Carr, 1940: 52 & 78
Pseudobranchus Noble, 1927 : 42

Noble & Richards, 1932: 14-18,

(record)

(record)

(record)

(record)

(record; enemy)

(record; habitat; abundance)
(records; habits & habitat)
(eggs)

fig. 5 (record; induced egg-laying).

Type . — Carnegie Museum, no. 20339. An adult female, collected on
February 9, 1940, by Coleman J. Goin.

Type locality. — Eastern edge of Payne’s Prairie, where Prairie Creek
enters the River Styx, about five miles southeast of Gainesville, Alachua
County, Florida.

Paratypes . — Two hundred and ninety-seven, all from Alachua County,
Florida, as follows: cm 20130 (45), cm 20131 (21), cjg 452 (26), cfw 704-6,
CFW 707 (29), from eastern edge of Payne’s Prairie, where Prairie Creek
enters the River Styx; cm 6171-72, cm 9399 (17), cm 9511-17, cm 20132,
dbuf 1159 (27), fmnh 25007, mcz 23735-44 (+2), ummz 77150 (6), ummz
79594 (3), from Payne’s Prairie; amnh 23156, amnh 32055-67, amnh
32150-55, amnh 32755, amnh 32757-72, amnh 32899,901, amnh 32902 (7),
amnh 34244-45, amnh 35840, amnh 37151 (11), amnh 37508, amnh
37582-83, amnh 38001-06, amnh 38025-31, cm 10998-99, ummz 84470 (3),
usnm 67352-53, usnm 92566, from Gainesville; usnm 107288-94, from
Newman’s Lake; cm 12175-76 and dbuf 1142 (3), from Lochloosa Lake.

Diagnosis. — A slender, very elongate Pseudobranchus , with a truncate
head; costal grooves 34-37 (usually 35) ; gray ground color, with a narrow,
pale gray lateral stripe, a broken, indistinct ventrolateral stripe; and a
maximum length of 210 mm. It differs from P. s. striatus (Le Conte)
in having the head bluntly rounded, rather than acute in outline, as seen

2 Gr. a, without, + xanthus, yellow.

184

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

from above; in having, on the average, one more costal groove; and in
attaining a greater length. In coloration, axanthus differs from striatus
in having a gray, rather than a brown, ground color; both lateral and
ventrolateral light stripes narrow and pale gray, rather than broad and
yellow buff; a uniform gray venter without yellow spots; and much less
distinct head stripes.

Description of type. — Skin generally smooth in appearance, but head
thickly pocked with distinct pits of variable size, and body sprinkled with
smaller pits, visible under magnification; no large glands present. Two
parallel rows of large mucous pores on each side: a dorsolateral row, be-
ginning on side of head anterior to gills, extending backward above lateral
stripe, and breaking up into a few, irregularly placed linear groups on
distal half of tail ; and a lateral row, beginning behind forelimb, extending
along upper edge of indistinct ventrolateral stripe, and terminating above
vent. Individual pores well spaced at anterior end of upper row, there-
after grouped in short, sunken lines of from 3 to 5 almost tangent pores,
each line usually occurring on a costal fold, but occasionally straddling a
costal groove; pores in lower row similarly grouped, but the lines slightly
shorter, and centered more consistently on costal folds. Sculpturing on
head consisting of shallow depressions, rather than definite grooves, as
follows: a depression from anterior upper border of eye curving forward,
then inward and backward to median depression; another from upper
border of eye extending diagonally backward and inward toward, but not
reaching, median depression ; another from upper posterior border of eye,
paralleling the preceding; a median longitudinal depression, beginning as
a narrowing between the eyes of the flattened anterior portion of the
head, and continuing longitudinally backward until it merges with the
narrower, and more distinct, mid-dorsal groove at the back of the head;
and an undulating, transverse depression, scalloped across top of head be-
hind parietal swellings, and becoming indistinct on each side.

Head elongate, of almost uniform width to eyes, where it begins to taper
slightly to a bluntly rounded snout; a noticeable swelling on each parietal,
produced by large jaw muscles. Head bluntly acute in outline, as seen
from side; profile of top straight to end of parietal swellings, followed by
a depression, and then by a low arch passing above gills to dorsum of trunk.
Mouth extremely small, ventral in position, counter-sunk, and stump-
shaped in outline, with the inward curving arc, on each side, ending
posteriorly slightly in front of a line dropped from anterior border of eye.
Outline of upper jaw convex, as seen from side, due to pendulous upper

1942

Netting & Goin: New Salamanders from Florida

185

lip; upper jaw projecting beyond lower. No canthus rostralis. Loreal
region convex. Nostril an elongate, longitudinal slit, ventrolateral in
position, its anterior corner on a line with anterior point of upper lip, not
visible from above. Internarial distance (ventrally) twice diameter of
eye. Eye small, not protuberant, without eyelids, but completely covered
with a thin membrane, its diameter slightly less than its distance from
posterior corner of nostril. Interorbital distance about 3 times diameter of
eye. Head width 14.5 times in body length; head length 8.8 times in
body length.

Body slender, circular in cross-section; no constriction at neck; a nar-
row, mid-dorsal groove; a longitudinal depression anteriorly, along center
of lateral stripe ; a shallow, mid-ventral groove, from between forelimbs to
middle of tail. Costal grooves 35, very distinct, extending well up on
sides, slanting backward and then forward to, but not entering, mid-
dorsal groove, connecting across abdomen; vertical grooves on tail in-
distinct. Vent, a short, longitudinal slit, with internal lips heavily folded.

Tail 1.66 times in snout-to-vent length; ovoid in vertical cross-section
at base, and gradually becoming more and more compressed to flat tip.
Dorsal surface with a keel beginning almost above vent, changing rapidly
to a low fin on the distal four-fifths; fin never quite as broad as tail
musculature, except at extreme tip. Ventral surface flat at base, with a
narrow fin on terminal third.

Forelimbs present, minute. Fingers 3, short, stout, 2-1-3 in order of
decreasing length, not webbed; with brown, clawlike horny caps, one-half
diameter of toes, covering the tips. No metacarpal tubercles present.

External gills 3. On left side, uppermost longest, extending slightly
posterior to the tips of the fingers when the forelimb is appressed ; middle
gill slightly shorter, not quite reaching horny caps of fingers; lowermost,
half the length of middle. Uppermost gill consisting of a primary stem
with secondary branches on each side, tertiary branches along the ventral
edges of the longer secondaries, filaments attached to the under surfaces
of both secondary and tertiary branches; middle and lowest gills the same,
but without any branching along their inner edges. On right side, gills
uniformly shorter, the uppermost just reaching the bases of the fingers.
A single branchial opening, ventrad to base of middle gill, and covered by
base of lowermost gill when this is appressed.

Tongue small, well back in mouth, its acutely-pointed anterior half free
(the upper surface remaining tightly pressed against the roof of the mouth
in preserved specimens, even though mouth has been cut open at angles

186

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

of jaws). A black horny sheath present at the anterior end of each jaw,
that of the upper jaw very short, oval in shape and arched, that of the
lower jaw being a well-developed transverse ridge, curving backward at
its outer ends. Lower jaw with rather long, recurved, sharply pointed,
well-separated teeth, arranged in two rather irregular rows on the anterior
portion of each mandible, ending at a point approximately below the eye;
the two groups separated anteriorly by about the width of each series, and
diverging rapidly posteriorly. Two elongate patches of prevomerine teeth,
beginning slightly behind the horny sheath in the upper jaw; the two
patches separated anteriorly by a narrow groove, which widens rapidly
posteriorly, the rearmost teeth in each patch being separated by almost
twice the length of a naris; the teeth in each patch long (for a salamander
of this size), sharply pointed, about 12 in number, arranged in a narrow
series, at least two teeth in width, that ends about opposite the middle of
the internal naris. Internal nares long, longitudinal openings slightly
diagonal in position, each deeply buried in a fold of tissue that is ap-
parently capable of tight closure.

Coloration and markings (preserved) — Top of head and dorsum Black-
ish Mouse Gray,3 with numerous faint spots of Deep Mouse Gray, the
intermixing of these two shades giving the dorsum the general appearance
of Dark Mouse Gray. An indistinct, broken, Grayish Olive stripe on each
side of the head, from eye to gills. A faint, narrow mid-dorsal stripe of
Deep Mouse Gray, originating on the head just posterior to the eyes, and
extending posteriorly to the dorsal caudal fin, where it becomes Drab. A
narrow, but distinct, Dark Olive-Buff lateral stripe, less than 1 mm in
width, arises under the gills and extends posteriorly, becoming broken
into short spots on the anterior third of the tail, and persisting as scat-
tered light spots to the end of the tail; this stripe bordered by a much
broader area of dark brown color that extends backward to the tip of the
tail, and contains numerous indistinct spots, similar to those of the dorsum,
but slightly more distinct. A very much broken, pale Olive-Gray ven-
trolateral stripe originates below the insertion of each forelimb, and
continues posteriorly, becoming less and less distinct, to just above the
vent. Gills Sooty-Black. Chin and throat Olive-Gray. Entire venter,
between ventrolateral stripes, Light Olive-Gray, with occasional minute
flecks of Pale Olive-Gray. No distinct mid-ventral stripe on tail; both

3 All colors capitalized are from Ridgway, “Color Standards and Nomen-
clature.”

1942 Netting & Goin: New Salamanders from Florida 187

dorsal and ventral portions of caudal fin Pale Olive-Gray, heavily stippled
with minute black flecks.

Measurements (in millimeters). — Head length (tip of snout to base of
foremost gill), 11.5; body length, 101.5; tail length, 68; forelimb length,
4.5; total length, 181 ; head width (maximum), 7 ; body width (maximum),
7; body depth (maximum), 7.2.

Variation in paratypes. — The 297 paratypes are rather uniform in most
characters. They all exhibit the bluntly rounded snout and the slender
build that are characteristic of axanthus. The gills are well developed
and fringed in most of the paratypes, but in six of 97 Carnegie Museum
specimens the three gills, with all of their filaments, are compressed into
a knob-like structure, and covered with a membrane, so that, until ex-
amined closely, the gills appear to be reduced.

The fingers are normally 2-1-3 in order of decreasing length, rarely
1-2-3 (two specimens), or 2-3-1 (one specimen). No specimen has been
examined in which the fingers have been reduced to two on both sides;
but three exhibited such a reduction on one side only, with the second toe
longer than the first in two, and the first longer than the second in the
other. One adult female has the middle finger of the right hand missing,
and the first finger bifurcated. Sharp, brown, claw-like horny caps usually
cover the tips of the fingers. The caps are almost invariably lost in speci-
mens that died before preservation, but occasional individuals, of all
sizes and both sexes, lack the caps, regardless of locality or date of col-
lection. In the Carnegie Museum series of paratypes, composed largely
of carefully preserved specimens, the caps are missing in 15 of the 97.

In Pseudobranchus costal grooves cannot be counted accurately in
poorly preserved specimens, in most juvenile specimens, or in those
numerous adults that have the grooves indistinct in the axial or inguinal
regions. Of 98 paratypes, on which accurate counts were possible, the
counts ranged from 34 to 37, with a mode of 35 and an average of 35.5,
excluding a single specimen that had an abnormally low count of 30.

The point of origin of the dorsal tail fin varies with age. In young
specimens it usually originates on the dorsum anterior to the base of the
tail, whereas in older individuals it begins on the proximal fifth of the tail.

Specimens of axanthus thus far measured range from 24 to 210 mm in
total length, and from 17 to 117 mm in snout- to-vent length. The
minimum size at which breeding occurs has not been established, but ma-
ture specimens usually exceed 115 mm in total length, or 70 mm in snout-
to-vent length. The ratio of snout-to-vent length in total length varies

188

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

from 1.26 to 1.92. Although the progression is somewhat irregular, the
smaller specimens tend to have the lower ratios (i.e., relatively shorter
tails), while the larger specimens have the higher ratios.

The principal variations in the pattern of axanthus appear to be de-
velopmental rather than individual. Very young specimens have a
maximum of seven longitudinal stripes, varying from grayish to creamy,
separated by ribbons of darker ground color. The sequence from dorsum
to venter is: (1) a narrow, usually grayish, stripe, occupying the mid-
dorsal groove; (2) an area of slightly darker ground color, about twice the
width of the mid-dorsal stripe; (3) a dorsolateral stripe, usually slightly
narrower than the mid-dorsal, but similar to it in color; (4) an area of
ground color about three times the width of the mid-dorsal stripe; (5) a
broad, distinct, from creamy to buffy lateral stripe, >wo or three
times the width of the mid -dorsal; (6) an area of ground color as wide as
that above the lateral stripe; (7) a ventrolateral stripe, slightly paler and
usually narrower than the lateral, and frequently much broken; (8) and
finally, the ventral ground color, invariably lighter than that of the
dorsum. In numerous young specimens the dorsolateral stripes are absent
or very indistinct; in a smaller number, the dorsolaterals are distinct,
and the mid-dorsal absent; and in a still smaller minority, the ventro-
laterals are broken into a series of spots, or are only slightly distinct against
the paler ventral ground color. The always present lateral stripes are
invariably the most distinct, and the ventrolaterals are usually second
only to the laterals in prominence. The three central stripes usually
disappear in specimens of intermediate size, apparently as a result of
general darkening of the dorsal ground color, although the mid-dorsal
may be faintly visible if specimens are immersed in fluid. Most mature
individuals have almost unicolor dorsa of from dark-gray to olive buff,
but the continued accumulation of dark pigment, in the original areas of
ground color, results in the formation of irregular dark spots; these may
serve to delimit the unspotted areas of the juvenile mid-dorsal and
dorsolateral stripes. The lateral and ventrolateral light stripes do not
show any evidence of darkening with age; the light stripes on the head,
however, are generally distinct in juveniles and obscure in adults. All
of the paratypes of axanthus , regardless of age, lack yeliow spots on the
venter.

Secondary sex characters. — The most evident sexual dimorphism in
axanthus is the greater size attained by females. Of the 297 paratypes, the
largest female measured 210 mm in total length, and the largest male,

1942 Netting & Goin: New Salamanders from Florida 189

183 mm. Furthermore, in a series of 45 specimens of all sizes, collected
on a single day, the five longest females ranged from 156-190 mm (average,
179); the five longest males, from 119-148 (average, 140). Tabulation of
snout-to-vent/tail ratios demonstrates a trend toward proportionately
longer tails as size increases, and this trend is more rapid in males than in
females, although the latter reach the maximum size, and hence develop
the longest tails. When mature specimens of equivalent sizes are compared,
the females frequently have actually shorter tails, and in any series from
a single population, the tails of the females average proportionately
shorter than those of the males. The same ten specimens mentioned
above have snout-to-vent/tail ratios of 1.27-1.53 (average, 1.40) in the
males, and 1.47-1.79 (average, 1.56) in the females.

We have not observed, in axanthus, any external or cloacal character
that would serve to separate non-breeding individuals of the two sexes.
In certain breeding series the males have short vents, with the internal
lips broadly folded and with a white, circular area surrounding the vent
externally, whereas females have longer vents, with the internal lips nar-
rowly folded and with more pigmentation externally. In other series,
these sex characters are much less marked ; we have not been able to de-
termine whether they become more pronounced at a particular stage of the
breeding cycle, or whether they result from differences in preservation.
Mature females, collected during the spring months, may have thickened
bodies, due to the presence of eggs, or external swellings around the vent.
Except for such specimens, dissection is necessary to determine sex.

Remarks. — Specimens of axanthus from north central Florida are re-
markably constant in structure and pattern. The few specimens available
from southern Florida, however, are so variable that they are referred to
axanthus only tentatively. A specimen (usnm 38165) from Dade County
differs from typical axanthus in having a more pointed head ; head stripes
that extend to the gills (although these stripes are only faintly visible) ;
a buffy, rather than gray, lateral stripe that expands on the basal third of
the tail ; and a more distinct and buffy ventrolateral stripe. Although
resembling striatus in head pattern and shape, this specimen differs from
it in having narrower lateral and ventrolateral stripes which are not
yellow in color, in lacking yellow spots on the venter, and in lacking light
spots on the lateral areas of ground color. Three specimens (1 mature
female and 2 juveniles) from Englewood, Sarasota County, (Charleston
Museum 39.277.6 A-C) differ from typical axanthus in having the lateral
stripe considerably broader and pearl gray in color.

190

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Unfortunately, the westernmost specimens of Pseudobranchus are two
very small individuals (cm 20160; total lengths, 27 and 22 mm) from 5.4
miles south of Telogia, Liberty County, Florida. These specimens have
distinct head stripes from the snout to the gills, distinct lateral stripes,
and a dorsolateral row of disconnected light spots, rather than the dorso-
lateral stripe usually evident in Alachua County specimens of similar
size. In each, the dorsal fin extends forward as a fold of skin to between
the gills. In view of their small size, it is virtually impossible to allocate
these specimens to either race of Pseudobranchus. Five specimens, dbuf
52 from Tallahassee and dbuf 1855(4) from Lake Iamonia, Leon County,
Florida, although faded and in poor condition, appear to be more nearly
intermediate between striatus and axanthus than any other Florida speci-
mens we have seen.

A mature specimen (usnm 84610) from Chesser Island, Okefinokee
Swamp, Georgia, appears to be a veritable striatus X axanthus intergrade.
This specimen has the wide, yellow lateral stripe of striatus , but the
brownish gray dorsum and the unicolor gray venter of axanthus. The
ventrolateral stripe is more distinct and continuous than in most axanthus ,
but it is gray in color, rather than yellow as in striatus. The costal groove
count of 34 occurs in both races, although more commonly in striatus. In
head shape and pattern the specimen agrees most closely with axanthus.
A good photograph of this specimen has been published by Harper (1935:
280, fig. 3). A 62-mm Georgia specimen (usnm 62095, from Berrien Co.)
is too faded for the original color of the stripes to be determined, but it
appears to be intermediate in having the lateral stripe broadened pos-
teriorly, the ventrolateral stripe broadened anteriorly, and the belly
heavily spotted. Typical striatus is known from less than thirty preserved
specimens, collected over a period of more than a century; axanthus ,
from over three hundred specimens, collected mainly by the junior author
since 1935. It is easy, therefore, to say that a given specimen is not
typical axanthus , but it is far more difficult to say whether an individual
specimen from southern Georgia should be considered intermediate or
referable to striatus.

Life history. — The original observations embodied in the following
account were made by the junior author during the preparation of his
Master’s thesis, “The Striped Siren, Pseudobranchus striatus (Le Conte),”
University of Florida, 1941.

Mature females, collected near Gainesville in the spring months, have
their ovaries packed with unpigmented eggs, less than one millimeter in

1942 Netting & Goin: New Salamanders from Florida 191

diameter. From February through April most of the females also contain
pigmented eggs, from 1.0-3. 1 mm in diameter, free in the body cavity.
Actual dates of collection of females containing such eggs were: February
8, 9, 14, 18, and 28, March 7 and 14, April 22, and October 14 (one speci-
men), although specimens were examined for pigmented eggs in all months
of the year, except June, July, and August. Individual females contained
from 18 to 36 pigmented eggs by actual count, but a few large specimens,
seen previously, may have contained as many as 50 eggs. Not one of
over a hundred pigmented eggs that were examined showed any indica-
tions of cleavage furrows.

On March 31, 1941, a single egg was found attached, without a stalk, to
a water-hyacinth root, in the water near the edge of Newman’s Lake,
about four miles east of Gainesville. The transparent capsule measured
6 mm in diameter, and contained a developing embryo, 6 mm in length.
The embryo exhibited a distinct cervical flexure, but there were no limb
buds, external gills, or eye spots present. The yolk sac, which was broken
when the egg was removed from the vial, extended from the region just
posterior to the cervical flexure to a point 1.5 mm from the tip of the tail.
Somites were evident, but because of particles of yolk clinging to the
embryo, it was impossible to get an exact count (from the anterior end to
a region about halfway between the posterior border of the yolk sac and
the tip of the tail, 37 were counted). The embryo was sinistrally coiled,
with the tail making about three-fourths of a complete loop.

Noble (1927: 42) states, u Pseudobranchus and possibly Siren lay small
eggs singly or in small bunches in ponds, according to Mr. A. [sic] S.
Alexander, who sent me specimens of the former a few days after hatch-
ing.” This constitutes the first reference to the eggs of axanthus, since
we are now informed that the Mr. Alexander referred to is Mr. J. S.
Alexander, who subsequently sent the American Museum the specimens
of Pseudobranchus from Gainesville, Florida, from which Noble and
Richards (1932: 14) obtained eggs artificially. At all events, the descrip-
tion of Pseudobranchus eggs, given by Noble and Richards, and their
figure of an egg, refer to axanthus. The size of the egg found by Mr.
Goin, and the situation in which it was found, agree with their findings,
for they gave 5. 5-6.0 mm as the diameter of the outer capsule of five
fresh eggs, and they also state ( loc . cit.), “By using pituitary implants we
have found no difficulty in making ten of the largest females deposit eggs
in crystallizing dishes half full of water and provided with abundant
water-weed. The eggs are laid singly or in small groups. Each is provided

192

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

with a thick, opaque, outer capsule which is very adhesive and usually
forms a broad attachment to the bottom of the dish or to the more re-
sistent [sic] weed. Closely adherent to the outer capsule is a transparent,
much firmer, less adhesive inner capsule.”

Further observations, that apparently refer to axanthus exclusively,
are given by Carr and Van Hyning. Carr (1940: 52) states, “The Voice’
of this species is proportionally as well developed and as frequently heard
as that of 5. lacertina; individuals which are picked up or whose tails
are squeezed with forceps often yelp faintly. They have been found
hibernating in deep mud. ... In twenty-five stomachs, only amphipods
and chironomid larvae were found.”

Van Hyning (1932: 37) found axanthus in two of nine food-containing
stomachs of Liodytes alleni, taken in Alachua County, and Carr (1940: 78)
reports finding Farancia abacura abacura eating Pseudobranchus.

Habitat. — The original habitat of axanthus can only be conjectured,
for at the present time the roots of the introduced water-hyacinth,
Piaropus crassipes, form the principal habitat of this salamander. Carr
(1940: 52) states, “Marshes; hyacinth beds in shallow water; ponds and
canals in submerged vegetation. ... I have found the eggs throughout
the spring months attached singly to the filamentous leaves of Cabomba
and Ceratophyllum and to water-hyacinth roots,” but points out that the
form “may be collected most successfully by rolling up mats of water-
hyacinths.” Van Hyning (1933: 3) states that the salamander is found
“among roots of the water hyacinth and other aquatic vegetation.” Mr.
Van Hyning has since informed us that he has sometimes found axanthus
among the roots of Osmunda (cinnamon and royal ferns). In spite of its
occasional occurrence in situations other than among the roots of water-
hyacinths, extensive collecting has demonstrated that, in Alachua County
at least, far more specimens occur in this habitat than in all other situa-
tions combined. The very complete cover provided by Piaropus roots
may account for the adoption by axanthus of this introduced plant as living
quarters.

Distribution. — P. s. axanthus appears to be a strictly peninsular Florida
race, although its area of intergradation with striatus extends slightly
beyond the boundaries of Florida. In addition to the type and para types
from Alachua County, we have seen undoubted axanthus from Lake,
Marion, Pasco, St. Lucie, and Volusia counties; a few somewhat aberrant
specimens from Dade and Sarasota counties; a few apparent intergrades
from Leon and Liberty counties; and a single striatus X axanthus inter-

1942

Netting & Goin: New Salamanders from Florida

193

grade from the Okefinokee Swamp in southeastern Georgia. Records, in
literature, of striatus in Charlotte County, Florida (Carr, 1940: 52) and at
Orlando, Orange County, Florida (Brimley, 1910: 10), should probably
be referred to axanthus on geographic grounds. The known ranges of the
two forms are:

P. s. striatus. — The Atlantic Coastal Plain from Charleston, South
Carolina, south to about the Okefinokee Swamp where intergradation
with axanthus occurs, the area of intergradation possibly extending west-
ward along the Georgia-Florida border to about the Apalachicola River.

P. s. axanthus. — Peninsular Florida, from the area of intergradation
with striatus , south to Dade County.

Acknowledgments. — We are especially indebted to Dr. A. Avinoff, Di-
rector of the Carnegie Museum, who prepared the drawings of the two
races of Pseudobranchus; to Dr. Sherman C. Bishop and Mr. Ray Maas,
who generously permitted us to reproduce their photograph of a specimen
of Pseudotriton montanus floridanus ; and to Miss Caroline A. Heppenstall,
who edited the manuscript. We are also indebted to the following persons,
and to their respective institutions, for the loan of specimens, for permis-
sion to examine specimens in their care, or for other aid in connection
with this study: Dr. Thomas Barbour and Mr. Arthur Loveridge, Museum
of Comparative Zoology; Dr. Sherman C. Bishop and Mr. Arnold B.
Grobman, University of Rochester; Mr. Charles M. Bogert, American
Museum of Natural History; Dr. A. F. Carr, Jr. and Mr. J. C. Dickinson,
Jr., University of Florida; Mr. E. B. Chamberlain, Charleston Museum;
Dr. E. R. Dunn, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia; Mrs.
Helen T. Gaige, University of Michigan, Museum of Zoology; Mr. Karl
P. Schmidt and Mr. Clifford H. Pope, Field Museum of Natural History;
Dr. Leonhard Stejneger and Dr. Doris M. Cochran, United States Na-
tional Museum; and Dr. Charles F. Walker, Stone Laboratory.

194

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

LITERATURE CITED
Brimley, Clement Samuel.

1910. Records of some reptiles and batrachians from the southeastern
United States. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 23: 9-18.

Carr, Archie Fairly, Jr.

1940. A contribution to the herpetology of Florida. Univ. Florida Biol.
Sci. Ser., 3, no. 1: 1-118.

Cope, Edward Drinker.

1878. On some new and little known reptiles and fishes from the Aus-
troriparian Region. Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., 17: 63-68.

1889. The Batrachia of North America. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., no. 34:
1-525, pis. 1-86, figs. 1-120.

Dunn, Emmett Reid.

1926. The salamanders of the family Plethodontidae. Northampton,

xii+444, 3 pis., text-figs. 1-86.

Dury, Ralph.

1932. Recent acquisitions to the Department of Herpetology. Proc. Jr.
Soc. Nat. Sci. (Cincinnati), 3, no. 2: 26-28.

Fowler, Henry Weed, and Emmett Reid Dunn.

1917. Notes on salamanders. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 69:
7-28, pis. 3-4.

Harper, Francis.

1935. Records of amphibians in the southeastern states. Amer. Midi.
Nat., 16, no. 3: 275-310, figs. 1-17.

Noble, Gladwyn Kingsley.

1927. The value of life history data in the study of the evolution of the

Amphibia. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 30: 31-128, pi. 9.

Noble, Gladwyn Kingsley, and L. B. Richards.

1932. Experiments on the egg-laying of salamanders. Amer. Mus.
Novitates, no. 513: 1-25, figs. 1-7.

Van Hyning, Oather C.

1932. Food of some Florida snakes. Copeia, 1932, no. 1: 37.

1933. Batrachia and Reptilia of Alachua County, Florida. Copeia, 1933,

no. 1 : 3-7.

196

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

EXPLANATION OF PLATE

All figures from drawings by A. Avinoff, except figure 5. Natural size unless
otherwise noted.

Figs. 1, 2. Pseudobranchus striatus axanthus, new subspecies. 1. Type, CM
20339, adult female, from eastern edge of Payne’s Prairie, Alachua Co.,
Florida. 2. Dorsal view of head of type (X 3).

Figs. 3, 4. Pseudobranchus striatus striatus (Le Conte). 3. USNM 5051a, adult
female, from Georgia. 4. Dorsal view of head of same specimen (X 3).
Fig. 5. Pseudotriton montanus floridanus , new subspecies. Paratype, UMMZ
86419a, adult female, from Alachua Co., Florida. Photograph of
preserved specimen by Sherman C. Bishop and Ray Maas.

ANNALS, CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXIX

Art. VI

Plate I

ART. VII. CRITICAL REMARKS ON THE RACES OF THE iy

SHARP-TAILED SPARRO\f;
By W. E. Clyde Todd1

In the Auk for January, 1938 (vol. 55, p. 116), I described a new race
of the Sharp-tailed Sparrow under the name Ammospiza caudacuta altera;
the description was based on a series of specimens from southern James
Bay. The type selected was a breeding bird, but the majority of the
specimens (adults and immature) were in fresh fall plumage. This
plumage shows the characters of the new form even to better advantage
than does that of more worn breeding birds. A. c. altera is intermediate
between the plainly colored race, subvirgata , of the New Brunswick and
Nova Scotia coast and the richly colored form, nelsoni, of the upper
Mississippi Valley and adjoining parts of Canada. In describing it, I
surmised that its migration route bore eastward to the Atlantic coast
rather than southward to the Great Lakes — a supposition that would
account for the number of presumed intergrades between nelsoni and
subvirgata known from the former region. I found that specimens (in
the collection of the U. S. National Museum) from the type locality of
nelsoni (northern Illinois) all belonged to the richly colored form, of
which I had an ample series of breeding specimens from Saskatchewan.
A series of fall birds from Erie, Pennsylvania, also appeared to be ref-
erable to the same race.

Dr. Harry C. Oberholser, after examination of certain pertinent ma-
terial, now advises me that both these races {nelsoni and altera) occur in
migration all over the Mississippi Valley in general and in northern
Illinois in particular. Moreover, there are specimens of both (so he
claims) among the type series collected by E. W. Nelson himself. Relying
on Dr. Nelson’s statement that the specimen he was sending J. A. Allen
for identification was a fair average of the birds he had collected, I felt
that I was justified in assuming that his other specimens were like it. If
there was a chance, however, that two races were involved in the series
from the type locality, a re-examination of the actual type specimen was

1 This paper was written in 1939, but was held over pending the expected
acquisition of more pertinent material. In the summer of 1941 I went to James
Bay with the special object of securing additional breeding specimens of the form
of the Sharp-tailed Sparrow of that region. These were sent to Mr. Peters for
study and comparison, and his report thereon has been elaborated into the paper
that follows herewith.

198

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

needed to determine the true application of the name nelsoni. At Dr.
Oberholser’s instance, Mr. J. L. Peters undertook the re-examination and
used for comparison a carefully selected specimen which had been com-
pared with the type of altera. Mr. Peters’ conclusion was that the type of
nelsoni is the same as the birds I have recently called altera , and that there
were, indeed, two forms represented in the series of birds collected by
Nelson at the type locality.

Unfortunate nomenclatural complications thereupon ensue. The race
so long known under the name nelsoni would have to be called Ammospiza
caudacuta becki (Ridgway), a name given to a vagrant example taken in
California. The intermediate race would then take the name nelsoni
(with altera as a synonym). Before accepting these confusing shifts in the
names I felt it would be well to make a further and independent study
of the points involved. The results of this review deserve to be put on
record.

Ammodromus caudacutus var. nelsoni was described by Dr. Allen in
the Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History for March,
1875 (vol. 17, p. 293). It was based on a single specimen received from
Dr. Nelson — presumably one of several collected by the latter on Sep-
tember 17, 1874, in the Calumet Marshes at Ainsworth (now South
Chicago) near Chicago, Illinois. The describer compared it with a series
of Sharp-tailed Sparrows “taken at the same season in the Charles River
marshes, in Cambridge,” from which he found it to differ “very markedly.”
Almost certainly, Dr. Allen’s comparison was made with specimens of
the race now known as subvirgatus , and not with true caudacutus. Despite
Dr. Allen’s definite statement that he had only one specimen before
him for description, Outram Bangs listed two specimens as co-types
(Bulletin Museum of Comparative Zoology, 70, 1930, 383). These (Nos.
24,407-8) were collected in the Calumet Marshes in October, 1874. Through
Mr. Peters’ courtesy I have had the opportunity of examining these
specimens and comparing them with others in the U. S. National Museum
from the same locality and collector. I doubt the propriety of considering
these specimens as the types. The discrepancies in the dates and in the
number of specimens are certainly suggestive. Both specimens un-
fortunately lack original labels. On the Museum of Comparative Zoology
label of one is penciled in Dr. Allen’s handwriting the word “type.” In
the catalogue both are marked “types of description” — also in Dr.
Allen’s characteristic handwriting.

There is another specimen of Nelson’s Sparrow (No. 24,802) in the

1942

Todd: Races of the Sharp-Tailed Sparrow

199

Museum of Comparative Zoology. This example bears Dr. Nelson’s
original label, with the locality Ainsworth, Illinois, and the date Septem-
ber 17, 1874. The catalogue entry on this bird, however, seems to be
confused, since the date of collection is given there as September 28,
1875, and the date of receipt January, 1876. Mr. Peters thinks that the
entry date is probably correct, as all the other entries in the catalogue
between 24,456 and 24,803 are also dated in 1876. But in view of the
several discrepancies in the records I am led to suspect a mixup involving
the identity of the type. In my opinion it is far likelier that No. 24,802
is the actual type of A. c. nelsoni and that Dr. Allen inadvertently marked
the other two specimens as types at a later date.

However this may be, it so happens that all three specimens are virtu-
ally alike. They are a little paler and duller, it is true, than most of the
other specimens from the region, but all are clearly and unmistakably
referable to one and the same race. When compared with fall specimens
from James Bay, the differences stand out distinctly. Individual varia-
tion exists in both series, but it is not excessive. The single specimen in
the collection of the U. S. National Museum that Dr. Oberholser calls
an intermediate (No. 83,497) I have no difficulty in placing with nelsoni
(as that form is generally understood). Whichever specimen we accept
as the actual type of nelsoni , I would unhesitatingly include it in the
richly colored series. The slightly paler coloration is fully within the
range of individual variation in that form; it has no geographical sig-
nificance.

Although naturally reluctant to question the conclusions of such
distinguished authorities as Dr. Oberholser and Mr. Peters, I find myself
unable to follow them after having again gone over my material with
great care. I think the names ought to stand as given in my first paper.
Further study and comparison have indicated that our series from Erie,
Pennsylvania, collected in the fall of 1900, is not quite typical of nelsoni ,
yet is not referable to altera. Is it possible that these birds have come
from a distinct and probably intermediate breeding ground, as yet un-
discovered? In view of what we know at present of the respective ranges
of altera and nelsoni , direct intergradation between these two forms would
seem unlikely.

I am indebted to the authorities of the U. S. National Museum, the
Field Museum of Natural History, and the Museum of Comparative
Zoology, for the loan of specimens, without which this study would have
been impossible.

ART. VIII. THE CANADIAN FORMS OF THE
SHARP-TAILED SPARROW, AMMOSPIZA CAUDACUTA

By James L. Peters
Museum of Comparative Zoology

A few months after Mr. W. E. Clyde Todd described a new race of sharp-
tailed sparrow from James Bay,* Dr. H. C. Oberholser wrote to me ex-
pressing his doubts as to the distinctness from nelsoni of Mr. Todd’s bird,
requested information about the co-types of nelsoni in the Museum of
Comparative Zoology and sent specimens representing his conception of
the two interior races of sharp-tailed sparrows for comparison with the co-
types. My belief at that time was that altera was the same as nelsoni and
that the bird of the Prairie Provinces of Canada was something else.
Just how this decision was reached will be explained further on. After
hearing from me, Dr. Oberholser took up the question with Mr. Todd,
whom he did not entirely convince.

During the spring of 1939, Mr. Todd visited Cambridge and together
we went over more of his James Bay material along with the co-types of
nelsoni and other specimens. I was not inclined to recede from my
original opinion; Mr. Todd was not entirely willing to yield his ground
and thus the matter rested until 1941 when he sent me additional new
material, breeding birds in fresh plumage from James Bay, suggesting
that in view of the variability of a series from a given locality that further
investigation was desirable.

I therefore set about to amass good series of breeding sharp-tails from
the range of this species in the interior of North America to supplement the
rather meagre representation in the Museum of Comparative Zoology.
Specimens from North Dakota were loaned by the Fish and Wildlife
Service; the National Museum of Canada (through Mr. P. A. Taverner)
supplied skins from Alberta, Saskatchewan, Manitoba, and Quebec; the
Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology (through Mr. L. L. Snyder) sent their
series from Alberta, Saskatchewan, Manitoba, Ontario, and Quebec as
well as some migrants from points within the United States; the Carnegie
Museum (Mr. W. E. C. Todd) provided a nice series from Saskatchewan,

*Ammospiza caudacuta altera Todd, Auk, 55, 1938, p. 117.

201

ssued September 3, 1942.

202

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

the entire James Bay series and a run of migrants from Erie County,
Pennsylvania. Dr. Wetmore of the United States National Museum
authorized the loan of the type of becki, Ridgway. Dr. J. Van Tyne sup-
plied some interesting specimens from the collection of the University of
Michigan’s Museum of Zoology and from the collection of Dr. Max
M. Peet.

This array of material when spread out shows two well marked forms;
a more generally distributed western one extending from northern
Alberta to southeastern Manitoba and south to North Dakota and
northwestern Minnesota, and a more local form inhabiting the salt
marshes at the southern end of James Bay. This last form is cut off from
its western relative by an area some 600 miles wide in which no form of
sharp-tailed sparrow is known to occur; from Kamouraska, Quebec, the
nearest known colony of subvirgata , the James Bay population is segre-
gated by 475 miles of Quebec wilderness.

There are several points that must be constantly borne in mind when
dealing with Ammospiza caudacuta. The first of these is that the plumage
abrades very rapidly and the more the birds become worn the more the
races resemble one another; birds shot during July are not entirely satis-
factory for comparison; those taken after August first are practically
useless for this purpose. Second, the species has two complete moults
annually, so that fresh plumage may be observed from some time in Sep-
tember to the end of November; then ensues a gradual obscuring of char-
acters through wear, followed by a moult in late March and April, re-
sulting in the attainment of nuptial plumage by May. Third, there is
much variation in comparable series from any given locality, chiefly
observable in a greater or lesser amount of streaking beneath, the depth
of the buff markings on the sides of the head, and the shade of reddish
brown on the wing coverts.

I can discover no correlation between these types of color variation
that might be associated with either geography or sex, and efforts to
correlate them with age have failed since the number of birds taken in the
autumn whose age has been determined, on condition of the skull by the
collector, as adult or immature is very small, and it is of course not
practicable to attempt to “age” birds in the spring.

The extent of individual variation coupled with the uncertainty as to
whether there is any difference between adult winter and immature first
winter plumage complicates the situation of the allocation of the types of
nelsoni; these were taken in September or October, probably as migrants,

1942

Peters: Canadian Sharp-tailed Sparrows

203

on the Calumet marshes, near Chicago, and the sex was not determined in
either case. In view of what is now known, their allocation as representing
the James Bay population or the Prairie Province populations could not
be any too certain with the material available in 1939, nor without a better
understanding of the individual and seasonal variations of the two races
than I possessed at that time.

While it is hardly correct to say that Ammospiza caudacuta has two
color phases, it is essential to distinguish a more rufescent type and a
less rufescent type. Taken in conjunction with the rapid wear of plumage,
comparisons between series from different localities should be made only
with birds strictly comparable in degree of abrasion and the same degrees
of rufescence. This process of sorting and re-sorting skins eventually cuts
down the amount of material that may be taken under consideration for
final conclusions, but it seems the most reliable course. After extensive
winnowing in the manner set forth above, it is now my definite opinion
that the co-types of nelsoni are based on less rufescent examples of the
breeding bird of the prairies and that Mr. Todd’s altera is the name of the
localized James Bay race.

To understand the relationships of altera it is also necessary to have a
clear idea of the variation of subvirgata, and for that reason a summary
of the characters and plumages of the latter race is given in the follow-
ing synopsis of the interior races.

Ammospiza caudacuta subvirgata (Dwight)

Ammodramus caudacutus subvirgatus Dwight, Auk, 4, 1887, p. 223, (Hillsborough,

Albert Co., New Brunswick). Type in American Museum of Natural History;

not examined.

Nuptial plumage, male and female. — The general effect above is that of a
greenish olivaceous gray; coronal stripe relatively broad, enclosed laterally
by a stripe of brownish feathers with dark centers; scapulars conspicu-
ously edged with ashy or pale gray (never with white) ; feathers of back
with conspicuous dark centers; rump unstreaked, upper tail coverts usually
with narrow shaft lines; outer edgings of wing coverts and secondaries
usually dull rusty; sides of head buffy with a conspicuous gray auricular
patch and narrow dark postocular stripe; throat white or buffy with more
or less distinct traces of a gray malar stripe; pectoral band and flanks
buffy becoming more olivaceous on the flanks; breast invariably streaked,
the streaks somewhat obscured by the buffy edges of the feathers; flank

204

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

streaks broader and more conspicuous; center of abdomen white; under
tail coverts whitish to pale buffy.

In the more rufescent type, the sides of the head, edges of the secon-
daries, and greater wing coverts, are more richly colored and the dorsal
feathers appear to have more extensive dark centers; this type shades
through a long series of intermediates into the less rufescent type, char-
acterized by paler and grayer coloration generally, a reduction of dark
feather centers above, and scapular borders, contrasting less with the
coloration of the upper parts.

As the breeding season advances and abrasion of the plumage becomes
more pronounced, the brighter colors gradually wear away, the streaking
across the breast is more fully revealed and the loral portion of the supra-
ocular stripe becomes distinctly pale yellow; this last feature never seems
to be the case either in altera or nelsoni.

First winter and adult winter plumage. — Similar to the nuptial plumage,
but generally duller with less contrasting of colors above and the gray
scapular borders, in some cases (first winter only?) so overrun with the
ground color of the upper parts as to be very inconspicuous. The streaks
across the breast appear to be broader and heavier.

'Measurements. — Based on breeding examples only.

Quebec: 3 d\ wing 55.9-58.9 (57.5); tail 47.8-50.3 (49.1); bill 11.7-12.1 (11.9).
Prince Edward Island (all worn August birds): 4 cf, wing 55.9-56.8 (56.25);

tail 46.0-49.9 (47.9); bill 11.7-13.0 (12.45).

Nova Scotia (males all worn August birds, females fresh): 4 dk wing 56.1-57.5
(56.8); tail 44.9-51.6 (48.2); bill 11.0-12.1 (11.5).

3 9, wing 53.7-53.9 (53.8); tail 46.1-50.6 (48.7); bill, 11.5-12.2 (11.9).

Range. — Breeds in the tidal marshes of the lower St. Lawrence River
(Kamouraska), Prince Edward Island, Magdalen Islands?, Nova Scotia,
New Brunswick and eastern Maine. Winters regularly on the coastal
marshes from South Carolina to northern Florida; casually farther north.
On migration along the Atlantic seaboard; casual (?) in the lower Hudson
Valley (Sing Sing).

Specimens examined. — All in Museum of Comparative Zoology except
where noted.

QUEBEC: Kamouraska, 1 dk June 22, 1936 (R.O.M.Z.); 1 dk June 23, 1941
(R.O.M.Z.) ; 1 dk July 1, 1932 (Nat. Mus. Canada).

NEW BRUNSWICK: Hampton, 2 dk June 21, 1881; Wickham, 1 $, August 1,
1911.

PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND: 1 d\ August 2, 1873 (C.F.B.) ; 3 d\ August 3, 1876.

1942

Peters: Canadian Sharp-tailed Sparrows

205

NOVA SCOTIA: Barrington, 3 cf, August 2, 1907; 1 cf, 1 juv. cf, August 3,
1907 (all A. C. B.); Wolfville, 2 9, June 28, 1926; 1 9, June 30, 1926.
MAINE: Scarboro, 1 cf, May 22, 1897.

MASSACHUSETTS: Plum Island, 1 not sexed, Oct. 13, 1919 (J.L.P.); Ipswich,
1 9, Nov. 2, 1884 (A.C.B.); 1 imm. — , Oct. 2, 1922; 1 ad. cf, 2 imm. cf, 2 imm.
9, Oct. 22-23, 1922; 1 imm. 9, Sept. 22, 1924 (all J. L. P.) ; Saugus, 6 cf, 3 9,
1 not sexed, Oct. 9, 1890; 1 cf, 1 9, May 29, 1893; 2 cf, Sept. 23, 1893; Swamp-
scott, 1 cf, Nov. 5, 1881; Revere, 1 cf, May 24, 1879; 1 cf, 1 9, Oct. 17, 1885
(C.F.B.); 1 cf, 2 9, Oct. 23, 1888; 2 cf, 2 9, Oct. 24, 1885; 1 cf, Oct. 28, 1888;

1 not sexed, Oct. 1888; 1 not sexed, Oct. 8, 1889; 5 cf , 1 9,1 not sexed, May 26,
1890; 1 not sexed, May 31, 1890; 1 cf, 1 9, Sept. 3, 1890; 1 cf, Oct. 8, 1891;
East Watertown, 1 cf, June 1, 1869; Cambridge, 1 9, Oct. 7, 1869; 1 cf,
Oct. 10, 1869; 2 cf, 1 9, Oct. 9, 1871; South Duxbury, 1 cf, Nov. 1, 1885;
Plymouth, 1 cf, May 28, 1911; 1 cf, May 30, 1913; 1 cf, 2 9, May 25, 1922;

2 cf, May 28, 1931; Wareham, 2 9, Sept. 28, 1884; Westport Point, 1 9,
June 2, 1916 (A.C.B.).

NEW YORK: Sing Sing, 1 cf, Oct. 1, 1880; 1 cf , Oct. 7, 1885; 1 cf. Sept. 29, 1886.
SOUTH CAROLINA: Mount Pleasant, 1 cf, Oct. 10, 1885; 2 cf, Nov. 30,
1889; 1 cf, Dec. 13, 1890; 1 cf, Jan. 24, 1891; 4 cf, Feb. 7 and 11, 1891; 1 9,
Oct. 21, 1891; 1 9, Nov. 4, 1891; 1 cf, 1 9, Feb. 1 and 2, 1893; 2 cf, Oct. 23 and
26, 1893; 1 cf, Nov. 16, 1895; 1 cf, Dec. 22, 1896; 3 cf, May 9 and 22, 1899;
1 cf, May 25, 1900; 2 cf (1, R.O.M.Z.), 1 9, May 26, 1900; 1 cf, Dec. 2, 1911;
1 cf, Jan. 21, 1915 (A.C.B.); 1 cf, 1 9, Feb. 1 and 6, 1915 (A.C.B.); 1 cf, May
29, 1915; 1 cf, May 17, 1920 (A.C.B.); near Frogmore, 1 cf, 1 9, Mar. 19,
1896; 1 9, April 20, 1896.

GEORGIA: Camden Co., 1 9, April 4, 1877.

FLORIDA: Amelia Island, 1 9 , May 18, 1906; 1 9 , Dec. 1, 1906 (both R.O.M.Z.) ;
Nassau Co., 1 cf, 1 9, Feb. 2, 1914 (F.H.K.).

Ammospiza caudacuta altera Todd

Ammospiza caudacuta altera Todd, Auk, 55, 1938, p. 117 (East Main, James Bay,

Quebec). Type in Carnegie Museum; examined.

Nuptial plumage , male and female. — Similar to A. c. subvirgata, but with
general tone of upper parts more brownish, less grayish, the scapular
borders paler gray, sometimes pure white; streaks on breast more variable,
sometimes lacking, but when present narrower and better defined.

First winter and adult winter plumage. — Exceedingly close to the cor-
responding plumage of subvirgata , in fact I can find no characters that will
definitely separate the more rufescent specimens of subvirgata from the
less rufescent specimens of altera; the latter form usually presents a slightly
more contrasting appearance above and the breast streaks of subvirgata

206

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

average heavier. Phase for phase altera is more richly colored than
subvirgata; the more rufescent type predominates; the loral spot never
becomes yellow in worn summer plumage.

Size about the same as that of subvirgata.

Measurements. — Based on breeding birds only.

James Bay: 12 d\ wing 52.6*-59.5 (57.7), tail 49.4*-53.7 (51.1), bill 11.1*-12.5
(11.9).

3 $, wing 54.6-57.5 (55.8), tail 45.9-50.5 (47.7), bill, 11.4-11.6 (11.5).

Range. — Breeds locally in the marshes about the southern shore of
James Bay from Moosonee to East Main, and north on the west shore at
least to the mouth of the Attawapiskat River. Winters along the Atlantic
coast from South Carolina to Florida (one record for Louisiana). On
migration recorded from the southern shore of Lake Erie, the lower
Hudson Valley, and the coast of Massachusetts.

Specimens examined. — All in Carnegie Museum except where noted.

QUEBEC: (James Bay), East Main, 1 cP, June 29, 1926 (Type).

ONTARIO: (James Bay), Sandy Island, 1 cP, 1 imm. cP, 1 juv. cP, Sept. 3, 1923;
Big Stone, 1 $, June 26, 1912; Partridge Creeks, 2 cP, 1 9, Sept. 6, 1923;
1 d\ Sept. 13, 1927; 3 d\ 1 imm. cP, Sept. 15, 1923; 2 cP, June 12, 1941; 3 cP,
June 13, 1941; 2 cP, June 10, 1941; Nattabisha Point, 1 cP, 1 9, June 17, 1941;
1 cP, June 18, 1941; Mississikabe River, 1 cP, June 25, 1941; Gull Point, 1 9,
Sept. 21, 1935; Moose Factory, 1 cP, July 5, 1908; Moosonee, 3 cP, July 8,
1939 (R.O.M.Z.) ; 1 cP, July 12, 1939 (R. O. M. Z.) ; Attawapiskat Post, 1 9.
Aug. 3, 1939 (R.O.M.Z.); 1 juv. cP, Aug. 8, 1938 (R.O.M.Z.).

OHIO: Richmond, Lake Co., 1 not sexed, Sept. 29, 1931 (Cleveland Museum).
PENNSYLVANIA: Presque Isle, Erie Co., 1 cP, 1 imm. cP, 2 imm. 9, Sept.
25, 1900; 1 imm. cP, Oct. 2, 1900.

NEW YORK: Sing Sing, 1 d\ Sept. 30, 1880; 1 cP, Oct. 17, 1885; 1 9, Oct. 4,
1888; Long Island, 1, no data (all M.C.Z.).

MASSACHUSETTS: Swampscott, 1 9, Nov. 2, 1878; 1 cP, Oct. 25, 1879 (both
M.C.Z.).

SOUTH CAROLINA: Mt. Pleasant, 1 9, Feb. 9, 1891; 1 cP, Jan. 31, 1893; 1
cP, Dec. 6, 1896; 2 cP, May 15 and 28, 1897; 1 cP, 1 9 , May 22 and 24, 1899; 1 cP,
May 28, 1900 (all M.C.Z.) ; 1 cP, Dec. 6, 1911 (A.C.B.).

GEORGIA: Sapelo Island, 1 9, Dec. 14, 1887 (M.C.Z.).

*The minima for wing, bill and tail were all taken from the same specimen
(Carnegie Mus., K. W. Haller, orig. no. 1150), evidently an abnormally small
bird; if these minima are disregarded the next smallest are wing 56.0, tail 49.8,
bill 11.3.

1942

Peters: Canadian Sharp-tailed Sparrows

207

Ammospiza caudacuta nelsoni (J. A. Allen)

Ammodramus caudacutus var. nelsoni J. A. Allen, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.,
17, 1875, p. 293 (Calumet Marshes, Cook Co., Illinois), co-types in Museum of
Comparative Zoology; examined.

Ammodramus caudacutus becki Ridgway, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 14, 1891, p. 483
(Milpitas, Santa Clara Co., California), type in U. S. National Museum; ex-
amined.

Nuptial plumage , male and female. — Distinguishable at a glance from
subvirgata and altera by its smaller size and darker coloration above;
there is a great extension of the dark areas, brown tones predominate;
the gray coronal stripe is darker and narrowed by an invasion of the dark
borders of the crown; scapular edgings pure white or very pale gray,
broader than in the other two races; sides of head more richly colored and
in the most rufescent examples this color overruns the gray auricular
patch so that it is not contrasted against the buffy background. Streaking
below variable, often absent, but when present is “penciled” in appear-
ance.

First winter and adult winter plumage. — Less readily distinguishable
from altera than in the preceding plumage, but averaging browner in
series, coronal stripe narrower and scapular borders rather paler; streaks
across breast darker, narrower and more sharply defined.

Measurements. — Based on breeding birds only.

Alberta: 11 d\ wing 55.0-58.1 (55.9); tail 43.6-49.6 (47.2); bill 11.2-12.6 (11.9).

1 $, wing 55.5; tail 47.5; bill 12.3.

Saskatchewan: 14 <?, wing 53.0-57.5 (55.9); tail 45.6-50.8 (47.7); bill 11.6-12.6
(11.9).

3 9, wing 52.5-53.7 (53.0) ; tail 43.4-45.9 (43.9); bill 11.9-12.3 (12.1).
Manitoba: 11 cf, wing 53.9-57.7 (56.2); tail 42.9-51.0 (46.5) ; bill 11.1-12.3 (11.9).

2 $, wing 51.8-52.5 (52.1); tail 45.5-45.6; bill 12.0-12.2 (12.1).

North Dakota: 13 0”, wing 54.0-57.0 (55.6); tail 43.5-53.3 (47.4); bill 11.3-12.4
(11.9).

4 9, wing 52.5-55.2 (53.5); tail 43.6-46.5 (44.8); bill 11.5-12.3 (12.1).
Co-types of nelsoni

M.C.Z. 24,407, not sexed, wing 55.7; tail 49.6, bill 11.4. 24,408, not sexed, wing
54.8; tail 46.8, bill 11.

Type of becki

U. S. Nat. Mus. 120,310, not sexed (=9 by measurement), wing 53.5; tail
46.7; bill 10.8.

208

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Range. — Breeds in the fresh water prairie marshes from extreme west
central Alberta (Peace River Landing), southern Mackenzie (Great
Slave Lake), central Saskatchewan (Emma Lake) and central Manitoba
(north to The Pas and Sturgeon Creek) south to south-central Alberta
(Red Deer), southern Saskatchewan (Last Mountain Lake, Yorkton),
no record for Montana, southeastern North Dakota (chiefly east of the
100th Meridian), (northeastern South Dakota fide A. O. U.), and north-
western Minnesota (Kittson and Marshall counties); possibly bred for-
merly near Chicago, Illinois, but reports of its breeding there unsub-
stantiated, as are also similar reports from eastern Kansas and from Lake
Koshkonong and the Horicon Marshes, Wisconsin. Winters in the salt
marshes of the Atlantic and Gulf Coasts from South Carolina (occasion-
ally North Carolina ?) to Texas, south to Merritts Island and Tampa Bay
on the Florida peninsula (casual at Cape Sable), and to Corpus Christi,
Texas.

Migrates down the Mississippi Valley and southeastward through
southern Ontario, reaching the Atlantic coast as far north as Maine; no
spring records on the Atlantic coast north of Staten Island. Recorded as
a transient in the following states (in addition to those mentioned above or
from which specimens are listed) : Nebraska, Iowa, Missouri, Arkansas,
Tennessee, Indiana, Vermont, Maine, Rhode Island, Connecticut, New
Jersey, Maryland, Virginia, and District of Columbia.

The extreme southeastern boundary of the breeding range of nelsoni
is given in the fourth edition of the A. O. U. Check-List as northeastern
South Dakota. I am unable to find on what basis this statement is made.

The southernmost example examined is a bird from the collection
of Dr. Max Minor Peet, collected by J. C. Howell at Cape Sable, Florida,
Dec. 22, 1932. This bird is interesting in more ways than one since it
contains such an accentuation of the dark markings as to constitute a
partial melanism; the crown is entirely black; the dark areas on the back
are greatly extended and the flanks are broadly streaked with black.
It is a typical nelsoni in size, with a wing 55.4; tail 45.9; and bill 12.8 (a
little long). I regard this bird as an aberrant nelsoni; it is inconceivable
that there should be an isolated colony at Cape Sable.

The type of becki was collected by Rollo H. Beck at Milpitas, Santa
Clara Co., California, on May 6, 1891. The specimen is of the more
rufescent type, with the auriculars overrun by the color of the sides of the
head; the pectoral band is marked with a few short, narrow, dark brown
shaft lines.

1942

Peters: Canadian Sharp-tailed Sparrows

209

As previously stated in this paper, the co-types of nelsoni appear to
be specimens in the less rufescent phase of this form; in measurements
also they conform to those of the Prairie bird and not to the larger James
Bay race.

Specimens examined. — All in Museum of Comparative Zoology except
where stated.

ALBERTA: Peace River Landing, 1 cf, June 20, 1903 (Nat. Mus. Canada);
Slave River, 1 cf, June 12, 1901 (Biol. Surv.) ; 15 miles N.W. of Chipewyan,
1 cf, July 7, 1920 (M.C.Z.); Athabaska Delta, 1 cf, 1 not sexed, June 15, 1920
(Biol. Surv.); 1 9, June 19, 1920; 1 cf, June 20, 1920 (both M.C.Z.); 2 cf June
22, 1920 (Biol. Surv.); 1 cf, July 11, 1920 (M.C.Z.); Lac la Nonne, 1 cf, June
30, 1926; 1 cf, July 13, 1926; 1 juv. cf , 1 juv $ , Aug. 4, 1926; 1 imm. cf , Beaver
Hill Lake, Aug. 24, 1925 (all Nat. Mus. Canada) ; Camrose, 1 cf , Sept. 6,
1929 (R.O.M.Z.) ; Red Deer, 1 cf, June 20, 1906 (R.O.M.Z.).
SASKATCHEWAN: Emma Lake, 1 juv. cf, July 14, 1939 (R.O.M.Z.); Elstow,
1 cf, May 21, 1936 (M.M.P.); Last Mountain Lake, 1 9, July 15, 1920 (Nat.
Mus. Canada); 12 cf, 1 9, May 24-June 17, 1932 (Carnegie Mus.); Kutawagan
Lake, 1 cf, 1 9, June 4-5, 1920 (Nat Mus. Canada).

MANITOBA: The Pas, 2 cf, June 8-10, 1937 (Nat. Mus. Canada); Lake Win-
nepegosis, 1 9, June 9, 1913 (A.C.B.); Lake St. Martin Indian Reservation,
1 cf, June 22, 1934; Sturgeon Creek, juv. cf, Sept. 9, 1931 (both R.O.M.Z.);
Dauphin, 1 9, June 22, 1938; Shoal Lake, 1 9, Sept. 21, 1917, 1 cf, June 13,
1918; 1 9, Sept. 10, 1918; Oak Lake, 2 cf, July 14, 1921; 1 imm. cf, Sept. 13,
1921; Whitewater Lake, 1 cf, June 5, 1925; Douglas, 1 cf, May 22, 1916 (all
Nat. Mus. Canada); Rosser, 1 cf, June 30, 1 cf, July 20, 1 juv., Sept. 10, 1932;
Vivian, 1 <f , July 12, 1932 (all R.O.M.Z.).

ONTARIO: Toronto, 1 not sexed, Sept. 22, 1894; 1 9, Oct. 28, 1896; 1 9, Oct.
9, 1897 (R.O.M.Z.).

CALIFORNIA: Milpitas, 1 not sexed, May 6, 1891 (type ot becki, Ridgway).
NORTH DAKOTA: (all in coll. U. S. Biol. Surv.), Towner, 1 cf , 1 9 , 1 not sexed,
July 24-25, 1915; Fort Totten, 1 cf, 1 9, July 12, 1915; Larimore, 2 cf,
June 23-24, 1915; Dawson, 3 cf, 1 9, July 27, 1915; 1 imm. 9, Sept. 6, 1922;
Oakes, 1 cf, June 26, 1915; Ludden, 1 cf, June 14, 1912; Spring Lake, 1 cf,
1 9, July 7, 1915; Lidgerwood, 1 cf, June 14, 1915; Hankinsqn, 2 cf, July
21-22, 1912.

KANSAS: Neosho Falls, 1 not sexed, Oct. 19, 1881.

WISCONSIN: Lake Koshkonong, 4 cf, Sept. 17-24, 1893; 7 cf, Sept. 7-24, 1894
(one, U. of Mich); 2 9, Sept. 23, 1897 (1 R.O.M.Z., 1 M.C.Z.); 1 cf, Oct. 2,
1898 (R.O.M.Z.).

MICHIGAN: Jackson Co., 1 9, Sept. 23, 1934; 1 9, Oct. 16, 1935; 1 cf, Oct. 4,
1936; 1 cf, Sept. 30, 1939; Monroe Co., 1 9, May 29, 1939; Wayne Co., 1 cf,
Sept. 27, 1893 (all U. of Mich.).

ILLINOIS: near Chicago ( i.e . Calumet Marshes), 2 not sexed, Oct. 1874 (co-
types of nelsoni) ; Chicago, 1 cf, May 27, 1922 (M.M.P.); Ainsworth, 1 cf,
Sept. 17, 1874; Warsaw, Oct. 11, 1883; Grand Crossing, 1 cf , Oct. 29, 1893.

210

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

OHIO: Geneva, 1 cf, May 17, 1902 (Carnegie Mus.).

PENNSYLVANIA: Erie, 1 c f, 3 imm. cf, 4 imm. 9, Sept. 15-25, 1900 (all in
Carnegie Museum).

NEW YORK: Sing Sing, 2 cf, 2 $, Sept. 30-Oct. 1, 1880; 2 9, Oct. 5, 1883; 1
$, Sept. 28, 1885.

MASSACHUSETTS: Ipswich, 1 imm. 9 , Sept. 29, 1922 (J. L. P. ) ; Saugus, 2 9,
Oct. 9, 1890; Revere, 1 9 , Oct. 23, 1885 (C.F.B.); 1 9, Oct. 8, 1899; 1 not sexed,
Oct. 8, 1891; Cambridge, 1 imm. cf, Oct. 9, 1871; Wareham, 19,1 not sexed,
Sept. 28, 1884; Barnstable, 1 cf , 1 not sexed, Feb. 8-9, 1901.

NORTH CAROLINA: Swan Island, 2 9, Jan. 29, 1891; Smithville, 1 9, Nov.
24, 1876; Pleasant Bay, Nov. 7, 1900; New River, Nov. 18, 1900 (A.C.B.).

SOUTH CAROLINA: Mt. Pleasant, 1 cf, Oct. 8,1884; 1 cf, 3 9, Oct. 6-19, 1 cf,
Dec. 1, 1885; 3 cf, Jan. 2-23, 1 9, March 10, 1 <f, Oct. 12, 1886; 2 cf, 2 9, Oct.
10-30, 1889; 8 <f , 3 9 , Oct. 11-22, 2 cf, Nov. 1 and 22, 1890; 2 cf , Jan. 21 and 24,
7 cf , 3 9, Oct. 13-21, 1891; 1 cf, Feb. 2, 2 cf, Sept. 29, 1 9, Oct. 25, 1893; 1 cf,
Dec. 4, 1896; 1 cf, Oct. 26, 1897; 1 cf, Oct. 21, 1898 (R.O.M.Z.); 1 9, Nov. 14,
1898; 1 cf, Jan. 12, 1 cf, May 5, 1899; 1 <f, Oct. 14, 1900 (R.O.M.Z.); 1 9,
Jan. 10, 1911 (A.C.B.); 1 imm. cf, Oct. 20, 1917; near Frogmore, 1 cf, 1 9,
Feb. 18, 2 cf , 1 9 , March 19, 1 9 , May 13, 1886.

GEORGIA: Chatham Co., 1 not sexed, Oct. 20, 1907 (R.O.M.Z.); 1 cf, Nov. 26,
1908 (F.H.K.); McIntosh Co., 2 9, Jan. 23 and 25, 2 9, Feb. 13 and 14, 1890;
Sapelo Island, 1 cf , Dec. 14, 1887.

FLORIDA: Nassau Co., 1 cf, Jan. 28, 1 9, Feb. 5, 1914; Amelia Island, 3 cf,
March 8-13, 1906 (R.O.M.Z.); 1 9, March 12, 1918; New Smyrna, 1 cf,
March 30, 1877; Cape Sable, 1 not sexed, Dec. 22, 1932 (M.M.P.).

TEXAS: Galveston County (High Island), 2 cf, Dec. 13 and 24, 1916; Corpus
Christi, 8 cf, 4 9, Oct. 2-30, 1909.

Ui ^

ART. IX. DESCRIPTION OF A NEW RACE OF
SIREN INTERMEDIA LE CONTE

By Coleman J. Goin
University of Florida1

In the course of my studies of the Sirenidae it has become evident that
Siren intermedia is composed of two valid subspecies. Typical inter-
media is confined to the coastal plain from Virginia to the Florida Parishes
of Louisiana and south to central Florida, while the population west of
this region represents a race for which no name is available. As the full
discussion, now in preparation, of the salamanders of this family will not
be completed for several years, it seems desirable to describe this form at
the present time so that it may be included in Dr. Sherman C. Bishop’s
forthcoming manual of the salamanders. It gives me great pleasure to
name this race after M. Graham Netting, who first suggested that I
study the Sirenidae.

Siren intermedia nettingi, new subspecies
PALE LESSER SIREN

Type. — Carnegie Museum, no. 7580, adult female, collected in May,
1928, by Byron C. Marshall.

Type locality. — Imboden, Lawrence County, Arkansas.

Paratypes. — One hundred and eighty-eight, as follows:2 Arkansas —
amnh 36285-89, 37232, ansp 21962, scb (5 specimens), cm 7581, chM
39.277.5 (2), ummz 68381 (2), 68382 (2), ur 948-49, from Imboden,
Lawrence County; amnh 22923-28, from six miles south of Imboden,
Lawrence County; and ummz 84356, from near Paragould, Greene County.
Illinois — ansp 552, from Alton, Madison County; cm 19078-81, from
five miles east of Du Quoin, Perry County; mcz 941; mnss 272 (33 speci-
mens + 96 unnumbered specimens), from one mile northeast of Herrin,
Williamson County; and mnss 273 (2), from five miles northeast of

1 Contribution from the Department of Biology, University of Florida.

2 AMNH, American Museum of Natural History; ANSP, Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia; SCB, private collection of Sherman C. Bishop; CM,
Carnegie Museum; ChM, Charleston Museum; FMNH, Field Museum of Natural
History; MCZ, Museum of Comparative Zoology; MNSS, Museum of Natural
and Social Sciences, Southern Illinois Normal University; UMMZ, University of
Michigan, Museum of Zoology; UR, University of Rochester, Museum of Natural
History.

211

sued September 3, 1942.

212

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Jonesboro, Union County. Indiana — mcz 8601-04, from Vigo County.
Louisiana — cm 20142-55, from Forest Hill, Rapides Parish; and mcz
250, from New Orleans, Orleans Parish. Tennessee — ummz 84354, from
Bayou du Chien, Walnut Log, Obion County; ummz 84355, from near
Memphis, Shelby County; and ummz 86391, from near Nashville, David-
son County. Texas — fmnh 31797, from College Station, Brazos County.

Diagnosis. — A Siren with from 33 to 37 costal grooves, mode 35; an
average tail length in total length ratio of 3.21; and a maximum total
length of 396 mm. 5. i. neltingi characteristically has a dorsum shading
from olive to gray, with scattered minute black spots; the venter is
marked with well defined light spots. It can be distinguished from
intermedia by its larger size, by the presence of about two more costal
grooves (usually 33 in intermedia , 35 in nettingi), and in having the venter
marked with light spots rather than being uniformly dark. From lacertina
it differs in its smaller size, the smaller number of costal grooves, and in
lacking the numerous, circular, well-defined, black spots on the top of
head, dorsum, and sides.

Description of type. — Skin generally smooth in appearance, but head
pocked with indistinct pits of variable size, and body sprinkled with
smaller pits visible under magnification; no large glands present. Two
parallel rows of small, indistinct mucous pores on each side: a dorsolateral
row beginning on side of head anterior to gills, extending backward and
fading out on posterior third of body, and a lateral row beginning behind
limb and continuing posteriorly to region above vent. Individual pores
grouped in short series of two or three almost tangent pores, each
series usually placed in the center of a costal fold. A faint, shallow depres-
sion on head extending from region between eyes to top of head ; another
shallow depression on each side of head extending from top of head down-
ward and backward about three millimeters, then curving downward for
about the same distance, then curving forward and downward, terminat-
ing at a point between the eye and base of lower gill; a median longi-
tudinal depression beginning in region above and anterior to base of gills
and continuing longitudinally backward until it merges insensibly with a
shallow mid-dorsal groove at back of head.

Head somewhat elongate, narrowing gradually from widest point,
which is just behind base of jaws, to about level of eyes where it begins to
taper to a rounded snout; a slight swelling on each parietal produced by
jaw muscles. Head bluntly pointed in outline as seen from side, profile
of top a smooth curve to parietal swellings, followed by a very slight de-

1942 Goin: A new race of Siren intermedia 213

pression from parietal swellings to region above limbs. Mouth small,
consisting of a crescentic, transverse portion anteriorly, followed by an
inward curving arc on each side, ending on the ventral surface on a line
dropped from anterior border of eye. Outline of upper jaw convex as seen
from side due to pendulous upper lip; upper jaw projecting beyond lower.
No canthus rostralis. Loreal region slightly convex. Nostril an elongate
longitudinal slit, ventrolateral in position, its anterior corner on a line
with the anterior point of the upper lip, not visible from above. Inter-
narial distance (ventrally) three times diameter of eye. Eye small, not
protuberant, without eyelids, but completely covered with a thin mem-
brane; its diameter about one- third its distance from posterior corner of
nostril. Interorbital distance about three times diameter of eye. Head
width 10.8 times in body length; head length 7.2 times in body length.

Body slender, ovate in cross section, slightly deeper than wide, without
any noticeable constriction at neck; a narrow mid-dorsal groove, a shallow
longitudinal dorsolateral depression extending from base of gills to proxi-
mal third of tail, a shallow midventral depression from region between
limbs to vent. Costal grooves 36, distinct, connecting across abdomen,
extending well up on sides where they become indistinct. Vent small,
ovate; internal lips heavily folded.

Tail 2.3 times in snout-to-vent length; ovoid in vertical cross section
at base, becoming more and more compressed to flat tip. A low dorsal
keel beginning on posterior eighth of body and continuing posteriorly,
changing to a low fin on distal four-fifths of tail, fin never quite so broad
as tail musculature except at extreme tip. Ventral surface flat at base with
a narrow fin^on distal two-thirds; tip of tail rounded.

Forelimbs present, small. Fingers four, short, stout, 2-3- 1-4 in order of
decreasing length, not webbed. Fingers three and four of both feet with
brown, claw-like, horny caps covering the tips. No metacarpal tubercles
present.

External gills three; the gills, with all their filaments, are compressed
into a knob-like structure and covered with a membrane so that the gills
appear to be reduced unless examined closely (but not so in most of the
paratypes). On left side, upper gill longest, extending to insertion of
limb when appressed, middle gill shorter, about two-thirds length of upper,
lower gill half length of middle, no distinct secondary branches or fila-
ments; branchial openings three, anterior the smallest, middle the largest,
covered by bases of gills when these are appressed. On right side, gills
uniformly longer, upper extending beyond insertion of limb when ap-

214

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

pressed, middle shorter, extending to base of limb, lower much shorter,
one-third length of middle, reduced but with secondary branches on upper
and middle gills; branchial openings two, anterior smallest, covered by
bases of gills when these are appressed.

Tongue small, well back in mouth, its acutely pointed anterior third
free (the upper surface remains tightly pressed against the roof of the
mouth in preserved specimens even though mouth has been cut open at
angles of jaws). A dark horny sheath present at anterior end of lower
jaw in the form of a poorly developed transverse ridge curving backward
at its outer ends; a small oval horny patch at anterior edge of upper jaw
which is but slightly darker than the surrounding tissue. Lower jaw
with rather long, recurved, sharply pointed, well-separated teeth ar-
ranged in two rather irregular rows on the anterior portion of each
mandible, ending at a point approximately below the eye, the two groups
separated anteriorly by more than the width of each series and diverging
rapidly posteriorly. Two elongate patches of prevomerine teeth begin-
ning in anterior portion of roof of mouth, the two patches separated an-
teriorly by a narrow groove which widens rapidly posteriorly, the rear-
most teeth in each patch being separated by almost twice the length of a
naris; the teeth in each patch long for a salamander of this size, sharply
pointed, about 32 in number; arranged in short diagonal rows of four or
five teeth each for about five rows, then a short diastema preceding
several short oblique rows. Internal nares elongate, longitudinal openings
slightly diagonal in position, each deeply buried in a fold of tissue that is
apparently capable of tight closure.

Measurements of type (in millimeters). — Head length (tip of snout to
base of foremost gill), 19.5; body length, 140; tail length, 69.5; forelimb
length, 12; total length, 229; head width (maximum), 13; body width
(maximum), 12; body depth (maximum), 13.

Coloration of type (preserved). — Top of head, dorsum, and sides Deep
Mouse Gray3 with minute black spots on top of head, dorsum, and
dorsolateral regions, most heavily concentrated in dorsolateral regions.
An indistinct, broken, Olive Lake stripe on each side of head from eye to
base of gill. Gills, chin, and legs Light Grayish Olive. Entire venter
Deep Olive-Gray. Dorsal and ventral tail fins between Mouse Gray and
Deep Mouse Gray, with minute scattered spots of black pigment.

Variation. — In size the paratypes of nettingi range from 20 to 396 mm

3 All colors capitalized are from Ridgway, “Color Standards and Nomencla-
ture,” 1912.

1942 Goin : A NEW RACE OF Siren INTERMEDIA 215

in total length, and from 15 to 282 mm in snout-to-vent length. The
ratio of tail length in total length in one hundred mature individuals
ranges from 2.84 to 4.24, average 3.21. In twenty-three mature speci-
mens of typical intermedia the ratio of tail length in total length ranges
from 1.40 to 3.47, average 2.80. Although there is overlapping between
the two races in this character, it is apparent that nettingi tends to have a
relatively shorter tail than does intermedia.

In the paratypes on which costal grooves can be counted it was found
that they vary from 33 to 37, 33 occurring three times, 34 thirty times, 35
fifty-five times, 36 twenty-two times, and 37 once. Here again we find
some overlapping with intermedia , which, in the specimens on which
costal grooves can be counted, has 31 occurring once, 32 eleven times, 33
sixteen times, and 34 eight times.

The fingers are normally 2-3- 1-4 in order of decreasing length but
sometimes they are 2-1-3-4 (9 specimens), more rarely 3-2-1-4 (1 specimen).
Sharp, brown, claw-like horny caps are usually present on all fingers in
specimens that have not died before preservation, but occasionally they
are absent on one or more fingers in otherwise perfect specimens.

In most of the paratypes the gills are fringed and well developed, but
in some specimens (including the type) they are compressed into knob-
like structures that appear to lack filaments unless examined with care.

Coloration and markings in the extensive series of paratypes range
from nearly uniformly black (specimens which have been long preserved
or which died before preservation), to a light gray above with scattered,
small black spots and with a pale venter on which numerous spots and
blotches of light immaculate areas occur. Young specimens tend to have
more light markings on the head than do mature individuals. In many
immature specimens the tip of the snout is immaculate and there is a
longitudinal light bar above each eye and another transverse light bar
across the top of the head.

Coloration in life (based on CM 20154-55, from Forest Hill, Rapides
Parish, La.). — Top of head Olive-Citrine to Brownish-Olive changing to
Serpentine-Green on the sides. Dorsum Dark Olive to Deep Olive.
Venter Pallid Quaker Drab with minute black pigment spots thus giving
the general appearance of Deep Violet-Gray to Dark Violet-Gray. A
faint Buff Brown vertebral line on posterior third of body and dorsal
keel of tail. Chin Pale Rose-Purple with superimposed minute black
pigment spots, thus giving appearance of gray. Top of head flecked with
small spots of Olive-Brown. Chin, sides and venter with numerous

216

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

lighter spots of Marguerite Yellow which sometimes tend to form more or
less distinct rows on the sides. Tip of snout Ecru-Olive; Deep Olive-Buff
spots on top of head. Lateral head stripes running from tip of snout to
gills Isabella Color. Legs Pale Olive-Buff ground color with minute
black pigment spots. Gills Olive-Citrine at base approaching Clove-
Brown distally; gill filaments Mikado Brown to Orange Cinnamon.

N on-par aty pic material. — A series of specimens in the United States
National Museum from Upson, Maverick County, Texas (USNM
10853, 10855, 10857, 10860), and another series in the same institution
from Matamoros, Tamaulipas, Mexico (USNM 4048-7 specimens, 4075),
were purposely omitted from the list of paratypes and are only tentatively
included in nettingi. In the specimens on which costal grooves can be
counted, 36 occurs once, 37 five times and 38 twice. They are much
larger than nettingi from other regions, the largest specimen, a female,
having a total length of 612 mm and a snout-to-vent length of 423 mm.
Noble and Marshall (1932, Amer. Mus. Novitates, no. 532: 5) also report
that some of the specimens from the former locality have larger ovarian
eggs than do specimens from the vicinity of Imboden. Furthermore,
specimens that I have seen from both of these localities, have more
pointed tails than do typical nettingi. Unfortunately, the material from
southern Texas and northern Tamaulipas is inadequate, old, and poorly
preserved, and the decision as to its true status is deferred until a field
trip to this region can provide a series of fresh specimens.

Remarks.— The recognition of this new race should help to clarify the
taxonomic situation in the genus Siren. Much of the difficulty in the past
has been brought about by the attempt to make more than one form fit
under a single name. Others have recognized that there is more than one
race of intermedia. Noble and Marshall {op. cit.: 7) have stated in this
connection: “Our smallest breeding females and all those with only thirty-
one and thirty-two costal grooves come from Georgia and South Carolina.
Future work may show that this is not identical with the Siren of the
central states, which have from thirty-four to thirty-six costal grooves
and rarely thirty-three.” Furthermore, Percy Viosca, Jr., in a letter dated
Jan. 27, 1941, says, “The eastern ones are black and those west of St.
Tammany Parish are greenish grey with lighter spots underneath.”

Thus on the Atlantic Coastal Plain there are two species of Siren ,
lacertina and intermedia , which have, on the average, 38 and 33 costal
grooves respectively. While lacertina is not known west of Florida,
typical intermedia ranges westward along the coastal plain to the Florida

1942

Goin: A new race of Siren intermedia

217

Parishes of Louisiana, where it meets the western form, nettingi. Through-
out most of its range nettingi has from 34 to 36 costal grooves, but speci-
mens from the southwestern portion of its range have 37 or 38, and may,
when sufficient fresh material is available from this region, prove to con-
stitute still another race.

The following diagnoses should serve for the identification of most speci-
mens of Siren except poorly preserved material on which costal grooves
cannot be counted. It should be remembered that the salamanders of
this genus tend to lose their color pattern rapidly in preservatives, and
that the costal groove count is therefore of primary importance in identi-
fying museum specimens.

Olive above with numerous circular black spots on top of head, dorsum and
sides; light markings on body, if present, restricted to lateral and ventro-
lateral rows of very narrow, short white bars; 38 costal grooves. (Dis-
trict of Columbia south to southern Florida, in the coastal plain.)

Siren lacertina Linne

Usually uniformly dark above, somewhat lighter below, with no pronounced
light spots; 31-34 costal grooves. (In the coastal plain from South
Carolina to Pasco Co., Florida, and west to the Florida Parishes of
Louisiana. Also reported from Virginia by Noble and Marshall,
op. cit.: 7.) Siren intermedia intermedia Le Conte

Light olive to gray above, black pigment restricted to very small dots; sides
and venter often with numerous light spots; 34-36 costal grooves, rarely
33 or 37-38. (Southern Louisiana northward to southern Illinois and
Indiana, west and south to Maverick Co., Texas, and northern Tamauli-
pas, Mexico.) Siren intermedia nettingi Goin

Acknowledgments. — I am indebted to the following persons for the loan
of material: Dr. Leonhard Stejneger and Dr. Doris M. Cochran, United
States National Museum; Dr. Thomas Barbour and Mr. Arthur Lover-
idge, Museum of Comparative Zoology; Dr. Sherman C. Bishop, Uni-
versity of Rochester; Dr. E. R. Dunn, Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia; Mr. Charles M. Bogert, American Museum of Natural
History; Mrs. Helen T. Gaige, Museum of Zoology, University of Michi-
gan; Mr. Clifford H. Pope, Field Museum of Natural History; Mr. E. B.
Chamberlain, Charleston Museum; and Mr. Fred R. Cagle for the speci-
mens in the Museum of Natural and Social Sciences, Carbondale, Illinois.
Mr. Percy Viosca, Jr., has kindly presented me with both living and
preserved material from Louisiana. Finally I wish to thank Dr. J. Speed
Rogers of the University of Florida and Mr. M. Graham Netting of the
Carnegie Museum for many helpful suggestions during the course of this
study and the preparation of this manuscript.

Annals of the Carnegie Museum
Vol. XXIX. p. 219-240

Issued October 1, 1942
Pittsburgh, Pa.

ART. X. THE CHAZY CONULARIDA AND
THEIR CONGENERS

&

ART. X. THE CHAZY CONULARIDA AND
THEIR CONGENERS

By G. Winston Sinclair
Sir George Williams College
Montreal, Quebec

(Plates I-III)

Introduction

The Chazy limestone in the St. Lawrence and Champlain Valleys has
been studied by Billings, Raymond, Hudson, Ruedemann, Twenhofel,
and others, and its large and diverse fauna is well known. Among the
many species described from the Upper Chazy (Valcour formation) are
two species of Conularia, C. triangulata Raymond, 1905, and C. par -
roquetensis Twenhofel, 1938. Four new species from equivalent beds
near Montreal, Quebec, can now be added to these.

The six species exhibit in themselves such differences of structure that
it has been thought necessary to assign them to three genera. C. par-
roquetensis has already been discussed and referred to Metaconularia
(Sinclair, Trans. Royal Soc. Canada, 1940, sec. iv, p. 104). The other five
species, for which two new generic names are proposed, together with some
allied species form the subject of this paper.

These conularids are of particular interest because they are the earliest
definite representatives of the group to appear in America. Two older
forms have beemdescribed, but C. cambria Walcott, 1890, has been shown
to be a trilobite fragment (Raasch, Geol. Soc. Am., Spec. Paper 19, p.
104, fn,), and C. pristina Clark, 1924 (Bull. Amer. Pal., 41, p. 84), is a
very doubtful fossil. Undoubtedly other species will be found in the
earlier Ordovician, but so far these Chazyan forms are the oldest known
from this continent.

I have been able to study some of the specimens described here through
the kindness of the following curators and individuals: Miss M. A. Fritz,
Royal Ontario Museum of Palaeontology; Percy E. Raymond, Museum
of Comparative Zoology; Charles E. Decker, University of Oklahoma;
Carl O. Dunbar, Peabody Museum of Natural History; T. H. Clark,
Peter Redpath Museum; Harry S. Ladd, U. S. National Museum; I. P.
Tolmachoff and E. R. Eller, Carnegie Museum; and James A. Calder,

219

ued October 1, 1942.

let «

220

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Jr., of Ottawa, Canada. To these I owe my thanks, as well as to Archie
Lamont, Birmingham; E. D. Currie, Glasgow; and Per Thorslund of
Stockholm, for information concerning foreign species.

Conularina, new genus

Conularida in which each face bears a low mesial ridge flanked by
shallow depressions which appear on the inner side of the shell as low
ridges, and in which the surface is ornamented by fine irregular striae.

Genotype: Conularina triangulata (Raymond).

Most of the species referred to the genus also agree in having the striae
crossed by finer oblique folds near the shoulders of the angles. These
may be true growth-lines, indicating the course of the apertural edge of
the shell. If such is the case, this margin was produced in high triangular
lobes. There is no direct evidence of the nature of the aperture. All the
known specimens are broken apically, and the nature of the apex is un-
known. No apical diaphragm has been seen.

The two longitudinal depressions forming internal ridges suggest pos-
sible relationship with Metaconularia. In the latter genus, however, the
surface shell layers are not involved in the making of the “septa”; there
is no evidence of an internal rod in Conularina. In several specimens there
is a distinct tendency for one of the mesial depressions to be stronger
than its mate. If this tendency were pursued until the shallower depres-
sion disappeared, a shell much like Conularia kjerulfi Holm (1884, p.
130)1 would result.

The four Chazy species and that from the Black River, all described
below, are the only known forms. None of the described European
species seem to be congeneric.

Conularina triangulata (Raymond)

(Plate I, figures 4-10)

1905. Conularia triangulata Raymond, Amer. Jour. Sci. xx, p. 379.

1908. Conularia triangulata Raymond, Ann. Carnegie Mus., iv, p. 216, pi. liv,

fig. 18.

Raymond’s description is quite sufficient to identify the species, but as
some additional notes are desirable a new description incorporating them
is offered :

See bibliography appended.

1942

Sinclair: The Chazy Conularida

221

Shell of medium size, slightly curved, tapering more rapidly towards
the apex. Test very thin, becoming thicker at the angles; in places of at
least four layers; usually black in colour. Faces slightly concave, equal,
apical angle 13-15° near the apex, becoming about 9.5° towards the
aperture. Cross-section, an equilateral triangle with the angles slightly
truncated. Marginal grooves rather wide (0.8-1. 5 mm.), flat and shallow,
with sharp borders, the bottom sometimes marked by a low mesial ridge;
near the apex the internal cast shows a sharp mesial depression. Mid-line
of the face marked by a low ridge about 0.3 mm. wide, flanked by shallow
depressions; both the ridge and the depressions more prominent on the
cast. The surface marked by numerous fine lirae (16-20 in a length of one
mm.) which cross the face in a shallow double-sigmoid curve, being al-
most horizontal at the mid-line, and rising to the shoulder of the angle
where they turn slightly apicad. These lirae are low and frequently
obscure near the middle of the face, but become sharp and bifurcate once
or twice towards the shoulder; they are smooth except on the shoulder
of the angle, where they are serrated by still finer threads which cross
them obliquely. The internal cast usually bears the impression of the
transverse striae, much less clear than on the surface. Apart from the
oblique threads there is no longitudinal ornamentation. Apex and
aperture unknown.

Length of the type, 39 mm.; of the plesiotype, plate I, figures 4-7, 23
mm. Width of face, 7 and 8.5 mm., in the two specimens, respectively.

Types: The holotype, a well-preserved specimen partially imbedded
in the matrix, bears number 2,099, in the Carnegie Museum. Plesiotypes
are in the collections of James A. Calder Jr., of Ottawa, and of the author.

Occurrence: Raymond’s type came from the Valcour at Cystid Point,
Valcour Island, and he also mentioned its occurrence at Smugglers’ Bay.
Fragments are somewhat common in a bryzoan-brachiopod coquina at
Village Belanger, just north of Montreal. At this locality most of the
specimens owe their preservation to encrustation by bryzoans. Mr.
Calder’s specimen was found about eight miles north-east of this locality,
and about two miles south of Terrebonne. The beds at these Quebec
localities are believed to be equivalent in age to the Valcour.

Remarks: The most striking feature of this species is, of course, its
shape. Three-sided specimens of conularids are not unknown, but in
other cases it is demonstrable that the specimen is an abnormal individual
of a species ordinarily possessing the usual four faces. Over a dozen
specimens of C. triangulata have been seen, all showing the same cross-

222

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

section, and it is apparent that this was the normal form of the species.
The ornamentation is constant and distinctive. Even isolated fragments
of the shell, showing no cross-section, are unmistakable.

Raymond described the species as having six sides, and it has been
referred to in this way by other writers. There seems to be no reason for
regarding the short “sides” as such: they are no wider proportionately
than are the marginal grooves in many other species. That they are flat
instead of concave is not significant. The lengthwise curvature of the
shell is not seen in all specimens, but it is presumed that this is due to the
fragmentary nature of many of them. All specimens of any length show
at least a trace of bending. It is very possible that the shell became com-
paratively straight with age, but too few good specimens are known to
be certain.

Conularina undosa, sp. nov.

(Plate II, figures 1, 2)

Description: Shell of moderate size, straight, tapering regularly. Test
thin, of two layers except when thickened near the angles, black or blue-
black in colour. Faces equal, flat or a little concave, apical angle 9°.
Cross-section square. Marginal grooves wide and deep; the edges broadly
rounded, to such an extent that the angles of the shell are materially
truncated; the bottom of the groove apparently smooth, underlain by
about five layers of shell material. Mid-line of the face with a very low,
flat ridge, 0.3 mm. wide, flanked by shallow linear depressions. No
internal structure seen. Surface with low, rather broad, ill-defined
striae, 7 in 2 mm. of length; apparently smooth; stopping abruptly at the
mesial depressions and at the shoulders of the grooves; curving across
each half-face to make an arc convex towards the apex. Interspaces
smooth, from one to two times as wide as the striae. Aperture and apex
unknown.

Length, 36 mm; width of face, at least 7.5 mm.

Type: An external impression of two faces, and a length of 14 mm. of
the original specimen; number 617 in the author’s collection.

Occurrence: In the Upper Chazy near Cap St. Martin, north of Montreal.
The precise locality is a quarry one-quarter mile east of the hamlet of
Village Belanger.

Remarks: The preservation of the only specimen is not sufficiently
good to permit a definite statement that the oblique shoulder striation,

1942

Sinclair: The Chazy Conularida

223

seen in other species, is absent. The low, indistinct striae, and the course
of these across the face, distinguish the species from the genotype, frag-
ments of which might otherwise be confused with it.

Conularina irrasa, sp. nov.

(Plate I, figures 1-3)

Description: Shell large, slightly curved in its present condition, taper-
ing regularly. Test multilamellar, of 20 or more layers in places, thickest
at the angles; the outer layer black, the inner layers usually brownish.
Cross-section rhombic. Faces gently convex, equal, apical angle about
13°. Marginal grooves wide and shallow; the edges more or less rounded,
angulate on the internal cast; the bottom almost flat and smooth. Mid-
line with a narrow sub-median ridge flanked by shallow indefinite de-
pressions. Surface with small, low, undefined folds; 3-4 in one mm.;
horizontal or gently arched across each half-face, dying out at the mid-
line; crossed near the angles by sharper grooves directed obliquely apicad.
At one place, very fine, short, transverse grooves are seen at the mid-
line of the face. The first inner shell layer bears fine, smooth, distant,
thread-like striae, extremely irregular but roughly parallel to the surface
folds. Apex and aperture unknown.

Length, 90 mm.; width of face, 30 mm.

Type: A partially exfoliated and somewhat crushed free specimen,
number 335 in the author’s collection.

Occurrence: With C. undosa, q.v. This locality, which has yielded most
of the specimens of C. triangulata, also has Blastoidocrinus , Camarotoechia,
Hebertella, Eoharpes, and other fossils including a host of unstudied
bryzoans.

Remarks: One face of the shell is bent inwards at the larger end, but the
crushed condition of the specimen makes its significance doubtful. For
the same reason the straightness of the shell as a whole cannot be defi-
nitely stated. The size and ornamentation, especially that of the inner
shell layer, are distinctive.

Conularina raymondi, sp. nov.

(Plate II, figure 3)

Description: Shell small, straight, tapering regularly. Test very thin,
of two layers, dark brown in colour. Faces evenly and strongly convex,

224

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

equal, apical angle 10.5°. Cross-section circular, indented at the margins
of the faces. Marginal grooves 0.15 mm. wide (0.6 mm. on the cast),
deep, the edges broadly rounded, the bottom flat due to extensive shell
thickening. On the internal cast the groove shows as a sharply rounded V.
Mid-line of the face marked by a low rounded ridge, on either side of
which there is a slight depression. On each face the depression to the
left of the mid-line is the stronger. Surface with many very fine, obscure
transverse wrinkles, about 5 in one mm., slightly arched across the face.
Apex and aperture unknown.

Length of holotype, 21 mm.; of the paratype, 13.5 mm. Width of face
in the two specimens, 6.5 and 5 mm.

Types: Holotype in the author’s collection, number 3; paratype in the
Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College, number 27,935.
Both are free specimens in fairly good preservation.

Occurrence: The MCZ specimen was collected by Mr. Henry Seton at
Valcour Island, in the Upper Chazy. The holotype was found at Cap St.
Martin, Quebec, in a coquina similar to that at Village Belanger, although
no other conularids were found in it. Besides many bryzoans this bed con-
tains a large brachiopod fauna, with Camarotoechia orientalis most
abundant.

Remarks: In the holotype the oblique striae on the shoulders are repre-
sented by extremely obscure wrinkles, only seen in oblique light. As usual,
they cross the transverse ornamentation at a small angle. The sharper
of the two depressions bordering the mesial elevation is sufficiently in-
flected to produce a distinct linear groove on the cast. The shape and
the indistinct, arched ornamentation distinguish the species.

Conularina narrawayi, sp. nov.

(Plate II, figure 4)

Description: Shell small, straight, tapering regularly. Test very thin,
of two layers, black in colour. Faces slightly convex, equal, apical angle
about 14°. Cross-section apparently square (not well seen). Marginal
groove narrow (0.3 mm.), rather deep, the edges sharply rounded, the
bottom marked by very irregular transverse wrinkles and internal thicken-
ing of the shell. Mid-line of the faces with a very narrow ridge, the
flanking depressions inconspicuous. Surface with numerous (8 in one mm.),
irregular, low, smooth folds or wrinkles, whose course across the face is
slightly arched but very irregular. Aperture and apex unknown.

1942

Sinclair: The Chazy Conularida

225

Length, 21 mm.; width of face, 9 mm.

Type: Royal Ontario Museum of Palaeontology, number 18,905. A
somewhat distorted, free specimen, with the surface well-preserved in
places. Collected by Mr. James A. Narraway of Ottawa, for whom it is
named.

Occurrence: In the Ottawa limestone, at a horizon containing an abun-
dant fauna of the age of the Leray in New York; at Tetreauville, Quebec,
on the Ottawa River opposite the city of Ottawa. These are the beds
in which Mr. Narraway found the type of Metaconularia ? dubia Sin-
clair (Trans. Royal Soc. Can., 1940, sec. iv, p. 107).

Climacoconus, new genus

Small conularids bearing relatively large, smooth, transverse ridges
which meet a prominent longitudinal keel at the mid-line of the faces.

Genotype: Climacoconus quadratus (Walcott).

The test as ordinarily seen is smooth, and usually black in colour. Ex-
ceptionally well-preserved specimens show that there was another ex-
ternal shell-layer which was extremely thin, lighter in colour, and capable
of wrinkling. The cross-section of the shell as a whole may be rectangular
or square; the specimens which are variously rhomboid are considered to
be distorted. The keel is usually as high as the transverse ridges, and its
prominence contrasts with the corresponding region in other conularids;
it may be straight or zig-zag, and of course the latter condition is only
possible where the ridges reach the mid-line alternately. There is no thick-
ening of the shell or other internal structure at the mid-line, so far as is
known. The preservation of the type of C. clarki (page 229) indicates a
weakness of the test along the mid-line, and such a zig-zag keel might
tend to strengthen it. It should be pointed out, however, that such a
zig-zag course is known in one of the earliest species, C. humilis.

The marginal grooves are usually rather wide, and the shell thickened,
so that on the internal cast the grooves are quite deep. The bottom of
the groove is commonly marked by transverse wrinkles and by oblique
extensions of the ridges. In some species the edges of the grooves are
raised into definite ridges. The aperture is not known, nor is the nature
of the apex clearly seen in any specimen. There is no evidence of an
apical diaphragm, and some specimens suggest strongly that the shell
continued to a point.

An examination of several specimens of C. quadratus from the upper

226

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Trenton at Montreal indicates a consistency within the species in size
and in the arrangement of the ridges and their number at any point. The
apical angle, and the density of the ridges, and their arrangement, vary
with the growth of the individual, but this variation is orderly and speci-
mens of the same size exhibit the same characteristics. The criteria used
in discriminating species (considering specimens of comparable growth)
are: course of the keel; apical angles; and density, direction, and height
of the ridges. The general size of the shell is also significant within
limits.

Specimens of Climacoconus are usually very rare, but occur in America
throughout the Middle and Upper Ordovician, from the Chazy to the
Richmond. In Europe three species have been described, all from the
Ordovician. The genus has not been reported elsewhere. It is evident
from the appearance of “Conularia quadrata i” in many faunal lists that the
occurrences known and given below are not exhaustive.

The order of specific descriptions is: (a) the genotype, (b) other Ameri-
can species in order of age, and (c) European species.

Climacoconus quadratus (Walcott)

(Plate III, figures 1-5)

1879. Conularia quadrata Walcott, 28th Ann. Rept., N. Y. State Museum, p. 93.

Walcott’s original description is very brief, and the species has never
been figured. For these reasons it has been subject to some confusion.
The description here offered is drawn from the type, and from some
additional specimens from Montreal.

Shell small, straight, tapering more rapidly towards the aperture.
Test of two layers, both extremely thin; the outer creamy-white in colour,
the inner black. Cross-section rectangular. Faces plane, unequal (about
as 5 :4), apical angle about 12° near the smaller end, increasing to 18° at the
apertural end of large specimens. Marginal groove wide, open, deep; the
edges sharp but not ridged; the bottom with minute transverse wrinkles.
From between the ends of each two ridges an obscure elevation runs
obliquely into the groove, in the direction of the aperture. Mid-line with
a straight keel, not as high as the ridges. Surface with smooth transverse
ridges, highest halfway between the margins and the keel, with sharply
rounded crests, especially near the aperture. The ridges meet at the keel

1942

Sinclair: The Chazy Conularida

227

at an angle of 135-140°. Apically the ridges tend to be straighter, more
rounded on top, and proportionately wider. They alternate at the keel
near the aperture, but apically they are opposite. There are about eight
ridges in a length of 2 mm. near the apex, three or four at the middle
of the shell, and two at the larger end. Interspaces smooth, about 1.5
times as wide as the ridges, somewhat less apically. Apex and aperture
unknown, but some specimens indicate that the latter was probably
pointed (see plate III, figure 5).

The larger end of the type specimen is not well preserved, and it is not
possible to give accurate measurements of the whole shell. The length
was at least 20 mm. ; the greatest width of face actually preserved is 4 mm.
Length of a typical Montreal specimen (plate III, figure 4) is 22 mm.;
width of the faces, 6.5 and 5.5 mm.

Type: The holotype, number 27,933 in the Museum of Comparative
Zoology at Harvard College, is imbedded in black limestone and exposes
most of two adjacent faces. Figured specimens are in the collections of
James A. Calder, Jr., and of the author.

Occurrence: Walcott’s type was found in the “upper third of the Trenton
limestone” at Prospect Bridge, Trenton Falls, New York. This would
place it in the Lower Cobourg (Hallowed) formation. The Central
Ontario divisions cannot be applied in the Montreal area, but the upper
beds of the Trenton at Montreal, in which the species occurs, are believed
to be of Cobourg age. Fragments are not uncommon in an old quarry
just east of Sherbrooke Street in the town of Pointe aux Trembles, where
they occur in an impure brown limestone with Serpulites, Calymene ,
Sowerbyella and Rafinesquina.

Remarks: It should be noted that the ridges do not enter the marginal
grooves; the short oblique elevations which occur there originate opposite
the interspaces.

Climacoconus quadratus has also been listed from various beds in the
Cincinnati area, and from the Decorah in the upper Mississippi Valley.
Since no specimens from these localities have been examined, no opinion
is offered on their identity with the eastern species. A fragment, ap-
parently of this species, was found in the lower Trenton near Bath,
Ontario. Another fragment, from the Guttenberg member of the Decorah
at Galena, Illinois, has been listed by Kay as Conularia trentonensis
(Jour. Geol., xxvii, p. 659). Both these specimens are too poor to warrant
specific identification, but they indicate the presence of a species of the
C. quadratus type of structure.

228

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Climacoconus rallus, sp. nov.

(Plate II, figures 11, 12)

Description: Shell small, straight, tapering regularly. Test very thin,
only one layer seen, black in colour. Faces plane or slightly concave,
equal, apical angle 11.5°. Cross-section unknown. Marginal grooves
rather wide (0.5-0. 6 mm.), deep; the edges sharp and raised; the bottom
bearing obscure ridges running obliquely aperturad, as well as minute
transverse wrinkles. Mid-line with a low straight keel, not as high as the
ridges. These are extremely thin, very high, and sharp, the tops usually
broken off ; highest at the middle of the half-face, becoming lower at the
keel and the margins; 9 in a length of 5 mm.; smooth, opposite at the
keel, or nearly so; meeting at an angle of 150°; stopping at the marginal
groove, where they are alternately placed with reference to those on the
adjacent face. Interspaces wide, 3 to 4 times as wide as the ridges,
smooth. Apex and aperture unknown.

Length, 15 m.; width of face, 5 mm.

Type: A free flattened specimen belonging to James A. Calder, Jr., of
Ottawa.

Occurrence: A quarry on the south side of provincial highway 18, two
miles south of Terrebonne, Quebec, in the Upper Chazy.

Remarks: The transverse ridges are more distant than in any other
species except C. clarki, and the largest specimens of C. quadratus. From
both of these, C. rallus is distinguished by the sharpness of the ridges and
the width of the interspaces. Whether the rate of tapering in more com-
plete specimens would be uniform cannot be judged from those at hand.

Climacoconus humilis, sp. nov.

(Plate II, figures 6, 7)

Description: Shell small, straight, tapering regularly. Test extremely
thin, one black layer seen. Faces plane, slightly unequal, apical angle
about 7°. Cross-section rectangular. Marginal groove rather narrow,
deep; the edge prominent and forming a slight ridge which is highest
where the ridges cross it; the bottom marked by the interlocking ends of
the transverse ridges. Mid-line marked by a broad mesial keel, not as
high as the ridges, but highest where two of them meet at the same point ;
straight where the ridges are opposite, slightly zig-zag where they alter-
nate. Surface with rather wide, prominent, smooth, nearly straight,

1942

Sinclair: The Chazy Conularida

229

transverse ridges, 4-4.5 in a length of 2 mm.; alternating at the keel on
one face, but opposite on the other; meeting at an angle of 143°; bending
abruptly towards the aperture on entering the marginal grooves. Inter-
spaces about 1.5 times as wide as the ridges, and smooth. Aperture and
apex unknown.

Length, 7 mm.; width of wider face, 3 mm.

Type: Number 4,753 in the Carnegie Museum. The specimen is im-
bedded in a grey sandstone, and exposes two faces.

Occurrence: Faribault, Minnesota, in the St. Peter sandstone.

Remarks: The zig-zag course of the keel is not seen in other early species,
but it is prominent in the Richmond forms. The present species is quite
similar to C. quadratus, but the size and small apical angle will dis-
tinguish it. Many specimens of the Trenton species are known in which
the ridges alternate, but the keel is always straight.

Climacoconus clarki, sp. nov.

(Plate II, figures 8, 9)

Description: Shell of medium size, straight, tapering more rapidly to-
wards the aperture. Test of two layers, as in the genotype. Faces plane,
apparently equal, apical angle varying from 10° near the apex to 16°
at the larger end. Cross-section square or rectangular (the equality of the
faces is not certain). Marginal groove wide (one mm. at the larger end
of the shell), deep, the edge angular with a slight ridge; the bottom
marked by irregular transverse wrinkles and by the obscure extensions
of the transverse ridges. Mid-line unknown. Surface with rather wide,
high, transverse ridges, with smooth and broadly rounded crests, thinner
and more sharply rounded on the internal cast; 9, 6.5 and 7 of these ridges
occur in lengths of 5 mm., taken near the apex, at the middle of the shell
and near the larger end, respectively. Ridges straight apically, but sharply
geniculate near the aperture; bending towards the aperture in the mar-
ginal groove. Interspaces a little wider than the ridges, on the cast about
1.5-2 times as wide; smooth. Aperture and apex unknown.

Length, 30 mm. ; width of half-face, 5 mm.

Type: In the Peter Redpath Museum, McGill University.

Occurrence: In the basal Trenton at Le Page Station, Quebec, about
twenty miles north-west of Montreal. Collected by Prof. T. H. Clark,
for whom it is named.

Remarks: The only specimen preserves halves of two adjacent faces, the

230

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

shell being broken evenly along the mid-line of each ; there is no trace of
the usual mesial keel. The specimen is otherwise undistorted, and the
preservation of the delicate outer shell-layer indicates that it was not
exposed to great attrition before burial. This species is larger than most
of the genus; the geniculate transverse ridges and their density are dis-
tinctive.

Climacoconus bromidus, sp. nov.

(Plate II, figure 5)

Description: Shell small, straight, tapering more rapidly towards the
apex. Test very thin, only one layer seen, of a light brown colour. Faces
angularly concave (crushed?), equal, apical angle about 13° in the apical
portion, becoming smaller in the younger part of the shell. Marginal
groove rather shallow, 0.5 mm. wide at the larger end of the shell, the edge
marked by a prominent ridge which is highest where met by the trans-
verse ridges. Mid-line marked by a straight mesial keel, of the same height
as the ridges. Surface with rather wide, smooth, sharply rounded trans-
verse ridges, highest halfway between the margins and the keel; nearly
straight, usually opposite at the keel, meeting at an angle of 145° near the
aperture, 135° apically; 5 occur in one mm. of length near the apex, 3.5
nearer the aperture. Interspaces smooth, 1.5-2 times as wide as the ridges.
Aperture and apex unknown, but the latter seems to have been pointed.

Length, 10.5 mm.; width of face, 2.7 mm.

Type: Number A 8,952, in the Museum of Paleontology, University of
Oklahoma. The type is a flattened specimen, showing one face and most
of an adjacent one.

Occurrence: Collected by Dr. Charles E. Decker in zone 6 of the Viola
limestone, Sec. 2-2S-7E, Witch Hole, southwest of Bromide, Oklahoma.
The fauna listed from this zone (Decker, Bull. Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol.,
xvii, p. 1419) seems to indicate a Middle or Upper Trenton age.

Remarks: The ridges are usually opposite at the keel, but in some places
they alternate. This alternation may take place where there is continuity
on the adjacent face. The ridges continue into the marginal groove, at the
bottom of which they alternate and interlock; they are bent sharply to-
wards the aperture on entering the groove. This species is distinguished
by its small size, crowded ridges, and the ridged nature of the edges of the
grooves. This is the species which has been listed from Witch Hole as
“ Conularia trentonensis ,” but there are other species of conularids in the
Viola.

1942

Sinclair: The Chazy Conularida

231

Climacoconus pumilus, sp. nov.

(Plate II, figure 10)

1929. Conularia pumila Ladd, Ann. Rept. Iowa Geol. Survey, xxxiv, p. 384 ( nom .
nud.)

Description: Shell minute, straight, tapering regularly. Test unknown.
Faces plane, equal, apical angle 9.5°. Cross-section square. Marginal
groove narrow, rather deep, the edges sharply rounded but not ridged,
the bottom angular. Mid-line of the faces marked by a regular zig-zag
ridge, of which the elements meet at an acute angle. Surface with smooth,
wide, low, straight, rounded transverse ridges, 9 in a length of 1.6 mm.;
alternating at the keel, stopping at the shoulders of the marginal grooves.
Interspaces smooth, 1-1.5 times as wide as the ridges. Aperture and apex
unknown.

Length, 1.7 mm.; width of face, 0.8 mm.

Type: A free cast, preserving two faces well; collected by Dr. Harry S.
Ladd, and now in the U. S. National Museum.

Occurrence: In the “Depauperate” zone of the Maquoketa, Clermont
Township, Fayette County, Iowa. The precise locality is described by
Ladd in the paper cited, page 376.

Remarks: As is the case with the other “depauperate” Maquoketa
species, this is not a small specimen of some other species, but is a unique
form. It is not liable to confusion with other species.

Climacoconus batteryensis (Twenhofel)

(Plate III, figure 7)

1929. Conularia batteryensis Twenhofel, Mem. Geol. Survey Canada, 154, p. 255,
pi. xxvi, 9.

Description: Twenhofel’s description may be arranged, with some minor
additions, to read: Shell small, straight, tapering regularly. Test thin.
Faces flat or very slightly convex, equal, apical angle about 18°. Cross-
section rhombic. Mid-line marked by a zig-zag ridge, made up of com-
ponents which are about one mm. long, and which meet at a right angle.
Marginal grooves concave, with sharp edges. Transverse ridges distant, 8
per 5 mm. at the smaller end of the shell, 11 at the larger; straight, al-
most smooth, slightly rounded; meeting the keel at the projecting angles
to form with them an angle of about 140°. Interspaces wide, nearly flat,
smooth.

232

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Length, 23 mm. ; greatest width of face, 6 mm.

Type: A well-preserved free specimen in the Peabody Museum of Na-
tural History, Yale University, numbered 10,367.

Occurrence: In zone 4 of the Vaureal formation, at Battery Point,
Anticosti Island, Quebec. This zone carries an abundant and varied fauna
which has been described in detail by Twenhofel in the memoir cited. The
Vaureal is correlated with the upper Richmond of the Mississippi Valley.

Remarks: The strongly zig-zag keel is sufficient to distinguish the
species from all the earlier forms. Fragments of a similar species have
been found in beds of Richmond age at Deer Island, Lake Winnipeg, but
they are too poor to permit detailed comparison. The form listed by Ladd
(1929, p. 394) from the Fort Atkinson member of the Maquoketa as
Conularia sp. is another similar species, also too fragmentary for descrip-
tion. A third form related to C. batteryensis is indicated by a specimen
found in the drift near Winnipeg, Manitoba, and likely derived from the
Cat Head formation north of that place.

Climacoconus bottnicus (Holm)

(Plate III, figure 9)

1893. Conularia bottnica Holm, Sver. Geol. Unders. Cl 12, p. 136, text figure.

1908. Conularia bottnica Wiman, Bull. Geol. Inst. Upsala, viii, p. 142.

Holm’s description may be freely translated :

Medium sized species. Shell tapering regularly, apical angle about 25°. Cross-
section quadratic. Faces plane, with a mesial narrow, sharp, ridge, of about the
same height and form as the transverse ridges, but a little thinner. Marginal
groove comparatively wide, shallow and flat, the edges sharply angulated.

Sculpture fairly coarse, of obtusely angulated ridges only. These are very high
and sharp, numbering 7-8 in 5 mm. The crests are not seen, being broken in the
matrix. Interspaces about three times as wide as the ridges, rounded and smooth
on the bottom, without any longitudinal furrows except near the point of the shell,
where very feeble and thin ones occur. The marginal groove also has obtusely
angulated transverse ridges with the angle directed forward, but here they are
considerably weaker, disappearing towards the mid-line of the groove, and most
often arranged more or less zig-zag.

Almost complete fragments have a breadth at the aperture of 12.5 mm., mar-
ginal groove at the same place 1.5 mm., and length at least 30 mm.

The species was found in the Ostersjo limestone (Upper Ordovician) at
Upland, Sweden. Wiman reports it from the same beds.

This species is much wider than any American form, and its regularly

1942

Sinclair: The Chazy Conularida

233

opposite transverse ridges are not seen in any of our species. In this
feature, but in this one only, it agrees with C. scoticus (Lamont).

Climacoconus scoticus (Lamont)

(Plate III, figure 8)

1934. Conularia scotica Lamont, Geol. Mag., lxxi, p. 224, pi. xi, figures 8-9,

text figure 1.

Lamont’s description:

Shell small, thin, tapering more rapidly towards the apex. Marginal grooves
well developed, with raised rims between which there is a fine longitudinal furrow.
Faces, flat to slightly concave, ornamented with strong transverse ridges, evenly
distributed, narrower and less rounded than the interspaces, forming rounded
angles of about 135° and also bending forward at the lateral ends.

Apertural lobes and apex unknown.

Type: In the Hunterian Museum, University of Glasgow.

Horizon and locality: Mudstones (Caradocian), Balcletchie, Girvan, Scotland.

Remarks: The transverse ribs [number] 34 in 9 mm. Ridges fully observed are
smooth. The apical angle appears to be as much as 25°, but towards the aperture
the sides are increasingly parallel and only make an angle of about 17°. Adjacent
faces probably slightly unequal in width.

On the left posterior edge of the specimen, the narrow, longitudinal furrow of
the marginal groove is seen lying between rims much broader than itself. Part
of one rim is seen carrying an additional fine longitudinal striation. The rim-
material conceals the lateral extension of the ridges. On the right side of the speci-
men, the superficial rim-material has been detached. The ridges seem to swell
slightly where they encroach upon the marginal groove, within which they are
bent somewhat forward.

In general aspect this species is similar to some of the American forms,
but the regularly opposite ridges distinguish it. The course of the ridges
is unique, and affords a ready distinction from C. bottnicus. None of the
American specimens examined throw any light on the interesting struc-
ture of the edges of the marginal grooves described by Lamont.

Climacoconus ? lanceolatus (Krause)

(Plate III, figure 6)

1877. Conularia lanceolata Krause, Zeits. d. d. geol. Gesell., xxix, p. 24, pi. i, 10.

Krause’s brief description may be freely translated :

A small form with rhombic cross-section, 4 mm. in length and 1.5 mm. wide at
the base ii.e. the maximum diagonal, not the width of the face), apex only slightly

234

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

rounded. The four angles with a deep furrow; the faces with numerous angulated
transverse ridges and a median line uniting the points of geniculation. In the
present specimen 26 such ridges occur, so that there are 6 or 7 in one line.

In view of this slight description the species is placed in this genus with
some hesitancy, but it would seem likely that this is its proper position.
Krause’s specimen came from the drift and was supposed (with some
doubt) to be derived from the Beyrichia limestone (Lower Ordovician).

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Holm, Gerhard.

1893. Sveriges Kambrisk-Siluriska Hyolithidae och Conulariidae; Sver.
Geol. Unders., vol. Cl 12.

Krause, A.

1877. Die Fauna der sogen. Beyrichien- oder Choneten-Kalke des
norddeutschen Diluviums; Zeits. d. d. geol. Gesell., xxix.

Ladd, Harry S.

1929. Stratigraphy and Paleontology of the Maquoketa Shale of Iowa;
Ann. Rept. Iowa Geol. Survey, xxxiv.

Lamont, Archie.

1934. A New Species of Conularia from Girvan; Geological Mag., Ixxi.
Raymond, Percy E.

1905. The Fauna of the Chazy Limestone; Amer. Jour. Sci., xx.

1908. Gastropoda of the Chazy Formation; Annals Carnegie Museum, iv.

Twenhofel, W. H.

1928. Geology of Anticosti Island; Geol. Survey Canada, Memoir 154.
Walcott, C. D.

1879. Description of new species of fossils from the Trenton Limestone;
New York State Mus., 28th Ann. Rept.

236

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I

Figs. 1-3. Conularina irrasa, sp. nov.

1, 2. The specimen, X .75. The author’s collection, no. 335.
Upper Chazy, Village Belanger, Quebec.

3. The surface of the same, X 2, showing the distant thread-like
striae on the inner shell-layer.

Figs. 4-10. Conularina Iriangulata (Raymond).

4. Specimen from Mr. Calder’s collection. Upper Chazy, near
Terrebonne, Quebec. Part of the surface, X 7.5, to show the oblique
striations on the shoulder.

5. The same specimen. Surface, X 7.5.

6. The same specimen, X 2, from one of the angles.

7. The same specimen, X 2, from one face.

8. The holotype, X 2. no. 2,099, the Carnegie Museum. Upper
Chazy, Valcour Island, N. Y.

9. View of the larger end of the specimen shown in figures 4 to 7,
X 2.

10. An internal cast, no. 76 in the author’s collection, X 2. Show-
ing the mesial ridge and the faint impression of the surface striae.

ANNALS, CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXIX

Plate I

Art. X

8

238

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Figs. 1-2.

Fig. 3.

Fig. 4.

Fig. 5.

Figs. 6-7.

Figs. 8-9.

Fig. 10.

Figs. 11-12.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II
Conularina undosa, sp. nov.

1. An impression of two faces, X 1.25. The author’s collection,
no. 617. Upper Chazy, Village Belanger, Quebec.

2. Counterpart of the same specimen, X 2, to show the structure
of the mid-line and the nature of the transverse striae.

Conularina raymondi, sp. nov.

The holotype, X 1.5. The author’s collection, no. 3. Upper Chazy,
Cap St. Martin, Quebec.

Conularina narrawayi, sp. nov.

The holotype, X 2. Royal Ontario Museum of Palaeontology no.
18,905. Ottawa limestone (Leray horizon), Tetreauville, Quebec.

Climacoconus bromidus, sp. nov.

The holotype, X 2.5. Museum of Paleontology, University of
Oklahoma, no. A8.952. Viola limestone, Witch Hole, Oklahoma.

Climacoconus humilis, sp. nov.

6. One side of the type, X 2. Carnegie Museum, no. 4,753. St.
Peter sandstone, Faribault, Minn. To show the opposite ridges and
straight keel.

7. The same specimen, an adjacent face, X 2. To show the alterna-
tion of the ridges at the zig-zag keel.

Climacoconus clarki, sp. nov.

Two views of the type, X 2. Redpath Museum, McGill University.
Basal Trenton, Le Page Station, Quebec.

Climacoconus pumilus, sp. nov.

The type, X 9.5. The U. S. National Museum. Depauperate zone
of the Maquoketa, Fayette County, Iowa.

Climacoconus rallus, sp. nov.

Two views of the type, X 2. From Mr. Calder’s collection. Upper
Chazy, near Terrebonne, Quebec. To show the thin ridges, and the
projections into the marginal grooves.

ANNALS, CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXIX Art. X Plate II

240

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

yol. XXIX

Figs. 1-.

Fig. 6.

Fig. 7.

Fig. 8.

Fig. 9.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III

Climacoconus quadratus (Walcott).

1. The type, X 2. Museum of Comparative Zoology, no. 27,933.
Upper Trenton, Trenton Falls, N. Y. Photograph supplied by Pro-
fessor Raymond.

2-3. Two views of a specimen from Mr. Calder’s collection, X 2.
Upper Trenton, Montreal East. To show the inequality of the faces;
the specimen shows evidence near the smaller end of an injury suf-
fered during the life of the animal.

4. A large specimen, X 2. The author’s collection, no. 249. Upper
Trenton, Pointe aux Trembles, Montreal.

5. A flattened specimen, X 2. From Mr. Calder’s collection.

Climacoconus ? lanceolatus (Krause).

After Krause. Lower Ordovician, north Germany. About eight
times natural size.

Climacoconus batteryensis (Twenhofel).

The type specimen, X 2. Peabody Museum of Natural History,
no. 10,367. Vaureal formation, Battery Point, Anticosti. Photo-
graph by the Department of Mines of Canada.

Climacoconus scoticus (Lamont).

After Lamont. The type specimen, X 5. Hunterian Museum,
Glasgow. Caradoc; Girvan, Scotland.

Climacoconus bottnicus (Holm).

Reduced from Holm. Upper Ordovician, Sweden. The figures are:
a, the specimen, X 1.5; b, cross-section of the smaller end, X .75; c,
the mid-line, X 3; and d, the marginal groove, X 3.

ANNALS, CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXIX

Art. X

Plate III

- ■ ... ' .. * " ! ’ ■ <

f /ps: xaAa 1 . vf X ; ; ■ aa P , %

H wffl&l'iiti C X'i''i ) - o> \ , j ' , V) .. P 'r^U V' ) ,x fc v. J' i -l Ali<A >t

:V -v',^;<* •'' t->''-^/‘:^': \ ^ A :..v4 .^x> ''!-"<<■■ "\f ! X P . < ' • - »y ;■ A '■•' p<k' iV*

. ; ■■ ■ ] , ,/ i- . i

' ] - ' ' j ■ . . ' tm

. . ■ V i ' " ,

y ' , ? ' ■; .-r 1 .

i&M a aPa A-ailiy

W$kS) 'Kf a P kk P aP' ' A A- ^P^px: %^/aP ' PP x PaPA'1 P P-" X 'X ^ fP y/p/ a ■/ ■■ XX

^Sfepfi; xX a '’' |P ' PP |p I ■ |p pp , , ' X- aI -0§0

W , ’’ ' • p. ■■ : s' 1 -.; s - S /, ■ -

1 s3j L fBX 0 ytijr- t* i) (A ' X 1 \j) A i '

6'? . ‘ 1 X ' s " t, ., % ,

T

V , - ^ ) , , 1( . ,1 ■

V, - VX;. *: , P4 _ <r >A> M;Pr^> y? !» , P^^pPgf^P

'■■ ' ; - , ~ > ■. 1

.

* V p-pv 'a a .s :, nytox,;' • x... > . ./ U a ' ‘‘.7 -■-<>■;-; •

“IsWqf A 1 aaA-:s ax '6 x,x A <v aaPaPax >:Xa s-aas

\4f

Kfe I - I

^ •(Lxxa-ax^-X-s s' Pa ^':

. x'v V-; . ■, .. ' ., '.' y a - -. ' "■' k

s

■■

S:Cf * SS, .V , . ,. a '■ , . ;.. S

. , ■

.

AJAP .-AX,1 .. y ,> X x A/> ' '

1 x ; , 7, .. - <}tL) / K * s/s .

^fS

7- sx -X

\ . ■ -y.-

ART. XI. SCOLECODONTS FROM
UPPER ORDOVICIAN, AT STREET

By E. R. Eller

(Plates I-IV)

Close to the water’s edge; at Streetsville, Ontario, on the Credit River,
occur sandstone layers of the Erindale member of the Meaford formation
(Cincinnatian series of Ordovician age), which are extremely rich in
scolecodonts, or the fossil jaws of polychaete worms. The surface of some
of the layers is darkened by their presence and more than five hundred
jaws or fragments of jaws were counted from a single square inch (plate
IV). It is surprising that this locality is not better known since it is
situated within a few miles of Toronto.

Very little work had been done along that part of the Credit River
until the late Dr. Dyer (1923) published on the paleontology of the sec-
tion. Murray (1843) was the first to refer to the rocks of the Credit
River. He called all the strata between the Utica and Queenston shales
the “bluish shales and sandstones.” Logan (1863) in the “Geology of
Canada,” p. 212, mentioned the outcrop along the Credit River. Nichol-
son (1875) described a few species from the Credit River as belonging to
the Hudson River group. Parks (1913) mentions briefly the Streetsville
locality. Thef first detailed work appeared in a memoir by Foerste (1916)
in which the section was measured, the fossils were listed, and correlations
were made. The layers in which the scolecodonts are found were referred
to the Waynesville member of the Richmond by Foerste (1924). Scoleco-
donts are known to occur in the Upper Ordovician of Ohio and it will be
interesting to make correlations with the various species when that fauna
has been studied. None of these workers mentioned or described scoleco-
donts as a part of the Erindale fauna, even though annelid jaws had been
described from the vicinity of Toronto and Hamilton by Hinde in 1879.

The general habits of modern polychaetes suggest that the nearly pure
sand matrix, in which the fossil jaws are contained at the Streetsville
locality, was not their habitat. Many of the recent forms are sedentary,
spending most of their lives in burrows or tubes, a short distance off
shore or in the inter-tidal zones.1 They seem to prefer a muddy bottom

1 Many recent forms, however, are found at great depths.

241

ssued November 6, 1942.

242

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

containing vegetable matter which is more suitable for the construction
of their burrows and the providing of their food. This would seem to
indicate that the jaws now under consideration were brought there by
currents or by wave action. Probably many of the jaws were washed in
from a short distance and they may have rolled about considerably since
many of them are water-worn. Just why there should be so many is a
difficult problem to answer; unless some catastrophe overcame the
annelids here. Certain polychaetes are known to come out of their bur-
rows to spawn at a particular time once each year. M’Intosh (1885) re-
ceived information with some specimens from Samoa . . . “that annelids
appear regularly in the months of October and November, during por-
tions of two days in each month, viz., the day before and the day on which
the moon is in her last quarter. They occur in much greater numbers on
the second than on the first day of their rising and are observed only for
two or three hours in the early morning. At the dawn of the day, they
may be felt by the hand swimming on the surface of the water; and as the
day advances their numbers increase, so that by the time the sun has
risen, thousands may be observed in a very small space. The second day
they appear at the same time, and in a similar manner, but in such count-
less myriads that the surface of the ocean is covered with them for a
considerable time.”

The presence of so many annelids in the Erindale could be explained in
a similar way. What caused them to die at that time and their jaws to
be deposited is not known. Many theories might be presented in answer
to this question. Perhaps some calamity overtook them at the time of
spawning, or a change in the environment caused the annelids to issue
forth from their burrows, at which time great masses of them were killed
by some sudden disaster.

The nearly pure sandstone layer in which most of the jaws are found is
very slightly ripple-marked. Most of the jaws are deposited on the tops
of the very low crests. The sandstone has a varve-like appearance and
there is an indication of about twenty-five layers to the inch. Probably
the jaws were deposited on shallow-water flats in which there was not too
much disturbance afterward. Since the jaws are much lighter in weight
than the material making up the matrix, they were sorted out by the
movements of the water and deposited on the highest places. On some
layers, jaws were found to be deposited in what might be wave or swash
marks. Since the jaws occur iri hard, nearly pure, sandstone, containing
very little calcium carbonate as the cementing agent, it was found that

1942 Eller: Ordovician Scolecodonts of Streetsville, Ont. 243

they could not be removed by the use of hydrochloric acid, and it was
necessary to use hydrofluoric acid to remove them from the matrix. The
jaws were separated from the residue by a gravity separation with the
use of heavy liquids, Eller (1941). Most of the species described are repre-
sented by several scores of specimens. Species represented by only a few
or by broken specimens are not described.

Acknowledgment

The author is very grateful for a grant-in-aid received through the
Pennsylvania Academy of Science from the American Association for the
Advancement of Science.

Descriptions of Species
Genus Lumbriconereites, Ehlers, 1868
Lumbriconereites marlenediesae sp. nov.

Maxilla I, plate I, figs. 1, 2.

The jaw is angular with parallel margins. There are generally twelve
large, backward directed denticles which extend along the inner margin
nearly to the truncate posterior extremity. The inner margin, when
viewed directly from the lower side, curves at the anterior end or at
about the fourth denticle and continues in a straight line to the posterior
end. The first three denticles are small and blunt. The next four or five
increase in size and are conical and pointed. The remaining denticles de-
crease in size to the posterior. The fang is small and is not as large as
some of the denticles. The outer margin is slightly incurved to the angu-
lar shank. Posterior to the shank, the outer margin is notched by a
shallow bight. A wide fossa extends for about two-thirds the length of
the jaw. The margin that surrounds the fossa, except on part of the outer
margin, is thickened and rounded. The upper surface is convex except at
the outer parts of the fossa. The under surface is irregularly concave.
Specimens range from .72 mm. to 1.67 mm. in length.

Very little variation was noted in this species among the several scores
of specimens examined. Except for the width, the narrow shank, and the
truncate posterior, it resembles Lumbriconereites hibbardi Eller (1940)
in a general way. There is a similarity between Lumbriconereites mar-
lenediesae and Lumbriconereites obliquus (Eichwald) (1854). The latter
has more curved margins, a different shaped shank and larger fossa.

244

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Lumbriconereites proclivis sp. nov.

Maxilla I, plate I, figs. 3, 4.

The jaw is elongate with from twelve to fourteen sharp, conical back-
ward directed denticles which extend along the inner margin nearly to
the posterior end. The denticles are not large nor do they decrease in size
appreciatively to the posterior. Measurements of the specimens range
in length from .89 mm. to 1.45 mm. A small fang points in a forward
direction. The margins are irregularly curved to an acute posterior end
that is knob-like in shape. The outer margin incurves slightly from the
fang to a rounded shank and continues from a very shallow bight to the
posterior. The inner margin bearing the denticles curves at the third or
fourth denticle and continues straight to the posterior. A flange is present
on the inner margin at the posterior half. The under side is slightly con-
cave with irregular convex areas. The upper side is convex with some
flattened areas. A narrow, medium sized fossa occupies a little more
than one-half of the length of the jaw. The margin of the fossa is thick-
ened and rounded.

This form is perhaps the left jaw of an asymmetrical right and left
Maxilla I. At present the writer is not able to decide which species of
Lumbriconereites might be the right jaw and be paired with Lumbri-
conereites proclivis. There is a resemblance between the left jaw of Lum-
briconereites cooperi Eller (1938) and Lumbriconereites proclivis in the
general shape of the jaws and the arrangement of the denticles. The
shank, the presence of a flange, the shape of the denticles and hook
differ in these species.

Lumbriconereites deflexus sp. nov.

Maxilla I, plate I, figs. 5, 6.

The jaw is wide at the mid-region, but narrows to an acute posterior
extremity. There are usually twelve, large, backward directed denticles,
which extend along the inner margin, nearly to the posterior end. When
viewed from the under side, the denticles are perpendicular to it. The
first denticle is large, conical, and pointed; the next two, minute. Fol-
lowing are three or four large, blunt denticles. The remaining ones are
more conical and decrease in size to the posterior end. The hooked fang
is short, thick, and appears to be a continuation of the heavy margins.
On the outer margin, in the posterior half, a shank is present that is

1942 Eller : Ordovician Scolecodonts of Streetsville, Ont. 245

nearly at right angles with the jaw. The inner margin is gently curved.
The under side is slightly concave at the right of the denticles. At the
left of the denticles and at the anterior, the surface is convex. The upper
side reflects the convex and concave areas of the underside. A wide,
shallow fossa occupies nearly two-thirds of the jaw. The margins of the
fossa are thickened and well rounded. In length the specimens measure
between 1.02 mm. and 1.97 mm.

This species resembles in a general way several described forms. It
differs, mostly in the anterior arrangement of the denticles and the angular
shape and position of the shank. In most species of this genus, the
denticles, when viewed from the under side, extend in a straight row from
the posterior nearly to the anterior, where they turn abruptly and point
to the right or backwards. Good examples of this character are Lum-
briconereites basalis? Hinde (1880), Lumbriconereites austini Foerste
(1888), Lumbriconereites crenatus Stauffer (1933), Lumbriconereites cooperi
Eller (1938), and Lumbriconereites hibbardi Eller (1940). The anterior
denticles of Lumbriconereites deftexus reverse this character and are directed
to the left.

Lumbriconereites copiosus sp. nov.

Maxilla I, plate I, figs. 7-12)

The jaw isfnarrow and elongate with from nine to fifteen sharp, conical,
backward directed denticles which extend along the inner margin nearly
to the posterior extremity. The average number of denticles is twelve.
The inner margin when viewed directly from the under side, is nearly
straight. The first denticle after the fang is small, but slightly larger than
the following two. The fourth denticle is about the same size as the
first. The remaining denticles are very large, but diminish in size at the
posterior end. A large conical, sharp-pointed fang is a continuation of
the outer margin. An angular shank is present on the posterior half of the
irregular outer margin. The under side is slightly concave except in the
area of the shank. A large, deep, fossa is present on the convex upper
side. The fossa extends about two-thirds the length of the jaw. It is wide
at the anterior and narrows to an acute posterior end. The inner margin
of the fossa is thickened and rounded, while the outer margin is much
thinner. Specimens measure from .91 mm. to 1.43 mm. in length.

There is a slight resemblance between Lumbriconereites copiosus and
Lumbriconereites cooperi Eller (1938). The size and shape of the denticles

246

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

is similar, but the arrangement on the inner margin is not the same. Both
have fossa very much alike, but the shanks differ widely. Stauffer (1939)
describes Lumbriconereites spectabilis, which except for the denticles and
the pointed shank, is similar to Lumbriconereites copiosus in a general
way.

Genus Nereidavus, Grinnell, 1877
Nereidavus ineptus sp. nov.

Maxilla I, plate I, figs. 16, 21

The jaw is large and elongate, and the straight parallel inner and outer
margins terminate in a truncate or slightly oblique truncate posterior ex-
tremity. Specimens range from 1.37 mm. to 2.06 mm. in length. A
series of sixteen denticles varying from blunt to conical, are present along
the inner margin. The first two denticles are very large and are pointed
in a forward direction. The remaining denticles are small and are often
compact. In the smaller specimens the posterior denticles may be sharp
and conical, and directed backwards. When viewed from the upper side,
a small, narrow flange in the inner margin may extend slightly beyond the
denticles at the middle part of the jaw. The fang is not large, but about
the same size as the first two denticles. It is straight, conical, or blunt,
and directed forward. In the smaller specimens the posterior half and
in the larger ones the posterior third is occupied by a wide, shallow fossa.
A thickened well rounded margin surrounds the fossa except at the pos-
terior end. The upper side is irregularly convex. The under surface is
flattened or slightly convex except at the posterior where it is regularly
concave.

The arrangement of the denticles at the anterior part of this form is
unlike any other species known to the writer. In general shape, width of
jaw, shape of fossa and posterior end, it is similar to various species
of Nereidavus.

Nereidavus hamus sp. nov.

Maxilla I, plate I, figs. 19, 20.

The figured specimen measures 1.67 mm. in length. The fang is large,
conical, sharply pointed and well hooked. The presence or absence and
arrangement of the denticles at the anterior half of the inner margin is
not uniform or consistent. The first denticle, if present, is usually thin,
long, sharp and pointed abruptly backward. Following the first denticle

1942 Eller: Ordovician Scolecodonts of Streetsville, Ont. 247

a few small blunt teeth may be present at various intervals along the
margin. On some specimens only suggestions of denticles were observed.
At the posterior half or third of the inner margin a series of from six to
eight conical, backward directed denticles extends to the end of the jaw.
The outer margin is straight from the fang to the posterior where a shank
is formed by a large angular bight. The posterior extremity is very nar-
row due to this indentation. A narrow, deep irregular fossa is present
at the anterior third of the jaw. It is surrounded by a wide thickened
margin. The upper surface is convex while the lower one is irregularly
concave except along the outer margin where it is convex.

There are many species of Nereidavus in which the left jaw is very
similar to this form. Nereidavus hamus differs from Nereidavus invisibilis
Eller (1940), Nereidavus perlongus Eller (1934), and Nereidavus harbisonae
Eller (1941), in the width of the posterior end and the arrangement of the
denticles. (Enonites aspersus Hinde (1882) resembles Nereidavus hamus
especially in the posterior end. The form quite closely related to Nereida-
vus hamus is Nereidavus ontarioensis Stauffer (1939). They differ some-
what at the posterior area and in the type and arrangement of the denticles.

Nereidavus procurvus sp. nov.

Maxilla I, plate I, figs. 22, 23.

The jaw is' angular, elongate, narrow anteriorly, wide posteriorly, and
ends in an obliquely truncate, posterior extremity. A series of fourteen
denticles extends along the straight inner margin from the anterior nearly
to the posterior end of the jaw. The first eight denticles are blunt and tri-
angular in shape. They increase from a very small size anteriorly to a
much larger size at about the center of the jaw. The six remaining den-
ticles are sharp, conical, and are backward directed. The fang and second
denticle are very similar to each other and no doubt functioned in the
same manner. Both are large, round in cross-section, and forward di-
rected. The outer and inner margins are nearly straight in the anterior
part, but form a wide obtuse angle at the posterior where the jaw narrows
to its extremity. The upper surface is convex. Anteriorly, the under side
is also convex, but the posterior end is quite irregular with several ridges
and furrows parallel to the length of the jaw. A shallow fossa occupies
about one-half of the posterior part of the jaw. The margin of the fossa
is thickened and on the inner side is quite wide. An average specimen
measures 1.7 mm. in length.

248

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Nereidavus perlongus Eller (1934) from the upper Devonian of New
York, seems to show close relationship to Nereidavus procurvus. While
the second denticle of Nereidavus perlongus is much larger than the remain-
ing denticles, it is not quite as large as the second denticle of Nereidavus
procurvus. The fangs and second denticle of both species are, however,
closely analogous. Nereidavus procurvus and Nereidavus perlongus differ
from each other in the general shape of the jaws, and in the number and
size of the denticles. The fossa is each form is quite similar.

Genus Ildraites, Eller, 1936

Ildraites exquisitus sp. nov.

Maxilla I, plate II, figs. 1, 2.

The jaw is small, wide anteriorly and tapers to an acute posterior ex-
tremity. Along the slightly curved inner margin a series of large, conical,
sharply pointed denticles extends nearly to the posterior end. The
denticles are irregular in size. The first three or four are small and are
followed by denticles that increase in size at the middle of the jaw. The
remaining denticles decrease rapidly in size and become blunt and com-
pact. The fang is conical, pointed and may be directed slightly forward.
The outer margin curves abruptly to a small, blunt shank. A large, wide,
shallow fossa that tapers to an acute posterior end occupies nearly all the
upper surface of the jaw. The margin of the fossa is thickened and
rounded. The under surface is irregularly convex. Specimens measure
from .86 mm. to 1.37 mm. in length.

Ildraites exquisitus does not resemble any other species very closely and
a synopsis of its relationships will not be attempted at this time.

Ildraites fritzae sp. nov.

Maxilla I, plate II, figs. 3, 4.

The jaw is long and narrow especially at the posterior end. It measures
from .97 mm. to 1.37 mm. in length. On the slightly curved inner margin
a series of from nine to thirteen conical, pointed denticles are directed
backward. The first two denticles are small and are followed by very
large ones that decrease in size to the posterior extremity. A large, wide
fang is well hooked. The outer margin is slightly incurved to about one-
half of the length of the jaw, where it is notched by a small crescent-

1942 Eller: Ordovician Scolecodonts of Streetsville, Ont. 249

shaped bight. A narrow fossa, beginning at about the base of the fang,
extends to the posterior end. The fossa is deep at its margins, but slightly
convex in the central area. The margin of the fossa is thickened and
rounded. The under surface is irregularly convex.

Ildraites peramplus Eller (1940) is very similar to Ildraites fritzae
except that the latter is not as wide, the bight is not as deep, and it has
the two small denticles following the fang.

Ildraites patulus sp. nov.

Maxilla I, plate II, figs. 5, 6.

The jaw is wide and sub-triangular in shape. Measurements of length
range between .78 mm. and 1.35 mm. The inner margin is nearly straight
from the short, heavy fang. Along the inner margin is a series of eight
or nine conical, backward directed denticles which begin just adjacent
to the fang, and which extend to the acute and narrow posterior end. The
fang and denticles are slightly oblique to the under-surface of the jaw.
The outer margin curves slightly, then continues straight to form a wide,
heavy shank. A small, narrow bight emphasizes the width and shortness
of the shank. Three-quarters of the length of the jaw is occupied by a
wide, shallow fossa. The margin surrounding the fossa is thickened and
rounded. The upper surface of the jaw is convex at the margins. The
central part df the under-surface is flat or concave and the remainder is
convex.

The posterior of Arabellites anatinus Stauffer (1939) is similar to
Ildraites patulus , the anterior not at all. There is a general resemblance
between Arabellites spicatus var. contractus Hinde (1882) and Ildraites
patulus . The differences are in the length of the fang, the length of the
outer margin and shank, and the width and length of the jaws.

Ildraites peramplus Eller
Maxilla I, plate II, figs. 7, 8.

Ildraites peramplus Eller, 1940, Annals, Carnegie Museum, Vol. 28, pp. 31, 32,
pi. 7, figs. 7-9.

Measurements of jaws range between .97 mm. and 1.8 mm. In most
respects the jaws examined in this study are similar to the Manitoulin
(Silurian) forms. The description of the species, Eller (1940), seems
sufficient although the figures are inadequate.

250

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Ildraites horridus Eller
Maxilla I, plate II, figs. 9-12.

Ildraites horridus Eller, 1940, Annals, Carnegie Museum, Vol. 28, p. 30, pi. 6,
figs. 6-9.

The asymmetrical left and right jaws of this Manitoulin (Silurian)
species are present in the Erindale in large numbers. The denticles of the
Erindale specimens are longer and thinner and the fossa is not as wide as
in the forms from the Manitoulin beds.

Paleoenonites gen. nov.

Maxilla II, plate II, figs. 17, 18.

The jaws vary from triangular to rectangular in shape, with an incurved
anterior margin that ends in a forward directed shank. The posterior
may range from an acute extremity to a broad truncated margin. It may
be rounded, straight, incurved, or obliquely truncate. The fossa ranges
from narrow to broad and from deep to shallow. The inner and outer
margins may be straight, or incurved, or rounded. On the inner margin
a series of denticles are present which may be sharp and conical or small
and blunt.

Genotype, Paleoenonites accuratus, sp. nov.

The writer is rather hesitant about erecting new genera for the fossil
polychaeta until such a time as when more study has been accomplished
on the group. However, a number of very closely related species, de-
scribed by Hinde, Stauffer, and Eller under the genera CEnonites and
Arabellites, are so unlike any other forms found under those genera that a
new genus seems necessary at this time. Arabellites quadratus Hinde
(1879), Arabellites scutellatus Hinde (1879), CEnonites radula Hinde (1882),
CEnonites securis Hinde (1882), Arabellites erectus Stauffer (1933), CEnon-
ites kopfi Eller (1940), CEnonites fornicatus Eller (1940); and the three
species, Paleoenonites latissimus , Paleoenonites edentulus , and Paleoenonites
accuratus described in this paper will be included under the new genus
Paleoenonites. Several species in the recent polychaete genus CEnone
have maxillae II that are similar to those in the forms included under
Paleoenonites.

1942 Eller: Ordovician Scolecodonts of Streetsville, Ont. 251

Paleoenonites latissimus sp. nov.

Maxilla II, plate II, figs. 13, 14.

The jaw is triangular in outline and the length is about equal to the
width. Specimens average .86 mm. in length. The irregular under
surface is slightly concave. The inner margin is straight and bears a series
of ten small, conical denticles that extends nearly to the acute posterior
extremity. The first denticle or fang is slightly larger than the other
denticles and is more hooked. The denticles decrease in size to the pos-
terior and are pointed in a backward direction. The outer margin is ir-
regular and is usually broken in most specimens. From the first denticle
the anterior margin is incurved to a large shank. A long, narrow fossa
extends the full length of the jaw. Its lower or under margin is thickened
and rounded. The upper surface adjacent to the fossa is convex while a
concave area is present between the margin of the fossa and the denticles.

Many specimens of this species are found in the collection. Except for
the width of the jaw and the narrowness of the fossa, it is similar to
CEnonites kopfi Eller (1940). CEnonites radula Hinde (1882) from the
Silurian of Gotland is similar to Paleoenonites latissimus except for the
width of the jaw, fossa and the size, arrangement, and type of denticles.
Stauffer (1933) describes a species, Arabellites erectus , in which the an-
terior end is like Paleoenonites latissimus , but in which the posterior end
and the denticles are dissimilar.

Paleoenonites edentulus sp. nov.

Maxilla II, plate II, figs. 15, 16.

The jaw is irregularly rectangular in outline and its margins are nearly
parallel. The inner margin is straight and bears a series of from eleven
to fourteen small, blunt, compact denticles that extends nearly to the
posterior extremity. Adjacent to the denticles is a narrow flange that
extends for about two-thirds the length of the jaw. The denticles are
perpendicular to the under surface and increase in size from the anterior
to the posterior end. The anterior margin is incurved from the first
denticle and extends into a long, narrow shank. The outer margin is
thickened and the ridge thus formed extends into the shank. The shank
appears to be twisted and composed of a triad of thickened margins. A
wide, shallow fossa occupies nearly the complete area of the upper surface.
The margins of the fossa are thickened and rounded. The upper surface

252

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

yol. XXIX

is slightly convex except for the fossa and the narrow area adjacent to the
outer margin. The under side is concave except for the margins. Most
specimens range between .52 mm. and 1.16 mm. in length.

Hinde (1882) figured two specimens of CEnonites securis from the
Silurian of Gotland that are somewhat unlike each other. Both figured
specimens have details that resemble Palecenonites edentulus. Arabellites
quadratus Hinde (1879) is rectangular and has a long, narrow shank like
Palecenonites edentulus.

Palecenonites accuratus sp. nov.

Maxilla II, plate II, figs. 17, 18.

In outline, the jaw is nearly a rectangle and its inner and outer margins
taper slightly to the wide, obliquely, truncate posterior extremity. The
inner margin is straight and bears a series of from ten to twelve small
conical, compact denticles that extends nearly to the posterior end. The
first denticle or hook is slightly larger than the others and points in a
forward direction. The remaining denticles are directed mostly backward
and increase in size to the posterior. The anterior margin incurves from
the hook to the small acute shank. A narrow fossa extends from the an-
terior nearly to the posterior end. The margins of the fossa are thickened
and well rounded. The upper surface is convex except the area between
the margin of the fossa and the denticles. The under surface is slightly
concave or fiat. A narrow ridge extends from the last denticles across the
posterior and curves along the outer margin. An average specimen
measures .67 mm. in length.

This species is common in the fauna. The posterior of Arabellites
erectus Stauffer (1933) is similar to Palecenonites accuratus except for the
ridge and a less oblique posterior margin.

Genus Eunicites, Ehlers, 1868
Eunicites denticulatus sp. nov.

Maxilla IV?, plate II, fig. 19.

The jaw is small, flattened, and conical. It tapers abruptly to a nar-
row sharply hooked fang. In width it measures .64 mm. and in length
.35 mm. The outer margin is notched by a deep crescent-shaped bight.
A large, narrow fossa is present on the upper surface. The margin of the
fossa is slightly thickened and rounded.

1942 Eller: Ordovician Scolecodonts of Streetsville, Ont. 253

It is difficult to know just how to orient jaws of this kind. From the
shape of the fossa it is suggested that the figured specimen was attached
to the left and upper side of the mouth and pointed to the right and
downward. Arabellites? conus Eller (1938) is slightly similar to Eunicites
denticulatus .

Eunicites purus sp. nov.

Maxilla I, plate II, fig. 20.

The jaw or forcep is long and narrow, measuring from 1.21 mm. to
1.91 mm. in length. From an acute posterior extremity it tapers anteriorly
to a slightly curved, pointed fang. In cross-section, the jaw is flattened.
An irregular, oval fossa is present in the posterior quarter of the jaw. The
margin of the fossa is slightly thickened. Except for the central area of
the upper side the jaw is convex.

This form has a general likeness to several species of Eunicites. It
differs primarily in cross-section and in the character of the fossa.

Eunicites sp.

Maxilla IV?, plate II, figs. 21, 22.

Several specimens of this form are found in the fauna, but all of them
seem to be incomplete and the writer hesitates to describe them at this
time.

Eunicites sp. indet.

Maxilla III or IV, plate III, figs. 18, 19.

Jaws of this type are present in many collections of scolecodonts. In
the scolecodonts from the Potter Farm formation of Michigan, the writer
(1938) grouped a number of jaws that resembled each other in general
but which had wide individual differences under the species Eunicites
divergens. Specimens of this type seem to be uncommon in this collec-
tion, while specimens of the other species described in this paper are
present by the hundreds. There is always the possibility that jaws of this
kind are only fragments of larger forms. Due probably to the thin mar-
gins, all specimens in this collection were incomplete. Until a more
thorough and detailed study of this type of jaw is made, a specific de-
termination will not be attempted.

254

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Genus (Enonites, Hinde, 1879
(Enonites conterminus sp. nov.

Maxilla I, plate III, figs. 1, 2.

The jaw is long and narrow. From 16 to 18 conical denticles are present
on the inner margin, which vary from blunt to sharp, and are mostly
directed backward nearly to the posterior end. The fang is narrow, well
hooked and pointed. The first denticle is extremely large, nearly the size
of the fang. The following five or six denticles are small, blunt, and may
be directed forward. The remaining sharp, conical denticles increase in
size to about the middle and then decrease to the acute posterior ex-
tremity. The inner and outer margins are nearly straight and parallel
to each other. A narrow, deep fossa is present in the posterior half of the
jaw. The margin of the fossa is slightly thickened, except along the inner
margin where a distinct ridge is formed that extends for a short distance
anterior to the fossa and parallel to the inner margin and denticles. The
upper side is convex except between the inner margin and the heavy
margin of the fossa. The under side is convex in the anterior area but has
two distinct furrows in the posterior part, one short and the other longer.
The jaw measures from 1.02 mm. to 1.72 mm. in length.

This form is only slightly similar to (Enonites bidens, Eller (1940). Both
species have a denticle of large size supporting the fang. The general
shape, the fossa, and the number and arrangement of the denticles is dif-
ferent.

(Enonites crepitus sp. nov.

Maxilla I, plate III, figs. 3, 4.

The jaw is long and the nearly straight inner margin and slightly curved
outer margin terminate in a rounded posterior extremity. There are
usually sixteen conical, sharp pointed denticles along the inner margin
that extend nearly to the posterior end. The first four or five denticles
are small, but increase in size at the middle of the jaw. They then de-
crease in size to the posterior. Most of the denticles are perpendicular
to the margin, but in some specimens, especially at the posterior, they
may be directed backward. The fang is small, conical, and slightly
hooked or straight. It may point forward or be directed slightly back-
ward. A large, wide, deep fossa occupies from three-quarters to two-
thirds the length of the jaw. The margin of the fossa is thickened and well

1942 Eller: Ordovician Scolecodonts of Streetsville, Ont. 255

rounded. On the inner side of the fossa the margin often extends beyond
the fossa and parallel to the denticles. The upper surface is convex ex-
cept between the inner margin of the fossa and the denticles. The under
surface is irregularly concave or flattened. Specimens measure from .97
mm. to 1.08 mm. in length.

This species resembles (Enonites orthodontus Eller (1938) in a general
way, but in the shape of the fossa, the distribution of the denticles and
the form of the posterior end, it differs quite widely. Although the
figure of (Enonites ampins Hinde (1879) is rather poor, the species is
typical of Enonites crepitus except for the arrangement of the denticles
and the posterior end. Hinde (1882) figured a number of specimens of
variable shape as Enonites naviformis Hinde which, while not closely
related, are of the same general character as Enonites crepitus.

(Enonites sinuatus sp. nov.

Maxilla I, plate III, figs. 5, 6.

The jaw is of medium width and measures 1.02 mm. in length. A
straight inner margin bears a series of about thirteen denticles, which
begin about one-third the way from the anterior end and extend almost
to the posterior extremity. The denticles are not uniform in shape, nor
do they all point in the same direction. Most of the denticles are tri-
angular and blunt, but some may be long, sharp, and conical. The fang
is large, angular in cross-section, and is strongly hooked. The outer
margins are nearly parallel and curve gently to form a slightly obtuse,
but not truncate, posterior extremity. The upper side is generally
convex, but a concave area extends along the inner margin of the fossa.
The under side is convex with a slightly concave area in the posterior half.
A deep, broadly oval, fossa occupies about one-half the posterior part
of the jaw. It is located somewhat in a plane, more perpendicular to the
denticles, than parallel to them. The margins of the fossa are thickened
into a large, rounded rim. The inner margin begins slightly anterior to
the fossa and continues in a straight line to the posterior where it extends
around it.

Enonites cuneatus Hinde (1879) from near Toronto, Ontario, is similar
to Enonites sinuatus in its outline, but differs in the shape and arrange-
ment of the denticles. The upper side of Hinde’s species containing the
fossa is not illustrated ; thus comparison cannot be made between the two

256

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

forms. Foerste (1888) described a species, CEnonites deripiens, from the
Ordovician of Ohio that has a slight resemblance to CEnonites sinuatus.
The posterior and shape of the fossa of CEnonites peracutus Eller (1940)
is similar to CEnonites sinuatus.

CEnonites caducus sp. nov.

Maxilla II, plate III, fig. 20.

The jaw is narrowly elongate and measures .78 mm. in length. On
the inner margin from twelve to fifteen medium-sized, sharp, conical
denticles extend nearly to the rounded posterior extremity. The denticles
are directed slightly backward. The first denticle is large and is followed
by one or two slightly smaller ones. The remaining denticles are uniform
in size to the posterior end where they decrease in size. The parallel outer
margins are thin and usually broken. A deep fossa extends nearly the full
length of the jaw. The upper and under surfaces are irregularly convex.

This form is similar to CEnonites cadwaladeri Eller (1941), except for
the size and arrangement of the denticles. There is also a slight resem-
blance to Eunicites acuminatus Eller (1934).

Genus Leodicites, Eller, 1940
Leodicites acclivis sp. nov.

Maxilla I, plate I, figs. 13-15, 17, 18.

The jaw is sub- triangular in outline and tapers to an acute posterior
extremity. Measurements of the length range between .67 mm. and .99 mm.
A series of from seven to eleven sharp, narrow, conical, backward directed
denticles is nearly perpendicular to the under surface. They extend in a
curved line from the anterior end to the posterior extremity. The fang
or first denticle is sharply hooked and in some specimens points slightly
forward. The second, and sometimes a third denticle, is small. The
remaining denticles are large, but do not always decrease uniformly to the
posterior end. The inner margin is curved anteriorly, but becomes nearly
straight posteriorly. The outer margin is notched by a deep crescent-
shaped, bight which forms a narrow shank. A wide, shallow fossa begins
at the shank and extends to the narrow posterior end. A slightly thickened

1942 Eller: Ordovician Scolecodonts of Streetsville, Ont. 257

and rounded margin is present around the fossa. The under surface is
concave near the shank, but otherwise convex. Anterior to the fossa, the
upper surface is slightly convex.

Leodicites acclivis does not resemble most of the species of this genus.
A slight similarity may be noted with Lumbriconereites cooperi Eller
(1938), figure 7. The general shape of Lumbriconereites clavatus Eller
(1941) is similar to Leodicites acclivis but otherwise the details of the
forms do not resemble each other. It has the general shape of most
species of Leodicites except for the arrangement of the denticles.

Leodicites streetsvillensis sp. nov.

Maxilla II, plate III, figs. 7, 8.

In outline the jaw is triangular, wide anteriorly, and tapers to a narrow
posterior extremity. The length and width of the jaw is nearly equal.
Measurements of the length range between .48 mm. and .89 mm. Along
the curved inner margin a series of six or seven denticles, ranging from
conical to blunt, extends nearly to the posterior end. The denticles are of
various size and do not point in a backward direction. The first two
denticles are large and conical or pointed. They are directed in a forward
position. The remaining ones are small and blunt and decrease only
slightly to the posterior end. The anterior margin is straight from the first
denticle to the shank which curves forward. The outer margin is slightly
incurved. A narrow fossa extends along the outer margin for about
two-thirds of the length of the jaw. The margin of the fossa is thickened
and rounded, especially at the posterior end. The under surface is ir-
regularly and slightly concave. The upper surface is convex, except near
the anterior margin.

Except for a general likeness there is not enough similarity between
Leodicites streetsvillensis and other species of the genus to make com-
parisons necessary.

Leodicites creditensis sp. nov.

Maxilla II, plate III, figs. 9, 10.

The jaw is triangular in shape and measures .59 mm. to .97 mm. in
length. A series of seven or eight blunt denticles, ranging from conical

258

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

yol. XXIX

to triangular, extends the full length of the slightly curved inner margin.
The denticles are of various sizes and point generally in a backward di-
rection. The first denticle is of medium size and appears to be a con-
tinuation of the thickened anterior margin. The second denticle is small
and is followed by large powerful denticles that decrease in size to the
posterior extremity. The anterior margin is fully curved from the first
denticle to the acutely pointed shank. A deep, crescent-shaped bight
on the outer margin emphasizes the narrowness of the shank. The fossa
is narrow and deep and extends from the end of the shank to the posterior
extremity. A slightly thickened margin is present on all sides of the fossa.
The upper surface is convex while the under side is irregularly concave.

This species is represented by a large number of individuals. Many
forms have been described under the genera Arabellites, Leodicites , and
Eunicites that may be compared with this species. Except for the width
of the shank and the arrangement of the denticles, Leodicites reimanni
Eller (1941) is similar to Leodicites creditensis. Differences between
Eunicites anchor alis Eller (1934) and Leodicites creditensis are mostly in
the width of the shank and the depth of the bight, otherwise they are
somewhat similar.

Leodicites summus sp. nov.

Maxilla II, plate III, figs. 11, 12.

In outline the jaw is triangular — the length is from .89 mm. to 1.48
mm. Along the curved inner margin, a series of from eight to twelve
blunt, wide denticles extends nearly to the posterior extremity. The
denticles are large at the anterior, but rapidly decrease in size to the
posterior. All of the denticles are directed slightly backward. The fully
curved anterior margin when viewed from the under side is thickened and
extends from the first denticle to the blunt shank. A shallow bight on the
outer margin emphasizes the width and blunteness of the shank. The
fossa is wide and shallow and extends the full length of the jaw. A
rounded margin, which is very thick, is present on all sides of the fossa.
The under side of the jaw is slightly concave while the upper surface is
convex.

Leodicites summus does not closely resemble any other species. Eunicites
hebis Hinde (1882) is similar in some respects, but the size and shape of
the denticles are different, and the types of margins are dissimilar.

1942 Eller : Ordovician Scolecodonts of Streetsville, Ont. 259
Leodicites barbatus sp. nov.

Maxilla II, plate III, fig. 13, 14.

The jaw is triangular in shape and the anterior margin is nearly at right
angles with the inner and outer margins. Measurements of the length
range between .86 mm. and 1.35 mm. Along the slightly curved inner
margin a series of from seven to ten sharply pointed, conical, denticles
extends to the posterior extremity. The denticles point in a backward
direction. The first denticle is small; the second is large, narrow, and
slightly hooked. The first two are followed by denticles of large size,
which decrease in size to the posterior end. The anterior margin is nearly
straight or only slightly incurved. It terminates in a short narrow shank
which is nearly at right angles with the jaw. From the shank the outer
margin is slightly incurved. A wide, shallow fossa extends the full length
of the jaw, and nearly occupies the complete area of the upper side. The
margin of the fossa is slightly thickened and rounded. The under surface
is concave except at the anterior end near the shank.

There is a slight resemblance between Arabellites magnificus Stauffer
(1939) from the Devonian of Ohio and Ontario, Leodicites magnificus
(Stauffer) figured by Eller (1940) from the Windom of New York, and
Leodicites barbatus. The outlines of the jaws and the first and second
denticles are similar, but the species differ in the size of the shank and the
curvature of the' margins of the jaws.

Leodicites densus sp. nov.

Maxilla II, plate III, figs. 15, 16.

The shape of the jaw is triangular, the length is .78 mm. Along the
nearly straight inner margin, a series of seven blunt, conical, denticles ex-
tends nearly to the posterior extremity. The first denticle is large, wide
and pointed. The remaining ones are large, but decrease uniformly to the
posterior end. All denticles are directed slightly backward. The anterior
margin is slightly curved from the first denticle to the short, wide, blunt
shank. The outer margin is slightly incurved from the shank. A narrow
fossa extends nearly the complete length of the jaw. The margin of the
fossa is slightly thickened and rounded. The upper surface is slightly
concave while the lower one is convex.

Leodicites densus does not closely resemble any other species. Leodicites
summus is similar in some respects, but the size and shape of the fossa is
unlike that of Leodicites densus.

260

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Genus Staurocephalites, Hinde, 1879
Staurocephalites cuspis sp. nov.

Maxilla I or II, plate III, figs. 17, 23.

The jaw is long, narrow, and measures .99 mm. to 2.43 mm. in length.
On the inner margin a series of fifteen or more sharp, conical, backward
directed denticles extends nearly to the posterior end. The anterior
margin is obliquely truncate and forms an acute anterior end. The first
denticle or fang is large and triangular and extends from the outer margin.
The remaining denticles are quite uniform in shape and decrease slightly
in size to the posterior end. The outer margin is nearly straight, but is
thin and usually broken. A large, deep fossa extends the complete length
of the jaw. The posterior extremity is rounded. Both the upper and the
under sides are irregularly convex.

Staurocephalites niagarensis Hinde (1879) is similar to Staurocephalites
cuspis in a general way. Stauffer (1933) described two species, Stauro-
cephalites dentatus and Staurocephalites acutidentatus which resemble
Staurocephalites cuspis except for the length of the jaw and the size and
the shape of the denticles.

Genus Arabellites, Hinde, 1879
Arabellites perpensus sp. nov.

Maxilla I, plate III, figs. 21, 22.

The jaw is elongate, measuring from .75 mm. to 1.18 mm. in length.
Most of the specimens are less than one millimeter. A straight inner
margin bears a series of from seven to eleven sharp, conical, backward di-
rected denticles that extends to the posterior extremity. The first denticle
is often small. The denticles diminish slightly in size posteriorly. The
fang is small, thin, and strongly hooked. The outer margin of the jaw
is slightly curved and nearly parallel to the inner margin. The margins
terminate in a wide, truncate, often obliquely truncate posterior end. In
some specimens the posterior end may appear to be broken. The under
surface is convex except in the central area which is flattened or slightly
concave. The upper surface is flattened in most specimens. A large wide
fossa extends from opposite the first denticle to the posterior extremity.
The fossa is deep along the inner margin, but otherwise shallow and
flattened or slightly convex. The margin of the fossa is thickened and
rounded, especially the inner margin.

1942 Eller: Ordovician Scolecodonts of Streetsville, Ont. 261

This form is placed in the genus Arabellites with some hesitation. The
fossa does not resemble that of most species of Arabellites , but is more like
that found in the genus CEnonites. The under side, truncate posterior,
the fang, and the dental arrangement, are similar to those of many species
of Arabellites. The upper side and the fossa of Arabellites priscus Stauffer
(1933) is not illustrated, but the under side is similar to Arabellites per-
pensus except for a ridge that is weakly developed on the former.

Genus Diopatraites, Eller, 1938
Diopatraites fustis sp. nov.

Mandible, plate III, figs. 24-27.

Measurements of the mandible range from 1.08 mm. to 1.48 mm. in
length. The frontal plate is heavy, elongate, and rounded in outline and is
connected obliquely with the shaft at about a forty-five degree angle.
Its upper surface is convex anteriorly and concave at the posterior end.
The shaft is long and narrow and tapers to an acute posterior extremity.
The upper surface of the shaft is convex. On the under surface of the
mandible there is no line of demarcation between the frontal plate and
the shaft. The surface is irregularly convex with a furrow extending from
the anterior nearly to the posterior end.

Mandibles are very common in this fauna, but the anterior edges are
usually broken. The species was placed in this genus with some question
since the anterior end is not like that defined for the genus. The re-
mainder of the mandible conforms very well. Except for the teeth at the
anterior end of Diopatraites conformis Eller (1938), this form would be
very similar to that species.

262

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

BIBLIOGRAPHY

A. Murray.

1843. Geol. Surv., Canada, Rept. of Prog.

Sir William Logan.

1863. Geol. Surv., Canada, Rept. of Prog., (from its commencement).
H. A. Nicholson.

1875. The Paleontology of Ontario.

G. B. Grinnell.

1877. Amer. Jour. Sci., 3rd series, vol. 14, p. 229.

A. J. Hinde.

1879. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., London, vol. 35, pp. 370-389, pis. 18-20.

1880. Idem., vol. 36, pp. 368-378, pi. 14.

1882. Bihang till k. Svensk Akad. Handl, vol. 7, N:05, pp. 1-28, pis. 1-3.
Wm. C. M’Intosh.

1885. H.M.S. “Challenger,” Reports, vol. XII, pp. 258.

C, R. Foerste.

1888. Amer. Geologist, vol. 2, pp. 219-412.

1916. Geol. Surv., Canada, Mem. 83.

1924. Geol. Surv., Canada, Mem. 138.

W. A. Parks.

1913. Geol. Surv., Canada, Guide Book, no. 5.

W. S. Dyer.

1923. Ont. Dept. Mines, Ann. Rept., vol. 32, pt. 7, pp. 47-88, 117-134.

C. R. Stauffer.

1933. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 44, pp. 1173-1218, pis. 59-61.

1939. Jour. Paleon., vol. 13, no. 5, pp. 500-511, pis. 57-58.

E. R. Eller.

1934. Ann. Carnegie Mus., vol. 22, pp. 303-316, pis. 22, 23.

1934. Ann. Carnegie Mus., vol. 24, pp. 51-56, pi. 1.

1936. Ann. Carnegie Mus., vol. 25, pp. 73-76, pi. 11.

1938. Ann. Carnegie Mus., vol. 27, pp. 275-286, pis. 28-29.

1940. Ann. Carnegie Mus., vol. 28, pp. 9-46, pis. 1-7.

1941. Ann. Carnegie Mus., vol. 28, pp. 323-340, pis. 37-38.

1941. Proc.^Penna. Acad. Sci., vol. 15, pp. 119-120.

264

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I
Figures magnified about 25 times.

Numbers in parentheses at the right indicate the Carnegie Museum catalogue
numbers of the respective type specimens.

Figs. 1,2. Lumbriconereites marlenediesae sp. nov.

Figs. 3, 4.

Maxilla I, left jaw (23583).

Fig. 1. Under side.

Fig. 2. Upper side.

Lumbriconereites proclivis sp. nov.

Maxilla I, right jaw (23601).

Fig. 3. Upper side.

Fig. 4. Under side.

Figs. 5, 6.

Lumbriconereites deflexus sp. nov.

Maxilla I, left jaw (23491).

Fig. 5. Upper side.

Fig. 6. Under side.

Figs. 7, 8.

Lumbriconereites copiosus sp. nov.

Maxilla I, left jaw (23462).

Fig. 7, Under side.

Fig. 8. Upper side.

Fig. 9.

Lumbriconereites copiosus sp. nov.

Maxilla I, left jaw, Under side (23460).

Fig. 10.

Lumbriconereites copiosus sp. nov.

Maxilla I, left jaw, Upper side (23463).

Figs. 11, 12. Lumbriconereites copiosus sp. nov.

Fig. 13.

Maxilla I, left jaw, Side view (23461).

Leodicites acclivis sp. nov.

Maxilla II, right jaw, Side view (23528)

Figs. 14, 15. Leodicites acclivis sp. nov.

Fig. 16.

Maxilla II, right jaw (23529).

Fig. 14. Upper side.

Fig. 15. Under side.

Nereidavus ineptus sp. nov.

Maxilla I, right jaw, Upper side (23649).

Figs. 17, 18. Leodicites acclivis sp. nov.

Maxilla II, left jaw (23530)
Fig. 17. Under side.

Fig. 18. Upper side.

Figs. 19, 20. Nereidavus hamus sp. nov.

Maxilla I, left jaw (23614).

Fig. 21.

Fig. 19. Upper side.

Fig. 20. Under side.

Nereidavus ineptus sp. nov.

Maxilla I, right jaw, Under side (23650).

Figs. 22, 23. Nereidavus procurvus sp. nov.

Maxilla I, right jaw (23485).
Fig. 22. Under side.

Fig. 23. Upper side.

4

ANNALS, CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXIX

Art. XI

Plate I

m

19

21

23

266

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II

Figures magnified about 25 times.

Numbers in parentheses at the right indicate the Carnegie Museum catalogue
numbers of the respective type specimens.

Figs. 1, 2.

Figs. 3, 4.

Figs. 5, 6.

Figs. 7, 8.

Ildraites exquisitus sp. nov.
Maxilla I, left jaw (23607).
Fig. 1. Upper side.

Fig. 2. Under side.

Ildraites fritzae sp. nov.
Maxilla I, left jaw (23472).
Fig. 3. Upper side.

Fig. 4. Under side.

Ildraites patulus sp. nov.
Maxilla I, left jaw (23511)
Fig. 5. Upper side.

Fig. 6. Under side.

Ildraites peramplus Eller
Maxilla I, left jaw (23616)
Fig. 7. Upper side.

Fig. 8. Under side.

Figs. 9, 10. Ildraites horridus Eller

Maxilla I, left jaw (23538).
Fig. 9. Upper side.

Fig. 10. Under side.

Figs. 11, 12. Ildraites horridus Eller

Maxilla I, right jaw (23537).
Fig. 11. Underside.

Fig. 12. Upper side.

Figs. 13, 14, Paleeenonites latissimus sp. nov.

Maxilla II, left jaw (23551).
Fig. 13. Upper side.

Fig. 14. Under side.

Figs. 15, 16. Paleeenonites edentulus sp. nov.

Maxilla II, left jaw (23521).

Fig. 15. Under side.

Fig. 16. Upper side.

Figs. 17, 18. Paleeenonites accuratus sp. nov.

Maxilla II, left jaw (23478).

Fig. 17. Upper side.

Fig. 18. Under side.

Fig. 19. Eunicites denticulatus sp. nov.

Maxilla I or V, left jaw, Upper side (23518).

Fig. 20. Eunicites purus sp. nov.

Maxilla I, right jaw, Upper side (23595).

Figs. 21, 22. Eunicites sp.

Maxilla IV or V. (23629).

Fig. 21. Under side.

Fig. 22. Upper side.

Plate II

ANNALS, CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXIX Art. XI

268

VOL. XXIX

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III

Figures magnified about 25 times.

Numbers in parentheses at the right indicate the Carnegie Museum catalogue
numbers of the respective type specimens.

Figs. 1, 2.

Figs. 3, 4.

Fig. 5.

Fig. 6.

Figs. 7, 8.

Figs. 9, 10.

Figs. 11, 12.

Figs. 13, 14.

Figs. 15, 16.

Fig. 17.

Fig. 18.

Fig. 19.

Fig. 20.
Figs. 21, 22.

Fig. 23.
Figs. 24, 25.

Figs. 26, 27.

CEnonites conterminus sp. nov.

Maxilla I, right jaw (23589).

Fig. 1. Under side.

Fig. 2. Upper side.

CEnonites crepitus sp. nov.

Maxilla I, right jaw (23612).

Fig. 3. Under side.

Fig. 4. Upper side.

CEnonites sinuatus sp. nov.

Maxilla I, right jaw, Under side (23652).
CEnonites sinuatus sp. nov.

Maxilla I, right jaw, Upper side (23651).
Leodicites streetsvillensis sp. nov.

Maxilla II, right jaw (23576).

Fig. 7. Under side.

Fig. 8. Upper side.

Leodicites creditensis sp. nov.

Maxilla II, right jaw (23623).

Fig. 9. Under side.

Fig. 10. Upper side.

Leodicites summus sp. nov.

Maxilla II, right jaw (23497).

Fig. 11. Under side.

Fig. 12. Upper side.

Leodicites barbatus sp. nov.

Maxilla I, right jaw (23563).

Fig. 13. Upper side.

Fig. 14. Under side.

Leodicites densus sp. nov.

Maxilla II, left jaw (23545).

Fig. 15. Upper side.

Fig. 16. Under side.

Staurocephalites cuspis sp. nov.

Maxilla II, right jaw, Under side (23503).
Eunicites sp. indet.

Maxilla III or IV, right jaw, Upper side (12593).
Eunicites sp. indet.

Maxilla III or IV, right jaw, Upper side. (23631).
CEnonites caducus sp. nov.

Maxilla II, (23569).

Arabellites perpensus sp. nov.

Maxilla I, right jaw (23557).

Fig. 21. Under side.

Fig. 22. Upper side.

Staurocephalites cuspis sp. nov.

Maxilla II, left jaw, Upper side (23504).
Diopatraites fustis sp. nov.

Mandible, left (23642).

Fig. 24. Upper side.

Fig. 25. Under side.

Diopatraites fustis sp. nov.

Mandible, left (23641).

Fig. 26. Under side.

Fig. 27. Upper side.

ANNALS, CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXIX

Art. XI

Plate III

270

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV
Magnified about two times.

The surface of a layer of sandstone from the Erindale, at Streetsville, Ontario,
demonstrating the great abundance of annelid jaws.

ANNALS, CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXIX

Art. XI

Plate IV

BftfgtSS

S'msSMl

illMI

%$&?■}>*

p^"*r'/: • W- - r*v- ' . *s»i. A l'.v*2r. / ?.: .Sfi ifJ'll “';#*> \3j '/»L>

S‘ •

l:A0,. 4 M# :i^4^ ^

•c;#** \--7 tf'-’i T: ‘V'-

, , . , *£*••: ■

;•£. , - -^?- ., ^..^* ^ . -^w.. A.f . . - • .-■

t-'i

/

* I

5t>7 .

MFC,

ART. XII LIST OF THE HUMMINGBIRDS IN THE

COLLECTION OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM

5 -v‘: . V '“f;, ■' . • a . % ; •; •. K. ' < \ ” ( \ '^7 f.V ^

V

:.?tx , n ■

W:

By W. E. Clyde Todd

, ■ ■ * • i 6' / / / "

j'v' <••//,>

JAM i 1 iS-rOi ')

'- ■I ' '

Annals of the Carnegie Museum
Vol. XXIX, p. 271-370

Issued December 31, 1942
Pittsburgh, Pa.

N^t-

X

ART. XII. LIST OF THE HUMMINGBIRDS IN THE
COLLECTION OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM

By W. E. Clyde Todd
Introduction

In preparing the present paper I have followed the same plan as that
for the Tinamous, a list of which appeared in an earlier number of this
volume. The Hummingbirds (Family Trochilidse) are represented in the
collection of the Carnegie Museum by 5,004 specimens, belonging to 324
species and subspecies. This figure includes all specimens of known origin
which appear in the Museum catalogue, whether now in the collection or
alienated therefrom by exchange; it excludes several hundred skins which
lack exact data and which the Museum acquired in its early days. Nearly
all the specimens in this latter class, however, have been weeded out of
our cabinets.

Geographically considered, our Hummingbird collection is unevenly
distributed. Because we have virtually no material from Ecuador and
Peru, the metropolis of the family, numerous genera and species peculiar
to these countries are wanting. But in forms inhabiting the Andes of
Colombia and Venezuela, and the lowlands adjacent, the collection is
especially rich. Bolivia, too, is well represented. From French Guiana
we have good series of specimens of nearly all the species originally
described from that country. The same is true of the Amazon Valley in
Brazil and of the Rio Tapajoz and Rio Purus. In Central America only
Costa Rica and British Honduras are well represented, and in the West
Indies only Porto Rico, the Isle of Pines, and the Bahama Islands. We
have a fair series of most of the forms found in the United States and a
scattered representation from Mexico. Since in many cases the study and
identification of our collection involved critical comparisons with ma-
terial from other regions, it became necessary to draw upon the resources
of other institutions. For the loan of such comparative material my
thanks are due the authorities of the American Museum of Natural
History, the Museum of Comparative Zoology, the United States Na-
tional Museum and the Field Museum of Natural History.

271

sued December 31, 1942.

272

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

The literature pertaining to the family is extensive and began at an
early date. The earlier writers, down even to Elliot (1878), were perforce
content with very indifferent material, the exact source of which was
seldom known. As a result much confusion and uncertainty still sur-
round many of these early names, the exact application of which remains
conjectural. In some cases, however, study of the type-specimens has
cleared up the confusion and has placed the names on a stable basis. In
the present paper some of these perplexing nomenclatural points are
discussed in the light of the new material available. The main contribu-
tion the paper makes, however, is toward a better understanding of the
geographic distribution of the various forms listed. Not all of the locality-
names here used, it must be explained, appear on published maps; but
their positions are definitely known, and in an appendix to the present
paper they are approximately indicated.

The sequence of genera in the present list follows, in the main, that
adopted by M. Eugene Simon (1921), the latest monographer of the
group. Simon, however, was a “splitter” and recognized far too many
generic names as valid. The present tendency is the other way. Mr.
J. L. Peters, to whom we are looking for a new and revised list of this
family in the next volume of his “Check-List of the Birds of the World,”
has been good enough to advise me of certain changes in names and of
mergers which he intends to adopt. With most of these I am in full
accord, and I am quoting him as authority. I am greatly indebted to Mr.
Peters, not only for his courtesy in placing these notes at my disposal,
but also for his comments on and corrections of this paper, which he has
read in manuscript.

It remains to add that in a few cases, where errors were glaring, I have
taken the liberty of emending names for the sake of consistency. I main-
tain that this can be done under present rules. The double “ii” has been
dropped in patronymic names, as in the American Ornithologists’ Union
“Check-List.”

The types of seven valid forms of Hummingbirds are already in the
Carnegie Museum Collection; to these the present paper adds eight more.
It is hoped that the paper will be found useful by students of this in-
teresting group of birds.

All measurements are in millimeters, and the length of the bill is that
of the exposed culmen.

1942

Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum

273

List of Species

Doryfera ludoviciae ludoviciae (Bourcier and Mulsant).

Four specimens: Las Ventanas, Rio Negro, and Bitaco Valley, Colom-
bia.

A single male from the last-named locality extends the known range of
this hummingbird to the Subtropical Zone of the Western Andes. Three
females have shorter bills than the male, but in coloration they resemble
that sex.

Doryfera ludoviciae veraguensis Salvin.

Three specimens: La Hondura, Costa Rica.

Although ranked by Ridgway (1911, 343) as a full species, this form is
certainly only racially distinct from D. ludovicics of Colombia. However,
the differences between the two are well pronounced. Ridgway describes
the female as having the forehead dusky bronze, like the rest of the pileum,
but our single female has a glittering forehead like that of the male.

Androdon aequatorialis Gould.

Four specimens: Andagoya and Potedo, Colombia.

Only one of these has the bill hooked and strongly serrate. The color
of the crown and nape also varies considerably. Chapman (1917, 279)
noticed the variation in the bill character but doubted its racial value. I
think Simon (1921, 3, note) is right in claiming that it is a matter of age
and season.

Threnetes leucurus leucurus (Linnaeus).

Two specimens: Arima, Brazil.

This form is already known from Teffe and the Rio Madeira, and these
specimens extend its known range to the Rio Purus. The female example
is much paler below than the male; it may be immature.

Threnetes ruckeri venezuelensis Cory (?)

Seven specimens: Santa Elena and Guachi, Venezuela.

So far as I can discover this form has heretofore been known from the
type alone. Our specimens (one of which came from the same general
region as the type itself) may justly be considered to represent it cor-
rectly. It is easily distinguishable from darienensis of Colombia (its

274

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

nearest geographical representative) by the color of the underparts, in
which the gray shade is well pronounced, although the cinnamon area
on the breast is duller and less prominent. The terminal white area on
the tail is perhaps less in extent. In all these characters, however, it ap-
proaches true ruckeri; and when it is actually compared with topotypes of
that form, no constant differences between them appear. The resem-
blance must be due to parallelism, since the intervening race is sufficiently
distinct. How to treat the case from a nomenclatural standpoint is an
open question. Should we retain the name venezuelensis for the Vene-
zuelan population, or should we suppress it in favor of ruckeri , to which a
discontinuous range would have to be ascribed? For the present I prefer
the former alternative.

Threnetes ruckeri darienensis Bangs and Barbour.

Ten specimens: Don Diego, El Cauca, El Tambor, Soatata, Andagoya,
and Malagita, Colombia.

Bangs and Penard (1924, 77) have studied the races of this species and
tried to determine their proper names. After checking their work, I
fully agree that Trochilus ruckeri Bourcier was almost certainly based on
an immature example of the green-backed southern bird. In the present
series are two young birds that fit Bourcier’s description. One of these
has no cinnamon whatever on the breast; the other only a trace. Adults
have the back greener, the tail darker, and the underparts grayer, with
less cinnamon on the breast, than do Costa Rican examples. They
answer the description of the race darienensis and differ from topotypical
specimens of ruckeri precisely as the describers claim. The range assigned
to this race by Bangs and Penard ( l.c .) is based on our specimens. The
specimens from Andagoya and Malagita show that this form ranges south-
ward along the Pacific coast of Colombia at least to the Choco region.

Threnetes ruckeri ventosus Bangs and Penard.

Thirteen specimens: Volcano Turrialba, Guacimo, Cuabre, Guapiles,
and El Hogar, Costa Rica.

Bangs and Penard (1924, 77) have renamed this well-marked race
ventosus, on the ground that ruckeri was based on the bird of western
Ecuador heretofore called fraseri. Some of our specimens incline more to
greenish above than to bronzy, so that this character is not consistently
diagnostic.

1942

Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum

275

Glaucis hirsuta insularum H ell may r.

Eleven specimens: Carenage, Heights of Aripo, and Poole, Trinidad.

I accept Hellmayr’s name for the Trinidad birds of this species, but I
am not strongly impressed with its characters. The separation was based
mainly on size; and while our specimens do average a little larger than
those from the mainland, yet the measurements of the two series overlap.
Trinidad birds are generally dark-colored, but no more so than some main-
land specimens.

Glaucis hirsuta hirsuta (Gmelin).

Thirty-nine specimens: Upata, El Peru Mine, Altagracia, Las Quiguas,
El Hacha, El Trompillo, Sierra de Carabobo, Santa Lucia, and Cuma-
nacoa, Venezuela; Cayenne and Mana, French Guiana; Benevides, Itai-
tuba, and Sao Paulo de Olivenga, Brazil; Buena Vista (Rio Surutu),
Bolivia.

Variation in this hummingbird is of such a nature and covers such a
wide range that the discrimination of geographic races is difficult indeed.
The gloss of the upperparts runs from bronzy to dark green, and it has no
racial significance. The black subterminal band and the terminal white
area on the tail also vary widely in extent. Ridgway attributes this varia-
tion to age.

It is by no means certain that the above listed specimens all belong to
one and the same form; in fact, it is probable that they do not. On
geographical grounds the series from El Trompillo and the Sierra de
Carabobo should be referred here, but in their duller coloration they
approach affinis. One male (No. 47,083) is especially dark-colored.
Specimens from the coast region of Venezuela are more brightly colored
(■ i.e., more decidedly buffy rufous) below than those from French Guiana
and the lower Amazon. Females are particularly pale by comparison.
If separable, these north coast birds might stand as rojasi Boucard, 1895.
In general, however, the birds which I call hirsuta agree in being decidedly
rufescent below — some more than others. There is also a wide divergency
in size, at least as regards the length of the wing. But the series as a whole
grades so insensibly into the western race {affinis) that I do not know
exactly where to draw the line of separation. I have examined three
specimens from Bahia, Brazil (American and U. S. National Museums) ;
they agree essentially with our series. The status of Bolivian birds is
doubtful ; I refer them here provisionally. They are relatively paler below,
like the three skins from Sao Paulo de Olivenga, on the upper Amazon.

276

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Glaucis hirsuta affinis Lawrence.

Forty specimens: Don Amo, Don Diego, Fundacion, Trojas de Cataca,
Dibulla, Turbaco, Puerto Zapote, Monteria, Jaraquiel, El Tambor,
Murindo, and Yumbo, Colombia; Santa Elena and Guachi, Venezuela.

On the differential characters of this race compare Todd and Carriker,
1922, 272. Specimens from other parts of Colombia agree with those from
the Santa Marta region, except that two male birds, from Jaraquiel and
Monteria respectively, are uncommonly small (wing, 61, 58.5) and may
indicate the existence of a dwarf race in this part. The Venezuelan speci-
mens, coming as they do from the same general region as the type of
fusca Cory, doubtless represent that supposed form. While they answer
Cory’s description well, they are obviously the same as Colombian speci-
mens. Apparently he did not compare his birds with affinis , but only
with hirsuta , from which they differ as he says. One of his topotypes is
matched very closely by our No. 90,500. Chapman has compared
Colombian specimens with the type of affinis and found them identical.

Young birds differ from adults in lacking any decided buffy rufous on
the breast, this part being barred with buffy on a dusky greenish back-
ground; the wing-coverts, wings, and upperparts generally also show
more or less buffy feather-tipping.

Glaucis aenea Lawrence.

Seven specimens: Andagoya and Cordoba, Colombia; El Hogar and El
Pozo de Terraba, Costa Rica.

This form I have little hesitation in keeping specifically distinct from
G. hirsuta. The distribution of the two forms in question would argue
to this effect. I know of no place where they actually occur together, but
their respective ranges certainly overlap.

Genus Phaethornis Swainson.

This generic name has usually been cited from the Zoological Journal,
3, December, 1827, p. 357, where it appears as Phcethornis. As correctly
pointed out by Oberholser (Proceedings Biological Society of Washing-
ton, 32, 1919, p. 48), however, it will have to be taken from Swainson’s
earlier article in the Philosophical Magazine, n. s., 1, June, 1827, p. 441,
where it is differently spelled Phcethornis. In both places diphthongs are

1942 Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum 277

used. There might be some doubt as to which was intended, were it not
that a few pages farther back (p. 436) there is an unmistakable “ce”
diphthong, which is obviously different. From a classical point of view
the use of a diphthong here is an error, and this is one case where it can be
discarded with good grace.

In the present paper I follow Peters in including all the Hermit Hum-
mingbirds under the one genus, whereas Simon would recognize six genera.
The present group is a beautiful example of the persistence of color char-
acters (clearly indicative of affinity) through the changes and modifica-
tions that so-called structural characters have undergone.

Phaethornis guy[i] guy[i] (Lesson).

Nine specimens: Carenage, Heights of Aripo, and Heights of Ore-
pouche, Trinidad; San Rafael and El Yaque, Venezuela.

I venture to emend the original guy of Lesson to the genitive form.

Our mainland specimens (one male, three females) all have longer tails
than those from Trinidad — perhaps because of their fresher condition, or
perhaps because of an actual racial difference. It is a curious and sig-
nificant fact that this species is not known from the coast region of
Venezuela west of Cumana, nor from the Santa Marta region of Colom-
bia. The present race is thus completely isolated from the others.

Phaethornis guy[i] apicalis (von Tschudi).

Twelve specimens: El Cauca, Bucaramanga, Rio Negro, Bitaco Valley,
and Pavas, Colombia.

On the substitution of apicalis for emilicB compare Zimmer, 1930, 272.
Our females are about as small as those from Peru to which he refers and
thus there can be little doubt but that he is correct in changing the name.
Specimens from western Colombia tend to be darker below and bluer
above than those from eastern Colombia; thus they approach coruscus.

Phaethornis guy[i] coruscus Bangs.

Thirteen specimens: Volcano Irazu, Volcano Turrialba, La Hondura,
Juan Vinas, Ujuras de Terraba, and Peralta, Costa Rica.

This is a strongly marked race, well set off by the rich, deep coloration
of the adult males.

278

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

Phaethornis yaruqui sancti-johannis Hell may r.

VOL. XXIX

Sixteen specimens: El Tambo, Andagoya, Potedo, Malagita, and
Cordoba, Colombia.

The localities represented are all in the Tropical Zone of the Pacific
coast. Some variation obtains in the depth of the color of the underparts
in these specimens, but they have not been compared with typical yaruqui
from Ecuador.

Phaethornis superciliosus (Linnaeus).

Twenty specimens: Rio Yuruan and Altagracia, Venezuela; Pied Saut,
French Guiana; Obidos, Brazil.

P. superciliosus may be distinguished from its near relatives by its
buffy underparts, grayish white crissum and lateral edgings to the rec-
trices, and relatively short bill. The median throat-stripe is also well
marked. I use a binomial name because I am convinced that all four
of the forms subordinated by Hellmayr (1912, 52) under superciliosus
are really distinct species. Simon (1921, 13, 352) has described a sup-
posed race from the upper Orinoco as saturatior, but after comparing our
French Guiana specimens with fifteen others from the Orinoco (Roth-
schild Collection), I can find no grounds for the distinction.

Phaethornis insignis Todd.

Seven specimens: Villa Braga and Itaituba, Brazil.

This form was originally described (Annals Carnegie Museum, 25,
1937, 246) as a race of P. superciliosus , but further study has convinced
me that it should be ranked as a species. Intergradation is definitely
contra-indicated; the color differences are constant; and the tail averages
shorter. It is a much smaller bird than P. ochraceiventris. (For further
remarks see the original description, l.c .)

Phaethornis muelleri Hellmayr.

Seven specimens: Benevides, Colonia do Mojuy, and Miritituba,
Brazil.

This is a strongly marked form, which I would call a species. Its gray
color beneath, grayish white crissum, and buffy gray edgings to the rec-
trices are distinctive. It ranges on the south side of the Amazon, between
the Rio Tapajoz and the Rio Tocantins, and perhaps still farther east.

1942

Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum

279

Phaethornis ochraceiventris H ell may r.

Six specimens: Arima and Sao Paulo de Olivenga, Brazil.

These have been handled and identified by Hellmayr himself. (See
his critical remarks in Novitates Zoologicae, 14, 1907, 393.) Simon (1921,
254) reduces this form to a race of bolivianus , and in this conclusion he is
followed by Hartert (1922, 404). To this I disagree, although I admit the
close relationship of these forms. Nor can I bring myself to consider
ochraceiventris conspecific with either P. superciliosus or P. longirostris.
I believe it should stand alone. It has a bill as large as that of P. malaris,
and a long tail by comparison. The pale median gular stripe is more or
less indicated.

Phaethornis bolivianus Gould.

Three specimens: Cerro Hosane and San Jose, Bolivia.

At first glance this little-known form might be considered conspecific
with P. ochraceiventris , from which it differs in its smaller size, smaller,
weaker bill, shorter tail, and darker, less purely buff underparts. Hell-
mayr (1912, 52) calls it a race of P. superciliosus , but to this I cannot agree.
In bolivianus the crissum is uniform with the rest of the underparts. The
female is obviously paler than the male and has the upperparts more
greenish, less bronzy.

, Phaethornis moorei Lawrence.

Five specimens: Tonantins, Brazil.

On geographical grounds these should belong to this form, described
from the Rio Napo, eastern Ecuador. Six Ecuador skins lent by the
American Museum of Natural History, however, differed in certain minor
respects; accordingly I was constrained to send our birds to John T.
Zimmer for comparison with Lawrence’s type and with more material
from the same general region. The differences I had noted disappeared
in this comparison, and Mr. Zimmer was able to state definitely that the
east-Ecuadorean and the Tonantins birds belong to the same form as the
type of moorei.

Although the identity of these specimens is thus settled, the relation-
ships of the form they represent are not yet clear. Most authors to the
contrary notwithstanding, P. moorei is almost certainly not a race of P.
superciliosus , than which it is much larger and grayer, and has a less dis-
tinct median gular stripe. In all these respects it is in fact much closer to

280

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

P. malaris , although it is smaller in size. Its pileum is slightly glossed with
green, as in malaris. Nevertheless, I cannot see my way clear to making
the two conspecific — largely on geographical grounds — and so for the
present I propose to consider moorei as specifically distinct from its allies.

Phaethornis malaris (Nordmann).

Thirty-three specimens: Cayenne, Tamanoir, and Pied Saut, French
Guiana.

Salvin (1892, 271) relegates P. malaris to the synonymy of P. super-
ciliosus with few misgivings, but later authors have discriminated the two.
P. malaris is much larger, darker (more grayish, less buffy), and longer-
billed than the other; its throat has a very indistinct median stripe. Since
the two occur together, they must be distinct species.

Phaethornis longirostris susurrus Bangs.

Twenty-four specimens: Onaca, Cincinnati, Minca, Las Taguas, Don
Diego, Pueblo Viejo, Chirua, and Heights of Chirua, Colombia.

This is a strongly marked isolated race, peculiar to the Santa Marta
region of Colombia; it shows no signs of intergradation with any other
form and might well be ranked as a species.

Phaethornis longirostris cassini Lawrence.

Seventeen specimens: El Cauca, El Tambor, Soatata, and Murindo,
Colombia.

Colombian specimens of P. longirostris differ slightly from Costa Rican
skins ( cephalus ) in the less buffy, more grayish tone of their underparts,
with more obsolete barring or spotting. They are barely separable as a
subspecies and will take the name cassini , as pointed out by Bangs and
Barbour (1922, 203) and by Griscom (1932a, 329). Lawrence’s type came
from Turbo, and our specimens from the lower Atrato must be the same.
Lawrence based his separation on the “reddish bronze” (instead of green-
ish) color of the upperparts, but this character is actually not significant,
since it varies with the individual.

This hummingbird does not appear in Chapman’s list (1917), although
it was taken by Salmon at Remedios in Antioquia, and by Carriker at two
points in Santander. It is thus a Tropical Zone form, inhabiting the
lower Atrato Valley and the middle Magdalena Valley.

1942

Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum

281

Phaethornis longirostris cephalus (Bourcier and Mulsant).

Twenty specimens: Pozo Azul de Pirris, Guapiles, Cuabre, Rio Sicsola,
El Hogar, and El Pozo de Terraba, Costa Rica.

Birds from southwestern Costa Rica are perhaps a little greener on the
back, on an average, than those from eastern Costa Rica, but the differ-
ence is slight, in spite of Griscom’s findings to the contrary (1932a, 329).
He thinks that cephalus must be accepted for “elements which are easily
separable from each other in series,” or else that the range of P. longi-
rostris is discontinuous. In any case, I cannot follow him in holding
superciliosus and longirostris conspecific. Their respective ranges do not
touch, as far as I know.

Phaethornis syrmatophorus syrmatophorus Gould.

Three specimens: Bitaco Valley, Colombia.

On the nomenclature and systematics of this form compare Hellmayr,
1911, 1179.

Phaethornis hispidus (Gould).

Fourteen specimens: Rio Mocho, Venezuela; Buena Vista (Rio Surutu),
Bolivia; Palmar, Colombia; Hyutanahan, Nova Olinda, and Arima,
Brazil.

According to yon Berlepsch and Hartert (1902, 81) no races of this
species are admissible, but Hellmayr (1910, 374) recognizes a northern
race villosus. Chapman (1917, 282) also admits the latter, after changing
its name to oseryi, but later (1926, 286) he insists that after all the species
is indivisible. Myself, I am not so sure, although the distinctive char-
acters do not lie in the color of the upper tail-coverts, as Hellmayr sup-
poses, but in the general coloration. Our birds from Venezuela and
eastern Colombia are easily separable from the Bolivian specimens by
their darker, more grayish, less brownish underparts, and by their darker
green upperparts. The Rio Purus skins agree with those from Venezuela
and Colombia, although Hellmayr ( l.c .) ranges Rio Madeira specimens
with those from Bolivia without question.

Phaethornis anthophilus anthophilus (Bourcier and Mulsant).

Twenty-four specimens: Buritaca, Don Amo, Don Diego, La Tigrera,
Trojas de Cataca, Turbaco, Puerto Zapote, Gamarra, Aguachica, and

282

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Loma Larga, Colombia; El Hacha, Aroa, Sabana de Mendoza, Santa
Elena, and Puerto La Cruz, Venezuela.

Our Venezuelan examples are precisely like those from Colombia; they
lend no support whatever to the claims of fuscicapillus of Cory as a
valid race.

Phaethornis rupununii1 rupununii Boucard.

Four specimens: Maripa, El Callao, and El Llagual, Venezuela.

Two examples that I take to be females have less dark mottling on the
throat than those I call males (the sexing of the specimens is faulty, I
think). Chubb (1916, 386) describes a bird collected by Whitely in
British Guiana as having the “tail-feathers bronze-green edged and tipped
with white, the outer feathers darker.” Although the feather-edgings in
our Venezuelan birds are pale buffy rufous rather than white, I cannot
believe that specimens from these two adjacent countries are really dif-
ferent.

Phaethornis rupununii amazonicus Hellmayr.

Five specimens: Santarem, Brazil.

In addition to these I have examined two other specimens, from
Itaituba and Urucurituba respectively (Rothschild Collection), which,
when compared with our two males from Venezuela, differ much as Hell-
mayr says. I am inclined to believe that two races can be recognized, as
Hellmayr claims. In the Santarem series the buffy rufous edgings of the
outer rectrices are wider and more richly colored by comparison. In
Venezuelan birds these edgings are obvious, as already noted, but they
are narrower and paler.

Phaethornis pretrei (Lesson and Delattre).

Six specimens: Yacuiba and Samaipata, Bolivia.

Five specimens from Bahia, Brazil (American Museum), are precisely
like ours from Bolivia. Hellmayr (1929, 384) is quite right in stating that
Bolivian specimens of this species are not different, but he made a curious
mistake in referring my P. subochraceus to P. pretrei. They are entirely
different species. But the P. garleppi of Boucard (1893) from the descrip-

H do not see why the specific name should not be corrected, as above; it was meant
to refer to the Rupununi River in British Guiana.

1942 Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum 283

tion must be pretrei. Hellmayr refers to two specimens from Samaipata —
doubtless the two in our collection, above listed — but the one from Santa
Cruz de la Sierra is subochraceus.

Phaethornis subochraceus Todd.

Seven specimens: Santa Cruz de la Sierra, Buena Vista, Warnes, and
Rio Quiser, Bolivia.

Description. — Above bronzy green with buffy brownish feather-edgings,
the pileum and nape more brownish; wings dusky purple; median rec-
trices bronzy green basally, broadly white terminally; other rectrices
similar, with a black area separating the green bases from the white tips,
which diminish in size from the middle pair outward; outermost pair of
rectrices with white external margins; broad superciliary and malar
stripes warm buff, enclosing an auricular patch of mummy brown ; entire
underparts warm buff to cinnamon buff, more or less suffused with dusky,
and the chin and throat dusky brownish in contrast (but the transition
not abrupt); “iris dark brown; feet brown; bill black, the basal half or
more of the lower mandible yellow.” Wing (type), 50; tail, 55; bill, 29.

With a series of seven specimens now available, instead of the single
one on which the name was originally based, it is evident that this is a
well-characterized species. It was compared at the time with P. squalidus,
with which it has actually nothing to do, since it belongs to the subgeneric
group Anisoterus, in which the rectrices next the middle pair are also
elongated. I am at a loss to understand how Hellmayr, who examined the
type, could have identified it with pretrei — unless on the supposition that
he picked up by some mischance our specimens of the latter (lying side
by side in the same tray) and got them mixed in his notes (compare 1929,
384). P. pretrei is much larger; the upper tail-coverts are cinnamon
rufous, and the upperparts more greenish ; the underparts are more deeply
colored, and the throat has a pale, not a dark, median stripe. They are
perfectly distinct species.

Phaethornis augusti augusti (Bourcier).

Twenty-seven specimens: El Peru Mine, La Cumbre de Valencia, San
Esteban, Guarico, Anzoategui, El Trompillo, Sierra de Carabobo, Tabay,
Pie del Cerro, and El Yaque, Venezuela; Ocana, Chinivaque, and La
Colorada, Colombia.

Simon (1921, 16, 257) discriminates two races of this species, neither of

284

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

which is validated by our series. The characters he alleges are all variable,
but not according to locality. He refers to “Bogota” specimens, and we
have such from both slopes of the Eastern Andes, although Chapman
omits the species from his list. Our Ocana specimen is indeed closely
matched by the one from farthest east (El Peru Mine). But since Chap-
man (1931, 70), with topotypical material at his disposal, has indorsed the
race from Mt. Roraima, a trinomial name becomes necessary.

Phaethornis bourcieri (Lesson).

Five specimens: Tamanoir, French Guiana; Tonantins and Mana-
capuru, Brazil.

Amazonian birds tend to be darker (more greenish, less bronzy) above,
and grayer, less buffy, below, than those from French Guiana. Chapman
(1926, 287) has also noted slight differences, but a larger series would be
necessary to bring them out.

This species is the type of Ametrornis Reichenbach (1854), characterized
by its nearly straight bill as compared with typical Phaethornis , which,
however, it resembles in other characters.

Phaethornis philippii (Bourcier).

Eight specimens: Hyutanahan, Nova Olinda, and Sao Paulo de Oli-
venga, Brazil.

All these are new localities for this rare species, which also belongs to
Ametrornis.

Phaethornis longuemareus (Lesson).

Two specimens: Cayenne, French Guiana.

In my opinion the close relationship of this species to P. striigularis
may be admitted without thereby considering the two conspecific.

Phaethornis striigularis ignobilis Todd.

Eleven specimens: Las Quiguas, El Trompillo, Sabana de Mendoza,
Santa Elena, and Santa Lucia, Venezuela.

This form was described on the basis of the three specimens from Las
Quiguas, which were compared with “Bogota” skins of typical striigularis
in the U. S. National Museum, and found to differ therefrom as said
(Todd, Proceedings Biological Society of Washington, 26, 1913, 173).

1942 Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum 285

With a larger series of both striigularis and ignobilis now available, the
differences between them stand out well. P. s. ignobilis is distinctly more
buffy below than the typical race and has the throat less distinctly
streaked.

Phaethornis striigularis striigularis Gould.

Eight specimens: Don Diego, Chirua, El Cauca, and El Tambor,
Colombia.

Compare our previous remarks on this form (Todd and Carriker, 1922,
272). I cannot follow Griscom (1932a, 330) in reducing it to a race of P.
longuemareus.

Phaethornis striigularis subrufescens Chapman.

Nine specimens: Soatata, Murindo, Quibdo, Andagoya, and Cordoba,
Colombia.

If, as I believe, these are correctly identified as subrufescens ( = atri -
mentalis auctorum nec Lawrence), they seem to be far more closely re-
lated to saturatus than to striigularis , which forms they serve to connect.
Soatata skins have less dark mottling on the throat than those from
farther up the Atrato River.

According to Griscom (1932a, 330) Phaethornis adolphi nelsoni Bangs
and Barbour ( =fraterculus Nelson nec Gould) is a synonym of subrufescens.
I would not go'so far as to consider any of these western forms conspecific
with P. longuemareus , whose range is moreover removed and isolated.

Phaethornis striigularis saturatus Ridgway.

Thirteen specimens: Escazu, Guapiles, Volcano Turrialba, Rio Sicsola,
El Hogar, Miravalles, and El Pozo de Terraba, Costa Rica; Manatee
Lagoon and Freetown, British Honduras.

No. 26,741, from El Hogar, is Ridgway’s type. According to this
authority the color-variation observable in this series is sexual. Peters
(1929, 428) thinks that Ridgway erred in considering birds from Guate-
mala and British Honduras referable to saturatus (he actually called them
intermediates). Our two examples from British Honduras, however, are
just like the type of saturatus. Thus I agree (inferentially) with Griscom
(1932b, 197) as to the range of saturatus , but I do not agree with him
(1932a, 330) in reducing this form to a race of P. longuemareus of French
Guiana. With a fair series of subrufescens , striigularis , and ignobilis ,

286

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

available for comparison with saturatus, I should rate these four as races
of the same species; and since striigularis is the earliest name, the present
form would then stand as above.

Phaethornis griseogularis Gould.

Two specimens: El Cauca and Rio Negro, Colombia.

Phaethornis ruber ruber (Linnaeus).

Five specimens: Benevides, Colonia do Mojuy, Hyutanahan, Nova
Olinda, and Arima, Brazil.

No. 74,518, a female from Colonia do Mojuy, differs from others of the
same sex in the color of the median rectrices subterminally being black
below the rufous area, instead of bronzy brown. Hellmayr (1906, 375)
refers to this character as belonging to the northern race episcopus , but
it may have some other significance.

Phaethornis ruber episcopus Gould.

Three specimens: Rio Mocho and Rio Yuruan, Venezuela; Obidos,
Brazil.

I accept this race mainly on the authority of Hellmayr (1906, 375, and
1907, 75). He has handled these particular specimens. One male has the
tips of the middle rectrices narrowly white, succeeded by a broad sub-
terminal band of dark steel blue (almost black). Hellmayr claims this as
one of the characters of episcopus , but I doubt its constancy. Both the
Venezuelan specimens are adults, showing the black pectoral band.

Phaethornis stuarti Hartert.

Nine specimens: Buena Vista (Rio Yapacani and Rio Surutu), Bolivia.

These correspond very well with the original description, except that
the under tail-coverts and the tips of the lateral rectrices are not white,
but rufescent buffy — at least in most specimens. Hellmayr has handled
the series, and his identification appears on one label.

Eutoxeres aquila munda Griscom.

Three specimens: Andagoya and Heights of Caldas, Colombia.

Chapman (1917, 284) calls birds of this species from western Colombia
salvini, but the above differ from Costa Rican specimens of the latter race

1942

Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum

287

in smaller size, less bronzy green upperparts, more bluish rump, and less
buffy streaking below. Thus they agree better with the description of
munda Griscom (1932a, 330) than with that of viridior {lx., 331), to which
on geographical grounds they should belong. They have been compared
with four males and three females of munda from the type-series. Our
No. 66,412, d\ is quite the same, as are also Nos. 66,219, $ , and 67,040,
V,” when laid beside the females. Ridgway describes the sexes of this
species as alike, but there are some slight differences observable. The
males are darker and blacker below, and they often have a slight tinge of
bright color (violaceous or bronzy), while the light stripes are whiter.
Females are duller, more dusky, below; the light stripes are definitely more
buffy. I have also examined a single topotype of viridior (No. 124,577,
Museum of Comparative Zoology). While it is sexed as a male, it agrees
well with the females from eastern Panama and from western Colombia.
To my mind this agreement signifies identity, and I can see no reason for
recognizing more than one form in western Colombia, the proper name for
which is munda.

Eutoxeres aquila salvini Gould.

Nine specimens: Volcano Turrialba, Costa Rica.

One of these is peculiar in having a very decided bronzy shade to the
feathers of the hpidneck, upper back, and breast; this probably denotes
high plumage.

Phaeochroa cuvieri berlepschi Hellmayr and von Seilern.

Six specimens: Turbaco, Gamarra, and Aguachica, Colombia.

When I described this race (at Oberholser’s suggestion) and named it
notia (Proceedings Biological Society of Washington, 30, 1917, 5) I had
unfortunately not seen the earlier description by Hellmayr and von
Seilern, whose name will of course supplant the one I gave.

Phaeochroa cuvieri maculicauda Griscom.

Six specimens: Bebedero, Miravalles, Esparta, and Buenos Aires,
Costa Rica.

Griscom (1932a, 332) insists that birds of this species from western
Costa Rica differ enough from those from Panama to merit a name, as
above.

288

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Campylopterus curvipennis curvipennis (Lichtenstein).

Three specimens: Palitla (San Luis Potosi), Axtla (San Luis Potosi),
and Tamazunchale (San Luis Potosi), Mexico.

Following Peters (in litt.), I would merge Pampa with Campylopterus.
These two groups resemble each other in coloration — the females in
particular.

Trochilus curvirostris of Lichtenstein appears to have priority over
Ornismya pampa of Lesson.

Campylopterus largipennis (Boddaert).

Forty-one specimens: Rio Mocho and El Dorado, Venezuela; Cayenne,
Tamanoir, and Pied Saut, French Guiana; Obidos, Brazil.

Simon (1921, 29) describes a supposed race maronicus from the Maroni,
the river separating French from Dutch Guiana. The assigned char-
acters do not impress me as important, and I can find no geographical
variations in our series that would justify subdivision of the species.

Campylopterus obscurus obscurus Gould.

Six specimens: Benevides and Miritituba, Brazil.

I unhesitatingly keep this form specifically distinct from C. largipennis ,
although Berlioz (1931, 86) merges them under one specific head. The
birds from the east bank of the Rio Tapajoz I place with the topotypical
Para (Benevides) specimens.

Campylopterus obscurus asquatorialis Gould.

Twenty-three specimens: Buena Vista (Rio Surutu and Rio Yapacani),
Cerro del Amboro, Cerro Hosane, and Samaipata, Bolivia; Itaituba,
Apacy, and Arima, Brazil.

These have been compared with six specimens from eastern Ecuador
(American Museum), with which they appear to be identical. This race
tends to be greener, less bronzy, above than true obscurus, and the terminal
spots of the outer rectrices are paler gray and more extended (but never
purer white, as sometimes described). The difference between specimens
from the west bank is slight, but on the whole the former agree better
with Bolivian birds, which are ranged by Hellmayr (1910, 375) with
cequatorialis . According to this authority specimens from the Rio Madeira
show intermediate tendencies.

1942

Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum

289

Campylopterus ensipennis (Swainson).

Eighteen specimens: San Rafael, Mirasol, and El Yaque, Venezuela.
Immature males may be singled out by their wings, in which the outer
primaries are nearly normal, instead of enlarged and flattened.

Campylopterus falcatus (Swainson).

Twenty-three specimens: La Palmita, Rio Negro, and Chinivaque,
Colombia; Guamito, La Azulita, and Colonia Tovar, Venezuela.

So far as I can see birds from Colombia and Venezuela are alike. The
width of the terminal green band on the tail is a variable quantity.

Campylopterus hemileucurus (Lichtenstein).

Twenty specimens: Volcano Irazu, Escazu, Navarro, La Hondura,
Juan Vinas, Ujuras de Terraba, and La Estrella de Cartago, Costa
Rica; Las Panitas and Catacombas, Honduras; Manatee Lagoon and
Cockscomb Mountains, British Honduras.

No geographical differences appear in this series, so I do not recognize a
southern race mellitus. Berlioz, the latest reviewer of this group (1931,
87), also discounts mellitus , although he notes the average shorter bill of
Mexican birds. Jn immature males, in which the blue feathers are just
coming in, the shafts of the primaries are much less thickened than in
adults.

As said by Carriker (1910, 522) and by Griscom (1932b, 198), this species
is properly one of the Subtropical Zone, but the Manatee Lagoon records
(July 17 and August 1) suggest that at times it descends to lower levels.

Eupetomena macroura macroura (Gmelin).

Five specimens: Arucaua and Santarem, Brazil.

The Arucaua birds are near-topotypes. The exposed portions of the
tail-feathers of the Santarem specimen are not steel blue, but dull dusky
bronze. The blue color is less extended on the breast, but this may be due
to the make of the skin.

Hellmayr (1929, 387), in referring to macroura , says that it has “less
acuminate lateral rectrices,” but our specimens certainly have these
feathers conspicuously pointed.

290

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Eupetomena macroura subsp.?

Two specimens: Rio Quiser, Bolivia.

These can scarcely be the same as the Arucaua specimens, since the
outer rectrices are narrower and have rounded tips ; the blue of the throat
is less extended over the breast and a little less intense. But perhaps
these characters are signs of immaturity? Simon (1921, 33) comments on
birds from Rio Beni, Bolivia, which he considers intermediates between
macroura and hirundo. Our specimens have been compared with four
males from Peru (American Museum), representing hirundo. In this
form the blue of the head has a greenish tinge and is much duller and more
restricted than in macroura. Our Bolivian specimens agree with hirundo
in having the blue thus restricted, especially on the breast; the color is
only a little duller than in macroura. A specimen from San Lorenzo River,
Matto Grosso, Brazil (No. 127,392, Collection American Museum),
agrees best with the Bolivian specimens. They represent a form that is
probably worthy of recognition, but what name it should bear is a ques-
tion. Mrs. Naumburg (1930, 148) thinks that Simon is probably correct
in predicating the existence of an intermediate race. Hellmayr (1929, 387),
however, insists that Simon’s prasina is a pure synonym of macroura.
Unfortunately, Simon designated no type or type-locality, but his descrip-
tion might be construed to apply to the above specimens. If it does not,
then I think they are worthy of a name.

Florisuga mellivora (Linnaeus).

One hundred and fourteen specimens: Buena Vista (including Rio
Surutu and Rio Yapacani), Cerro del Amboro, and Cerro Hosane, Bolivia;
Benevides, Apacy, Nova Olinda, Arima, Tonantins, and Manacapuru,
Brazil; Cayenne, Tamanoir, and Pied Saut, French Guiana; La Bomba,
Las Quiguas, and Santa Elena, Venezuela; Don Amo, Don Diego, Minca,
Cincinnati, La Tigrera, Dibulla, El Cauca, El Tambor, Murindo, Quibdo,
Andagoya, and La Cumbre, Colombia, Guapiles, Volcano Turrialba, and
El Hogar, Costa Rica; Manatee Lagoon, British Honduras.

A study of this fine series reveals a certain amount of geographical
variation — possibly enough for the recognition of a southern race. In
adult males from Bolivia (thirteen specimens examined) the green band
below the blue area of the throat is wide and thus rather conspicuous. In
the northern birds, on the other hand, this band tends to be compara-
tively narrow, and in some examples it is not in evidence at all — the blue

1942

Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum

291

is abruptly followed by white. Females from Bolivia (seven specimens)
afford even better differential characters: they are obviously paler and
grayer below than northern birds; the white of the abdomen is more
“solid,” less mottled with dark color, and is thus purer. However, in some
Central American male examples the blue pectoral band is almost as well
developed as in those from Bolivia, and the matter is further complicated
by the makeup of the skin, which must always be taken into account.
Even if the Bolivian bird is really racially distinct, its proper name would
still be an open question. Boucard (Genera of Humming Birds, 1895, 340)
set up Florisuga peruviana as a provisional name for four specimens from
Ecuador and Peru. His description is not diagnostic, but it is fair to take
Pebas, Peru, as the restricted type-locality. I have handled thirteen
skins from (northern and eastern) Ecuador and six from eastern Peru,
including three males from Pebas collected by Hauxwell (American Mu-
seum and U. S. National Museum). Also, we have one male from Tonan-
tins, on the Rio Solimoes. Two males from Pebas agree better with those
from Bolivia; a third is like those from French Guiana; and the Peruvian
and Ecuadorean series as a whole is obviously intermediate with respect
to the characters above pointed out. The results of the comparison are
thus inconclusive, and I do not venture to make any formal separation at
this time, but content myself with drawing attention to the case.

At first glance French Guiana birds seem different, but it is only be-
cause the series' contains a great many immature and wrongly sexed
specimens. These young birds do not have distinctly buffy cheeks and
sides of the throat, as do the Colombian and Venezuelan birds; these
parts are dull brown or grayish white, or (in one case) nearly pure white.
I do not understand the significance of this aberration. Adult females
from French Guiana agree with others from Central America and north-
ern South America in general in their relatively darker coloration as com-
pared with Bolivian females; adult males have the reduced greenish
pectoral band characteristic of the northern birds.

A male from Santa Elena, Venezuela (No. 67,575), measures: wing, 74;
tail, 43, and is thus comparable in size with the Tobago birds whose
measurements Ridgway gives (1911, 577, note). Some of our specimens
from the Santa Marta region are also large. I do not think that tobagensis
of Ridgway can be maintained under the circumstances.

There is one specimen in the collection which must be a hybrid between
this species and some other — perhaps an Amazilia. It is No. 56,974
(sexed as a male), and comes from Cayenne, French Guiana. It has the

292

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

characteristic tail- and throat-pattern of the female of Florisuga mellivora ,
but the upper breast and the back are strongly glossed with green, and
the lower breast and sides are decidedly dusky. The white margins of the
throat-feathers are also less prominent.

Colibri coruscans (Gould).

Eighty specimens: Buena Vista (Rio Yapacani), Cerro Hosane, Samai-
pata, Cochabamba, Caluya, Molle-molle, Incachaca, San Jose, Vacas,
Guaqui, La Paz, Tiraque, and Pocona, Bolivia; Galera, Peru; Lloa,
Ecuador; Ocana, Las Ventanas, Paramo Guerrero, Ramirez, Paramo de
San Pedro, La Colorada, and San Lorenzo, Colombia; Guarico, An-
zoategui, Paramo de Rosas, Guamito, Teta de Nequitao, Las Mesitas,
Tabay, Colonia Tovar, Pico Naiguata, and Petare, Venezuela.

Mr. Peters calls my attention to the fact that the specific name coruscans
of Gould (1846) has priority over the same author’s iolotus (1847), and is
in fact not invalidated by the earlier use of coruscus by Lichtenstein (1830)
and by Fraser (1840).

At one time I thought that a northern race of this hummingbird could
be recognized, but after a study of our present large series I am decidedly
of the opinion that the species is not divisible. Birds from the several
parts of the range are subject to precisely the same variations in both
size and coloration, and I fail to find a single character for their separa-
tion. Compare, in this connection, Zimmer, 1930, 273, and Chapman,
1926, 300.

Colibri cyanotus crissalis, subsp. nov.

Five specimens: Incachaca, Bolivia.

Type , No. 85,666, Collection Carnegie Museum, adult male; Incachaca,
Bolivia, September 11, 1921; Jos6 Steinbach.

Subspecific characters. — Similar to Colibri cyanotus cyanotus (Bourcier
and Mulsant) of Colombia and Venezuela, but under tail-coverts almost
uniform buff, with the greenish centers of the feathers reduced or wanting.

Range. — Andes of Bolivia (Subtropical Zone).

Remarks. — Ridgway (1911, 485) was the first to suspect that Peruvian
and Bolivian specimens of C. cyanotus might prove to be racially distinct,
as indeed they are, although the fact evidently escaped the notice of
Salvin and other authors. Certain examples of typical cyanotus (par-
ticularly immature birds) approach this southern race in their characters,

1942 Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum 293

but in the series the difference holds good. This would suggest that the
new race is the ancestral form, from which the others have been derived.

Colibri cyanotus cyanotus (Bourcier and Mulsant).

Forty-one specimens: La Cumbre de Valencia, Guarico, Guamito,
Tabay, Colonia Tovar, El Yaque, and La Elvecia, Venezuela; Cincinnati,
San Lorenzo, La Palmita, Pueblo Nuevo, La Pica, La Colorada, and Vista
Nieve, Colombia.

Compare my previous remarks on this form (1922, 263). Specimens
from the states of Santander and Boyaca, Colombia, agree essentially with
topotypical Venezuelan examples. Santa Marta specimens tend towards
cabanidis.

Colibri cyanotus cabanidis (Heine).

Eight specimens: Volcano Irazu, Volcano Turrialba, and La Estrella
de Cartago, Costa Rica.

Compare my remarks under the last form. In my opinion cabanidis is
an easily recognizable race.

Colibri serrirostris (Vieillot).

Nine specimens: Santa Cruz de la Sierra, Buena Vista, and Samaipata,
Bolivia.

Two young birds, apparently referable to this species, are dull buffy
gray below, with the under tail-coverts white and fluffy, as in the adults ;
there is a buff malar stripe, and the pileum and nape have rusty buff
feather-tipping.

Colibri thalassinus (Swainson).

Eleven specimens: San Bartolo (Distrito Federal) and Contreras
(Distrito Federal), Mexico.

Colibri delphinae (Lesson).

Thirty-eight specimens: Buena Vista, Bolivia; Bonda, Cincinnati,
Dibulla, Heights of Chirua, and La Cumbre, Colombia; San German
de Upata, Altagracia, and La Azulita, Venezuela; Escazu and Mira-
valles, Costa Rica; Manatee Lagoon, British Honduras.

This is another species of wide range but with no apparent geographical
variation.

294 Annals of the Carnegie Museum vol. xxix

Anthracothorax nigricollis nigricollis (Vieillot).

Eighty-eight specimens: Buena Vista and Cerro del Amboro, Bolivia;
Benevides, Santarem, Manacapuru, and Rio Manacapuru, Brazil; Mana
and Pied Saut, French Guiana; Poole, Trinidad; El Dorado, La Bomba,
San German de Upata, Guarico, El Trompillo, Sierra de Carabobo, Santa
Elena, Puerto La Cruz, Mariches, and Cumanacoa, Venezuela; Bonda,
Don Amo, Cincinnati, Fundacion, Turbaco, Cartagena, and Soatata,
Colombia.

Variation, affecting nearly all features of coloration, is much in evidence
in this series, but I cannot satisfactorily make out any geographic races.
Birds from Bolivia, it is true, agree in being more bronzy or golden green
above than most northern specimens, but they are closely matched by
some of the latter. I would consider all the specimens above listed as
belonging to one variable form.

Hellmayr (1929, 388) says that this species “has yet to be discovered”
in French Guiana. It must be rare there compared with A. viridigula,
but we have one specimen from Mana and one from Pied Saut.

In a young bird from Guarico (February 9) the bill is only about half
grown. In coloration this bird resembles the adult female, but the median
black stripe below is very narrow, and ends with the breast. The pileum
is dusky, barred with Vandyke brown, with an indication of a paler median
stripe anteriorly. There is a white spot behind the eye. Female and im-
mature birds make up about half of our series.

Anthracothorax nigricollis iridescens (Gould).

Two specimens: Yumbo, Colombia.

It is no surprise to find that these two specimens, the first of this species
known from western Colombia, should prove to belong to the race iri-
descens, described from western Ecuador. They are probably inter-
mediate but fit the description in that their bills are longer than in typical
nigricollis and that the black of the throat is margined with green.

Anthracothorax prevosti prevosti (Lesson).

Nine specimens: Cofradia, Honduras; Manatee Lagoon, Half Moon
Cay, Freetown, Middle Cay, and Northeast Cay, British Honduras;
Axtla (San Luis Potosi) and Tamazunchale (San Luis Potosi), Mexico.

In males the general coloration varies from dull green to bright bronzy
green, and the tail from steel blue to bright purple.

1942

Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum

295

Anthracothorax prevosti gracilirostris Ridgway.

One specimen: Bebedero, Costa Rica.

A specimen of prevosti from Honduras has an even shorter bill than this
Costa Rican bird.

Anthracothorax prevosti viridicordatus Cory.

One specimen: Guarico, Venezuela.

Ridgway (1911, 465) doubtfully attributes A. p. gracilirostris to
Venezuela, mainly on the strength of Salvin and Godman’s remarks
(Biologia Centrali-Americana, 2, 1892, 279) on specimens they had ex-
amined from that country. In 1913 Cory described a male bird from the
Rio Aurare in Venezuela under the above caption, but the characters he
gave are all variables and inconstant in the species. It is most unlikely,
however, in view of its separated range, that the Venezuelan bird could
be the same as that of Costa Rica; therefore for the present I accept Cory’s
race and refer the above specimen thereto. It is a female, and certainly
agrees much better with females of prevosti than with those of nigricollis.

Anthracothorax viridigula (Boddaert).

Fifty-eight specimens: Arucaua, Santarem, Obidos, and Islands near
Obidos, Brazil; Cayenne and Mana, French Guiana.

This species has usually been called A. gramineus (Gmelin). For the
change of name compare Mathews, Austral Avian Record, 3, 1915, 41.

Anthracothorax dominicus (Linnaeus).

Two specimens: Jeremie and La Grotta, Haiti.

Anthracothorax aurulentus (Audebert and Vieillot).

Seven specimens: Loiza, Guayama, and Santa Isabel, Porto Rico.

A young male and a young female, with short bills, are dated March
12 and 20, respectively.

Anthracothorax viridis (Audebert and Vieillot).

Eleven specimens: Adjuntas and Utuado, Porto Rico.

Several immature examples are included (April 4, 23). The general
coloration is duller than in adults, and the white tips to the rectrices

296

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

average wider. The chin and sides of the throat are grayish white spotted
with dusky ; the glittering green feathers are confined to a triangular patch
on the middle of the throat.

Sericotes holosericeus holosericeus (Linnaeus).

Three specimens: Fajardo, Porto Rico.

These compare favorably with other examples from the Lesser Antilles.
They are at present the only known specimens from Porto Rico, although
the species is common on the outlying island of Vieques.

Chrysolampis elatus (Linnaeus).

Ninety-nine specimens: Bonda, Don Diego, Cincinnati, Dibulla,
Turbaco, Cartagena, Aguachica, El Cauca, Ocana, Yumbo, and Mari-
quita, Colombia; Savonet and Fuik, Curasao; Ciudad Bolivar, San Felix,
San German de Upata, El Trompillo, Sierra de Carabobo, Sabana de
Mendoza, La Azulita, Petare, and Cumanacoa, Venezuela; Mana, French
Guiana.

Much variation prevails in this series, but it is not correlated with
locality. Age accounts for a good deal of this variation. Immature males
may usually be picked out by the new glittering feathers coming in on the
head and throat. A series from San Felix taken in February show this
moult, and specimens from other localities, taken in May, June, and
August, also illustrate it. In certain of these young males some of the
rectrices are extensively chestnut; these feathers grow with the others in
asymmetrical pattern, but in most young males the rectrices are all gray-
ish basally, as in the young female. So few of the females in our series have
chestnut rectrices that I suspect that this is a character which some indi-
viduals never acquire, and in any case, it is pretty certain that these birds
breed in this imperfect stage of plumage.

Orthorhynchus exilis exilis (Gmelin).

Two specimens: Vieques Island, Porto Rico; Port Castries, Santa Lucia,
Lesser Antilles.

Klais guimeti (Bourcier and Mulsant).

Nine specimens: Lagunita de Aroa and Santa Lucia, Venezuela;
Guapiles, Carrillo, Miravalles, and Buenos Aires, Costa Rica.

1942

Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum

297

A supposed race of this species from Peru has been described by
Sztolcman (Annales Zoologici Musei Polonici Historiae Naturalis, 5, 1926,
213) ; if this is valid, a trinomial name would be necessary.

Paphosia helenae (Delattre).

Two specimens: Juan Vinas, Costa Rica.

Mr. Peters writes me that he proposes to merge Paphosia and Dialia.
both of which genera are recognized by Simon as valid.

Paphosia adorabilis (Salvin).

Two specimens: Juan Vinas and San Pedro, Costa Rica.

Lophornis ornatus (Boddaert).

Seventeen specimens: Heights of Aripo, Trinidad; Cayenne and Pied
Saut, French Guiana; San Rafael and Mirasol, Venezuela.

Only one fully adult male is included. Variation is excessive, especially
among females; several of these are almost uniformly cinnamomeous
below, while others conform more to the description in the “British Mu-
seum Catalogue” (1892, 421).

Lophornis gouldi (Lesson).

One specimen: Benevides, Brazil.

A young male, referred here solely on geographical grounds — cf. Hell-
mayr, 1906, 379.

Lophornis delattrei (Lesson).

Ten specimens: Buena Vista, San Carlos, and Cerro Hosane, Bolivia.

I fully agree with Simon (1921, 285) in transferring Lesson’s name to the
South American species formerly known as regulus. In describing the
Central American form Ridgway makes no mention whatever of any
spangles in the crest-feathers, such as are a prominent feature in adult
males of our series, above listed.

Lophornis stictolophus Salvin and Elliot.

Four specimens: La Azulita and Santa Lucia, Venezuela.

298

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Popelairia conversi aequatorialis (von Berlepsch and Taczanowski).

Thirteen specimens: El Tambo, Colombia.

Chapman did not at first (1917) recognize cequatorialis (as does Ridgway
for this form), but in his Ecuador report (1926, 327) he admits it. The
exact region whence come specimens (“Bogota” skins) of true conversi
remains to be discovered.

Discosura longicauda (Gmelin).

Four specimens: Cayenne and Pied Saut, French Guiana.

Chlorostilbon notatus (Reichenbach).

Eighty-nine specimens: Benevides, Santarem, Hyutanahan, Arima, Sao
Paulo de Olivenga, Tonantins, and Manacapuru, Brazil; Cayenne, Mana,
and Pied Saut, French Guiana; Heights of Aripo and Heights of Ore-
pouche, Trinidad; La Lajita, Rio Mocho, El Llagual, Rio Yuruan, El
Dorado, La Bomba, El Peru Mine, El Callao, Altagracia, Las Quiguas,
El Hacha, Lagunita de Aroa, El Trompillo, and Santa Lucia, Venezuela.

A. L. Butler (Ibis, 1926, 335) insists that the female of this species
resembles the male, and that the supposed females described by authors
are really immature birds. His claim is not borne out by our series —
unless on the basis of uniformly incorrect sexing by all our collectors.
Some females, however, are decidedly green below, while others are
white, spangled with green. Immature males have the abdomen more or
less extensively grayish white. I find no mention of the white flank-
tufts in the description of this species, nor are they shown on Gould’s
plate. In adult males the bill runs from 15 to 18 mm. in length.

Some difference of opinion has arisen among later writers over the
validity of a supposed southern race of this species. In 1913 Riley described
a hummingbird from the Rio Purus as Chlorostilbon puruensis, a name
which two years later he discovered would have to be transferred to
Chlorestes “ cceruleus ” { — notatus) as a subspecies thereof. Simon (1921,
309) and Hellmayr (1929, 393) both discount the validity of the sup-
posed race. Dunajewski (1938, 320) compared specimens from Peru with
topotypes of notatus from Cayenne, and found them the same. At one
time I thought that puruensis (of which we possess topotypes) could
be maintained on the ground of the small, barely suggested blue chin-
spot, but now I find that Rio Purus birds resemble those from Bahia in

1942

Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum

299

this respect, as Simon claims. In the Bahia specimens examined, the
color of the upperparts is more bronzy, a feature which I find repeated in
some examples of our French Guiana series. Hellmayr notes these dif-
ferences, but says they are not constant. More recently Griscom and
Greenway (1941, 174), after a study of their series, have reached a dif-
ferent conclusion. They claim that birds from the lower Amazon differ
“very markedly and strikingly” from those from Surinam, Trinidad, and
east Ecuador “in being glittering bluish green on most of the underparts,
the chin violet passing rapidly to bluish green, only the lower edge of the
abdomen glittering green or golden green.” I fail to make out these dif-
ferences in our series. We have eighteen adult males from French Guiana
for comparison with Brazilian specimens; if anything, the difference is
the other way around, but I should certainly not consider the two series as
racially distinct. Nor can I discover any actual racial variation in our
series as a whole. These authors, however, are of course quite correct in
adopting Wied’s name cyanogenys as the earliest name for such a southern
race if it were recognizable.

I am inclined to merge Chlorestes with Chlorostilbon, although most
authors keep it distinct and place it near Hylocharis.

Chlorostilbon aureoventris aureoventris

(D’Orbigny and Lafresnaye).

Seventy-nine specimens: Puerto Suarez, Santa Cruz de la Sierra, Buena
Vista, Caiza, Yacuiba, Cerro Hosane, Samaipata, Cochabamba, and
Comarapa, Bolivia.

In juvenal dress, represented by specimens dated October 25 and
November 6, the male is much duller even than the adult female; it has
buffy brownish gray underparts and cinnamon-tipped feathers on the
upperparts. Adults vary greatly in the color of the posterior underparts;
some have a strong coppery sheen, while others are more golden. Several
young birds taken in December and January are undergoing postjuvenal
moult.

Hellmayr (1929, 389) rejects the supposed race tucumanus of Simon
without hesitation, but Mrs. Naumburg (1930, 155) accepts it on the basis
of a slight difference in size and quotes the measurements of three Bolivian
skins from Simon. Our three males from Cochabamba (the type-locality)
vary in size as follows: wing, 51, 54, 55; tail, 30, 33, 35; bill, 19.5, 20.5.
Two males from Yacuiba, southern Bolivia; wing, 48, 49; tail, 29, 30;

300

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

VOL. XXIX

bill, 16, 17.5. Eight males from the Santa Cruz region: wing, 48-51.5;
tail, 28-30.5; bill, 17-18.5. Thus it appears that Cochabamba birds are a
little larger than those from southern Bolivia, so that, if any subdivision
is made on this basis, the latter would be entitled to the name tucumanus .

Chlorostilbon caniveti caniveti (Lesson).

Four specimens: Manatee Lagoon, British Honduras; Tamazunchale
(San Luis Potosi), Mexico.

In a young male in moult (July 17) new glittering green feathers are
coming in on the sides of the neck and on the median underparts; the
rectrices are shaped like those of the adult female but are colored like
those of the adult male, although the tail is not so deeply forked. This
is one of the species of hummingbirds in which the female has a longer
bill than the male.

Chlorostilbon caniveti salvini (Cabanis and Heine).

Two specimens: Miravalles and La Estrella de Cartago, Costa Rica.

The Miravalles bird is an immature male in transition dress; its median
rectrices are tipped with green instead of gray.

Chlorostilbon auriceps (Gould).

One specimen: Chilpancingo (Guerrero), Mexico.

A young bird, not exactly fitting the description of the adult female, is
provisionally referred to this species.

Chlorostilbon gibsoni (Fraser).

Eight specimens: Mariquita, Colombia.

This adds another locality to those from which this species is definitely
known. It is perfectly distinct from C. haeberlini.

Chlorostilbon haeberlini (Reichenbach).

Twenty-nine specimens: Mamatoco, Calamar, Turbaco, Cartagena,
Puerto Zapote, El Cauca, La Palmita, Pueblo Nuevo, Ocana, and Fonseca,
Colombia.

Compare my previous remarks on this species (1922, 257). As I pointed
out then, its true home is the lower Magdalena Valley, west at least to

1942 Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum 301

the Rio Sinu, east to the edge of the Santa Marta region, and south at
least to the latitude of Ocana, where the species appears on the eastern
slope of the Andes. Farther up the Magdalena Valley it is replaced by
C. gibsoni , from which it differs in its glittering crown and in longer tail,
with narrower outer rectrices and deeper furcation. It differs from C.
nitens in the same ways and also in coloration of its bill, in which the lower
mandible is pale (in the skin; flesh-colored in life).

Chlorostilbon nitens nitens Lawrence.

Fourteen specimens: Aroa, Tocuyo, Sabana de Mendoza, and Motatan,
Venezuela; Rio Hacha, Colombia.

These agree with each other, and differ from topotypical specimens of
C. caribceus from Curagao, in having the under mandible pale (except
terminally) in the skin, almost as in the Colombian C. haeberlini. On the
labels the color of the bill is marked “black; blood-red below,” or “black,
flesh below basally.” In some few cases it is simply “black,” but it is fair
to assume that in these it is meant to describe the upper mandible only.
In this series the general green coloration of the males would seem to be a
little darker than in caribceus. It agrees with this form in proportions,
especially as regards the length and furcation of the tail, and by this very
token differs from haeberlini , which has a much longer and more deeply
forked tail.

I had referred our specimens from Rio Hacha to caribceus, although I
remarked their peculiarities at the time (1922, 258). On re-examination I
find them to agree with the Venezuelan series above listed. These fit the
description of Chlorostilbon nitens Lawrence (Annals Lyceum Natural
History New York, 7, 1861, 305), described from Venezuela. The type-
specimen of this form, kindly placed at my disposal by Mr. John T.
Zimmer of the American Museum of Natural History, is a male in good
condition and fresh plumage. It is rather more golden green above and
below than our birds, but it is approached in this respect by some indi-
viduals, No. 36,564, for example. It agrees absolutely with our series in
the color of the bill and in the furcation of the tail. Salvin, Hartert, and
Simon all quote nitens as a synonym of haeberlini, apparently because it
was described as having a bicolored bill as does that species. Actually,
however, it is much closer to caribceus, and it has a tail of the same shape.
If, as I believe, it is conspecific therewith, the two forms will stand as C.
nitens nitens and C. nitens caribceus.

302

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

The locality attributed to the type-specimen is thus fully confirmed.
(Salvin lists a second specimen from Lawrence under the head of C.
haeberlini.) The range of nitens proper comprises all that region west and
north of the Andes of Merida in Venezuela, east nearly to the Caribbean
Sea, and west across the Gulf of Maracaibo to the Goajira Peninsula in
Colombia. In other words, it takes in the Maracaibo Basin.

Chlorostilbon nitens caribaeus Lawrence.

Thirty-seven specimens: Chacachacare Island, Trinidad; San Felix,
Upata, El Callao, San German de Upata, Altagracia, El Trompillo,
Sierra de Carabobo, and Pie del Cerro, Venezuela; St. Patrick, Savonet,
and Fuik, Curagao.

In accordance with the foregoing considerations Lawrence’s name
nitens , which has ten years’ priority over caribceus of the same author, will
become the proper specific appellation for this form. I agree with Wet-
more (1939, 206) that lessoni of Simon and Dalmas is not recognizable.
Some of our specimens have a bluish sheen below in certain lights, like the
birds he describes. This supposed form was based on examples from the
coast of Venezuela east of Caracas. Nor can I make out the race nanus,
described by von Berlepsch and Hartert (1902, 86) from the Orinoco
region, although the latter author (1921, 406) insists on its validity. I
cannot verify any of the characters ascribed to this form in the series at
my command. It is true that there is much variation in color, but these
variations are not correlated with locality. Some specimens have a bright
golden sheen, very prominent on the glittering areas of the upper- and
underparts, while others show a decided bluish tinge in the same light.
Young birds (shot in February) resemble the female, but they are suffused
with buffy below and “scaled” with rusty cinnamon above. One taken
February 20 is in full postjuvenal moult, and others taken on Curagao
as late as May 10 still show signs of immaturity.

Chlorostilbon nitens orinocensis (Simon) (?)

One specimen: La Colorada, Colombia.

A juvenal example, which might on geographical grounds be referable
to this supposed form, is in the collection. It may be remarked in pass-
ing that Simon places von Berlepsch and Hartert’s nanus in the synonymy
of C. daphne subfurcata.

1942

Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum

303

Chlorostilbon melanorhynchus Gould.

Thirteen specimens: Caldas, Bitaco Valley, and La Cumbre, Colombia.

On the proper name of this form compare Chapman (1917, 290), who
says that the characters ascribed to pumilus are covered by individual
variations in the series examined. In his later remarks (1926, 296) he
recognizes pumilus as a slightly differentiated race of the Tropical and
lower Subtropical Zones in Ecuador, but he says that in Colombia the
difference does not hold, although Simon has described the bird of western
Colombia as perviridis (1921, 63, 290). Under the circumstances I think
a binomial is sufficient. Still later Chapman (1931, 72) by inference makes
this form conspecific with prasinus. The two forms are certainly close in
coloration, but their differently shaped tails are to my mind good specific
characters — unless, indeed, subfur catus is considered as a connecting form.

Chlorostilbon assimilis Lawrence.

Four specimens: Boruca and Buenos Aires, Costa Rica.

Chlorostilbon prasinus prasinus (Lesson).

Twenty-one specimens: Cayenne and Mana, French Guiana.

The Chlorostilbon brevicaudatus of Gould, 1861, was described from
Cayenne, but von Berlepsch (1908, 267) and Hellmayr (1929, 389, note)
both opine that Lesson’s prasinus (1830) is an earlier and pertinent name
for the same form. Lesson supposed that his type-specimen came from
Brazil. The sheen of the throat and breast varies from golden green to
blue, according to the way the light falls.

Chlorostilbon prasinus phseopygus (von Tschudi).

Two specimens: Buena Vista, Bolivia.

A series of ten specimens of this form from Peru (Rio Cayumba,
Chinchao, Chunchomayo, Huanuco, and Vista Alegre), lent for examina-
tion by the Field Museum, divide into two groups, according to colora-
tion. Males from the last three localities are greener above and have the
throat decidedly bluish in sheen as compared with those from the other
localities. These differences are sufficiently obvious, and could be held
of subspecific value were the localities represented not so close together
and in the same faunal area. Our male from Buena Vista agrees fairly
well with specimens from Chinchao in its bronzy coloration above and

304

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

below. It may possibly represent a recognizable subspecies, but for the
present I must refer it to phceopygus of von Tschudi, which according to
Zimmer (1930, 275) is an earlier name for daphne Bonaparte. This form
bears a strong superficial resemblance to C. aureoventris , of which we have
a large series from Bolivia. Its real relationships, however, appear to be
with C. prasinus, which it resembles in the shape of its tail and in its
wholly black bill. In coloration it is a close replica of aureoventris , from
which it may readily be distinguished, however, by its differently colored
bill and relatively shorter, less forked tail. In the male the furcation is
only 4 mm., as against an average of 8 mm. in aureoventris. It is a larger
bird than prasinus and is easily separable therefrom by the golden sheen
of the body plumage.

Chlorostilbon poortmani poortmani (Bourcier and Mulsant).

Four specimens: Chinivaque, Boca del Monte, and La Colorada,
Colombia.

Like those recorded by Chapman, these come from the eastern slope of
the Eastern Andes. On the western slope it is represented by

Chlorostilbon poortmani euchloris (Reichenbach).

Fifteen specimens: Pueblo Nuevo, Ocana, Bucaramanga, and Pena
Blanca, Colombia.

There is a previous record from Bucaramanga (von Berlepsch), but the
other localities are new and serve to establish its range as above given.
Its longer bill is its best differential character.

Chlorostilbon russatus (Salvin and Godman).

Eleven specimens: Cincinnati, Minca, Pueblo Viejo, and San Miguel,
Colombia.

This very distinct species is confined to the Santa Marta region, where
it appears to inhabit the Upper Tropical Zone. Compare my remarks in
an earlier paper (1922, 256).

Chlorostilbon aliciae2 (Bourcier).

Five specimens: El Trompillo, Sierra de Carabobo, and San Rafael,
Venezuela.

2The original spelling is alice.

1942 Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum 305

Our specimen from San Rafael agrees with two males from Rancho
Grande (U. S. National Museum). The others have the upperparts and
wing-coverts more bronzy — a difference that I lay to season (April-June,
instead of November).

Chlorostilbon stenurus stenurus (Cabanis and Heine).

Fifteen specimens: Guamito and Tabay, Venezuela.

In its extremely narrowed outer rectrices this species is extreme for a
Chlorostilbon. The emargination of the tail is slight. In the female the
narrowing of the rectrices is less marked.

Merida is the type-locality for this form, and the above specimens are
virtual topotypes. The occurrence of this species at Ocana, Colombia, as
claimed by Salvin (1892, 72) on the strength of a female example collected
by Wyatt, is open to question. We have only C. poortmani euchloris
from that locality.

Chlorostilbon stenurus ignotus, subsp. nov.

Fourteen specimens: La Cumbre de Valencia, Guarico, and Anzoategui,
Venezuela.

Type , No. 34,974, Collection Carnegie Museum, adult male; La Cumbre
de Valencia, Carabobo, Venezuela, October 5, 1910; M. A. Carriker, Jr.

Subspecific characters. — Similar to Chlorostilbon stenurus stenurus
(Cabanis and Heine) of the Merida region of Venezuela, but size smaller,
general coloration more yellowish green, and tail duller, darker green.

Measurements. — Male (type): wing, 40; tail, 21; bill, 14. Female
(No. 36,801) : wing, 39; tail, 22; bill, 14.

Range. — Coast range of Venezuela (west of Lake Valencia) and south-
ward in the highlands to the extreme southern part of the State of Lara.

Remarks. — The characters of this well-marked race are obvious in both
sexes, although they are more conspicuous in the male. So far as I can
discover this species is unrecorded from the coast range of Venezuela.
It is interesting to find that both races maintain their characters where
their respective ranges approximate each other.

Riccordia maugaea (Audebert and Vieillot).

Nine specimens: Guayama and Adjuntas, Porto Rico.

This species, usually placed in Riccordia , Ridgway (1911, 548, 550)
transfers to Chlorostilbon , where, however, it seems decidedly out of place

306

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

when compared with the species of the “ Panychlora” group or with those
having the tail only slightly forked. Moreover, one of Ridgway’s diag-
nostic characters (p. 307), “adult male with tail less than two-thirds as
long as wing,” breaks down with reference to maugcea, as shown by his
own measurements on p. 550. I see no reason for splitting off the present
species from its West Indian congeners, and I would recognize Riccordia
on the basis of its lengthened tail with relatively wider rectrices. Peters,
however, would unite it with Chlorostilbon. Admittedly the two genera
are closely related, but in my opinion they are taxonomically as well as
geographically recognizable.

Riccordia swainsoni (Lesson).

One specimen : Constanza, Santo Domingo.

Riccordia ricordi ricordi (Gervais).

Seventeen specimens: Los Indios, Siguanea, and Nueva Gerona, Isle
of Pines.

Riccordia ricordi aeneoviridis (Palmer and Riley).

Eighteen specimens: Staniard Creek (Andros); Sand Bank, Spencer’s
Point, Strangers Cay, and Powel Cay (Abaco) ; Hawksbill Creek (Grand
Bahama). (All in the Bahama Islands.)

Compare my previous remarks on this form (Annals Carnegie Museum,
7, 1911, 423-4). I have no new light to throw on the pertinence of the
name bracei.

Cynanthus latirostris latirostris Swainson.

Five specimens: Tuxpan (Jalisco), Chilpancingo (Guerrero), Cuesta
Texquedo (Hidalgo), and Linares (14 miles southwest) (Nuevo Leon),
Mexico.

Cynanthus sordidus (Gould).

Six specimens: Taxco (Guerrero) and Chilpancingo (Guerrero), Mexico.
Following Peters, I merge Phceoptila with Cynanthus.

1942

Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum

307

Lepidopyga coeruleogularis (Gould) and allies.

Compare, in this connection, my previous remarks on this group (1922,
259), also the later discussions by Darlington (1931, 394) and by Griscom
(1932, 333-4). My conclusions were, in brief, that Simon was in error in
attempting to transfer the name ccelina of Bourcier (1856) to the green-
throated bird later described by Lawrence under the specific name
luminosa (1862); and that the alleged type-locality of ccelina, “Santa
Marta,” was probably a mistake, since “we now know that the region in
question is inhabited by a form ( lillice ) in which not only the throat, but
also the entire under parts are glittering blue.”

But now comes Darlington with 4n announcement of the discovery
(supported by the capture of two specimens) of the blue-throated species
on the edge of the Santa Marta region. He claims that the blue-bellied
birds ( lillice ) and blue-throated birds are the same and that the difference
is probably due to age. Both types were encountered in the same place,
he says. Unfortunately he adopts Simon’s nomenclature, which I have
been at some pains to discredit. What he actually did was to rediscover
Bourcier’s ccelina and validate the ascribed type-locality — contrary to
my prediction. But even after actually examining the two specimens in
question I cannot believe that lillice is merely the blue-throated bird in
extremely high plumage. I would point out that such extreme variants
are unknown in Qrther parts of the range of the blue-throated bird.

Griscom has reviewed the whole case, pointing out Darlington’s misuse
of names from following Simon. Although I agree that ccelina must be a
recognizable race of coeruleogularis, I cannot follow him in making lillice
also conspecific therewith. The case is most interesting, however, and
requires further study in the field and in the laboratory.

Lepidopyga coeruleogularis confinis Griscom.

Eight specimens: Soatata, Colombia.

The adult males fit Griscom’s description in having the throat-gorget
glittering violet, while the locality is not far removed from eastern
Panama, whence his birds came.

Lepidopyga luminosa luminosa (Lawrence).

Thirty-one specimens: Fundacion, Turbaco, Cartagena, Puerto Zapote,
Lorica, Monteria, Jaraquiel, Gamarra, Aguachica, and Fonseca, Col-
ombia.

308

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Compare my previous remarks on the name and range of this species
(1922, 260). Griscom fully indorses my conclusions (1932a, 333). A
trinomial will be necessary, however, since Venezuelan birds prove to be
recognizably different.

Lepidopyga luminosa phaeochroa, subsp. nov.

Nineteen specimens: Sabana de Mendoza and Santa Elena, Venezuela.

Type , No. 90,557, Collection Carnegie Museum, adult male; Santa
Elena, Merida, Venezuela, August 12, 1922; M. A. Carriker, Jr.

Subspecific characters. — Similar to Lepidopyga luminosa luminosa
(Lawrence) of Colombia, but general coloration much darker, and the
back and median rectrices more greenish, less bronzy, in sheen.

Range. — Maracaibo region of Venezuela.

Remarks. — These are readily distinguishable from our Colombian birds
by the uniformly darker upperparts. The pileum in particular is darker
colored and inclines to bluish. Females show the same characters; they
also show considerable individual (or age) variation in the amount of
white on the underparts — the same as in typical luminosa.

This species is new to the Venezuelan list, and it is no surprise to find
that the population of the Maracaibo region is appreciably different.
Naturally I supposed at first that our specimens must represent the
Lepidopyga goudoti zulice of Cory (1918, 182). I presumed he had in-
advertently referred his specimens to goudoti. The Field Museum sent
me for examination three of the specimens upon which his description was
based (excluding the type), and one additional skin identified as the same
form. These four specimens represent no less than three species. Number
one (minus the bill) is probably Chlorostilbon nitens, number two is the
form I am describing herewith, and numbers three and four belong to a
species which I do not recognize. The diagnosis of zulice, just as it ap-
pears in print, is penciled on the back of the label of the second skin above
listed. Incidentally, this particular bird comes from La Uraca, Tachira,
Venezuela, and is obviously the same as is listed by Cory as “La Vaca,
Trinidad.” The identity of the type itself thus became important to
settle. According to E. R. Blake, who examined it at my request, it
belongs to the same form as the other two specimens from the same
locality — Rio Aurare. These three birds probably represent another
species of Lepidopyga, for which Cory’s name will be available. Further
comment on the character and value of his systematic work would be
superfluous.

1942

Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum

309

Lepidopyga goudoti (Bourcier).
Seven specimens: Mariquita, Colombia.

Lepidopyga boucardi (Mulsant).
Twelve specimens: Coronado de Terraba, Costa Rica.

Thalurania fannyi fannyi Delattre and Bourcier.

Sixteen specimens: Andagoya, Heights of Caldas, Bitaco Valley, and
La Cumbre, Colombia.

Griscom (1932a, 337) refers birds from the higher altitudes (Sub-
tropical Zone) to his new subspecies subtropicalis, characterized by
generally lighter coloration and shorter tail. There is much variation in
the length of the tail and in the extent of its furcation in specimens from
the same locality (Bitaco Valley). No. 67,141 might possibly be referable
to this new race, since its tail is only 39 mm. long and is forked for 17
mm. Our specimens of fannyi all come from the region south of the Rio
Atrato, but according to Chapman (1917, 291) and Griscom ( l.c .) this
form ranges northward into eastern Panama. It is represented in Ecuador
by a green-backed race, verticeps, and in the Magdalena Valley and Santa
Marta region of Colombia by

Thalurania colombica colombica (Bourcier).

Thirty-nine specimens: Las Nubes, Onaca, Valparaiso, Don Amo,
Cincinnati, Las Taguas, Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta (6000 ft.), Las
Vegas, Don Diego, La Palmita, and La Colorada, Colombia; La Azulita,
Venezuela.

In his paper already referred to, Griscom points out that the range of
the blue-crowned forms ( colombica and venusta ) is discontinuous, and that
fannyi , a form with a green crown, separates them. On this ground (fol-
lowing Berlioz, 1930, 65-69) he proposes to consider colombica and fannyi
conspecies and to alter their names accordingly. I see no need of such
treatment. A discontinuous range does not necessarily invalidate the
integrity of a species. Even if some of the adult males in our series of
fannyi do show blue- tinged feathers on the crown, no sufficient evidence
of a full connection is yet forthcoming (so far as I am aware). Griscom

310

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

indeed positively asserts that fannyi and colombica“ intergra.de completely,”
but specifies no intermediates. Where the ranges of the two forms ap-
proximate each other the occurrence of hybrids would naturally be ex-
pected. To my mind the color of the crown in the adult seems to be a
good specific character.

I am unable to distinguish specimens from La Colorada and La Azulita
from others from the Santa Marta region. The range of this form is thus
shown to invade the eastern slope of the Eastern Andes of Colombia and
to reach even the northern slope of the Andes of Merida in Venezuela,
where, however, it appears to be rare.

Thalurania colombica venusta (Gould).

Thirty-eight specimens: Pozo Azul de Pirris, Guapiles, Volcano Tur-
rialba, Cuabre, Rio Sicsola, El Hogar, Miravalles, El Pozo de Terraba,
Boruca, and Tucurriqui, Costa Rica.

This is a strongly marked subspecies, and has good distinguishing char-
acters in both sexes. Possibly it should be rated as a full species. I am,
however, unable to verify the differences between birds from western and
eastern Costa Rica alleged to exist by Griscom (1932a, 336). Immature
males are dated in March and April. Several specimens shot in August
and September are undergoing postnuptial moult.

Thalurania furcata refulgens Gould.

Five specimens: San Rafael and Mirasol, Venezuela.

This is a slightly differentiated race of furcata , with the blue of the
interscapulum interrupted and less purplish in tone. Originally ascribed
to Trinidad, it is now known to be restricted to the Cumana region of
Venezuela.

Thalurania furcata fissilis von Berlepsch and Hartert.

Two specimens: Rio Mocho and Rio Yuruan, Venezuela.

A female from Rio Mocho I refer here on geographical grounds. The
adult male from Rio Yuruan fits the original description. Simon (1921,
303) would call this well-marked race forficata of Cabanis and Heine on
the basis of Gould’s later and fuller description. But I agree with Hartert
(1922, 407) that it is not wise to exchange a certainty for an uncertainty.

1942

Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum

311

Thalurania furcata furcata (Gmelin).

Thirty-nine specimens: Cayenne, Tamanoir, and Pied Saut, French
Guiana; Obidos, Brazil.

In the coloration of its upperparts this is the darkest of all the races of
this species. The under tail-coverts vary somewhat, but in all specimens
more or less white is in evidence. Two males from Obidos tend some-
what towards furcatoides.

Salvin (1892, 84) remarks that “some Cayenne skins have the tail
longer and more deeply forked than others.” I note the same diversity in
our series; in every case the longer- tailed birds have the rectrices nar-
rowed. I take it that these are fully adult males, and the others younger.

Thalurania furcata subsp.

Three specimens: Manacapuru and Rio Manacapuru, Brazil.

The single adult male does not “fit in” with any of the geographically
near forms of this group. Hellmayr (1905, 297) says that “specimens from
Manaos in the Vienna Museum (coll. Natterer) belong also to T. f.
furcatoides .” Manacapuru is close to Manaos, but above the mouth of
the Rio Negro. But our male specimen is certainly not furcatoides, than
which its upperparts are much greener, while its under tail-coverts are
almost solid sted blue. From fissilis it differs in its greener upperparts
and in the different shade of blue below. It is apparently not nigro-
fasciata, but it resembles a green-backed example of simoni, from which,
however, it is at once distinguishable by its uniform and dark-colored
under tail-coverts. The bright blue of the abdomen is separated from the
green of the throat by an indefinite band of duller blue (cerulean blue of
Ridgway, pi. 8).

It is approached by a single male from Mount Duida, Venezuela, which
Chapman refers to orenocensis of Hellmayr (1921). It has the underparts
of the same deep blue (Lyons blue), greenish upperparts (with a few blue
feathers intermixed), and blue-black under tail-coverts. It differs from
the Mount Duida specimen, however, in having no white feathers on the
lower abdomen, and in having the blue more extended on this part (this
may possibly be due to age). Two males of orenocensis from the type-
locality (Nericagua) are much duller blue below, and I suspect that the
Mount Duida bird after all may not be the same. The combination of
characters shown by the Manacapuru specimen would seem to indicate

312

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

the existence of a distinct race in the region between the Amazon and the
Rio Negro, but I hesitate to describe it on the basis of a single male
specimen.

Thalurania furcata furcatoides Gould.

Eight specimens: Para and Benevides, Brazil.

In color this race is close to furcata, except that in the male there is more
white on the under tail-coverts, and that the tail is shorter and more
deeply forked. Our specimens are topotypical.

Thalurania furcata balzani Simon.

Nine specimens: Santarem, Colonia do Mojuy, Villa Braga, Miritituba,
Hyutanahan, and Arima, Brazil.

Griscom and Greenway (1941, 176) say that specimens from the right
(east) bank of the Rio Tapajoz are “inseparable from the Para series.”
As a matter of fact, our male specimens from opposite banks of this river
are inseparable from each other, but are easily separable from Para males
by the color of the under tail-coverts, which are nearly pure white.
Hellmayr (1910, 376) by inference restricts balzani to the left bank of the
Rio Tapajoz, but this conclusion is clearly in error. However, our single
male from Hyutanahan, on the Rio Purus, is appreciably greener above
than the Rio Tapajoz birds, and has the blue interscapular band inter-
rupted medially. Hellmayr ( l.c .) adds that specimens from the Rio
Madeira are identical with those from eastern Bolivia. Direct com-
parison of the Rio Tapajoz series with topotypical examples of balzani
from the “Yungas de Bolivia” is desirable.

Thalurania furcata nigrofasciata (Gould).

Three specimens: Tonantins, Brazil.

Owing to the loose makeup of these skins, the black breast-band is not
obvious at first glance. Although it is in a sense a new character, I am
inclined in this case to allow it only racial value and therefore to unite
nigrofasciata conspecifically with the furcata group.

Thalurania furcata simoni Hellmayr.

Five specimens: Sao Paulo de Olivenga, Brazil.

Coming as they do from the south bank of the Amazon, these specimens
obviously belong to the same form as was described by Hellmayr from

1942 Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum 313

Teffe, farther down the river on the same side (1907, 77). The form is
clearly conspecific with furcata, however. Males vary considerably among
themselves, from coppery bronze above to decidedly greenish.

Thalurania furcata baeri Hellmayr.

Three specimens: Puerto Suarez and Rio Quiser, Bolivia.

These three skins are undoubtedly referable to baeri, which according to
Hellmayr (Bulletin British Ornithologists’ Club, 21, 1907, 28) is known
from Chiquitos, Bolivia. Compare the same author on its subspecific
status (1929, 392), also Oliveira Pinto, Revista Museu Paulista, 20,
1936, 66.

Thalurania furcata boliviana Boucard.

Sixty-seven specimens: Buena Vista, Cerro del Amboro, Cerro Hosane,
Santa Cruz de la Sierra, and San Jose, Bolivia.

Following Hellmayr and other authorities, I had at one time identified
this series as jelskii of Taczanowski, described from Peru, but more re-
cently Zimmer (1930, 275) has conclusively shown that this name is a
synonym of tschudii of Gould. Boucard’s name boliviana will therefore be
applicable. I think it will have to stand as a race of furcata.

For critical remarks on this whole group compare Berlioz, 1939, 287-
290. He calls attention to the disagreement among other authors as to the
names and status of the several forms.

Males vary with regard to the color of the under tail-coverts, which
are uniform steel blue in some examples, but more or less mixed with
white in others. I take it that individuals with dusky feathers on the abdo-
men are immature.

Panterpe insignis Cabanis and Heine.

Nineteen specimens: Volcano Irazu, Escazu, Volcano Turrialba, and
Ujuras de Terraba, Costa Rica.

Damophila juliae juliae3 (Bourcier).

Twenty-six specimens: Cincinnati, Fundacion, Turbaco, Gamarra, El
Tambor, and Soatata, Colombia.

The range of this hummingbird in Colombia comprises the western edge

The original spelling is julie.

314

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

of the Santa Marta region, the Magdalena Valley, and the northern
littoral. It is a Tropical Zone species, but it appears to be wanting in the
Pacific coast region, if one may judge from the lack of records. It re-
appears in Ecuador in modified form ( feliciana .)

Hylocharis cyana rostrata Boucard.

Fifty-one specimens: Buena Vista, Bolivia.

Hylocharis cyana subsp.

One specimen: Cayenne, French Guiana.

A single female example was identified at one time by Oberholser as
viridiventris, but it is certainly different from our females of that race from
elsewhere. It is very dark green above, with no bronzy on the upper tail-
coverts, and no distinct grayish tips to the outer rectrices. If not an ab-
normally colored individual, it probably represents an undescribed race.
Von Berlepsch (1908, 267) quotes an old record given by Bonaparte as the
only one from Cayenne.

Hylocharis cyana viridiventris von Berlepsch.

Forty-seven specimens: Itaituba, Brazil; El Llagual, Rio Yuruan, El
Dorado, La Bomba, El Callao, San German de Upata, Altagracia, Sabana
de Mendoza, Santa Elena, Guachi, San Rafael, and El Limon, Venezuela;
Buritaca, Don Amo, Don Diego, Dibulla, and Loma Larga, Colombia.

This well-marked race of H. cyana has an extensive range, reaching
from eastern Brazil to the Santa Marta region of Colombia, but not be-
yond the latter. In his original description von Berlepsch attributes it to
Trinidad, but this must be a mistake. It is a common bird at lower ele-
vations in Venezuela.

Hylocharis sapphirina (Gmelin).

Thirty-three specimens: Upper Arucaua, Santarem, and Itaituba,
Brazil; Cayenne and Pied Saut, French Guiana; El Dorado, Venezuela.

This series shows much variation, which seems to be due to age. Fully
adult males have chestnut under tail-coverts and tails (for the most part),
and green abdomens. Younger birds have the posterior underparts more
or less dusky; the blue of the throat is more or less restricted, and the
chestnut of the tail and under coverts is not so pronounced. Gray-tipped

1942 Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum 315

rectrices are the rule with these younger birds. Females vary in a similar
manner.

Hellmayr (1906, 376) says that if this species is divisible it is the southern
bird that will require separation. Some later authors recognize it as
latirostris (Wied) , but I have no material serving to show its validity.

Hylocharis eliciae (Bourcier and Mulsant).

Twelve specimens: Miravalles and Boruca, Costa Rica.

Carriker and de Schauensee (1935, 422) point out peculiarities in their
single skin from Guatemala which, if constant, might necessitate the sub-
division of this species.

Hylocharis chrysura chrysura (Shaw).

Fifty-six specimens: Puerto Suarez, Santa Cruz de la Sierra, Buena
Vista, Pampas de Taperas, and Caiza, Bolivia.

Puerto Suarez skins are geographically nearest to being topotypical;
they are not separable from the others. Hartert (1922, 405) insists that
maxwelli, from Rio Beni, Bolivia, is valid, but both Simon (1921, 312)
and Mrs. Naumburg (1930, 151) declare that it is not recognizable. The
latter author, however, says that birds from Rio Grande do Sul and Argen-
tina “appear to constitute a separable race,” for which Oliveira Pinto
(Revista Museu Paulista, 17, 1932, 737) has set up the name platensis.
In a later paper {ibid., 22, 1937, 262), however, he abandons this name.

Hylocharis oenone (Lesson).

Fifty-three specimens: Las Quiguas, La Azulita, Puerto La Cruz, San
Rafael, Mirasol, and El Yaque, Venezuela; Rio Negro, Chinivaque,
Palmar, and La Colorada, Colombia.

I can see no sufficient reason to keep this species generically distinct
from Hylocharis. In the color of the tail it resembles H. elicice.

Colombian skins should be longirostris von Berlepsch, but I cannot see
that they have longer bills than the others. Chapman (1926, 295) says
that he can find no variations worthy of recognition in a series ranging
from Venezuela to the Rio Maranon. Since I agree with him in considering
josephince a distinct species, no trinomial name seems to be necessary.
Carriker (1935a, 346) insists that intermedia of Hartert, 1898, from the
middle Maranon, is a valid race, but according to Zimmer (in litt.) the
characters on which it rests are variable and not dependable.

316

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

The range of this species lies entirely east of the Andes in Colombia and
Ecuador, but in Venezuela it occupies an apparently disconnected strip
on the northern slope of the coast mountains. I find no records for the
Orinoco Valley or the Merida region.

Immature males have the blue of the throat restricted and the abdomen
grayish white rather than greenish. Adult males vary individually with
regard to the color of the tail and of the upper and under tail-coverts.
Some have these parts decidedly bronzy, and others more coppery.

Hylocharis josephinae (Bourcier and Mulsant).

Thirty-four specimens: Buena Vista, Cerro del Amboro, Cerro Hosane,
and San Jose, Bolivia.

Zimmer (1930, 276) allows but two valid “races” of oenone , the second
being josephince. But I agree with Chapman in considering these two
forms specifically distinct. Carriker (1935, 345) has described a supposed
race of josephince ( peruviana ) from Moyobamba, Peru, in which region he
claims a race ( intermedia ) of oenone also occurs. Mr. Zimmer writes me,
however, that in his opinion peruviana is a variant of josephince. The
question will bear further investigation. (Compare also Hartert, 1922,
406.)

Hylocharis grayi meridionalis (Simon).

Three specimens: “Quito,” Ecuador (Soderstrom).

Chapman ignores this race in his Ecuador report. The above specimens
differ from Colombian birds precisely as Simon claims, and they are be-
yond doubt worthy of subspecific segregation.

Hylocharis grayi grayi (Delattre and Bourcier).

Six specimens: Caldas, Heights of Caldas, and La Cumbre, Colombia.

These are brighter-colored than those from Ecuador, and their crowns
are more violaceous. Ridgway (1911, 384) is mistaken in asserting that in
this species the sexes are alike.

Hylocharis leucotis leucotis (Vieillot).

Fourteen specimens: Taxco (Guerrero), Chilpancingo (Guerrero), San
Bartolo (Mexico), Contreras (Mexico), Desierto de Leones (Distrito
Federal), and La Joya (Vera Cruz), Mexico.

1942 Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum 317

Hylocharis leucotis borealis Griscom.

One specimen: Cave Creek, Arizona.

Hylocharis xantusi (Lawrence).

Ten specimens: San Jose del Cabo, Santa Anita, Sierra de la Laguna,
and San Jose del Rancho, Lower California.

Polytmus guainumbi guainumbi (Pallas).

Two specimens: El Llagual, Venezuela; Demonty, Brazil.

The specimen from El Llagual is a young bird in juvenal dress; it is
wholly rusty buff below, fading to white posteriorly. Some years ago it
was identified by Oberholser as chrysobronchos — a name now considered a
synonym of guainumbi.

Polytmus guainumbi thaumantias (Linnaeus).

Thirty-five specimens: Buena Vista, Bolivia.

According to H ell may r (1929, 394), Bolivian and Brazilian birds are
alike and even may be the same as those from Guiana. But Mrs. Naum-
burg (1930, 158) says that the latter are easily distinguishable.

This fine series shows all the various stages from the young bird to the
adult. There is much variation in the color of the back; some individuals
are bronzy, and others incline to greenish. The color of the rectrices also
varies from blue to green.

Smaragdites theresise theresiae (Da Silva).

Six specimens: Cayenne, French Guiana; Benevides and Villa Braga,
Brazil.

On the change of the generic name from Psilomycter see Simon, 1921,
316.

Two Brazilian males have the tail decidedly tinged with blue. In the
Cayenne male it is pure shining green.

Smaragdites theresias leucorrhous (Sclater and Salvin).

One specimen: Arima, Brazil.

According to Hellmayr, birds from the Rio Madeira are typical theresice ,
but farther west, on the Rio Purus, this form takes its place.

318

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Leucippus chionogaster hypoleucus (Gould).

Sixty-five specimens: Santa Cruz de la Sierra, Buena Vista (including
Rio Dolores and Rio Surutu), Caiza, Yacuiba, Cerro del Amboro, Cerro
Hosane, Cafeces, Samaipata, Cochabamba, and Comarapa, Bolivia.

Ridgway (1911, 305, note) would exclude this and other species from
Leucippus , but after comparison with L. fallax I see no special reason for
separating them generically. According to Zimmer (1930, 277), Peruvian
specimens (typical chionogaster ) differ from Bolivian birds by having the
flanks more broadly and strongly green. However, not one of the above
series has a bill as long as is called for in Gould’s description of hypoleucus
(28 mm.). Considerable variation in the extent of the white area on the
tail is in evidence, so that I attach no importance to this as a racial char-
acter, as suggested by Carriker (1935a, 317). The few specimens with
scattered cinnamon rufous feathers on the throat I take to be immature
males.

Leucippus fallax fallax (Bourcier and Mulsant).

Twelve specimens: Tocuyo, Venezuela; Rio Hacha, Colombia.

This is properly a species of the Arid Tropical Zone of northern Vene-
zuela. It is known to range west to the Goajira Peninsula in Colombia, but
it is very doubtful if it reaches French Guiana towards the east. The
Margarita Island bird has been separated on certain slight differences in
coloration, but whether these would hold in series comparable for season
is an open question. Our Rio Hacha birds are noticeably duller-colored
than those from Tocuyo, but this dullness is most likely due to the fact
that they were taken in May instead of in January.

Talaphorus hypostictus peruvianus (Simon).

Two specimens: Cerro del Amboro and Samaipata, Bolivia.

These agree well with a specimen from Rio Seco, Peru (American
Museum).

Genus Amazilia Lesson.

I follow Peters in including under this generic name the species placed
by authors in Agyrtrina, Saucerottia, Uranomitra, Polyerata, and Arenella.
These groups are admittedly not trenchantly defined, and it seems to me
that maintaining them serves no good purpose.

1942

Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum

319

Amazilia chionopectus chionopectus (Gould).

Five specimens: Carenage, Heights of Aripo, and Poole, Trinidad;
Cumanacoa, Venezuela.

Amazilia chionopectus whitelyi (Boucard).

Sixteen specimens: Maripa, El Llagual, Rio Yuruan, El Dorado, La
Bomba, El Peru Mine, and Altagracia, Venezuela.

This is merely a slightly differentiated form of true chionopectus of
Trinidad. Its bill is slightly smaller, and its underparts are whiter, since
the green color of the sides is more restricted. I am unable to appreciate
the alleged differences in the color of the tail ; there is considerable varia-
tion, however, in this respect in the present series.

Bangs and Penard (1918, 62) transfer the name brevirostris of Lesson
to the present form, and set up a new name for the form usually called
brevirostris. But I agree with Simon (1921, 328-9) that this shift is un-
necessary. Bangs and Penard ’s remarks were based on certain specimens
from Paramaribo which I have been privileged to examine. Whatever
these may be, they have certainly nothing to do with A. chionopectus. On
the label of one, Peters has a note suggesting affinity to A. viridiceps of
Ecuador.

Amazilia chionopectus orienticola, subsp. nov.

Type (and only specimen), No. 62,985, Collection Carnegie Museum,
adult female; Mana, French Guiana, August 18, 1917 ; Samuel M. Klages.

Sub specific characters. — Similar to Amazilia chionopectus chionopectus of
Trinidad and northeastern Venezuela, but upperparts in general, and the
tail in particular, much more bronzy, as well as the spots on the sides
of the body; bill markedly shorter. Wing, 50; tail, 29; bill, 15.

Range. — French Guiana.

Remarks. — Unfortunately this form is represented by a single specimen
only, but its characters are so well marked that I have little hesitation in
considering it to represent a new race. Although sexed as a female, it is
brightly colored throughout, and the determination may be in error. Ac-
cording to von Berlepsch (1908, 266), there is a specimen of A. chionopectus
from French Guiana in the Paris Museum, where, however, Hellmayr
searched for it in vain.

320

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Amazilia leucogaster (Gmelin).

Nine specimens: Cayenne, French Guiana.

Three specimens from Bahia (American Museum) I am unable to dis-
tinguish in any way from the above series; for this reason I consider
bahice of Hartert as a synonym.

Amazilia milleri (Bourcier).

Two specimens: Palmar, Colombia; Obidos, Brazil.

Hellmayr (1929, 396, note) unites this form with versicolor (“ affinis ”)
and nitidifrons as conspecies, but I cannot agree with this disposition.
Griscom and Greenway (1941, 171) consider that their specimens from
Obidos belong to a form which they leave unnamed, because of the
“hopeless nomenclatural complications” in which Simon involved this
group. They add that “Hellmayr’s note on his female from Obidos [in
Novitates Zoologicae, 14, 1907, 33] clearly describes the present sub-
species,” and that “true milleri (Bourcier) ranges from the Rio Negro
northwestward and northward to Colombia and Venezuela, where further
racial variation may prove to take place.” But Hellmayr ( lx .) states that,
except for being slightly smaller, his specimen from Obidos agrees with
females from the Orinoco, and our specimen from the same place (also a
female) is identical with one from eastern Colombia, except that its bill
is one mm. shorter. Inferences drawn from such scanty material are al-
ways open to revision, and I have seen no specimens fitting Griscom and
Greenway ’s description of “true milleri ;” nevertheless, I have received
the impression that only one form is involved. Gould does not state the
source of the specimen which he portrays, but his figure fits our specimens,
and Bourcier’s original description is also in agreement. Need for ex-
amination of the type-specimen (if extant) and of authentic topotypical
material is strongly indicated.

Amazilia hollandi (Todd).

Twelve specimens: El Dorado, El Callao, El Peru Mine, and San Ger-
man de Upata, Venezuela.

Description. — Above dark green; crown glittering dark blue, becoming
paler blue on the sides of the head and throat; wings dark purple; tail
dull green, with a dark subterminal band and grayish tip; throat, middle
of the breast and abdomen, and under tail-coverts white, the last centered

1942

Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum

321

with gray; sides of the breast spangled with glittering blue; sides of the
abdomen dull green; “feet black; bill black, flesh-color below.” Wing
(type), 51; tail, 30; bill, 17.

This very distinct form has an apparently restricted range, confined (so
far as known) to the headwaters of the Rio Cuyuni, in extreme eastern
Venezuela, adjoining the British Guiana frontier. It is most nearly re-
lated to A. milleri , from which it differs conspicuously in its differently
colored crown and sides of the breast.

Amazilia versicolor nitidifrons (Gould).

One specimen : Benevides, Brazil.

Griscom and Greenway (1941, 170) have inadvertently overlooked
this specimen. The female they list from Santarem, however, is A.
fimbriata nigricauda.

Compare Hellmayr, 1929, 395, who considers that intergradation be-
tween versicolor and nitidifrons has been demonstrated.

Amazilia fimbriata nigricauda (Elliot).

Two specimens: Santarem and Itaituba, Brazil.

Griscom and Greenway (1941, 170) list one of these under A. versi-
color nitidifrons (as already said), and omit the second specimen entirely.

These specimens, compared with others from Bahia, Goyaz, and Matto
Grosso (Collection American Museum), have less purely white under tail-
coverts and darker, less yellowish green throats and breasts. No. 77,461,
d\ agrees well with the description of nigricauda; No. 71,850, $ , not so
well. They confirm Hellmayr’s statement (1929, 325) that “the few speci-
mens seen by me from the Tapajoz River appear to be intermediate be-
tween nigricauda and fimbriata .”

Amazilia fimbriata fimbriata (Gmelin).

Seventeen specimens: Cayenne and Mana, French Guiana; Mana-
capuru, Brazil.

After suffering several nomenclatural vicissitudes, this species is now
called fimbriata, which according to von Berlepsch (1908, 266) is the earli-
est pertinent name. In our topo typical series from French Guiana the
upper mandible is dark-colored (in the skin), and the sheen of the median
rectrices is decidedly greenish. The sexes are similar, although the
females average duller-colored. Two specimens from Manacapuru,

322

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

on the north bank of the Amazon, seem to have more white below than
the French Guiana birds, but I refer them to fimbriata provisionally.

Amazilia fimbriata maculicauda (Gould).

Ten specimens: La Bomba and San German de Upata, Venezuela.

Clearly these are not the same as typical fimbriata from French Guiana.
They are greener above, and duller, without bronzy reflections; the
upper mandible is decidedly light-colored (“reddish flesh-color”) ; and
the under tail-coverts tend to be whiter. They agree perfectly with two
specimens from British Guiana (Annai) in the collection of the American
Museum — as indeed they should since the localities are so close together.
On geographical grounds Elliot’s name nitidicauda (1878) would apply
to this form, although the description does not quite fit. However, there
is an earlier pertinent name in Thaumatias maculicauda of Gould, 1861.
Simon rejects this name on the ground that it is based on a variation due
to age — which of course is no reason at all. Griscom and Greenway (1941,
173) reject nitidicauda because its characters “have no geographic con-
stancy.” They compared a “series of 36 topotypes from Surinam” with
eight specimens from British Guiana. It appears, therefore, that birds
from British and Dutch Guiana are alike, but collectively they differ
from French Guiana birds as already pointed out. The significant point
to remember in this connection is that Cayenne (not Surinam) is the
designated type-locality for Trochilus fimbriatus Gmelin. The median
rectrices of maculicauda are greenish, as in typical fimbriata.

Amazilia fimbriata apicalis (Gould).

Ten specimens: Ciudad Bolivar and San Felix, Venezuela.

Comparison with a series from the type-locality of fimbriata (French
Guiana) at once shows that Orinoco specimens are not quite the same;
they tend somewhat toward those coming from the north coast of Vene-
zuela. In the Guiana series the upper mandible is dark-colored (in the
skin), and the median rectrices are greenish. In the Orinoco birds the
upper mandible is usually light-colored (reddish in life ?), the rectrices are
as a rule bronzy, and the underparts are not so “solidly” green. Eight
specimens from the Orinoco in the Rothschild Collection agree in general
with ours, although they show some variation in the color of the bill and
of the upperparts. Some are more greenish above, and others more
bronzy.

1942

Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum

323

Von Berlepsch and Hartert (1902, 83) listed these specimens as Agyrtria
albiventris (Lesson). Now, there is a “Bogota” skin of a hummingbird in
the Rothschild Collection (No. 479,907, Collection American Museum)
which is marked, apparently by Hartert himself, as “ terpna ,” also “agrees
with type of apicalis.” It is absolutely identical with our two females
from San Felix. Chapman (1917, 286) records a specimen of A. “ viri -
dissima ” from Villavicencio, at the eastern foot of the Eastern Andes in
Colombia. He did not allocate this specimen subspecifically, but after
examination I venture to place it with the present race, for which apicalis
appears to be the proper name. Agyrtria terpna of Heine, 1863, is a
synonym. This form is thus shown to range in the Orinoco Valley in
Venezuela west to the base of the Eastern Andes in Colombia.

Amazilia fimbriata elegantissima, subsp. nov.

Twenty-eight specimens: San Esteban, El Trompillo, Sierra de Cara-
bobo, Puerto La Cruz, and Santa Lucia, Venezuela.

Type , No. 104,914, Collection Carnegie Museum, adult male; Santa
Lucia, Miranda, Venezuela, August 12, 1929; E. G. and M. L. Holt.

Subspecific characters. — Similar to Amazilia fimbriata fimbriata (Gmelin)
of French Guiana, but bill above lighter-colored and upper tail-coverts
and median rectrices decidedly coppery bronze (instead of dark green).

Range. — Northern Venezuela, in the States of Miranda, Aragua, and
Carabobo.

Remarks. — This is the most richly colored of the northern races of this
species. It differs from apicalis in its more “solid” green underparts (with
less white in evidence) and its coppery (rather than bronzy) median
rectrices. From maculicauda it is easily distinguished by its uniformly
more bronzy (less greenish) upper parts and by the different sheen of
the median rectrices.

It is odd that (so far as I am aware) Amazilia fimbriata has not hereto-
fore been recorded from northern Venezuela, and it is no surprise to find
that the population of that section belongs to an undescribed race, set
off from its conspecific allies by characters that, although subject to
individual variation, hold good in the ample series at hand.

Amazilia francise (Bourcier and Mulsant).

Sixteen specimens: Heights of Caldas, Bitaco Valley, La Cumbre, and
Mariquita, Colombia.

324

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

This species is the type of Uranomitra Reichenbach, which Peters (I
think rightly) merges with Amazilia. It is a Subtropical Zone form,
peculiar to the Central and Western Andes in Colombia.

Amazilia Candida Candida (Bourcier and Mulsant).

Five specimens: Manatee Lagoon, British Honduras; Las Penitas and
Catacombas, Honduras.

The female specimen from Manatee Lagoon has obvious cinnamomeous
tips to the rectrices and cinnamomeous centers to the under tail-coverts.

Amazilia saucerottei saucerottei4 (Delattre and Bourcier).

Eight specimens: Caldas and La Cumbre, Colombia.

Amazilia saucerottei warscewiczi (Cabanis and Heine).

Thirty-eight specimens: Bonda, Don Amo, Cincinnati, Agua Dulce,
Minca, Mamatoco, La Tigrera, Fundacion, Dibulla, Turbaco, Aguachica,
El Cauca, Pueblo Nuevo, and Oca ha, Colombia.

I have already (1922, 264-6) discussed this series and the nomenclatural
questions involved, and so need not repeat. This hummingbird is a
Tropical Zone form and is a common species in the Santa Marta region
of Colombia, whence it ranges to the lower and middle Magdalena Val-
ley. Its occurrence at Oca ha, on the eastern slope of the Eastern Andes,
would suggest that it crosses the mountains to intergrade with the Vene-
zuelan race braccata. But as yet there is no indication as to just where its
range to the west meets that of typical saucerottei.

Amazilia saucerottei braccata (Heine).

Thirty-two specimens: Sabana de Mendoza, Motatan, Guamito, and
Tabay, Venezuela.

This form is barely separable from warscewiczi by its slightly lighter,
more yellowish green, general coloration. The alleged difference in size
is inconsequential. If the labels were removed, it would be hard to dis-
criminate the two races; accordingly, I accept the present one with due
reservations. However, both warscewiczi and braccata are easily dis-
tinguished from true saucerottei of western Colombia by the lighter blue
color of the under tail-coverts, which are narrowly fringed with gray.

4 The original spelling is saucerrottei.

1942 Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum 325

Amazilia hoffmanni (Cabanis and Heine).

Thirty-six specimens: Escazu, San Miguel, Bebedero, Miravalles, and
Esparta, Costa Rica.

On the correct name of this form compare Hellmayr, Novitates Zoo-
logicae, 20, 1913, 249, also the reference under A. saucerottei warscewiczi,
antea. It will have to bear the name hoffmanni for the present, or until
the true application of Gould’s term caligatus can be determined by an
examination of the type (if extant).

Comparison of this series with the several South American races of A.
saucerottei convinces me that the Costa Rican form known by the above
name ought to be ranked as a distinct species. There is first the matter
of its separated range. I have searched in vain for records to substantiate
its presence in Panama, or that of any member of this group. Even in
southwestern Costa Rica it is unknown. In coloration it is constantly
although not conspicuously different from saucerottei , since it is uniformly
more brightly colored and has the rump decidedly purplish. The main
differences, however, are the decidedly longer wings (reaching almost or
quite to the end of the tail in well-made skins) and the much broader
rectrices. In saucerottei the wings are relatively much shorter, falling far
short of the end of the tail, and the rectrices are obviously narrower. I
consider these differences to be specific rather than racial.

Amazilia viridigaster (Bourcier).

Ten specimens: Palmar and La Colorada, Colombia.

Like those listed by Chapman (1917, 288), all these come from the
eastern slope of the Eastern Andes. Although Simon (1921, 120, 335)
recognizes iodura Reichenbach as a race of viridigaster , he ascribes to it a
range which overlaps the range of the latter. I have examined a male
specimen supposed to be iodura which is in the collection of the Field
Museum, and I consider it specifically distinct from viridigaster. Simon
also describes a new race, which he calls melanura , on the basis of a
“Bogota” skin. Chapman (1929, 14) thinks that melanura is based on an
individual variation — a supposition which is more than probable. Under
these circumstances I think that a binomial name for the present form
will suffice.

Amazilia edward[i] edward[i] (Delattre and Bourcier).

One specimen: Capira, Panama.

326

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Amazilia niveoventer (Gould).

Twenty-three specimens: Boruca, Costa Rica.

Many of these have the tips of the rectrices distinctly purple. I do not
know the significance of this character.

Amazilia tobaci erythronota (Lesson).

Twenty-three specimens: Carenage, Heights of Orepouche, and
Chacachacare Island, Trinidad; San Felix, Upata, El Callao, El Dorado,
El Peru Mine, and San German de Upata, Venezuela.

Females are rather duller below than males and have the under tail-
coverts grayish, more brownish mesially. However, one bird sexed as a
female has them cinnamon rufous.

Von Berlepsch and Hartert (1902, 84) have set up the name caurensis
for the birds of the Orinoco and Caura rivers. I have seen no specimens
from this latter region, but in view of the fact that the present series,
coming from the region to the eastward of the Caura, includes some speci-
mens more or less fitting the description of caurensis , together with others
quite indistinguishable from the average Trinidad bird, I doubt whether
such a distinction can be maintained. Females from the two respective
regions are quite alike, and males practically so, although the under tail-
coverts are apparently more often purplish vinaceous in the Trinidad
examples.

Amazilia tobaci aliciae Richmond.

Six specimens: San Rafael, Cumanacoa, and Mirasol, Venezuela.

Compared with one male and four females from Margarita Island
(Collection Field Museum), these mainland birds differ in having the
pileum, upperparts generally, and wing-coverts more greenish, less
bronzy. With a larger series available they might possibly be separated
on this basis. The underparts in the male are darker, less yellowish green.
In all specimens but one the under tail-coverts show a pronounced rufous
coppery coloration.

Amazilia tobaci feliciae (Lesson).

Twenty-nine specimens: La Cumbre de Valencia, El Trompillo, Sierra
de Carabobo, Pie del Cerro, Puerto La Cruz, Mariches, Petare, and Santa
Lucia, Venezuela.

1942 Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum 327

The differences between this race and erythronota of Trinidad are subtle
and not any too constant. Lesson’s description is brief and unsatisfactory.
He supposed that his bird came from Brazil — -clearly a mistake. Hellmayr
and von Seilern (1912, 139) substitute therefor the “north coast of
Venezuela,” but this is not sufficiently explicit. Our series from the north
coast exhibits a variation from west to east, affecting the color of the
under tail-coverts. In the western birds these are bronzy or greenish with
paler edgings, but towards the east the tendency to coppery or rufous
color becomes more pronounced and reaches a maximum in specimens
from Cumanacoa, which I refer to alicice. In order to properly validate
felicice, I propose to further restrict the type-locality to the region of
Caracas, from which Lesson’s type may actually have come.

Males are readily distinguishable from females by the darker, more
“solid” green of the underparts, with less gray edgings to the feathers.

Amazilia tobaci monticola (Todd).

Ten specimens: Tocuyo and Guarico, Venezuela.

The acquisition of the present series, taken at a higher elevation than
this species had previously been reported in Venezuela, led to the dis-
crimination of a Subtropical Zone race in this region. Compared with
specimens from La Guaira, etc., in the U. S. National Museum, the
Guarico birds differ in being uniformly darker, less bronzy green, in
general coloration, with the crown and back less glittering. After com-
parison with our series, Wetmore (1939, 203) refers two males from El
Sombrero, some seventy-odd miles south of Caracas, and at an elevation
of only four hundred feet, to this race. I cannot understand this, be-
cause our specimens from the region southeast of Lake Valencia (El
Trompillo and Sierra de Carabobo) are clearly felicice. Oddly enough,
Carriker failed to secure additional specimens of monticola anywhere else
in the Andes of Merida. The single example from Tocuyo is somewhat
intermediate between monticola and felicice. The color of the under tail-
coverts is subject to so much variation that it is valueless as a distinguish-
ing character, just as Salvin claims (1892, 226).

Amazilia tzacatl[i] jucunda (Heine).

Seven specimens: El Tambo, Andagoya, and Cordoba, Colombia.

“On general faunal principles” Chapman (1917, 288) would “limit the
range of jucunda in Colombia to that part of the Pacific coast from the

328

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

San Juan river southward.” The above-listed specimens came from this
region, but they are scarcely distinguishable from the series from other
parts of Colombia. The females are perhaps a little paler below.

Amazilia tzacatl[i] tzacatl[i] (De la Llave).

Eighty-nine specimens: Bonda, Buritaca, Don Amo, Fundacion,
Mamatoco, Don Diego, Dibulla, Turbaco, Puerto Zapote, Lorica, Agua-
chica, El Tambor, Murindo, Quibdo, and Fonseca, Colombia; Tocuyo,
Sabana de Mendoza, Motatan, Tabay, and La Azulita, Venezuela; Juan
Vinas, Pozo Azul de Pirris, Escazu, Guapiles, El Hogar, Miravalles,
Esparta, and Boruca, Costa Rica; Manatee Lagoon, Manatee District,
El Cayo, Duck Run, All Pines, and Freetown, British Honduras.

This common and well-known species inhabits the Tropical Zone from
Mexico south to western Ecuador and east to the Maracaibo region of
Venezuela. Geographical variation in this large area is so little in evidence
that only the birds from the extreme southern part of the range are recog-
nizably distinct. I fail to distinguish by any constant characters our
Venezuelan specimens from others from Central America.

Amazilia violiceps violiceps (Gould).

Three specimens: Chilpancingo (Guerrero), Mexico.

In the male the crown is bright blue; in the female it is dull blue or
greenish (“the so-called viridifrons Elliot”). Compare Griscom, 1934,
376-8.

Amazilia cyanocephala guatemalensis (Gould).

Eleven specimens: Manatee Lagoon, All Pines, and Freetown, British
Honduras; Catacombas, Honduras.

Griscom (1932, 203) remarks certain slight peculiarities of coloration in
British Honduras specimens, but after comparing them with a small
series from Guatemala, I can find no differences.

Amazilia amazilia amazilia (Lesson).

Two specimens: Lima, Peru.

Amazilia yucatanensis yucatanensis (Cabot).

One specimen: Manatee Lagoon, British Honduras.

1942

Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum

329

Amazilia yucatanensis chalconota Oberholser.

Five specimens: Brownsville, Texas; Saltillo (Coahuila), Rio Corona
(Tamaulipas), and Tamazunchale (San Luis Potosi), Mexico.

The specimen from the last-named locality has been identified by
Sutton as cerviniventris, but I refer it to chalconota instead, since it re-
sembles the specimen from Saltillo — as on geographical grounds it should
do.

Amazilia beryllina viola Miller.

Four specimens: Taxco (Guerrero) and Chilpancingo (Guerrero),
Mexico.

Amazilia rutila rutila (Delattre).

Fifteen specimens: Bebedero, Miravalles, and Esparta, Costa Rica;
Cofradia, Honduras; Coyuca (Guerrero) and Acapulco (Guerrero),
Mexico.

Some specimens are more bronzy, and others more greenish. Those
from Miravalles vary, but none is like the type of A. bangsi Ridgway.
Bangs claims that the example on which this name is based is a hybrid
between rutila afid tzacatli.

Amazilia amabilis amabilis (Gould).

Seventeen specimens: El Tambor, Soatata, and Murindo, Colombia.

I agree with Peters in reducing Polyerata to a subgenus of Amazilia.

This species was described from Colombia, and Gould’s description of
the color of the tail, “greenish bronze,” would apply better to the Colom-
bian birds. In these the tail tends to be bronzy or greenish rather than
purplish (as in those from Costa Rica), and the purplish sheen on the
rump and upper tail-coverts is scarcely in evidence; moreover, the upper-
parts in general are more greenish, less bronzy. Two specimens in the
collection of the American Museum (Puerto Valdivia and Alto Bonito,
Colombia) agree with our series in this respect. Our specimens from El
Tambor confirm other reports tending to show that this form ascends the
Magdalena Valley almost to the latitude of Bogota, and that it is thus
not so restricted in range as Chapman implies.

330

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Amazilia amabilis costaricensis, subsp. nov.

Nine specimens: Guapiles and El Hogar, Costa Rica.

Type , No. 26,676, Collection Carnegie Museum, adult male; El Hogar,
Costa Rica, December 10, 1905; M. A. Carriker, Jr.

Subspecific characters. — Similar to Amazilia amabilis amabilis (Gould)
of Colombia, but upperparts in general more bronzy, less greenish; and
tail (median rectrices), upper tail-coverts, and rump with a decided
purplish (instead of greenish) sheen.

Range. — Nicaragua (Caribbean slope) to Panama.

Remarks. — Ridgway (1911, 523) remarked no variation in this species;
his description, however, is clearly based on Central American specimens.
The differences between these and Colombian examples are too obvious
and constant to be disregarded. These differences hold in both sexes
but are better pronounced in the male. I have examined two skins in
the Elliot Collection from “New Granada” which agree perfectly with our
Costa Rican birds; I judge that they probably came from Panama.

Amazilia decora (Salvin).

Nineteen specimens: Pozo Azul de Pirris, El Pozo de Terraba, and
Boruca, Costa Rica.

Notwithstanding the fact that the characters separating this form
from amabilis are not conspicuous, they are constant and well defined;
accordingly I am inclined to maintain the two as distinct species.

Amazilia rosenbergi (Boucard).

Twenty specimens: Quibdo, El Tambo, Andagoya, Potedo, and
Malagita, Colombia.

This is a very distinct species, the male of which entirely lacks a glitter-
ing crown. It is confined to the Tropical Zone of the Pacific coast in
Colombia, in which section its range appears to inosculate with that of
amabilis; although so far as I am aware, the two species have not been
actually found together.

Microchera parvirostris (Lawrence).

Three specimens: Volcano Turrialba and Carrillo, Costa Rica.

1942

Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum

331

Eupherusa egregia Sclater and Salvin.

Five specimens: Juan Vinas and Ujuras de Terraba, Costa Rica.

Eupherusa eximia eximia (Delattre).

Seven specimens: Cockscomb Mountains, British Honduras.

A common species in Guatemala, but this is I think the first record for
British Honduras.

Eupherusa nigriventris Lawrence.

One specimen: La Hondura, Costa Rica.

Chalybura buffoni buffoni (Lesson).

In describing his new species Trochilus buffonii in 1832, Lesson guessed
that it came from Brazil, but his guess was a bad one. Not until 1854,
when Gould figured the species in his “Monograph of the Trochilidae”
(vol. 2, pi. 89), did it come out in print that the sources of the specimens
reaching Europe were “Bogota,” Colombia, and Caracas, Venezuela.
Hellmayr and von Seilern (1912, 140) inferentially substitute “Bogota”
as the type-locality, stating that specimens purporting to come from that
region have the bluish black tail called for in Lesson’s description and
plate. Chapman^ (1917, 293) considers specimens from the Magdalena
Valley “essentially topotypical,” although he is at pains to point out that
their tails are more bronzy than those of specimens from the Pacific coast.
And now come Bangs and Barbour (1922, 204), who describe under the
name micans this very bird with the bluish black tail and give its range
as western Colombia and eastern Panama. These authors also refer to
the bronzy tail of Magadalena Valley specimens.

It is significant that bronzy tails are the rule in the only specimens surely
known to have been taken in the Magdalena Valley. So-called “Bogota”
skins with uniform bluish black tails (of which we have two examples),
therefore, must have had their origin in some other region — western
Colombia or eastern Panama. Through the courtesy of the authorities
of the Museum of Comparative Zoology I have had the privilege of ex-
amining and comparing six specimens from the type-series of micans.
These obviously represent a form distinct from both that of the Magdalena
Valley and that of the coast region of Venezuela. They differ not only in
having the tails more solidly bluish black, as the describers claim, but

332

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

also in the color of the underparts, which have a decided bluish sheen
(benzol green of Ridgway) — much more marked than is shown by any
of our specimens from other regions. Also, the underparts have the gray
feather-edgings wider and more prominent. As these are precisely the
characters emphasized in the original description by Lesson, I do not see
how we can avoid using his name buffoni for this form in place of micans
Bangs and Barbour.5 This procedure leaves the Magdalena Valley bird
without a name. I propose to call it

Chalybura buffoni interior, subsp. nov.

Fifteen specimens: El Cauca and El Tambor, Colombia; Santa Elena
and Guachi, Venezuela.

Type , No. 90,529, Collection Carnegie Museum, adult male; Santa
Elena, Zulia, Venezuela, August 12, 1922; M. A. Carriker, Jr.

Subspecijic characters. — Similar to Chalybura buffoni ceneicauda Law-
rence, but smaller; the upperparts with little bronzy sheen; and the
underparts darker, more bluish green (vivid green of Ridgway).

Range. — Magdalena Valley (middle and upper) of Colombia and the
region south of Lake Maracaibo in western Venezuela.

Remarks. — Ten adult males of the present form average: wing, 67.6;
tail, 44; bill, 25. The same number of ceneicauda: wing, 71.7; tail, 46.4;
bill, 25.8. They differ from birds from eastern Panama, as already
pointed out, in the more bronzy hue of the tail, the more greenish sheen
of the underparts, and the narrower pale feather-edgings. Lesson’s
description and plate fit the Panama bird better than they do any other,
and there is every reason to believe that his type-specimen could not have
come from the vicinity of Bogota. According to present information the
range of this interior race is discontinuous, but in all probability it is

5 It will be noted that my conclusion here is at variance with the position I
took in the case of Trogon sulphureus Spix ( cf . Proceedings Biological Society of
Washington, now in press). The two cases are not exactly parallel, however. In
the Trogon case there is a discrepancy between Spix’s figure and type-specimen
on the one hand, and his description and assigned type-locality on the other; of
the two alternatives I accept the latter as correct. In the case of Chalybura buffoni
my contention is that Lesson’s figure and description are sufficiently accurate and
diagnostic, and should be accepted, but I cannot accept Hellmayr and von Seilern’s
designation of a type-locality, since we now know that examples fitting Lesson’s
description certainly do not come from Bogota. It is of course well known that so-
called “Bogota” skins may have come from any part of Colombia.

1942

Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum

333

actually not so. There is doubtless a connection somewhere across or
around the Eastern Andes.

Chalybura buffoni aeneicauda Lawrence.

Fifty-six specimens: Las Quiguas, El Hacha, Aroa, Lagunita de Aroa,
El Trompillo, Sierra de Carabobo, Puerto La Cruz, El Limon, Pie del
Cerro, Mariches, and El Encatado, Venezuela; Cacagualito, Bonda, Don
Amo, Don Diego, Cincinnati, Mamatoco, LaTigrera, Minca, and Dibulla,
Colombia.

Since my previous remarks on this form (1922, 267) I have altered my
views considerably, as already said, but not as regards the validity of
ceneicauda. The color of the tail varies through wide limits, from almost
black in one example to dark green glossed with steel blue, and even
coppery purple. Specimens from the Santa Marta region of Colombia
agree with those from northern Venezuela in size and coloration. In
adults the underparts (typically) are nearest Scheele’s green of Ridgway,
but brighter. A male from El Hacha approaches interior in the darker
green of its underparts, but another specimen from a point higher up
(Aroa) is definitely ceneicauda. These come from the region where inter-
grades between the two forms might be expected to occur. The present
race does not seem to range eastward beyond the State of Miranda. A
series in fine fresh plumage (May -June) from El Trompillo and the Sierra
de Carabobo show the extreme development of the bronzy lustre. Some
specimens show a decided coppery color on the chin and submaxillaries.
Younger males have the green of the underparts less “solid.”

Chalybura cseruleogaster (Gould).

Two specimens: La Colorada, Colombia.

Two females from this locality are referred here on geographic grounds;
they are noticeably grayer below than females of ceneicauda.

Chalybura urochrysa urochrysa (Gould).

Sixteen specimens: Quibdo, El Tambo, Potedo, Malagita, and Cordoba,
Colombia.

Griscom (American Museum Novitates No. 293, 1928, 3), in describing
a race from Tacarcuna, eastern Panama, insists that urochrysa, isaurce,
and his intermediate form incognita must be either distinct species or
representative subspecies. So for the present I use a trinomial name.

334

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Chalybura melanorrhoa Salvin.

Twenty-three specimens: Guapiles, Cuabre, Rio Sicsola, and El Hogar,
Costa Rica.

On the evidence of two specimens from the Almirante region of western
Panama which show intermediate characters, Griscom (Auk, 50, 1933,
301) would reduce melanorrhoa to a subspecies of isaurce.

Lampornis hemileucus (Salvin).

Two specimens: La Hondura and Juan Vinas, Costa Rica.

Lampornis calolaema (Salvin).

Ten specimens: Escazu, La Hondura, and Juan Vinas, Costa Rica.

Females of this species closely resemble those of L. cinereicauda , and
where both species occur together, as at Escazu, their identification is
not easy.

Lampornis cinereicauda (Lawrence).

Twelve specimens: Escazu and Ujuras de Terraba, Costa Rica.

Bangs (Proceedings Biological Society of Washington, 19, 1906, 106)
says that out of sixty-three males of this form examined, thirty-three
had the throat violet and white mixed. But only three (of five) of the
above show on close inspection a trace of violet, concealed by the white
feathers, along the lower edge of the white throat.

Lampornis clemenciae clemenciae (Lesson).

Ten specimens: La Venta (Distrito Federal), San Bartolo (Distrito
Federal), and Contreras (Distrito Federal), Mexico.

Lampornis clemenciae bessophilus (Oberholser).

Eighteen specimens: Pine Canyon and Juniper Canyon, Texas;
Chiricahua Mountains, Carr Canyon, and Cave Creek, Arizona.

Compared with Mexican specimens of true clemencioe, these are obviously
paler, purer gray on the underparts. I disagree with Van Tyne (Auk,
46, 1929, 205) in referring birds from the Chisos Mountains, Texas, to
dementia. Three adult males from these mountains are to my eye in-
distinguishable from Arizona birds. In immature males the blue area on
the throat is more or less restricted.

1942

Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum

335

Adelomyia melanogenys melanogenys (Fraser).

Thirty-seven specimens: Guarico, Anzoategui, and Guamito, Vene-
zuela ; La Palmita, Pueblo Nuevo, Las Ventanas, and Rio Negro, Colombia.

I cannot satisfactorily distinguish Venezuelan from Colombian speci-
mens. Much variation exists; this affects the sheen of the upperparts
(from green to bronzy), and the spotting and the amount of buffy below.

Adelomyia melanogenys aeneosticta Simon.

Eighteen specimens: La Cumbre de Valencia and Galipan, Venezuela.

In my opinion this is a very poor subspecies, scarcely recognizable even
in series. It is a little paler, less buffy, below, and has fewer and smaller
spots on the throat, than typical melanogenys. The bill averages a little
shorter. In order to recognize it at all it is necessary to restrict its range
to the coast mountains of Venezuela, since birds from the region surround-
ing the Maracaibo basin are absolutely indistinguishable from true
melanogenys.

Simon (1921, 346) says that the name as written was a slip of the pen;
he intended to write ceneotincta.

Adelomyia cervina Gould.

Eighteen specimens: Bitaco Valley, La Cumbre, and Sancudo, Colombia.
Although Chapman (1917, 304) records a specimen indicating the non-
intergradation of melanogenys with cervina , he nevertheless treats them as
conspecies. I prefer to consider cervina as a full species.

Adelomyia inornata (Gould).

Fourteen specimens: Samaipata, Incachaca, and San Jose, Bolivia.

Anthocephala floriceps (Gould).

Four specimens: Las Taguas, Pueblo Viejo, and Chirua, Colombia.
Following Simon (1921, 347) and Butler (Ibis, 1926, 335), I revert to
Anthocephala as the generic name in this case, as the International Code
authorizes.

336

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

yol. XXIX

Eugenes spectabilis (Lawrence).

Seven specimens: Escazu, Volcano Turrialba, and Ujuras de Terraba,
Costa Rica.

This is another species in which the female has a decidedly longer bill
than the male.

Eugenes fulgens fulgens (Swainson).

Fourteen specimens: Taxco (Guerrero), San Bartolo (Distrito Federal),
Contreras (Distrito Federal), Jacala (Hidalgo), and Rio Frio (Mexico),
Mexico.

These obviously represent true fulgens, described from Temascal tepee,
Mexico. The northern bird will stand as

Eugenes fulgens aureoviridis Van Rossem.

Eight specimens: Chiricahua Mountains, Huachuca Mountains, and
Mount Graham (Turkey Flat), Arizona; OK Bar Ranch and Turkey
Spring, New Mexico.

Males of this hummingbird are readily separable from Mexican speci-
mens by their more greenish, less bronzy, general coloration, and in par-
ticular by the uniformly lighter, more grayish, less dusky, coloration of the
posterior underparts, in which moreover the green wash is less extended.
This race, recently discriminated by Van Rossem, is easily distinguishable
when smoothly made-up skins are used for making comparisons.

Heliodoxa rubinoides sequatorialis (Gould).

Two specimens: Bitaco Valley, Colombia.

Heliodoxa leadbeateri leadbeateri (Bourcier).

Forty-four specimens: Las Quiguas, La Cumbre de Valencia, Lagunita
de Aroa, Galipan, Loma Redonda, Guamito, La Azulita, and Santa Lucia,
Venezuela; Bucaramanga and Rio Negro, Colombia; San Jose and In-
cachaca, Bolivia.

This series affords no grounds for the recognition of a southern race
(otero). The exact shade of the bluish purple of the pileum in the male
varies somewhat, as also does the length of the bill, but these variations
are not geographical.

1942

Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum

337

While females of this form are readily distinguishable from those of
parvula, they closely resemble those of henryi (the northern race of
jacula), from which they differ only in their slightly longer bill, more
bluish green forehead, and brighter green median rectrices. These char-
acters are apparent in immature individuals as well and indicate the close
relationship existing between the two species jacula and leadbeateri.

Heliodoxa leadbeateri parvula von Berlepsch.

Our specimens from Bucaramanga and Rio Negro above listed might be
expected to belong to this form, but they do not; nor do the specimens
listed by Chapman (1917, 296) from the same general region. However,
there are (or were) in the Museum collection ten “Bogota” skins which
are obviously parvula. It is a strongly marked form — perhaps a distinct
species. Besides being much smaller than leadbeateri , it is much brighter-
colored, more bronzy green, above, while the median rectrices, which
are very dark greenish or even purplish bronze in the latter, are bright
bronzy in both sexes of parvula. The female of parvida is not so heavily
spotted below as the female of leadbeateri , and in all the skins of the former
examined, the abdomen is buffy. It appears, therefore, that we are dealing
with a valid form, the exact home of which remains to be discovered.

Heliodoxa jacula henryi Lawrence.

Ten specimens: Volcano Irazu, Volcano Turrialba, La Hondura, and
Juan Vihas, Costa Rica.

Sternoclyta cyanopectus (Gould).

Sixteen specimens: Las Quiguas, San Esteban, El Hacha, Aroa, Lagun-
ita de Aroa, El Limon, and Santa Lucia, Venezuela.

Immaturity in both sexes is denoted by cinnamon color on the abdomen.
A bird in this stage is figured by Gould and also described by Salvin as the
adult female. No. 36,356 closely corresponds to Gould’s plate, while
No. 36,421, which is apparently an older individual, shows but a trace of
cinnamon below. This is a species in which the female has a longer bill
than the male.

Topaza pella pella (Linnaeus).

Thirty-seven specimens: Tamanoir and Pied Saut, French Guiana.

Surinam is the type-locality. Simon (1921, 152, 353) claims that
French Guiana birds are different and accepts for them the name “ smarag -

338

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

dina” Bose ( lege smaragdula — cf. Chubb, Bulletin British Ornithologists’
Club, 31, 1912, 39). I am unable to check his results, but I cannot see that
his description of this supposed form applies any better to our series than
does the description of pella.

Over half the males, otherwise adult in plumage characters, lack the
long rectrices. Females vary in the amount of sheen and in its color.

Topaza pella microrhyncha Butler.

One specimen: Benevides, Brazil.

Butler (Bulletin British Ornithologists’ Club, 46, 1925, 56) describes
this race on the basis of its smaller size, and in particular of its shorter
bill. In adult males from French Guiana the bills are from 23 to 26 mm.
long, while in the Para bird the bill is said to be only 20 mm. Our single
specimen is a subadult female, whose measurements (wing, 76; bill, 23.5)
do not bear out Butler’s figures. Direct comparison of adult males from
the two respective regions would be desirable.

Oreotrochilus estellae6 (D’Orbigny and Lafresnaye).

Fifteen specimens: Cochabamba, Molle-molle, La Paz, Colomi, Oruro,
Guaqui, and Tiraque, Bolivia.

Two immature males (Nos. 81,268, 120,296) differ from adults of the
same sex in having the throat soiled white (like the abdomen), with broken
spots or streaks of deep steel blue; both show a few new green adult feath-
ers coming in. While No. 120,296 has the abdomen medially chestnut
(as in adults), this part shows a few steel blue feathers intermixed. In
No. 81,268, on the other hand, the median abdominal stripe is wholly
steel blue. There is also a male bird (No. 81,417), apparently adult, which
has this part steel blue instead of chestnut. Thus it approaches the sup-
posed species 0. bolivianus Boucard, as described by Simon and Hellmayr
(1908, 4). I cannot make out the characters of the tail-pattern as they
describe them; however, our series show a wide variation in this respect
in both sexes. I feel convinced that the above series belong to one and
the same species, despite the discrepancies in question, and I suspect that
two color phases may be involved. In view of such a possibility, the
status of bolivianus should be reinvestigated. Hellmayr (1932, 236)
suggests its intermediacy. Compare, however, Berlioz and Rousseau-
Decelle, Oiseau, 3, 1933, 343-347 (not seen by the writer).

6 Originally written estella.

1942 Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum 339

Oreotrochilus adelae7 (D’Orbigny and Lafresnaye).

Four specimens: Molle-molle and Tiraque, Bolivia.

Oreotrochilus Chimborazo jamesoni Jardine.

Two specimens: Guagua Pichincha, Ecuador.

Chapman (1926, 302) believes this form to be conspecific with Chim-
borazo. Rothschild (Bulletin British Ornithologists’ Club, 48, 1927, 41)
thinks that they will eventually prove to be dimorphic forms of one
species.

Patagona gigas peruviana Boucard.

Twenty-two specimens: Maimara, Argentina; Arani, Vacas, Cocha-
bamba, Molle-molle, Guaqui, and Tiraque, Bolivia; Lima and Galera,
Peru; Cumbaya, Ecuador.

On the races of this species compare Hellmayr, 1932, 230-233. It would
seem that all our specimens belong to peruviana , although they vary
greatly among themselves. Some are much duller below than others and
more mottled with dusky; others are almost “solid” cinnamon rufous be-
low. I cannot make out the significance of this variation; it seems un-
correlated with sex or season, but may perhaps depend on age.

Our Argentine specimens were taken on November 17 and January 16,
which dates would suggest breeding, although Hellmayr says that he has
seen no undoubted breeding examples from that country.

Aglaeactis cupripennis cupripennis (Bourcier and Mulsant).

Seventeen specimens: Paramo de Guerrero, Ramirez, Paramo de
Cachiri, Pena Blanca, and El Cardon, Colombia; Lloa and Mount Pi-
chincha, Ecuador.

Most of these are immature, and the glittering area on the back is
restricted or even wanting. Colombian and Ecuadorian birds are alike.

Aglaeactis pamelae8 (D’Orbigny and Lafresnaye).

Seventeen specimens: Incachaca, Cerro de Incachaca, Cejas del Juno,
and Cejas de San Benito, Bolivia.

7Originally written adela.
8Originally written pamela.

340

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Lafresnaya lafresnayi lafresnayi (Boissonneau).

Fifteen specimens: Pena Blanca, Sancudo, and Leonera, Colombia.

I have already discussed this series of specimens (1922, 253) and re-
marked on the variations it shows. Some examples are like Quito speci-
mens of saiil in the color of the outer rectrices, while others fit the de-
scription of lafresnayi. Intergradation between these two forms is thus
indicated. The pertinence of the name lafresnayi to the population of the
Bogota region would have to be admitted on geographical grounds, if for
no better reason. Immature males with buffy chin and throat out-
number the adults in the series.

Lafresnaya lafresnayi liriope Bangs.

One specimen: San Miguel, Colombia.

This race rests on a slender basis, and more specimens are urgently
needed to confirm or disprove its validity. Compare my previous remarks
on this question (1922, 253).

Lafresnaya lafresnayi saiil[ae] (Delattre and Bourcier).

Two specimens: Guamito and Tabay, Venezuela.

Zimmer (1930, 281) thinks that the name gayi of Bourcier and Mulsant,
which has a slight priority over saiil , should be dropped because of its
uncertain application. He would refer Venezuelan specimens to liriope
of the Santa Marta region. Our male from Guamito, however, does not
agree with the Santa Marta specimen, since its tail is somewhat dif-
ferently colored and the dark tips to the lateral rectrices are smaller. These
characters may of course be variable. Chapman (1926, 308) remarks
that the range of the white-tailed form is interrupted by that of the
buff-tailed one — a suspicious circumstance, suggesting that further com-
parisons are in order.

Pterophanes cyanopterus cyanopterus (Fraser).

Eight specimens: Paramo de Guerrero, Leonera, and Santa Ignacia,
Colombia.

All of these (except a juvenal example, October 22) show a very decided
deep blue sheen on the underparts. Simon (1921, 164) mentions this but
discounts it as having no geographic significance. Immature males may
readily be distinguished by the admixture of rufous cinnamon feathers

1942

Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum

341

on the underparts, and by the plain primaries, without any blue. Even
in this stage, however, there is a decided blue sheen to the underparts.

Pterophanes cyanopterus peruvianus Boucard.

Eleven specimens: Incachaca, Bolivia.

These differ decidedly from Colombian specimens in lacking any blue
sheen on the underparts, which are plain dark green. They are entitled to
the name peruvianus Boucard (1895, 263). Zimmer, however (1930, 282),
claims that Peruvian and Colombian birds are alike, and that “such dif-
ferences as exist are evidently those of age and individual variation.” If
this is the case, then the Bolivian bird would have to be renamed, as it
is certainly subspecifically separable from that of Colombia, as repre-
sented by our series. I have examined no less than thirteen males from
Ecuador (Goodfellow and Hamilton, collectors) in the U. S. National
Museum. While they are just a trifle bluer below (viewed from the side)
than Bolivian males, they are obviously different from Colombian birds
as regards this character. Consequently, I have no longer any hesitation
about accepting peruvianus for all the birds of this species from Ecuador
to Bolivia inclusive.

Genus Cceligena Lesson.

As shown by Stone, Auk, 24, 1907, 196, the type of Cceligena Lesson,
1832, by the rule of tautonymy, is Ornismya cceligena Lesson. If we con-
sider that this species is congeneric with Ornismya helianthea Lesson, the
type of Helianthea Gould, 1848 (also by tautonymy), the former name
will supplant the latter for this generic group. I am indebted to Mr.
Peters for calling my attention to this necessary change.

Cceligena helianthea (Lesson).

Seventeen specimens: Ramirez, La Pica, Pena Blanca, and El Cardon,
Colombia.

Chapman’s single specimen came from the eastern slope of the Eastern
Andes, in the Temperate Zone. Ours come from the same zone, but on the
western slope of the range.

The glittering crown-spot varies greatly in size; in one male it is barely
suggested, and in another entirely absent. Possibly some males do not
acquire this ornamental character. Females have longer bills than males.

342

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Coeligena eos (Gould).

Seven specimens: Paramo de Rosas, La Cuchilla, and Heights of Tabay,
Venezuela.

In what is apparently a younger female (No. 37,297, March 16) the
throat is cinnamon (darker than in the adult), streaked with dusky; the
bill is shorter (23.5 mm.) ; and the outer rectrices are shaded subterminally
with greenish.

Coeligena phalerata (Bangs).

Thirty-three specimens: El Libano, Cincinnati, San Lorenzo, Sierra
Nevada de Santa Marta (6000 feet), Heights of Chirua, San Miguel, and
Cerro de Caracas, Colombia.

Compare my former remarks on this species (1922, 255).

Coeligena violifera violifera (Gould).

Thirteen specimens: Incachaca and Cejas del Juno, Bolivia.

Of four females there are two which have a few glittering violet blue
feathers on the throat.

Coeligena lutetiae (Delattre and Bourcier).

Five specimens: Sancudo and Leonera, Colombia; Lloa, Ecuador.

Chapman (1926, 305) is against the recognition of hamiltoni, or even
of two races of lutetice. Our single male from Ecuador is precisely like
those from Colombia.

Coeligena conradi (Bourcier).

Six specimens: Paramo de Rosas and Guamito, Venezuela.

The single female has the throat buffy instead of green, but this may be
due to immaturity.

Coeligena torquata (Boissonneau).

Nine specimens: Las Ventanas, Boca del Monte, and Sancudo, Colom-
bia.

Coeligena inca (Gould).

Eleven specimens: Incachaca, Bolivia.

1942

Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum

343

Coeligena boliviana (Gould).

Five specimens: Samaipata, Incachaca, and San Jose, Bolivia.

Both Simon and Hartert make this form conspecific with C. cceligena —
with which it may indeed be connected through obscura of Peru (not seen
by me) — but for the present I keep it distinct.

Nos. 80,811 and 85,493 I take to be females or young (one is marked 9 ,
the other c? ). They are very much duller above (less blackish), especially
on the crown, than the others.

Coeligena coeligena (Lesson).

Seven specimens: La Cumbre de Valencia and Colonia Tovar, Vene-
zuela.

Chapman (1917, 298) thinks that this form may be a species distinct
from its Colombian allies colombiana and ferruginea, and there is much
to be said for this view, especially now that we know that colombiana
occurs in Venezuela too, at no great distance. The range of the present
form is confined to the coast mountains of Venezuela, in the Subtropical
Zone.

Coeligena colombiana colombiana (Elliot).

Fifteen specimens: Guarico and Anzoategui, Venezuela; La Palmita,
Pueblo Nuevo, and Las Ventanas, Colombia.

The type-specimen of colombiana , in the Elliot Collection in New York,
has been almost destroyed by dermestes, but other specimens fully con-
firm the above identification. Carriker’s discovery of this form in the
mountains southwest of Barquisimeto added it to the Venezuelan list and
brought its range within measurable distance of that of cceligena. These
Venezuelan specimens are precisely like those from Colombia and show no
approach to the form of the coast range, cceligena. Under the circumstances
I think the latter should stand alone.

Cceligena colombiana ferruginea Chapman.

Seven specimens: Bitaco Valley, Colombia.

Ensifera ensifera (Boissonneau).

Three specimens: Ramirez, Colombia; Incachaca, Bolivia; El Angel,
Ecuador.

I agree with Chapman (1926, 308) that the recognition of more than one

344

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

race of this species is inexpedient. The recently described race ccerulescens
(Lowe, Ibis, 1939, 73) might be a color aberration (except for its shorter
bill). Its locality is unknown. The Incachaca specimen is the first record
for Bolivia; it is of course conceivable that it might represent a new race.

Sephanoides fernandensis fernandensis (King).

Eight specimens: Mas-a-tierra Island, Chile.

Sephanoides sephaniodes (Lesson and Garnot).

Nine specimens: Mas-a-tierra Island, Guafo Island, Puerto Sarjento,
Rio Huemules, and Puerto Melinca, Chile.

Boissonneaua matthewsi (Bourcier).

One specimen: Banos, Ecuador.

Boissonneaua flavescens flavescens (Loddiges).

Forty specimens: Las Ventanas, Ramirez, Paramo de San Pedro, La
Pica, Cachiri, Rio Negro, Bitaco Valley, and Sancudo, Colombia; Guami-
to, Venezuela.

No geographic variation is in evidence in this series. Females have the
green of the underparts less “solid,” i.e., more interruped by buff ; they also
average smaller.

Heliangelus mavors Gould.

Thirty-eight specimens: Anzoategui, Paramo de Rosas, Guamito, La
Cuchilla, and Las Piedras, Venezuela.

Heliangelus exortis (Fraser).

Sixteen specimens: Sancudo, Colombia.

While in coloration some females approximate the males, they are small-
er in size. Chapman has shown (1917, 305) that soderstromi Oberholser
was based on a female of the present form.

Heliangelus clarissae9 (Longuemare).

Twenty-six specimens: Las Ventanas, Ramirez, La Pica, Rio Negro,
and Boca del Monte, Colombia.

9 The original spelling is clarisse.

1942 Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum 345

These localities are all in the Subtropical Zone of the Eastern Andes
(both slopes), in the region of Cocui. Chapman did not encounter this
species. The “varieties” mentioned by Simon (1921, 367) are in my opinion
aberrations or hybrids. Several examples in excessively worn breeding
dress are included; they appear almost dusky below, with a streaked
effect. Adult females usually have some rosy red on the throat, but the
color is less extensive than in the males and is bounded posteriorly by a
black line. Immature males are similar.

Heliangelus amethysticollis (Lafresnaye and D’Orbigny).

Twelve specimens: Incachaca, Bolivia.

Carriker (1935, 346-7) would reduce clarissce to subspecific status under
amethysticollis , with laticlavius as a connecting link. But I am not pre-
pared to follow him in this, and in my opinion the two forms should be
separated for the present.

Heliangelus spencei (Bourcier).

Four specimens: Tabay and Heights of Tabay, Venezuela.

Vestipedes cupreoventris (Fraser).

Twelve specimens: Paramo de Guerrero, Paramo de San Pedro, Ramirez,
Pena Blanca, El Cardon, and Boca del Monte, Colombia; Paramo de
Frias, Venezuela.

Chapman’s collectors did not secure this species. The above list of
localities where it occurs is accordingly welcome information. It is thus
shown to be a Temperate Zone species, found in the Eastern Andes of
Colombia and the Andes of Merida in Venezuela. The series includes two
young birds, which lack the coppery sheen of the underparts.

Vestipedes vestitus (Lesson).

Eight specimens: Paramo de Guerrero, Ramirez, and Cachiri, Colom-
bia; Paramo de Frias and La Culata, Venezuela.

Our four males from Colombia are immature, as their buffy lores indi-
cate. Viewed from in front, they show somewhat of a black band below
the blue gular spot. Of two adult males from the Andes of Merida, one
has this dark band broad and distinct; in the other it is virtually lacking.
Our birds compare favorably with Ecuador skins, but even so, I cannot

346

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

escape the impression that we are dealing here with an individual rather
than a geographical variation, and I would therefore consider smaragdini-
pectus a pure synonym of vestitus.

Chapman (1917, 300) found this species at only one place in the south-
ern Central Andes. Our specimens extend its known range to the Eastern
Andes and thence to the Andes of Merida in Venezuela.

Vestipedes derbyi longirostris Hartert.

Ten specimens: Sancudo and Leonera, Colombia.

Like those recorded by Chapman, these come from the Central Andes.
Typical derbyi has been recorded from southern Colombia (Pasto); how-
ever, all the above fit the description of longirostris as to length of bill.

The peculiarities of the tail in this species have caused it to be set aside
generically as Erebenna.

Vestipedes mosquera[i] (Delattre and Bourcier).

Twelve specimens: Leonera, Colombia.

These agree with two specimens in the American Museum from Santa
Isabel and the Andes west of Popayan. It may here be noted, however,
that mosquera (from Pasto, Colombia) is described and figured as having
the underparts “bright reddish copper, more bronzy on the breast,”
whereas our birds from the Central Andes have green underparts, and the
breast merely tinged with bronzy. In adult males the outer rectrices are
narrower and greener than in females.

Vestipedes glaucopoides (D’Orbigny and Lafresnaye).

Two specimens: Incachaca, Bolivia.

Haplophaedia aurelise caucensis (Simon).

Sixteen specimens: Heights of Caldas, Bitaco Valley, and La Cumbre,
Colombia.

Ocreatus underwoodi underwoodi (Lesson).

Forty-seven specimens: Anzoategui, Guamito, and La Azulita, Vene-
zuela; La Palmita, Las Ventanas, Cachiri, Heights of Caldas, Bitaco
Valley, and La Cumbre, Colombia.

In this fine series of specimens from Colombia and the Merida region of

1942

Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum

347

Venezuela I can discover no racial differences; consequently I agree with
Simon (1921, 375) in considering discifer of Heine a pure synonym of
underwoodi. Young males generally have more spotting on the underparts
than adult females, and usually also some traces of the glittering green
feathers of the adult stage.

Ocreatus underwoodi polystictus, subsp. nov.

Twelve specimens: Galipan and Silla de Caracas, Venezuela.

Type , No. 53,746, Collection Carnegie Museum, adult female; Galipan,
Cerro del Avila, Venezuela, March 7, 1914; Samuel M. Klages.

Subspecific characters. — Similar to Ocreatus underwoodi underwoodi
(Lesson) of Colombia and the Andes of Merida in Venezuela, but adult
male averaging more bronzy above, and adult female more heavily
spotted below with green.

Range. — Coast Range of Venezuela (Subtropical Zone).

Remarks. — Hellmayr and von Seilern (1912, 145) have referred speci-
mens from Silla de Caracas to discifer , which in my opinion is a synonym
of underwoodi. I consider that the above specimens belong to a slightly
differentiated race peculiar to the coast range of Venezuela. The males
are scarcely different from those of underwoodi , but the females stand
out well in comparison by reason of their more heavily spotted underparts.
There are some specimens of underwoodi which are similar, but they are
marked as young males. The possibility exists that the individuals above
described may also be young males, but I think it hardly likely that all
four of them have been wrongly sexed.

Ocreatus addae (Bourcier).

Five specimens: Samaipata and San Jose, Bolivia.

Simon (1921, 376, note) thinks that rufocaligatus Gould should be used
for this species. According to Sherbourne (“ Index Animalium”) both
names appeared in November, 1846, and there is no way of telling which
was first. So I follow the rule of auctorum plurimorum in this case.

Lesbia victoriae aequatorialis (Boucard).

Two specimens: Lloa, Ecuador.

For the use of Lesbia instead of Psalidoprymna see Zimmer, 1930, 290.

348

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Lesbia victoriae victoriae (Bourcier and Mulsant).

One specimen: Lagunillas, Colombia.

Lesbia gouldi gracilis (Gould).

Two specimens: Lloa, Ecuador.

Sappho sapho (Lesson).

Twenty-nine specimens: Samaipata, Chilon, Vacas, Cochabamba, and
Comarapa, Bolivia.

Wetmore (1926, 231) and Butler (Ibis, 1926, 406) have shown that the
name under which this species has been passing really applies to the other
species of the genus, heretofore called phaon.

Adult males are in the minority; most of the series is composed of im-
mature males (with short tails) and females.

Sappho sparganura (Shaw).

Three specimens: La Paz and Guaqui, Bolivia.

This is the species formerly called Lesbia phaon , as above noted.

Ramphomicron microrhynchum microrhynchum (Boissonneau).

Twenty-six specimens: Ramirez, La Pica, El Cardon, and Sancudo,
Colombia.

Immature males, showing the transition into adult dress, greatly pre-
dominate over old birds in this series. Juvenal males resemble adult
females but have longer tails.

Ramphomicron microrhynchum an dicola Simon.

One specimen: Paramo de Frias, Venezuela.

A female example, apparently not different from Colombian birds.
Chapman (1926, 319) inferentially indorses the validity of this race.

Metallura williami (Delattre and Bourcier).

Fifteen specimens: Leonera, Paramo de Ruiz, and Santa Ignacia,
Colombia.

All these localities are in the Paramo Zone of the Central Andes.

1942

Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum

349

Metallura malagae von Berlepsch.

Five specimens: Incachaca, Bolivia.

Four males and one female of this species, heretofore known only from
the type in the von Berlepsch Collection. It was described from a female,
and the description fits our female closely. A fuller description will be in
order. Adult male: general color green, uniform above, duller below, but
the throat glittering when viewed from in front; underparts with dusky
brown bases to the feathers; flank- tufts white; under tail-coverts bronzy,
with broad rufescent edgings; wings brown with a bronzy or purplish
shade; edge of wing cinnamon; a small white spot behind the eye; tail
above showing bluish, bronzy, or purple reflections in certain lights, below
rich shining coppery purple. Female similar but duller, the underparts
buffy spangled with green; tail also duller, and the outer rectrices with
grayish buffy tips. Male: wing, 64, 64, 63, 63; tail, 44, 45, 43, 44; bill,
20, 20, 20, 22. Female: wing, 57; tail, 39; bill, 20.

M. malagce has its nearest relative in M. ceneocauda (Gould), but its
bill is much longer and its tail is differently colored. Whether the two are
representative forms or have overlapping ranges, I cannot say. Simon
(1921, 201) thinks that malagce may be based on a hybrid or young bird,
but I am convinced that it is a valid form.

Metallura smaragdinicollis smaragdinicollis

(Lafresnaye and D’Orbigny).

Twenty-seven specimens: Incachaca and Cejas del Juno, Bolivia.

Zimmer (1930, 289) follows Hartert (1922, 410) in making this form
conspecific with tyrianthina. Their close relationship may be admitted,
however, without resort to the trinomial. The different color of the tail
seems to me a good specific character.

Carriker (1935, 347) has discussed the ranges of smaragdinicollis and
its northern race, septentrionalis, in Peru.

Metallura tyrianthina tyrianthina (Loddiges).

Thirty-two specimens: Las Ventanas, Ramirez, Paramo de Guerrero,
Cachiri, La Pica, Pena Blanca, Boca del Monte, and Sancudo, Colombia.

Considerable variation is in evidence, but as a series these are easily
distinguishable from Venezuelan birds. By comparison they are light-
colored, purer green above, and with considerable white mottling on the

350

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

underparts; the under tail-coverts are edged with light buff. Our speci-
mens all come from the Eastern Andes except two from Sancudo, which
is located in the Western Andes.

Metallura tyrianthina oreopola Todd.

Thirty-one specimens: Paramo de Rosas, Teta de Niquitao, Heights of
Tabay, La Culata, and Paramo de Frias, Venezuela.

Compared with “Bogota” skins of tyrianthina , males differ in their
darker general coloration, and especially in the color of the tail, which
is a deep maroon purple, instead of bronzy or coppery. The edgings of
the under tail-coverts also average darker — rufescent rather than buff.
The difference in the color of the tail holds good for females also. Of
course, the specimens must be viewed from the right angle with reference
to the light.

With the additional material received since the original description
appeared, it turns out that oreopola , the form of the Andes of Merida, is a
race intermediate in its characters between true tyrianthina of the Colom-
bian Andes and the dark race, chloropogon, of the coast range of Vene-
zuela. It differs from tyrianthina as already said, and from chloropogon in
being greener above and below (in both sexes) , with less dusky color when
viewed from in front. It is confined to the Andes of Venezuela, where it
ranges through the Temperate Zone.

Simon (1921, 382) refers oreopola and a synonym ( harterti Schliiter,
published a few months later) to the synonymy of tyrianthina without
any misgivings, and he intimates that comparison must have been made
with quitensis, instead of tyrianthina. In this supposition he is quite
mistaken, and the series now available fully confirms the validity of the
form in question.

Metallura tyrianthina chloropogon (Cabanis and Heine).

Twenty-three specimens: Galipan, Silla de Caracas, El Limon, Colonia
Tovar, and Pico Naiguata, Venezuela.

Simon (1921, 199, note) quotes the original Latin diagnosis of this form,
which he considers hypothetical, and adds that the two specimens on
which it was based had been in alcohol. They lacked data, and later
authors have merely copied the description. Now I find that Hellmayr,
who handled our specimens some years ago, has penciled the above name
on the labels of several of them. He must have seen the types at one time

1942

Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum

351

and has evidently satisfied himself as to the application of the name to
the form of tyrianthina inhabiting the coast range of Venezuela. All the
characters appearing in oreopola of the Merida region are carried a step
further in chloropogon. It is a dark-colored race; males viewed from in
front appear almost black. The crown is blackish green, and the tail also
is more deeply colored than in oreopola. In all respects it answers the
original description, and I am satisfied that Hellmayr’s identification is
correct.

In the coast mountains this form appears to be a bird of the Sub-
tropical Zone.

Metallura districta Bangs.

Thirty-three specimens: Valparaiso, El Libano, San Lorenzo, Las
Taguas, Cincinnati, Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta (6,000 and 8,000 feet),
Heights of Chirua, San Miguel, and Cerro de Caracas, Colombia.

This form is restricted to the Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, where it
ranges through the Subtropical and Temperate Zones. Compare my for-
mer remarks on the above series (1922, 250).

Chalcostigma stanleyi vulcani (Gould).

One specimen: Colomi, Bolivia.

Chalcostigma heteropogon (Boissonneau).

Thirteen specimens: Paramo de Guerrero, Paramo de San Pedro,
Ramirez, La Pica, and Lagunillas, Colombia.

These localities all lie in the Eastern Andes (Temperate and Paramo
Zones). Young males of this species lack any trace of the long colored
throat-plumes; the throat and breast are colored like the rest of the
underparts.

Oxypogon guerini (Boissonneau).

Twenty-two specimens: Lagunillas, Colombia.

These come from the Paramo Zone of the Eastern Andes, southeast of
Bucaramanga. This species was not taken by Chapman’s collectors, and
has been known heretofore mainly from “Bogota” skins. Our series
includes a number of immature males, which differ from adults in having
the long plumes of the crest and throat merely indicated.

352

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Oxypogon lindeni (Boissonneau).

Thirty-seven specimens: Teta de Niquitao, Paramo de Merida, and
Paramo de Frias, Venezuela.

Immature males resemble the adults, but the long feathers of the crest
and throat are less developed, and the colors in general are duller.

Oxypogon stiibeli Meyer.

One specimen: Paramo de Ruiz, Colombia.

This is a female, and it is the fourth specimen on record of this rare
species. The locality is practically the same as that from which Chap-
man’s specimens came.

Oxypogon cyanolaemus Salvin and Godman.

Seventeen specimens: Paramo de Mamarongo and Paramo de Chiruqua,
Colombia.

Compare my previous discussion of this species and series (1922, 248).

Opisthoprora euryptera (Loddiges).

Three specimens: Leonera, Colombia.

Aglaiocercus emmae (von Berlepsch).

Seven specimens: Bitaco Valley and Sancudo, Colombia.

For the use of this generic term, compare Zimmer, 1930, 290.

Aglaiocercus caudatus (von Berlepsch).

Thirty-seven specimens: Anzoategui and Paramo de Rosas, Vene-
zuela; La Palmita, Pueblo Nuevo, Ramirez, and Cachiri, Colombia.

Several authors have put forward suggested arrangements of this
generic group, no two of which are alike. I find myself most nearly in
agreement with Simon (1921, 385), who ranks all the described forms as
species. In any case, I do not see how caudatus can be conspecific with
kingi — the differences between the two are too pronounced and constant.
In the series examined there are several short-tailed males, which are
otherwise like the longer-tailed birds. Presumably these are younger
individuals, but not one of them shows a white sub-loral streak, which
seems to characterize immature birds of the other forms of this group.

1942

Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum

353

The present series supplies proof that caudatus, the green-throated,
blue-tailed form of this genus, inhabits the Eastern Andes of Colombia
as well as the Andes of Venezuela. Its range thus overlaps that of kingi,
which according to Chapman (1917, 307) inhabits the Subtropical Zone
of the Eastern Andes as far north at least as Bucaramanga. Adult males
of caudatus from Colombia differ from Venezuelan birds, on an average,
in the greener shade of the tips of the rectrices (except the outermost).
These differences, however, are too slight and inconstant to justify any
formal separation.

Aglaiocercus smaragdinus (Gould).

Thirteen specimens: Incachaca and San Jose, Bolivia.

After considering its distinctive characters, I have little hesitation in
ranking this as a full species, after Simon.

Aglaiocercus kingi (Lesson).

Six specimens: Rio Negro, Colombia.

Simon (1921, 387) has described two “varieties” of this species, both
from the “Savanna of Bogota,” but on general principles I doubt their
validity. From the descriptions I would infer that they are based on indi-
vidual variants.

Aglaiocercus margarethse (Heine).

Eleven specimens: La Cumbre de Valencia, Silla de Caracas, Galipan,
Colonia Tovar, and El Limon, Venezuela.

An immature example from La Cumbre de Valencia, with a short tail
and a white subloral streak, but without a gular spot or glittering crown,
is the only specimen from that locality, but Hellmayr and von Seilern
(1912, 147) have examined a good series, including long-tailed adults.

This form, with its greenish outer rectrices and conspicuous gular spot,
is certainly specifically distinct from caudatus , as Chapman contends
(1917, 308). I would go still further, and keep it specifically distinct from
kingi , on account of its shorter and differently colored tail, which has the
exposed part of the rectrices (except the outermost pair) largely green.
It is confined to the coast range of Venezuela, in the region of Caracas,
and is a species of the Subtropical Zone. Further to the eastward it is re-
placed by a different form,

354

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Aglaiocercus berlepschi (Hartert).

Six specimens: El Limon and La Elvecia, Venezuela.

In this form the female is nearly white below; the tail of the male is
intermediate between that of kingi and margarethce. On these grounds
I consider berlepschi specifically distinct, although Hartert (1922, 411)
somewhat caustically insists on its subspecific status. Our two females
have the white tail-spot larger than in those of the allied forms.

Schistes geoffroyi geoffroyi (Bourcier and Mulsant).

Three specimens: La Cumbre de Valencia, Venezuela; La Palmita,
Colombia.

This is apparently the first Venezuelan record for this species. Un-
fortunately the single specimen is an immature bird and therefore not ex-
actly comparable with our Colombian examples; however, it closely re-
sembles a presumed Colombian specimen of approximately the same age
in the collection of the American Museum.

Schistes geoffroyi bolivianus Simon.

One specimen: San Jose, Bolivia.

This form was originally described as a race of S. albogularis, but is
placed with geoffroyi by Chapman (1926, 323). Our specimen differs from
Simon’s description in having the under tail-coverts plain buff.

Schistes albogularis Gould.

Four specimens: Heights of Caldas, La Cumbre, and Sancudo, Colom-
bia.

Heliothryx aurita (Gmelin).

Twenty-nine specimens: El Llagual, Venezuela; Cayenne, Tamanoir,
and Pied Saut, French Guiana; Obidos, Manacapuru, and Rio Mana-
capuru, Brazil.

Females of this form are spotted below with dusky.

Lonnberg and Rendahl (Arkiv for Zoologie, 14, No. 25, 1922, 61)
describe a supposed race {major) of this species from the western slope of
the Andes. It was based on a single male bird with a wing of 69 mm., as
opposed to 61 mm. recorded for Guiana specimens. Our Guiana males,
however, have the wing 60-67 mm., so the difference is in my opinion too
slight for formal recognition.

1942

Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum

355

Heliothryx auriculata phainolaema Gould.

Five specimens: Para, Benevides, Colonia do Mojuy, Aveiros, and San-
tarem, Brazil.

All are sexed as females. Three are immaculately white below, while
two have very light spotting. Otherwise I can discover no differences
between them and females of aurita from north of the Amazon. The
name here used is given solely in geographical grounds (cf. Hellmayr,
1905, 297-8).

I consider H. aurita and H. auriculata specifically distinct.

Heliothryx auriculata auriculata (Nordmann).

Three specimens: Buena Vista, Bolivia; Hyutanahan and Sao Paulo de
Olivenga, Brazil.

These are females and are assigned here on geographical grounds alone
(cf. Hellmayr, 1905, 297-8, and Naumburg, 1930, 158). The specimen
from Bolivia constitutes (I think) the first record for that country.

Heliothryx barroti (Bourcier).

Thirteen specimens: Jaraquiel, El Tambor, Quibdo, El Tambo, Anda-
goya, and Malagita, Colombia; Pozo Azul de Pirris, Carrillo, La Hondura,
and Tucurriqui, Costa Rica.

Two Costa Rican females seem to be adult; they both have longer tails
than the males, a spotted throat and breast, and a black bar on the outer
rectrices. Ridgway does not refer to this last feature in his description,
and he attributes the spotting of the underparts to immaturity — wrong-
fully, as I believe. A female from Jaraquiel, in the swampy forest region
south of the mouth of the Rio Sinu, tends to confirm Chapman’s surmise
as to the origin of the type-specimen. But he is clearly wrong in intimat-
ing that in Colombia this species is confined to the Pacific coast and humid
lower Cauca-Magdalena region; our specimens from El Tambor disprove
that. They are smaller than the rest of the series and probably represent
an unnamed interior race.

Genus Heliomaster Bonaparte.

I follow Peters (in litt.) in merging Anthoscenus Richmond with Helio-
master.

356

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Heliomaster furcifer (Shaw).

Fifteen specimens: Santa Cruz de la Sierra, Buena Vista, Buyuivi,
Yacuiba, and Chilon, Bolivia; Embarcacion, Argentina.

Only two adult males are included, but there are a goodly number of
young males in transition dress.

Heliomaster longirostris longirostris (Audebert and Vieillot).

Thirty-three specimens: Buena Vista, Bolivia; Itaituba and Obidos,
Brazil; El Llagual, Upata, El Dorado, La Bomba, San Rafael, and
Mirasol, Venezuela; Dibulla, El Tambor, Soatata, La Cumbre, and
Yumbo, Colombia; Escazu, Guapiles, La Hondura, Boruca, and Buenos
Aires, Costa Rica.

After a careful study of this fine series I agree with Ridgway (1911,
346) that the recognition of more than one form in the immense area which
they cover is unjustified. Variation is excessive, it is true, but it is not
geographical. Chapman (1917, 311) calls Colombian specimens stewartce
because of their slightly shorter bills. Ridgway’s measurements, however,
show to the contrary; and looking at our series, I should certainly not
divide it on that account. Furthermore, I cannot distinguish our Bolivian
skins by the characters ascribed to specimens from that country by Bond
and deSchauensee (Notulae Naturae, 93, 1941, 3); consequently I cannot
recognize their form cceruleiceps. Simon separates Costa Rican birds
under the name chalcura (1921, 219, 392) — another supposed race which
I am unable to make out. Again, Sassi (Temminckia, 4, 1939, 147)
recognizes a race veraguensis (ex Boucard, 1895) for the bird of Panama —
a region from which I have seen no specimens.

Heliomaster constanti constanti (Delattre).

Nine specimens: Bebedero and Miravalles, Costa Rica.

Ridgway inadvertently listed this species from Boruca, Costa Rica,
but the specimen in question belongs to H. 1. longirostris. It is doubtful
if the ranges of the two species really overlap; the San Jose records may
not refer exactly to the same locality. H. constanti may be readily dis-
tinguished from the other by its larger size, less distinctly dark-centered
under tail-coverts, and in particular by the color of the lateral rectrices,
which are always grayish beneath basally instead of bronzy greenish as in
longirostris. These differential characters hold good in immature as well
as in adult birds.

1942

Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum

357

Thaumastura cora (Lesson and Garnot).

Two specimens: Lima, Peru.

Calliphlox amethystina (Gmelin).

Twenty-four specimens: San Felix, El Callao, San German de Upata,
Sierra de Carabobo, and La Azulita, Venezuela.

Zimmer, who has handled this series, comments on the age variation
which it exhibits. Not one of the males has the throat “solid” ruby red,
and in some this color is reduced to a mere trace. Few of them have the
tail-feathers elongated, either. Females vary with regard to the amount of
cinnamomeous suffusion below, the amount of dusky spotting on the
throat, and the development of the pectoral band.

Calliphlox mitchelli (Bourcier).

One specimen: La Cumbre, Colombia.

I am not strongly impressed with the characters on which Ridgway
based his genus Nesophlox , but if it is recognized, both this species and
Doricha bryantce Lawrence would either have to be referred thereto or else
separated under the generic name Philodice Mulsant and Verreaux (1866),
as Simon has already done. In the former case Philodice would supplant
the later Nesophlox. No great violence would be done to the facts, how-
ever, by combining all these forms under Calliphlox.

Calliphlox bryantae (Lawrence).

Four specimens: Volcano Irazu, Costa Rica.

In coloration this species is close to C. mitchelli of western Colombia.

Calliphlox evelynae (Bourcier).

Twelve specimens: Blue Hills (New Providence), Staniard Creek
(Andros), Sand Bank (Abaco), Powel Cay (Abaco), Strangers Cay
(Abaco), and Walker Cay (Abaco), Bahama Islands.

Calliphlox lyrura lyrura (Gould).

Twelve specimens: Alfred Sound (Great Inagua) and Mathewtown
(Great Inagua), Bahama Islands.

358

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Microstilbon burmeisteri (Sclater).

Thirty-five specimens: Buena Vista, Bolivia.

This is the bird that I described (Proceedings Biological Society of
Washington, 26, 1913, 174) as Microstilbon insperatus, after Oberholser
had advised me that it must be new. We were both deceived into so
thinking by the inadequate descriptions consulted, which failed to men-
tion the peculiar shape of the tail. Hellmayr wrote me shortly thereafter
stating that the specific name was antedated, but that in his opinion the
genus was acceptable. The species is clearly out of place in Chcetocercus ,
and I think justly deserves generic separation. Only one of the males
shows some scattered glittering red feathers on the sides of the throat.
The type I selected is undoubtedly immature, as is evident by a com-
parison with the plate in Sclater and Hudson’s “Argentine Ornithology,”
which purports to represent the type-specimen of burmeisteri. Further-
more, our birds differ from the plate in having no rufous whatever on the
tail, but according to Lillo (Annales Museo Nacional de Buenos Aires,
8, 1902, 197) the plate and description are erroneous in this respect. There
is of course a possibility that Bolivian birds might be racially distinct from
those from northern Argentina, the type-locality.

Females fall into two groups: one, a larger bird, with the tail more
extensively rufous terminally, and with the underparts more decidedly
and more uniformly buff; the other a smaller bird, with reduced rufous
tail-spots, and with the underparts not so richly or uniformly buff. The
latter group correspond in size to the males, but this difference may not
be significant, since in the allied genus Chcetocercus the females are uni-
formly larger than the males. What its real significance may be I do not
know.

Calothorax lucifer (Swainson).

Six specimens: Morales (San Luis Potosi) and Chilpancingo (Guerrero),
Mexico; Juniper Canyon and Hot Springs, Texas.

Archilochus colubris (Linnaeus).

Forty-six specimens: Juan Vinas and Volcano Irazu, Costa Rica; El
Cayo, British Honduras; Acapulco (Guerrero) and Chilpancingo (Guer-
rero), Mexico; Durham County, North Carolina; White Sulphur, West
Virginia; Alexandria County, Virginia; Washington, District of Columbia;

1942

Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum

359

Round Grove, Illinois; Brookville, Indiana; Laughlintown, Cresson,
Wilkinsburg, Tamarack Swamp (Clinton County), Leasuresville, Cherry
Spring, Pittsburgh, Sewickley, Hartstown, Linesville, Wildwood, and
Leetsdale, Pennsylvania; London and North Bay, Ontario.

A specimen from Chilpancingo taken October 5, with a few glittering
feathers coming in on the throat, marks the beginning of the moult in the
young male. One from Costa Rica (April 3) and one from British Hon-
duras (April 4) also show the throat-gorget being renewed by moult.

Archilochus alexandri (Bourcier and Mulsant).

Forty- two specimens: Arroyo de la Presa (Tamaulipas) and Gato
Canyon (Lower California), Mexico; Marathon, Hot Springs, Boquillas,
Glass Mountains, and Combs Ranch, Texas; Apache, Double Adobes,
OK Bar Ranch, and Turkey Spring, New Mexico; Tucson, Carr Canyon,
Sunnyside, and Cave Creek, Arizona; San Diego and Fort Jones, Cali-
fornia; Cottonwood Springs, Utah.

Calypte annae10 (Lesson).

Eighteen specimens: San Quintin, Gaudalupe Island, and Valladares,
Lower California; Fort Jones, San Diego, and Nicasio, California.

Calypte costae (Bourcier).

Twenty-five specimens: San Quintin, San Pedro, Valladares, Cape
Colnett, San Fernando, Turtle Bay, Todos Santos Islands, and San
Benito Island, Lower California; San Diego and San Felipe Canyon,
California.

Calypte helenae Lembeye.

Ten specimens: Caleta Grande and Los Indios, Isle of Pines.

Only one adult male in the series.

Stellula calliope calliope (Gould).

Thirty-nine specimens: Apache, Bingham, and San Ysidro, New Mexico;
San Jacinto Mountains, California; Glendale, Spanish Lake, and Fort
Klamath, Oregon; Barriere, British Columbia.

A southern race of this species from Guerrero, Mexico, described by
Griscom, necessitates the use of a trinomial name for the northern bird.

Originally written anna .

360

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Myrtis fannyjae] Lesson.

One specimen: Lima, Peru.

Chaetocercus jourdani (Bourcier).

Seven specimens: Colonia Tovar, San Rafael, and Mirasol, Venezuela.

This species is ascribed to Trinidad, where, however, it must be very
rare or accidental (cf. Hellmayr, Novitates Zoologicae, 12, 1905, 59). Its
true habitat appears to be the eastern part of the coast range of Venezuela.

Chaetocercus rosae (Bourcier and Mulsant).

Twelve specimens: La Cumbre de Valencia, Guarico, and El Limon,
Venezuela; La Palmita and Pueblo Nuevo, Colombia.

Colombian and Venezuelan specimens are alike. An immature male
bird has the underparts nearly white, instead of cinnamon as in the
female.

Acestrura mulsanti (Bourcier).

Seven specimens: Incachaca and San Jose, Bolivia.

An immature male dated June 21 has the throat-gorget restricted and
broken, and the white of the underparts more extended.

Acestrura heliodor[i] (Bourcier).

Eleven specimens: Las Ventanas, Ramirez, and Cachiri, Colombia; La
Azulita, Venezuela.

The Colombian localities are all in the Eastern Andes. Venezuelan and
Colombian specimens agree.

Acestrura astreans Bangs.

Twenty specimens: Las Taguas and Cincinnati, Colombia.

Selasphorus platycercus platycercus (Swainson),

Twenty-seven specimens: Carr Canyon and Tucson, Arizona; Apache,
Cowles, and Bingham, New Mexico; Laguna, Texas; Silverton, Bailey’s,
and Estes Park, Colorado; Blue Mountain, Indian Canyon, Ashley Can-
yon, Vernal (20 miles north), and Green Lake, Utah.

1942 Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum 361

Post-mortem change is indicated by the markedly brighter coloration
of recently collected specimens. A Guatemalan race of this species has
been discriminated by Griscom and makes a trinomial name necessary.

Selasphorus flammula Salvin.

Seven specimens: Volcano Irazu and Volcano Turrialba, Costa Rica.

Only one adult male is included in this series. Females of this species
are close to those of S. torridus, but they may be readily distinguished
from those of S', scintilla by their larger size and less dnnamomeous suf-
fusion below.

Selasphorus simoni Carriker.

One specimen: Volcano Barba, Costa Rica.

Selasphorus scintilla (Gould).

Fourteen specimens: Escazu, La Hondura, Juan Vinas, Ujuras de
Terraba, and La Estrella de Cartago, Costa Rica.

The tail-pattern varies so much in this species that it is obvious that S.
underwoodi Salvin must have been based on an extreme example, as sug-
gested by Carriker and by Ridgway.

Selasphorus sasin[i] sasin[i] (Lesson).

Ten specimens: Nicasio, San Geronimo, and Cerrito Hill, California;
Huachuca Mountains, Arizona.

For this bird I accept the change of name proposed by Grinnell, Condor,
33, 1931, 77.

Arizona records for this species, according to Swarth, are still few in
number. Our specimens were taken in 1919 and 1920 by Wilmot W.
Brown, Jr., on July 15, 19, and 29, and were received in exchange from
Dr. L. C. Sanford.

Selasphorus rufus (Gmelin).

Seventy-seven specimens: Chilpancingo (Guerrero), Contreras (Dis-
trito Federal), Valley de las Palmas (Lower California), Mexico; San
Diego and Donner, California: “Reef Road” (Huachuca Mountains) and
Mount Graham, Arizona; Apache, Bingham, and San Ysidro, New
Mexico; Beaverton, Corvallis, Grants Pass, Oceanside, and Newport,
Oregon; Comox and Merville, British Columbia.

362

Annals of the Carnegie Museum
Literature Cited

vol. XXIX

Bangs, Outram, and Penard, Thomas E.

1918. Notes on a Collection of Surinam Birds. — Bulletin Museum of
Comparative Zoology, 62, April, 1918, 25-93.

1924. The identity of Trochilus ruckeri Bourcier. — Occasional Papers
Boston Society of Natural History, 5, April 7, 1924, 77-78.

Berlepsch, Hans Graf von.

1908. On the Birds of Cayenne. Part II. — Novitates Zoologicae, 15, No-
vember, 1908, 261-324.

Berlepsch, Hans Graf von, and Hartert, Ernst.

1902. On the Birds of the Orinoco Region. — Novitates Zoologicae, 9.
April 10, 1902, 1-134, pi. 13.

Berlioz, J.

1930. Note critique sur quelques Trochilides du genre Thalurania. —

Bulletin Museum d'Histoire Naturelle, (2), 2, 1930, 65-69.

1931. Revision des Trochilides du groupe “Campyloptere.” — Bulletin

Museum d'Histoire Naturelle, (2), 3, 1931, 82-90.

1939. Note critique sur le Thalurania tschudii Gould (Trochilides). —
Bulletin Museum d'Histoire Naturelle, 11, 1939, 287-290.

Boucard, Adolphe.

1895. Genera of Humming Birds. London, 1892-1895, pp. xiv + 412.
Carriker, Melbourne A., Jr.

1910. An Annotated List of the Birds of Costa Rica including Cocos
Island. — Annals Carnegie Museum, 6, Sept. 7, 1910, 314-915,
map.

1935a. Descriptions of New Birds from Peru and Ecuador, with critical
notes on other little-known species. — Proceedings Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 87, October 25, 1935, 343-359.
1935b. An Annotated List of two Collections of Guatemalan Birds in the
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. — Proceedings
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 87, December 27,
1935, 411-455.

Chapman, Frank M.

1917. The Distribution of Bird-Life in Colombia. — Bulletin American
Museum of Natural History, 36, 1917, pp. x + 729, 41 pis.

1926. The Distribution of Bird-Life in Ecuador. — Bulletin American
Museum of Natural History, 55, 1926, pp. xiv + 784, 10 pis.,
map.

1931. The Upper Zonal Bird-Life of Mts. Roraima and Duida. — Bul-
letin American Museum of Natural History, 63, November 20,
1931, 1-135.

Chubb, Charles.

1916. The Birds of British Guiana. Vol. 1, 1916, pp. liii + 528, 10 pis.,
map.

1942

Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum

363

Cory, Charles B.

1918. Catalogue of the Birds of the Americas and the adjacent islands. —
Field Museum of Natural History Zoological Series , 13, Part 2,
No. 1, March, 1918, 5-315, pi. 1.'

Darlington, P. J., Jr.

1931. Notes on the Birds of Rio Frio (near Santa Marta), Magdalena,

Colombia. — Bulletin Museum Comparative Zoology, 71, March,

1931, 349-421, map.

Dunajewski, Andrzej.

1938. Uber einige interessanten Vogel aus Peru (non Passeriformes). —
Acta Ornithologica Musei Zoologici Polonici, 2, June 8, 1938,
319-325.

Griscom, Ludlow.

1932a. The Ornithology of the Caribbean coast of Extreme Eastern
Panama. — Bulletin Museum Comparative Zoology, 72, January,

1932, 303-372.

1932b. The Distribution of Bird-Life in Guatemala. — Bulletin American
Museum of Natural History, 64, May 7, 1932, pp. ix -f 439, 2
maps.

1934. The Ornithology of Guerrero, Mexico. — Bulletin Museum Com -
parative Zoology, 75, January, 1934, 365-422, 1 pi.

Griscom, Ludlow, and Greenway, James C., Jr.

1941. Birds of Lower Amazonia. — Bulletin Museum Comparative Zoology,
88, June, 1941, 83-344.

Hartert, Ernst.

1922. Types of Birds in the Tring Museum. [Continued from 1920,
505.]. — Novitates Zoologicae , 29, October 25, 1922, 365-412.

Hellmayr, C. E.

1905. Notes on a Collection of Birds, made by Mons. A. Robert in the

district of Para, Brazil. — Novitates Zoologicae, 12, September 20,
1905, 269-305.

1906. Notes on a second Collection of Birds from the district of Para,

Brazil. — Novitates Zoologicae , 13, July 10, 1906, 353-385.

1907. On a Collection of Birds from Teffe, Rio Solimoes, Brazil. —

Novitates Zoologicae, 14, March 20, 1907, 40-91.

1910. The Birds of the Rio Madeira. — Novitates Zoologicae, 17, December,

1910, 257-428.

1911. A Contribution to the Ornithology of Western Colombia. — Pro-

ceedings Zoological Society of London, December, 1911, 1084-
1213.

1929. A Contribution to the Ornithology of Northeastern Brazil. —
Field Museum of Natural History Zoological Series, 12, March 4,
1929, 235-501, map.

1932. The Birds of Chile. — Field Museum of Natural History Zoological

Series , 19, June 13, 1932, pp. 472.

364

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Hellmayr, C. E., and Seilern, J. Graf von.

1912. Beitrage zur Ornithologie von Venezuela. — Archiv fiir Natur-
geschichte, 78, A, September 20, 1912, 34-166.

Naumburg, Elsie M. B.

1930. The Birds of Matto Grosso, Brazil. — Bulletin American Museum
of Natural History, 60, 1930, pp. vii + 432, 17 pis., map.

Peters, James L.

1929. An Ornithological Survey in the Caribbean Lowlands of Hon-

duras.— Bulletin Museum Comparative Zoology, 69, October,
1929,397-478.

Ridgway, Robert.

1911. The Birds of North and Middle America. — Bulletin United States
National Museum, No. 50, Part 5, November 29, 1911, pp. xxiii
+ 859, 33 pis.

Salvin, Osbert.

1892. Catalogue of the Picarise in the Collection of the British Museum.

Upupae and Trochili. — Catalogue of the Birds in the British Mu-
seum, 16, 1892, 3-433, pis. 1-9.

Simon, Eugene.

1921. Histoire Naturelle des Trochilidse (Synopsis et Catalogue). Paris,

February, 1921, pp. vi + 416.

Simon, Eugene, and Hellmayr, C. E.

1908. Notes critiques sur quelques Trochilidae. — Novitates Zoologicae,
15, June, 1908, 1-12.

Snethlage, Emilia.

1914. Catalogo das Aves Amazonicas contendo todas as Especies de-
scriptas e mencionadas ate 1913. — Boletim Museu Goeldi ( Museu
Paraense) de Historia Natural e Ethnographia, 8, 1914, pp. 530 +
2, 6 pis., 1 map.

Todd, W. E. Clyde, and Carriker, Melbourne, A., Jr.

1922. The Birds of the Santa Marta Region of Colombia: A Study in

Altitudinal Distribution. — Annals Carnegie Museum, 14, Oc-
tober, 1922, 3-611, 9 pis.

Wetmore, Alexander.

1926. Observations on the Birds of Argentina, Paraguay, Uruguay, and
Chile. — Bulletin United States National Museum, No. 133, 1926,
pp. iv + 448, 20 pis.

1939. Observations on the Birds of Northern Venezuela. — Proceedings
United States National Museum, 87, 1939, 173-260.

Zimmer, John T.

1930. Birds of the Marshall Field Peruvian Expedition. — Field Museum

of Natural History Zoological Series, 17, December 10, 1930,
233-480, map.

1942

Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum

365

List of Localities

So many of the localities used in this connection do not appear on cur-
rent maps that it seems desirable to indicate their approximate position
for the purposes of the present paper. The subjoined lists of locality-
names from certain South American countries, with the outline maps, may
be found useful. Fuller lists, with descriptions of the localities, will be re-
served for the projected series of faunal papers dealing with the regions
involved.

Colombia. — For all localities in the Santa Marta region, see the Annals
of the Carnegie Museum, vol. 14, 1922, pp. 106-130. Our specimens from
other parts of Colombia were collected by Mr. M. A. Carriker, Jr., at
the following places (numbers refer to the map) :

1.

Soatata (or Sautata), Rio

24.

Leonera.

Atrato.

F raile j onal Just east of Leonera.

2.

Boca Murindo, Rio Atrato.

Santa Ignacia, just north of

3.

Murindo.

Paramo de Ruiz.

4.

Quibdo, Rio Atrato.

25.

Paramo de Ruiz (Paramo of

5.

El Tambo.

Santa Isabel of Chapman’s

6.

Andagoya, Rio San Juan.

map).

7.

Potedo, Rio San Juan.

26.

Mariquita.

8.

Malagita, Rio San Juan.

27.

Gamarra.

9.

Cordoba.

28.

Aguachica.

10.

Espinal.

29.

El Cauca.

11.

Caldas.

30.

La Palmita.

12.

Bitaco Valley.

Pueblo Nuevo, between La

Pavas (north of La Cumbre).

Palmita and Ocana.

13.

La Cumbre (probably the Las

31.

Ocana.

Lomitas of Chapman’s map).

32.

Las Ventanas.

14. Yumbo (Yumba on map).

33.

Ramirez.

15.

Cartagena.

Paramo de San Pedro, between

16.

Turbaco.

Las Ventanas and Paramo

17.

Calamar, Rio Magdalena.

de Guerrero.

18.

Rio Sinu Delta.

34.

Paramo de Guerrero.

19.

Puerto Zapote.

35.

Cachiri.

20.

Lorica.

36.

Paramo de Cachiri.

21.

Jaraquiel.

37.

El Tambor.

22.

Monteria.

38.

Bucaramanga.

23.

Sancudo.

39.

La Pica.

366

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

40. Pena Blanca.

El Cardon, the pass above
Pena Blanca.

41. Lagunillas.

42. Pena Negra.

Boca del Monte, northwest of
Chinivaque.

43. Chinivaque.

44. Rio Negro.

La Colorada and Palmar, on
the eastern foothills of the
Eastern Andes, south and
east of Rio Negro, but exact
positions not known.

1942

Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum

367

Venezuela. — Unless otherwise specified, collecting-stations in Vene-
zuela are those of Mr. Carriker. Mr. Samuel M. Klages, Mr. Ernest G.
Holt, and Mr. Harold J. Clement have sent us specimens from various
points on the north coast. Most of these locality-names may be found in
Lecuna’s Atlas of Venezuela (1921).

Fig. 2. Map of western Venezuela, to show localities mentioned in text.

1. Guachi.

Santa Elena, close to No. 1.
> 2. La Azulita.

3. Merida.

Chama, just south of No. 3.
Paramo de Merida.

4. Paramo de Frias.

5. Tabay.

Heights of Tabay.

6. La Culata.

7. Las Piedras.

8. La Cuchilla.

9. Las Mesitas.

Teta de Niquitao, between
Nos. 9 and 10.

10. Guamito.

368 Annals of the Carnegie Museum vol. xxix

11. Motatan.

Las Quiguas, south of San

12. Sabana de Mendoza.

Esteban.

13. Paramo de Rosas.

19.

La Cumbre de Valencia.

14. Anzoategui.

Naguanagua, west of No. 19.

15. Guarico.

20.

El Trompillo (Klages).

16. Tocuyo.

21.

Sierra de Carabobo (Klages).

17. Aroa.

22.

Pie del Cerro (Holt).

Lagunita de Aroa, above No.

23.

Colonia Tovar (Holt).

17.

El Limon, south and east of

18. El Hacha.

No. 24 (Holt).

San Esteban, south of Puerto

24.

Puerto La Cruz (Holt).

Cabello.

25.

Galipan (Klages).

Fig. 3. Map of eastern Venezuela and Trinidad, to show localities men-
tioned in text.

1942

26. Silla de Caracas (Klages).
Loma Redonda, close to No.

26 (Klages).

27. Pico Naiguata (Holt).

28. Petare (Holt).

Mariches, near No. 28 (Holt).
El Encontado, southeast of
No. 28 (Holt).

29. Santa Lucia (Holt).

30. Cumanacoa (Clement).

31. San Rafael (Clement).

32. Mirasol (Clement).

33. El Yaque (Clement).

El Limon, close to No. 33
(Clement).

La Elvecia, 3 miles southwest
of El Limon (Clement).

34. Rio Mocho.

35. La Lajita.

36. Maripa.

369

37. El Llagual.

38. Ciudad Bolivar.

39. San Felix.

40. Altagracia.

41. Upata.

San German de Upata, (close
to Upata).

42. El Callao.

El Peru Mine, south of No. 42.

43. La Bomba.

44. El Dorado.

45. Rio Yuruan.

46. Chacachacare Island (Trini-

dad).

47. Heights of Aripo (Trinidad).

48. Carenage (Trinidad).

49. Heights of Orepouche (Trini-

dad).

50. Poole (Trinidad).

Todd: Hummingbirds in the Carnegie Museum

French Guiana. — Specimens from this colony were all collected by Mr.
Klages at the following localities:

Cayenne.

Mana.

Tamanoir, on the Mana River, in latitude 5° 8' N.

Pied Saut, Oyapock River, at the foot of the rapids above St. Georges.

Brazil. — Mr. Klages’ collecting-stations were as follows:

Demonty, on the right bank of the Oyapock River, not far above its
mouth.

Arucaua, in the extreme northern part of the State of Para, near the
French Guiana frontier. This locality was wrongly given as “Rocana”
in some of my earlier papers.

Upper Arucaua, about twenty miles upstream (i.e., south) of the
last locality.

Benevides, near Para.

Obidos, on the Amazon (north bank).

Islands near Obidos, in the Amazon River.

Manacapuru, on the Amazon above Manaos.

Rio Manacapuru, near the last.

Tonantins, on the north bank of the Rio Solimoes.

370

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Sao Paulo do Olivenga, on the south bank of the River Solimoes.

Hyutanahan, Nova Olinda, and Arima are situated on the Rio Purus.
For their exact position see Sheet S. B.-20 of the International Map of
the World.

Santarem is at the mouth of the Rio Tapajoz. Colonia do Mojuy is
south of Santarem, on the Rio Curua, in about latitude 3° S. Itaituba,
Villa Braga, and Apacy are on the west bank of the Rio Tapajoz, and
Miritituba and Aveiros on the east bank of the same stream.

Bolivia. — Our Bolivian material came from the late Jose Steinbach
and his son, Francisco B. Steinbach. Most of their collecting-stations
may be found on the 1934 map published by the Bolivian Government,
or on Pando’s map of 1901. In the present paper the following names
occur:

Santa Cruz de la Sierra.

Buena Vista, near the last. Rio Surutu, Rio Yapacani, and Rio
Dolores are streams near by.

San Carlos, northwest of Buena Vista.

Cerro Hosane, an elevation west of Buena Vista.

Cerro del Amboro, an elevation south of Buena Vista.

Samaipata, Warnes, Comarapa, and Chilon, in the Province of Valle
Grande.

Taperas, south and east of Samaipata.

Buyuivi, in southern Chuquisaca, northwest of Machareti.

Yacuiba and Caiza, in Tarija, southern Bolivia.

Puerto Suarez, in extreme eastern Bolivia, lat. 19° S.

Cafeces (not on map), east and north of Santa Cruz de la Sierra.

Cochabamba.

Rio Quiser, Chiquitos (exact position unknown).

Molle-molle (not on map), close to Cochabamba.

Incachaca, northeast of Cochabamba.

San Jose, north of Incachaca.

Cerro de Incachaca, the elevation above Incachaca.

Vacas, Pocona, Tiraque, Arani, and Colomi are in the Cochabamba
region.

Oruro, southwest of Cochabamba.

La Paz.

Guaqui, at the southern end of Lake Titicaca.

Caluya, position not known, but probably equal to Caluyo, between
Palca and Victoria, north of Cochabamba.

Cejas del Juno and Cejas de San Benito, exact positions unknown.

2^AL JV8US£°

ART. XIII. A COLLECTION OF LEPIDOPTERA"
(RHOPALOCERA) FROM THE CAYMAN ISLANDS*

By G. D. Hale Carpenter

Hope Department of Entomology, University Museum, Oxford

AND

C. B. Lewis

Museum of the Institute of Jamaica

Foreword

The collection upon which this report is based was made in 1938. The
senior author prepared his first taxonomic account by the end of June,
1939, and passed the manuscript on to the junior author, who, being
unable to complete it before his departure from England, took it with
him to New York and later to Jamaica. The correspondence between
the two authors, and eventually the manuscript, were lost in enemy action.
Some time elapsed before a copy of the study was received at Oxford,
then the queries raised by the junior author had to be examined and
settled, involving a visit to the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) and the
forwarding of the specimens to Tring.

Grateful acknowledgements are here made to the following persons who
have kindly given expert advice and assistance: Dr. A. S. Corbet, of the
British Musehm (Nat. Hist.); Brigadier W. H. Evans, C.S.I., C.I.E.,
D.S.O., who is responsible for the identifications of the Hesperiidae;
Mr. F. Goodson at Tring; Mr. A. Hall at South Kensington; Dr. Karl
Jordan, F.R.S. ; Mr. G. Talbot; and Mr. Frank E. Watson of the American
Museum of Natural History.

The comprehensive account, by Marston Bates, of the butterflies of
Cuba (1935, Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, 78(2):
63-258) has been so useful, and it is so convenient to follow it in the
present paper, that I have used the arrangement and names given by him,
for easy comparison. The names for Hesperiidae are supplied by Brigadier
Evans. The senior author is responsible for the identifications of the
specimens; remarks by the junior author, and field notes, are prefaced
by C.B.L. (G. D. H. C.).

*Results of the Oxford University Biological Expedition to the Cayman
Islands of 1938.

371

m si 1943

Issued January 15, 1943.

372 Annals of the Carnegie Museum vol. xxix

Introduction

(C. B. L.) The three Cayman Islands are political dependencies of
Jamaica. Cayman Brae lies 125 miles north-west of Jamaica and about
120 miles from the nearest point of Cuba. Little Cayman lies 5 miles to
the west of Cayman Brae. Grand Cayman lies 60 miles west-south-west
from Little Cayman, about 150 miles south of the Isle of Pines and 300
miles from Honduras. Cayman Brae and Little Cayman are each about
13 miles long, east to west, by 1J^ miles wide; Grand Cayman is about
23 miles long, east to west, and has a maximum width of 7 miles.

The Caymans are projecting peaks of a submarine range of mountains
continuous with the Sierra Maestra Range of Cuba. The geological
formation of the islands is, of course, limestone, but it is interesting to
note that it is of two ages. The central portions of each island are Oligo-
cene and Miocene, while the coastal formation is recent calcareous sand
and marl with a hard “beach rock” crust. Cayman Brae attains an altitude
of 140 feet in the east, grading to sea level in the west. The maximum
elevation of any hill on Grand Cayman and Little Cayman might be
placed at 70 feet above sea level.

The Oxford University Expedition collected on Grand Cayman from
April 17 to August 27, 1938. Three members, including the entomologists,
also visited the other islands, remaining on Cayman Brae from May 18
to 28, and on Little Cayman from May 28 to June 10.

Until this expedition visited the Caymans, the natural history of the
islands had been largely neglected and only the birds had been studied
to any extent. Ornithologists and other visitors have no doubt collected
a few butterflies but this is undoubtedly the first butterfly collection of
any size.

The junior author believes that the collection covered in this report is
fairly complete for the Islands. There will in all probability prove to be
several additional species which fly during the winter months only.
Phoebis agarithe has been authoritatively reported from Grand Cayman,
but it was definitely not seen by the Expedition members. Some of the
large “whites,” seen flying high over Georgetown in April, may have been
Pieris amaryllis for they seemed very large for P. phileta.

The junior author again visited Cayman Brae for the first week of
April, 1940, and at that time saw a battered specimen of an undetermined
species of Kricogonia. Residents reported them to be very seasonal and
occasionally appearing in great numbers. At the same time, Papilio
andraemon , abundant at the end of May 1938, was not seen at all, cer-
tainly suggesting seasonal occurrence.

1943 Carpenter & Lewis: Lepidoptera from Cayman Islands 373

Papilionidae

Papilio polydamas polydamas Linnaeus

Grand Cayman: 3 males, 3 females.

The Cayman examples resemble specimens from the mainland, as
Bates found to be the case with Cuban specimens; the Jamaican form,
polydamas jamaicensis R. & J., is a distinct subspecies.

(C. B. L.) The species, found only on Grand Cayman, did not appear
until early June and was at no time common. It apparently is not widely
distributed over the island as it was never seen outside the Georgetown
area. A strong flier, the butterfly was usually seen above the bush. No
early stages were discovered.

Papilio aristodemus temenes Godart

Little Cayman: 1 male, 3 females.

The Cuban race, previously known only from Cuba.

(C.B.L.) Our collection of butterflies from Little Cayman was small
in number of specimens, but I think it contains representatives of most of
the butterfly fauna. Butterflies were very abundant, perhaps more
so than on any of the other Caymans, but curiously, however, they stayed
more under the dense bush on this island, instead of along the paths, and
could rarely be netted. P. aristodemus temenes was one of the less com-
mon species which fortunately did frequent the paths. On the wing it
was easily distinguished from the abundant andraemon by being larger, a
slower and less erratic flier, and by showing a larger and slightly darker
expanse of yellow beneath. The species was not observed on the low hills
or in the eastern half of the island although, it must be admitted, these
sections were poorly explored owing to the virtually impenetrable bush.

No early stages were found.

Papilio andraemon tailori Rothschild and Jordan

Grand Cayman: 16 males, 11 females.

The yellow spot in area 7 of fore wing short, and deeply incised ex-
ternally, as in the type specimen.

Four specimens approach to a degree the Bahaman form, bonhotei
Sharpe, in which the fore wing bears a submarginal series of more or less
lunular spots. The specimen most nearly approaching bonhotei has
curvilinear markings from areas 1 b to 7 ; the specimen least like bonhotei

374

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

has these markings faintly shown in areas 1 b to 3 only. All four specimens
come from Georgetown.

(C.B.L.) This butterfly is found in all parts of Grand Cayman where
there is Citrus. While abundant in the Georgetown area, it is uncommon
elsewhere and none was seen in the interior or at the eastern end of the
island.

Early stages were commonly found on Citrus of all kinds. Birds take
a heavy toll of the larvae and, of the many under observation, none
reached the chrysalid stage. Owing to the fact that we were usually in
the field and only at our headquarters in Georgetown for a few days at a
time, breeding in captivity was not attempted. Larvae were photographed
however, and chrysalids preserved.

Individuals from around Georgetown were noticeably very large.
Specimens from other and drier areas were much smaller. These insects
are strong fliers but pause frequently and are not very difficult to catch.
The species was flying throughout the four and one-half months of our
sojourn.

Papilio andraemon andraemon (Htibner)

Little Cayman: 4 males, 5 females; Cayman Brae: 4 males, 8 females.

These specimens are all small, some exceptionally small, but are of the
Cuban race in which the spot in area 7 of the fore wing is much longer
than broad and externally truncate or feebly sinuate. In the majority
of the specimens, the black mark forming the proximal boundary of the
blue lunule in area 4, on the underside of the hind wing, is a narrow
transverse bar; but in three specimens it is quite lunular in shape, as in
many Cuban specimens. Many specimens have the black mark on the
disco-cellular vein of the hind wing broader in proportion than in others.

(C.B.L.) When we visited the Lesser Caymans, during the latter part
of May and early June, this species was very abundant, in parts of both
islands. Our series is rather poor because these butterflies stayed in or
over the dense bush, and rarely came into the open. On Cayman Brae
the species was particularly abundant beneath the bluff on the north
coast, but scarce in the interior or on the south coast. Here again the
extent of the food plant probably determined the abundance of the
butterfly in any particular part of the islands. On Little Cayman,
andraemon was abundant in the western half of the island and not observed
in the east.

I believe that Lesser Cayman butterflies differ subspecially from the

1943 Carpenter & Lewis: Lepidoptera from Cayman Islands 375

Cuban type in as much as the band across the fore wing is narrower and
the pale areas are lighter and purer yellow than in the Cuban specimens
which have a slight orange tinge. The length of the tails certainly varies,
but in many they are extremely long and only slightly spatulate.* One
specimen shows the curvilinear markings of bonhotei.

It may be of interest to note that no specimens of the species were to
be seen when the junior author visited Cayman Brae for a week, early in
April 1940. This may indicate a definite seasonal occurrence of the species,
probably correlated with the rains.

PlERIDAE

Pieris phileta phileta Fabricius

Grand Cayman: 41 males, 20 females; Little Cayman: 3 males, 1 female;
Cayman Brae: 21 males, 8 females.

In the majority of the specimens the black, bordering the apical part
of the fore wing, shows a dentate pattern at the edge, but in a few speci-
mens the black border is narrow and only faintly indicated.

(C.B.L.) This species presented some very interesting aspects which
our limited time did not permit to be studied. It was found on all three
of the Cayman Islands but was less abundant on Little Cayman.

On Cayman Brae it was found in swarms, particularly on the bluff near
the eastern end. It appears that the swarms may form nearly anywhere,
however, and at almost any time of year. During the junior author’s

*Specimens from the Lesser Caymans selected for greatest perfection were
sent to Dr. Jordan, for comparison with the Cuban specimens at Tring, to test Mr.
Lewis’s suggestion of sub-species difference. He kindly replied that they show
“a shifting of characters, perhaps the beginnings of sub-specific separation. . . In
the Tring series of some sixty Cuban specimens, there are paler and darker speci-
mens, one of which is as pale as the Cayman Brae male sent.” This male, on the
underside shows “a larger black patch at the apex of the cell of the forewing than
the Cuban males, and the tawny patch on the hindwing is shorter” : these characters
are not so in other specimens from Little Cayman. Dr. Jordan found no difference
in the width of the yellow band on the forewing of the Cayman Brae male. Re-
garding the females “the Lesser Cayman specimens show nothing by which they
could be recognized with any degree of certainty: nevertheless, on an average the
yellow band is narrower than in Cuba and the tawny patch on the underside of the
hindwing shorter. In none of the Cuban females (over 30) are the narrow sub-
marginal spots on the upperside of the forewing as distinct as in one of the specimens
from Little Cayman.” The latter, however, is exceptional in this respect: these
spots are only present in two other specimens.

376

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

visit to Cayman Brae, in April 1940, he found them in the forest about
half-way across the island opposite Stake Bay, and other swarms near the
middle of the south coast. The butterflies congregated about an hour
before sunset in the more open places and then took until dusk to get
settled for the night. In the forest the butterflies commenced settling
in the middle of the afternoon. They usually settled on Croton linear e
Jacq., known locally as “Rosemary,” and occasionally on Pisoma discolor
Spreng., the “Wild-Cabbage tree.”

From the day of our arrival in Georgetown, Grand Cayman, April 17,
1938, occasional specimens were seen flying very rapidly, and usually
high, above the bush, but it was over a month before the first was caught.
During August the species occurred in swarms at North Side. The
butterflies remained close to the coast, not over a quarter-mile inland. The
species was so abundant that there was scarcely room for them always to
settle on their favourite plants, which again seemed to be “Rosemary.”
It was interesting to note that during the day all the butterflies which
passed our camp proceeded in an east to west course. The steady migra-
tion began each morning at about 7 :30, and continued until about 2 p.m.
During the peak of the flight, between 10 and 10:30 A.M., an approxima-
tion was made of the number which passed our door, between the house
and a clump of trees about 40 yards away. Our estimate, made in con-
sultation, was 300 per minute ; the band of migrating butterflies was about
300 yards in width. The speed of flight slackened after 11 a.m., and the
numbers gradually became reduced; toward 2 p.m., the butterflies began
to fly in small circles. Curiously we never saw the butterflies, which had
proceeded so numerously and rapidly, returning, nor were they seen
leaving the island. The migration was observed day after day, but the
species was never found to be abundant in the west. It would seem that
unobserved by us, they must have circled back at some point.

Larvae were abundant on Croton lineare but they probably feed on
other plants as well.

Appias drusilla peregrina Rober

Little Cayman: 2 males, 2 females; Cayman Brae: 3 males, 3 females.

The very fine, black border on the fore wing comes abruptly to an end
at vein 3. The males show no tint of yellow above, but the base of the
hind wing of the female is strongly tinted with yellow above.

Below, in three of the males, there is a yellowish tinge at the base of the
fore wing; in two others it is very faintly shown. The costal margin of

1943 Carpenter & Lewis: Lepidoptera from Cayman Islands 377

the hind wing is faintly yellow in both sexes. This identification is due
to the kindness of Mr. A. Hall. Bates (p. 118) seems doubtful of the
occurrence of this butterfly on Cuba.

(C.B.L.) A few specimens of this rather delicate butterfly were found
near the old phosphate working at the western end of Cayman Brae. On
Little Cayman the species was taken near South Town in the sandy
waste-land. None of the specimens was really fresh or in good condition.
The butterfly was observed to be a weak flier and was never seen to rise
many feet above the ground; flights were short. Weakness of flight
probably accounts for the large percentage of lizard-marked wings.

Eurema elathea (Cramer)

Grand Cayman: 26 males, 22 females.

Mr. A. Hall considered these to be of the wet-season form. Underside
of the hind wing white in males, yellowish in females, with a slight, ir-
regular and ill-marked, brownish band across the middle in a few cases.
Apices of fore wings in males yellow beneath, in females yellow extends
over whole of anterior half of wing; black bar along inner margin of fore
wing in male well-developed in every case and black at its base. In all
males, the black outer border of the fore wing extends to the torial angle,
in some females it ends at vein 2 ; there is every grade of transition in the
females to the pattern of the male.

(C.B.L.) A butterfly of the low bush and grasslands of Grand Cayman,
not found in the forested interior of the island. It flutters slowly along
through the bush and grass near the ground and is easily caught once
it is in the open.

Eurema messalina messalina (Fabricius)

Grand Cayman: 7 males, 12 females.

Bates commented on the “astonishing variation in size, the length of
the forewing varying from 10 to 18 mm. in our series” : the sexes are not
stated. The same variation is noticeable in the Cayman series: the
smallest is a male with length of fore wing, from root to end of vein 6,
measuring 12 mm.; the largest male has a measurement of 17 mm., and
the largest female, 18 mm. The colouration of the under surface of the
male is variable: in the specimen in which the pinkish blotch at the angle
of the hind wing is most developed, it falls very little short of the degree to
which it is present in the least strongly-marked female; the black sub-

378

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

apical mark of the fore wing shows a similar relationship, and the pink
of the apex in that female is absent, as in the males.

(C.B.L.) This butterfly, like elathea, flies close to the ground, but re-
mains even more in the bushy (but not forest) areas, rarely coming into
the open.

Eurema nicippe (Cramer)

Grand Cayman: 3 females; Cayman Brae: 6 males, 1 female.

(C.B.L.) This species, which ranges widely over Middle America, did
not appear on Grand Cayman until June and then it was never abundant
and was observed only in the Georgetown area. On Cayman Brae it was
also limited in its distribution and only found in the eastern part of the
north coast.

Eurema lisa (Boisduval and Leconte)

Grand Cayman: 26 males, 16 females.

A specimen from Old Man Bay is extremely small, and abnormal in
appearance.

This species, widely distributed over North and Middle America, was
very common in all open parts of Grand Cayman. It seems rather re-
markable that it did not turn up on the Lesser Caymans.

Phoebis sennae sennae (Linnaeus)

Grand Cayman: 22 males, 19 females; Cayman Brae: 4 males, 2 fe-
males.

The females show much variation in colour, ranging from a yellow green,
little darker than the male, to a dull pinkish orange.

(C.B.L.) A common species in open parts of each island but not always
easily caught. No specimens were obtained on Little Cayman although
several were seen.

Phoebis neleis (Boisduval and Leconte)

Grand Cayman: 1 male.

This species has, according to Bates, not previously been recorded from
anywhere else but Cuba; Talbot (Lep. Cat. 23:544) gives its known dis-
tribution as “Cuba, Mexico, Guatemala, ? Porto Rico.”

(C.B.L.) The single specimen, a fine fresh male, was taken by Mr.

1943 Carpenter & Lewis: Lepidoptera from Cayman Islands 379

Thompson. It was the only example seen as far as we know, although
the species could easily have been mistaken for sennae when on the wing.

Danaidae

Danaus plexippus plexippus (Linnaeus)

Grand Cayman: 5 males; Cayman Brae: 3 males, 2 females.

The variation in the tint of the two spots on the fore wing, just beyond
the end of the cell, is of interest. Among the five Grand Cayman speci-
mens, taken on the same day at one locality, these spots are brown in two
cases, in one of which they are almost lost in the black which has en-
croached upon them in both specimens; another has these spots large and
pale brown; in another they are pale brown; in the remaining specimen
they are white. In the Cayman Brae specimens these spots are pure white
in the two females, pale brown in two males, and brown in one male. The
last mentioned specimen also has the subapical row of spots in areas
4-5-6 brown. The character of the apical brown in areas 4, 5 and 6 of the
fore wing agrees with that of Cuban specimens in the British Museum.
Mr. G. Talbot, who is revising the Danaidae in the British Museum,
identifies the Cayman specimens as menippe megalippe Hubn.*

(C.B.L.) The species did not appear on Grand Cayman until June. It

*Austin Clark’s “Notes on some North and Middle American Danaid butter-
flies (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 90, no. 3118, 1941)” appeared after the senior
author had completed his taxonomic study. Applying the sub-specific classifica-
tion, as set out in Clark’s paper, to the six specimens from the Cayman Islands
which have been retained in the Oxford Museum, Professor Carpenter writes as
follows:

“Four males (Cayman Brae 1 ; Grand Cayman 3) agree with Clark’s, p. plexippus.
A smaller, rather pale, male from Cayman Brae is almost the same as the picture
of p. tobagi; the apex of the fore wing shows very little brown and the spots at the
end of the cell have only the faintest trace of brown tint; the border spots along
the middle section of the border of the hind wing are not quite so faint as in the
picture of tobagi. Another small male from Grand Cayman is of the same rich
colour as of the four p. plexippus, but, although it has a good orange apical patch
like plexippus, the two spots at the end of the cell are very minute and dark orange,
in this respect almost portoricensis, the new sub-species which Clark describes.
The hind border of this specimen shows faint brown spots though they are not so
'obsolete’ as in the figure of portoricensis, from which this specimen differs also in
the larger size of the spots at the base of areas 4 and 5 of the fore wing.”

It is regrettable that the other four specimens from the Cayman Islands, which
had been deposited in the British Museum, were not available for re-examination.

380

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

was then very limited in its distribution and only in the meadows between
Georgetown and the Great Sound. On Cayman Brae the species was
observed only in the eastern region of the north coast where it was found
behind the high hurricane beach.

Danaus gilippus berenice (Cramer)

Grand Cayman: 14 males, 21 females; Cayman Brae: 1 male, 3 females.

There is considerable variation in size, colouration, and pattern, in
this series. The largest is a male with wing expanse of 76 mm., the
smallest is a male with an expanse of 50 mm.; both are from Grand
Cayman. The colour varies from deep red brown to a shade matching the
ground-colour of the female Cayman plexippus and very nearly as pale
as some specimens of jamaicensis. The pattern varies mainly on the
border of the hind wing upper surface which may be black without any
spots, or have a complete admarginal row of white points and the an-
terior and posterior ends of an inner row.

One dark female from Grand Cayman is of the form strigosa Bates;
another female with the same data, and also one of the females from
Cayman Brae, show the grey streaks to a smaller degree. The form
strigosa , is represented in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) by specimens
from the Bahamas and from Cuba.

One male shows a white mark, like a broad arrow-head, occupying the
angle at the base of area 2 on the upper side of the fore wing; this mark is
also shown on the under surface, and there is a smaller white mark at the
base of area 3, and a linear mark at the base of area 1 b, at the root of
vein 2. The small white mark in area 2 on the under surface is usually
present, being altogether absent only in two males and five females; but
the development into an arrow-head occurs in only one male and two
females.

(C.B.L.) This is another species which likes open grasslands, and
such conditions are mostly confined to the south-eastern part of Grand
Cayman where the butterflies are abundant. No specimens were taken
in the eastern regions of the island and the few taken in the interior were
very dwarfed.

The species was taken in the north-east of Cayman Brae; not in the
west, where it was most expected. While no specimens were taken on
Little Cayman, several were seen in the savannah-land behind the high
beach in the south-east, but not elsewhere.

1943 Carpenter & Lewis: Lepidoptera from Cayman Islands 381

Danaus eresimus (Cramer)

Grand Cayman: 30 males, 18 females.

The series shows considerable variation in the degree of development of
white spots in areas 1 b, 2, and 3, on the upper side of the fore wing. Four
males and three females show no trace; from this condition there is every
stage to clear white spots in areas 3 and 2, and a faint, though possibly
large, one in area 1 b. The depth of ground-colour also varies, but, when
compared with the specimens in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) (none
from Cuba or the Caymans), the Cayman specimens are, on the whole,
of a richer, darker, brown. This is possibly due to the recent date of
capture. The breadth of the black border of the hind wing also varies
considerably. Bates speaks (p. 146) of “a dark form, very like berenice ,
which agrees well with the dark Ecuadorean erginus ,” among the Cuban
specimens. There are none like these in the Cayman series. The type
specimen of erginus in the British Museum has very large and pure white
spots in areas 2-3 of the fore wing; the white spots on each side of the
black border to the hind wing are much more prominent than in any
Cayman specimen ; there is a clearer distinction between the darker basal
and paler peripheral parts of the hind wing than in Cayman specimens.
The pale spot at the base of area 2 on the under-surface of the fore wing,
mentioned under berenice , is invariably represented in eresimus; usually
faintly brown and ill-defined, in one specimen it is pure white and dis-
tinct.

(C.B.L.) Bates remarks on the resemblance to berenice, which, he
believes, accounts for its scarcity in collections. The species was found
to be more common than berenice on Grand Cayman, in the same situa-
tions and with berenice, but eresimus was not found on the Lesser Cay-
mans. In spite of its wide range of variation, eresimus was always easily
distinguished on the wing from berenice, the latter being much darker. No
early stages were found.

Nymphalidae

Heliconius charithonia charithonia (Linnaeus)

Grand Cayman: 14 males, 21 females.

This series shows an unusually high proportion of females. There is
remarkably little variation except in size: the two largest, both females,
having an expanse of wing of 94 and 93 mm., respectively, the smallest,

382

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

64 mm. The two large females correspond to Hall’s form punctata
(Entomologist, 1936, 69:276), with an additional yellow spot in area 3
of the fore wing, and the yellow bar in area 3 crossing vein 4 to enter the
anterior part of area 3. According to Hall, this form is practically a
geographical race in St. Kitts; specimens showing the same variation are
in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) from Santo Domingo, St. Thomas,
and Jamaica.

(C.B.L.) Abundant in south-eastern portions of Grand Cayman and
especially in the vicinity of Georgetown.

Colaenis julia cillene Cramer

Grand Cayman: 8 males, 3 females.

The black spot on the costa of the fore wing varies in development, but
the specimens correspond to those designated cillene in the British Mu-
seum (Nat. Hist.). The Cuban specimens are termed nudeola by Bates
but, according to Seitz’s account of nudeola , the “ground-colour” is “dull
buff” which does not accord with the Cayman specimens; the latter are
of the form ascribed to cillene by Seitz.

(C.B.L.) This species was found to be quite local in its distribution
and nowhere very common. It was one of the few species found in the
interior along the forest paths. Females were definitely scarce.

Dione vanillae (Herrich-Schaffer)

Grand Cayman: 31 males, 13 females; Little Cayman: 21 males, 4
females; Cayman Brae: 13 males, 8 females.

These specimens do not seem to correspond to the form insularis
which, according to Seitz, has the terminal border of the hind-wing “often
only with some black ante-terminal arches” ; in the Cayman specimens
there is what Seitz calls the “chain pattern.”

There is considerable variation in size, those from Little Cayman being
on the whole smaller than the Grand Cayman specimens which are larger
than Jamaican specimens; the Jamaican and Lesser Cayman examples
are of about the same size. The largest specimen, a male from Grand
Cayman, has a wing expanse of 70 mm.; the smallest, a male from Cay-
man Brae, 48 mm.

The large silver spot, in area 6 on the underside of the hind wing,
presents some interesting features. A projection backwards into it from
vein 7 occasionally traverses it completely, as far as vein 6, dividing it

1943 Carpenter & Lewis: Lepidoptera from Cayman Islands 383

into two sections. This occurs in four males from Grand Cayman and in
one male and two females from Little Cayman. This feature is not shown
in any of the specimens in the British Museum (general collection) from
the mainland, except in peculiar aberrations from Georgia; it occurs in
one female from Bermuda, two from Barbados, and one from St. Lucia.
Another character is that this backward projection in mainland specimens
is very markedly hooked outwards at its posterior end, which is not the
case in Cayman specimens.

The black spot at the end of the cell of the fore-wing nearest the costa
usually has a silver center; this is not the case in four males from Grand
Cayman and one from Little Cayman, in which only a trace of silver
dusting can be seen.

(C.B.L.) Abundantly found in all open sections of each island. Like
several other species usually not found in the bush, this butterfly was
found in numbers flying in the dense but thinly canopied bush which
covers much of Little Cayman. Also, like most other species of butter-
flies, specimens from the vicinity of Georgetown, Grand Cayman, were
very large and rich in colour, while specimens from the Lesser Caymans
were small and paler in colour.

Larvae were commonly found on Passiflora and allied plants.

Euptoieta hegesia (Cramer)

Grand Cayman: 23 males, 10 females; Little Cayman: 9 males, 15 fe-
males; Cayman Brae: 4 males, 6 females.

The series as a whole shows a slightly more reddish tint than the series
in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.), possibly due to the freshness of the
specimens. The smallest specimen, a male from Cayman Brae, has a
wing expanse of only 35 mm. ; the largest, a female from Grand Cayman,
gives a measurement of 64 mm.

(C.B.L.) Found abundantly wherever the food plant, Turnera ulmi-
folia L. is found. The plant and the butterfly were especially abundant
along the south-eastern coast of Little Cayman. The wide variability of
pattern and ground-colour were noticeable even in the field.

Phyciodes phaon phaon (Edwards)

Grand Cayman: 19 males, 24 females.

(C.B.L.) This species apparently breeds on Wedelia trilobata (L.)
Hitchc., known as “Marigold,” as it was always associated with this plant.

384

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

On several occasions careful search was made in an extensive clump
which swarmed with the butterflies, but no early stages were found.

Phyciodes phaon f. maya Hall

Grand Cayman : 4 males, 1 female.

These specimens were considered by Mr. A. Hall to be probably sum-
mer forms of maya, of which the type is a winter form.

Precis lavinia f. zonalis (Felder and Felder)

Grand Cayman: 20 males, 17 females; Cayman Brae: 3 males, 5 fe-
males.

Transitional: Grand Cayman: 11 males, 2 females; Cayman Brae: 4
males.

Precis lavinia f, genoveva (Cramer)

Grand Cayman: 1 male, 11 females; Little Cayman: 1 male, 1 female.

The identification of the Cayman Precis has been rendered easier and
more interesting by the paper on “Variation in Junonia lavinia (Lepi-
doptera, Nymphalidae),” by Wm. T. M. Forbes, 1928, Journal of the
New York Entomological Society, 36: 305-322. It seems that, as set out
above, the majority of the Cayman specimens are of the form which
Forbes {l.c., p. 307) terms zonalis Felder, and has “commonly passed for
genoveva .”

The other form is that termed genoveva Cr. by Forbes {l.c., p. 309) and
has the characteristics of a dry-season form, with the ocelli on the under-
surface greatly reduced and inconspicuous, and the general colouration
more uniform.

I am unable to follow Bates in making zonalis and genoveva two dif-
ferent species.

Forbes {l.c., p. 305) discusses the fact that what he terms the “northern”
and “central” types meet in the Greater Antilles, and that “two stocks
have reached Cuba by different routes {via North and South America).”
The Cayman series, however, differs from the Cuban in this respect, for
there are none of the North American species, coenia Hiibner. A very
few specimens show a trace of the “definite red semicircle” which Forbes
describes as “absolutely distinctive of this form” so that it may be said
that the northern form has exerted a very slight influence.

1943 Carpenter & Lewis: Lepidoptera from Cayman Islands 385

I have examined very carefully a considerable number of preparations
of the male gential armature, both of zonalis and of genoveva, but have
found no character by which to distinguish them from each other. In
certain minor points there is great variation, and even considerable varia-
tion between the same parts, on the two sides of the body. The valve is
considerably narrowed posteriorly and, viewed dorsally, is seen to be
deeply cleft, forming two finger-like processes with a fold dipping between
their bases like the web of human fingers. Each of these digits has a
complicated arrangement of teeth on the inner aspect of the extremity;
the external digit projects backwards a little beyond the internal and its
rosette of minute teeth lies beyond the larger teeth on the internal digit.
The rosettes are so variable and small that they can be disregarded. The
larger teeth on the internal digit are most interesting and figures 1 to 9
show several of the forms. In their typical appearance, when flattened for
drawing, they strongly suggest canine and incisor teeth, and these names
may be conveniently used. The canine in its normal position projects
horizontally inwards from the internal surface of the valve, and has to be
flattened out into the same plane as the valve under the cover slip, by
which it is sometimes broken or doubled back. The incisor teeth lie on,
or just anterior to, the rosette of the external digit. A series of specimens
was examined, the right valve being dissected off and the teeth on its
internal surface drawn under a medium power. Comparison of these
drawings with the butterflies showed that there was no correlation be-
tween colouration and teeth, while the genital armature as a whole showed
no appreciable variation in structure between zonalis and genoveva.

Preliminary drawings of different types having been made, second
specimens of butterflies, approaching as nearly as possible to those from
which the first preparations had been made, were selected for examina-
tion of their genitalia, and the results were quite unharmonious. It was
even found that the teeth might be different on the two sides of the body.

A few specimens of the zonalis form from Jamaica, St. Kitts, Mexico
and Guatemala, were examined, but came within the range of variation
of the Cayman specimens, as did one from Cuba and one from Honduras,
for which I am indebted to the Dept, of Entomology, British Museum
(Nat. Hist.).

The variations in the teeth are shown in the figures.

386

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

EXPLANATION OF FIGURES

1. Canine and one incisor. In one specimen the incisor was divided on the right

side of the body into two, equal sized, smaller teeth.

2. Canine and two incisors of equal size, the commonest type.

3. Canine and two incisors, with an accessory smaller tooth at the base of the

canine.

4. Canine and one incisor, with two unequal, smaller, accessory teeth at the base

of the canine. Drawing from left valve.

5. Canine and two incisors, with a large accessory of about equal size.

6. Canine and three small incisors, with a minute accessory behind the incisor and

another half-way along the canine.

7. Canine (doubled back in the picture) and four incisors.

8. A very different arrangement; there are two incisors but the canine has divided

into two teeth of equal, but smaller, size, and an accessory tooth has de-
veloped behind the base.

Three anterior and two posterior teeth. The posterior teeth, unfortunately,
could not be flattened out so that the drawing is not quite comparable to
the others. This is from the left valve of the specimen, of which fig. 8
shows the teeth of the right valve.

1943 Carpenter & Lewis: Lepidoptera from Cayman Islands 387

Table

The following are the specimens examined, assigned to the particular
type of teeth enumerated above.

Type

Pattern

Condition of
anterior ocellus

of teeth

Specimen

Locality

of underside

(hind wing)

1

D (R)

Grand Cayman

genoveva

Small and black.

1

G (R)

zonalis

Small and black.

1

M (L)

Mexico

genoveva

Fairly large; few blue
scales.

1

P (R)

Jamaica

zonalis

Small, one-third blue.

1

*R (L)

Jamaica

zonalis

Small, few blue scales.

1

S (L)

Jamaica

zonalis

Fairly large, black.

1

B.M. (L.R.)

Mexico

Not specified.

Not specified.

2

B (R)

Grand Cayman

zonalis

Small, black.

2

C (R)

r> n

zonalis

Slightly enlarged,
black.

2

D (L)

n »

genoveva

Small and black.

2

E (R)

n »

genoveva trans.
to zonalis

Small, half blue.

2

H (R)

??

zonalis

Slightly enlarged, few
blue scales.

2

I (R)

V ))

zonalis

Small, black.

2

J (R)

Cayman Brae

zonalis, trans.
to genoveva

Small, black.

2

M (R)

Mexico

genoveva

Large, few blue scales.

2

N (L.R.)

Guatemala ,

zonalis

Small, few blue scales.

2

O (R)

Jamaica

zonalis

Slightly enlarged,
black

2

Q (L)

Jamaica

zonalis, trans.
to genoveva

Small, black.

2

T (L.R.)

St. Lucia

zonalis

Small, black.

2

B.M. (L.R.)

Honduras

Not specified.

Not specified.

3

F (R)

Grand Cayman

genoveva

Large, half blue.

4

O (L)

Jamaica

zonalis

Slightly enlarged,
black

4

fP (L)

Jamaica

zonalis

Small, one-third blue.

4

Q (R)

Jamaica

zonalis, trans.
to genoveva

Small, black.

4

ts (R)

Jamaica

zonalis

Fairly large, black.

5

K (R)

Little Cayman

genoveva trans.
to zonalis

Small, few blue scales.

6

D (R)

Grand Cayman

genoveva trans.
to zonalis

Small, half blue.

7

L (L.R.)

Cayman Brae

genoveva trans.
to zonalis

Small, black.

8

H (R)

Grand Cayman

zonalis

Small, black.

9

H (L)

Grand Cayman

zonalis

Small, black.

*This specimen had the incisor divided into two, smaller, equal teeth.
fThese (two) did not show the minute second accessory on the canine.

388

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

(C.B.L.) Precis was found to be very interesting in the field as well
as under the microscope. On Grand Cayman both zonalis and genoveva
occur; genoveva was the only form found along the tops of the beaches
and within one hundred yards of the shore; zonalis was never taken in
this area, but was found to be the meadow and pasture form with oc-
casional genoveva and transitionals in the same regions. I found it easy to
distinguish the two forms by their flight; zonalis flew erratically and for
short distances only, while genoveva took long, rapid, and fairly straight
flights. Transitional forms were noticed to take rather short flights, and
were not as erratic in their course as the more typical zonalis.

The situation on the Lesser Caymans seemed very remarkable. The
two islands are quite similar, as far as the coastal habitats are concerned,
but only genoveva was found on Little Cayman and only zonalis on Cayman
Brae — islands only five miles apart.

The butterflies were definitely scarce on Little Cayman; only one pair
was secured and but a few more were seen. On Cayman Brae, Precis
was found only within 200 yards of the coast; where, according to our
experience on Grand Cayman and Little Cayman, we would have ex-
pected genoveva , we found zonalis! For the most part the Brae specimens
were quite typical in pattern, colour, and manner of flight.

Anartia jatrophae jamaicensis Moschler

Grand Cayman: 18 males, 9 females.

(C.B.L.) On the first day of our visit to Cayman Brae, as we were
landing, a much battered individual was seen. At the time, I made no
attempt to capture the example thinking the species would be found as
commonly as on Grand Cayman; it was the only example seen. On the
latter island the species showed wide variation in colour, both of the
pattern and ground.

Victorina stelenes insularis Holland

Grand Cayman : 1 pair in copula ; 2 males.

All four specimens have two well-marked spots in the cell of the fore-
wing, agreeing with Bates’ account of Cuban specimens.

Specimens of stelenes in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) from Jamaica,
St. Kitts, St. Domingo, and Haiti, have only one cell spot in the fore-
wing, or even none; a specimen from Mexico is like the Cuban and Cay-
man specimens with two spots.

1943 Carpenter & Lewis: Lepidoptera from Cayman Islands 389

Seitz (p. 463) ignores Holland’s name insularis and figures (pi. 95a) a
form which he calls biplagiata: this corresponds to the Cayman specimens
and it would seem that biplagiata is synonymous with insularis and must
yield to it.

(C.B.L.) The specific name of this species has been misspelled by
many authors and is incorrect in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.).
Linnaeus probably intended steneles following the Greek, but the fact re-
mains that he wrote stelenes. Bates and Kaye (Trans. Ent. Soc. London,
1926) are recent writers who have followed the correct nomenclature.

The species was always scarce, and, unlike those of the Bath region of
Jamaica, was difficult to catch on Grand Cayman. Our four specimens, all
in poor condition, are the fruits of four and a half months of trying to
obtain a series of the species. None was ever seen outside of Georgetown
where they were occasionally observed throughout our stay, from April
to September.

Representatives of stelenes in Jamaica are fairly consistent in pattern
and colour but these Cayman specimens varied greatly. One of the pair,
taken May 18, seems to be almost exactly like Fruhstorfer’s type of
pallida from Central America, and of a pattern and colour exhibited by
many specimens from Nicaragua and Panama in the British Museum
collection. The other specimen resembles those of the Cuban series.

Anaea verticordia echemus (Doubleday, Westwood, and Hewitson)

Grand Cayman: 30 males, 15 females; Little Cayman: 5 males, 2
females; Cayman Brae: 1 male, 2 females.

The type of echemus in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) is from Hon-
duras and shows a trace of a white spot on the hind wing in area 4 at the
proximal end of the black spot. There is, among the Cayman series, a dif-
ference in the number of these small white spots; there may be one (in
area 3), two (in areas 2 and 3), three (in areas 1, 2, 3) or four (in areas
1, 2, 3, 4). The series in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) from Cuba
shows the spot in area 4 in only one female out of twenty, and in none of
the twenty-two males. On the other hand, in the British Museum (Nat.
Hist.) series from the Bahamas all three males and four of the six females
have the spot in area 4, and two of the females also have one in area 5 ; in
one of these females there is another spot in area 6.

The Honduras specimens in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) do not
have the white spots as well developed: the type specimen is the only

390

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

female out of five which has spot 4 even faintly represented, though it is
shown in one of the three males. In the development of the white spots
the Cayman series agrees more closely with the specimens in the British
Museum (Nat. Hist.) from the Bahamas than with those from Cuba; the
fourth spot is present in ten out of fifty-five specimens.

(C.B.L.) A species of the bush and forest, and probably the most uni-
formly distributed butterfly on the islands. It may be expected almost
anywhere except in open meadows and along the beaches.

Activity began at sunrise when I observed the butterfly flying freely
in the open above the bush. As the sun rose and the light and heat be-
came more intense, these butterflies retreated beneath the bush, flitting
about just above the ground. In areas where the foliage was fairly high,
the insects remained just below the canopy, frequently resting on the trunk
or main branches of the trees. Activity is apparently suspended entirely
from about 11 a.m. until 3 p.m.

The butterflies’ habit of alighting on trees, makes them easy prey for
the lizards ( Anolis conspersus on Grand Cayman, Anolis sagrei and
Anolis maynardi on Little Cayman, and Anolis luteosignifer on Cayman
Brae), so abundant on the Caymans.

One rarely catches a specimen that does not bear evidence of attacks
by lizards. Thus most of our specimens had tears and nicks in the secon-
daries.

Lycaenidae

Strymon martialis (Herrich-Schaffer)

Little Cayman: 1 male, 1 female.

(C.B.L.) This pair was taken fluttering about the low vegetation at
the top of the beach near South Town, Little Cayman. No others were
seen although little time was spent looking for them.

Strymon acis (Drury)

Grand Cayman: 6 males, 3 females; Little Cayman: 1 female; Cayman
Brae: 13 males, 1 female.

The specimens from Grand Cayman differ appreciably from those from
Little Cayman and Cayman Brae by being much more distinctly marked.
The anal lobe is more strongly orange, and there is a triangular orange
patch on the hind wing separated from the base of the shorter tail by a
round black spot. This orange patch is absent from specimens from

1943 Carpenter & Lewis: Lepidoptera from Cayman Islands 391

Little Cayman and Cayman Brae except for a trace in one from the latter
locality. Dr. K. Jordan kindly reported on species from the Caymans,
sent him for comparison, as the genus is being closely studied at
Tring.

“The name is evidently acts Drury 1770, said to have been received
by Drury from New York, where it does not occur. In most specimens
the hind wing upperside bears a red submarginal spot in front of the
long tail : sometimes this spot is reduced to a few scales not entirely absent
from any of the specimens I have here. In your two pairs from Cayman
Brae and Little Cayman the spot is reduced, in those from Grand Cayman
fairly large. In our series from various places in Cuba there is only one
male with the spot so much reduced, in the other males it is small or
fairly distinct to the naked eye. In our single female from Grand Cayman
the spot is as conspicuous as in your females from that island. The
description of mars F. 1777 fits the species. Fabricius identifies this in
1793 with Drury’s acts and with Cramer’s fig. 175 (Cape of Good Hope!) ;
in both figures the orange patch on the underside of the hind wing is
exaggerated; at least we have no female in which it is as large as in the
figures.”

Regarding the red spot on the upperside of the hind wing it may be
said that all of the specimens from Grand Cayman show a good develop-
ment, whereas not one of those from Lesser Cayman shows so much:
indeed in only two (females) from Cayman Brae is there an approach to a
definite spot, and in most there are only a few scales discernible with a
lens, or even none.

(C.B.L.) A species reported from Florida, Cuba, Jamaica, and Do-
minica as uncommon. It is interesting to note that examples from
Florida exhibit the same orange triangular patch on the hind wing as
shown by those from Grand Cayman. Another case of a mainland, rather
than an Antillean form, on Grand Cayman.

Strymon columella (Fabricius)

Grand Cayman: 8 males, 12 females.

(C.B.L.) A species always found at the tops of beaches where Suriana ,
known as “Bay cedar” or “Juniper” is found. The plant and butterfly are
common on all shores of Grand Cayman except those of the Great Sound.
In all probability the species will also be found on both of the Lesser
Caymans where the food plant occurs.

392

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Hemiargus filenus (Poey)

Grand Cayman: 18 males, 4 females.

Dr. A. S. Corbet of the British Museum has kindly examined Cayman
specimens and sent the following note: “The [form of] Hemiargus from
Cayman is named hanno Stoll in the British Museum, but I cannot see
that Stoll’s figure can be applied to this species or that named filenus
Poey in the Museum collection. Nor does antibubastus Hbn. represent
the same species. As far as I can trace it, the oldest name for the Cayman
specimens is filenus Poey, with pseudoptilates Bsdv. & Lee. as a synonym
or race. From this it follows that the name filenus Poey is incorrectly
applied in the Museum collection. Again, the male genitalia of the
Cayman specimens are distinct from those of catalina and ammonf Ac-
cording to Bates, West Indian specimens are filenus.

(C.B.L.) The species was found in open areas all around the coast of
Grand Cayman.

Hemiargus ammon (Lucas)

Grand Cayman: 32 males, 21 females.

(C.B.L.) Abundantly found with H. filenus in all open areas around
the coast of Grand Cayman.

Hemiargus catalina (Fabricius)

Little Cayman: 3 males; Cayman Brae: 1 male, 1 female.

Dr. A. S. Corbet kindly examined these specimens and made the fol-
lowing remarks about the species: “The type of catalina Fab. is probably
lost and the original description can be applied to the specimens thus
named in the British Museum. The original description of ammon Lucas
is accompanied by a figure which clearly represents the species so named
in the British Museum. These two species are quite distinct, the males
differing in genitalia and in androconia.”

The female from Cayman Brae is a very dark specimen with the blue
on the upper surface more restricted than in the ammon females.

(C.B.L.) Specimens in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) are from
Nevis, Haiti, and St. Domingo.

Brephidium exilis thompsoni subsp. nov.

Grand Cayman: 15 males, 17 females.

The identification of this butterfly has been difficult, in the absence of
an authoritatively named series of good specimens in England. Neither

1943 Carpenter & Lewis: Lepidoptera from Cayman Islands 393

the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) in Cromwell Road, nor its annex at
Tring, enabled Mr. Lewis and myself to decide upon the specimens of
which he and Mr. Thompson obtained a good series at a single locality.
The original descriptions of isophthalma by Herrich-Schaffer (1862) and
of exilis by Boisduval (1852) were too indefinite to allow a decision,
especially as exilis , the species to which the Cayman examples seemed to
belong, has apparently not been recorded off the American mainland.
Mr. Frank E. Watson, of the American Museum of Natural History,
New York, very kindly sent typical specimens of both species, which
showed that the Cayman series belongs to exilis but is sufficiently dif-
ferent to be described as a new geographical race. I have much pleasure
in naming it after Mr. G. H. Thompson who was responsible for its dis-
covery. Mr. Watson kindly indicated the following characteristics about
the specimens which he sent.

A. The small white spot on the primaries at the outer angle in

exilis , due to the interruption of the white fringes, holds in
most individuals but occasionally fails in brown specimens;
when it fails the other differences will easily separate the
species.

B. In isophthalma the wings above and below, as well as the fringes,

are dull uniform brown.

C. The primaries in exilis have the underside with the inner half

grey and the outer half brown.

Description: Males differ from exilis exilis by the much darker tint of
the upper surface of the outer half of each wing which is dull black. There
is a difference on the under surface in the series of paired white sub-
marginal linear markings which occur in each interspace on the fore wing,
parallel with the outer (hind) margin. In thompsoni these paired mark-
ings are equally conspicuous in each of the two rows, and obviously
represent the accentuated proximal and distal borders of six internervular
spots; in e. exilis , however, the proximal marking is much less developed,
so that in the four areas in the middle of the series it is scarcely visible,
and even at the anterior and posterior ends of the series it is less marked
than in e. thompsoni. Consequently in e. thompsoni there is an apparently
wider area of the brown ground-colour free from spots until examined
very closely.

Holotype: cf, Grand Cayman, English Sound, off Great Sound; June
23, 1938; C. B. Lewis and G. H. Thompson; 14 paratypes, with data
previously given.

394

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

The females show the same characters beneath, but are not quite so
black on the upper surfaces of the wings.

Allotype: $ , same data as for holotype; 16 paratypes with data previ-
ously given. Types will be placed in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.),
paratypes at Oxford, the American Museum of Natural History, and the
Carnegie Museum.

(C.B.L.) The tiny butterfly is indeed limited in its distribution for
it was not found outside of an area of about fifty square yards, on the
edge of a secluded lagoon, known as English Sound, lying to the east of
and off of the Great Sound. The vegetation of this area is low, but not
unusual, and is typical of such situations which are numerous on the
island. No early stages were found.

Leptotes theonus (Lucas)

Grand Cayman: 4 males, 2 females; Little Cayman: 1 female; Cayman
Brae: 1 male, 3 females.

(C.B.L.) This species was never very common but was occasionally
taken in open areas along with the species of Hemiargus.

Hesperiidae

The names given are according to Brigadier W. H. Evans, who has
kindly identified the specimens and has written the following comments:
■“The species of the genera Urbanus, Hylephila , and Cymaenes , represented
in the collection, occur unchanged commonly throughout the West Indies
as does Panoquina sylvicola. The incidence of the two forms of the latter
is of interest. The Phocides form occurs only in Cuba, not very commonly ;
in a slightly modified form rarely in the Bahamas, and in another slightly
modified form in Florida more commonly; the originally described form,
pigmalion, looking very different, occurs throughout Central and South
America. The occurrence of Panoquina panoquinoides is remarkable and
of very great interest; the members of any future expedition should try to
discover the food plant and early stages.”

Phocides pigmalion batabano (Lucas)

Little Cayman: 4 males.

One of the specimens, captured on May 31, has an extremely clear
imprint of a lizard’s jaw on the right forewing, near the apex, from the
costa backwards.

1943 Carpenter & Lewis: Lepidoptera from Cayman Islands 395

(C.B.L.) Our field notes for May 31, read as follows: “The trip across
Salt Rocks Hill was a hard battle through the bush. We were probably
the first to cross that section since the days of the pirates. Directly at
the top of the hill we caught three specimens of an Hesperid new to us.
Two were quite perfect but unfortunately became rubbed in our fight
through the bush going down.”

Only seven or eight examples of this species were seen during our stay
on Little Cayman; they were all in the west. Capturing this form is a
real task as they fly above the trees and alight in the foliage at con-
siderable heights. It is really amazing to me that a lizard was ever able
to get near enough to make an imprint on the wing of one of the speci-
mens. The lizard responsible was probably Anolis maynardi.

Urbanus proteus proteoides Plotz

Grand Cayman: 8 males, 22 females; Cayman Brae: 2 females.

One female from Grand Cayman has the tails and hind margins cleanly
shorn from the hind wings symmetrically.

(C.B.L.) Many other specimens seen and caught show these evidences
of attacks, presumably by lizards. Common in open areas in the north,
south, and west, of Grand Cayman, but curiously it was not taken in the
east; it probably was overlooked. While no specimens were collected or
seen on Little Cayman, I expect that it occurs.

Hylephila phylaeus phylaeus (Drury)

Grand Cayman: 9 males, 6 females; Cayman Brae: 2 males, 1 female.

(C.B.L.) Found in grasslands and frequently at the top of beaches in
dry clumps of vegetation.

Cymaenes tripuncta tripuncta (Herrich-Schaffer)

Grand Cayman: 22 males, 14 females.

Panoquina panoquinoides panoquinoides (Skinner)

Grand Cayman: 4 males, 7 females; Little Cayman: 1 female; Cayman
Brae: 1 male, 4 females.

Brigadier Evans remarked upon this insect as follows: “This is a rare
insect; it was described from Florida, and the British Museum has only
seven males from there. The Cayman specimens seem typical. Godman

396

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

and Salvin subsequently described eugeon from Grenada as a good sub-
species. It is curious that panoquinoides does not seem to occur in
Jamaica.” Bates mentions two specimens from Pinar del Rio, Cuba.

(C.B.L.) The species was found only within a hundred yards of the sea
in the scrubby vegetation growing at the top of and behind the beaches
of the north and east coasts of Grand Cayman. On the Lesser Caymans
it was taken in pasture lands much further from the sea.

Panoquina sylvicola woodruffi Watson

Grand Cayman: 7 males, 16 females.

Evans wrote: “This form has the underside of the hind wing, plain
brown in the female, and the spots in both sexes have no pale blue tinge.”
Watson described this form in 1937 (Am. Mus. Nov.) from Jamaican
material.

Panoquina sylvicola sylvicola (Herrich-Schaffer)

Grand Cayman: 1 male, 1 female.

Evans wrote of this form: “The costal half of the hind wing on the
underside is shining purple-blue and the white spots are of a distinctly
bluish tinge. This is the prevalent Cuban form and P. s. woodruffi , the
Jamaican.”

Discussion

Of the forty-one forms and species listed in this paper, all but six occur
on Grand Cayman, of these six all occur on Little Cayman and three on
Cayman Brae; three are found only on Little Cayman, none are peculiar
to Cayman Brae; six species were taken on Grand Cayman and Cayman
Brae, but not on Little Cayman.

(C.B.L.) A few affinities are of interest: Papilio polydamas, Phyciodes
phaon, and the new form of Brephidium exilis , all found on Grand Cay-
man, seem to be mainland forms; also Dione vanillae and Hemiargus
filenus, found on all three islands. Victorina stelenes is represented on
Grand Cayman by forms resembling mainland and Cuban examples.
Papilio aristodemus temenes , from Little Cayman, Phoebis neleis , and
Panoquina sylvicola sylvicola , from Grand Cayman, are Cuban species.
Panoquina sylvicola woodruffi is a Jamaican form. Papilio andraemon and
Anaea verticordia echemus tend to resemble Bahaman material.

ART. XIV. NEW AND RARE ITHOMIINAE (LEPIDOPTERA)
IN THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM

By Richard M. Fox
Reading Public Museum
Reading, Pennsylvania

(One plate)

Through the kindness of Dr. Avinoff and Dr. Sweadner, I have been
able to examine the Carnegie Museum’s collection of Ithomiinae ( N-ympha -
lidae ) and to work through the undetermined material. The collection
itself was arranged by Dr. Avinoff some years ago, and at that time he
set aside several species as probably new. Some of them are described
here; others have been identified as obscure or recently described species.
All types are in the collection of the Carnegie Museum.

Melinaea maelus purusana Riley
(Plate I, figure 1)

Riley, 1919, Entomologist, 52: '181 (Allianca, Rio Purus).

M. madeira purusana Aurivillius, 1929, Ent. Tidskr., 50: 155 (Hyutanahan, Rio
Purus) .

The figure is of a male, one of a series captured at Hyutanahan and
Nova Olinda, Rio Purus, Brazil, by Samuel M. Klages and now in the
Carnegie Museum. Judging by the descriptions, the species of Riley and of
Aurivillius are identical; the specimen here figured comes from the same
locality as the Aurivillius type. By coincidence, Aurivillius published his
species as new, using the same name which had been applied to it ten
years earlier by Riley. I have not seen anything to which the name
Melinaea hicetas brunnea Riley, 1919, might be applied. It is possible
that M. brunnea is not a form of M. maelus , but belongs to another species,
a theory only, as the description is terse, but I gather from it that the
light spot of the anal angle is wanting on the upper side, whereas it is
always present in forms of maelus.

398

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Hypothyris meterus deemae, subsp. nov.

(Plate I, figure 8)

Hewitson’s Mechanitis meterus 1 appears in Haensch’s work in Seitz,
1909, as a Mechanitis. Forbes2 first recognized its true place as a species
in Hypothyris , although he was forced to base his judgement on published
illustrations. Two females of this apparently rare species were collected
by Woytkowski for the Carnegie Museum, in the Department of San
Martin, Peru; they agree in detail with Hewitson’s figure, and beyond
question belong in Hypothyris.

Two females of a subspecies of meterus have come to me, one collected
near San Pedro, Peru, by Woytkowski for the Carnegie Museum; the
other from the Rio Jatunyan (Jatun yacu?), eastern Ecuador, probably
collected by Macintyre, sent to me by the U. S. National Museum.
These two specimens have the two yellow, submarginal dots characteristic
of meterus , and agree with it in the arrangement of black markings on
the fore wing; the hind wing black is broken into its components, however.
The two females here described as deemae may prove to be separate races,
but I do not feel justified by the material at hand in making a division
between them at present. A yellow, postdiscal band is present in the fore
wing, a variation to be expected of the pattern and comparable to the
differences between the patterns of the two subspecies of Mechanitis
mazaeus, M. deceptus Butler and M. messenoides Felder.

Female: Fore wing above with entire apical portion broadly black, its
proximal boundary an irregular line running diagonally across the wing
from just beyond the beginning of R2 to the middle of M3-Cui, there
connected with a black projection comparable to the comma mark in
Mechanitis , but its end rounded, not hooked, lying just behind Cui, its
marginal part wider. Two small, round, yellow, submarginal spots punc-
ture this black, one between M3 and Cui, the other between Cui and Cu2.
Costal margin narrowly black; a black streak over the basal half of Sc;
a wedge-shaped, black spot in the cell; a very small or faintly indicated
black spot in the base of CU1-CU2; two discocellular spots, separated,
small ; a black streak over the anal vein and along the hind margin to
about two- thirds of the distance to the anal angle. In the type specimen,
the anal streak is broader, the streak over Sc is shorter, the cell spot is
continued to the base and there is another short streak just below the base

1 Hewitson, 1860, Exot. Butt., 2: Mechanitis, IS.

2 Forbes, 1924, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 32: 155.

1943

Fox: New Ithomiinae

399

of the radius. A yellow, postdiscal fascia extending proximad as far as
the discocellulars and Cui.

Hind wing, black and tawny. A wide, black, costal streak from the base
to the end of the cell, including the proximal half of the cell and covering
Sc; a black streak in the cell above M3-CU1, wanting in the paratype;
veins along the posterior side of the cell always tawny. Posterior of the
cell a large, black spot running to the margin. In the type specimen this
is separated by a narrow, tawny line into a median band and a sub-
marginal-marginal band; in the paratype, instead, tawny cuts off the
median-submarginal black from the marginal line as far as Cu*. The
distal margin narrowly black; the rest of the wing tawny. A suggested
black spot R-Mi, midway between discocellulars and wing apex, narrow.

Fore wing beneath as above; a limited friction area behind the anal
vein. Hind wing beneath as above; costal margin narrowly tawny;
humeral angle yellow.

Antennae yellow, black at the base; head black with yellow-white spots;
collar and patagia tawny; proximal leg segments with yellow scaling;
abdomen black-brown above, yellow beneath.

Male: A male of this form was recently sent to me by Mr. F. M. Brown.
It agrees in detail with the type. The hair patch is characteristic of
Hypothyris, as are the genitalia. I designate this male, which comes from
Sani Beni, Peru, through the Brown collection, and is now in the American
Museum of Natural History (genitalia slide, no. 432), as the “allotype.”

Type: Female; vicinity of San Pedro, Peru; June 1-5, 1935; 900 m.;
Woytkowski; Carnegie Museum.

Paratype: Female; Rio Jatunyan, eastern Ecuador; Dec. 27, 1936;
U. S. National Museum.

Hyalyris deuscula, sp. nov.

(Plate I, figure 2)

This is readily distinguished from coeno , Doubleday and Hewitson,3
by the brown antennal clubs, the yellow scaling on the fore wing, and the
yellow tinge on the humeral spot; in coeno the antennae are entirely black,
the fore wing transparent areas are very slightly whitish, and the humeral

3 Doubleday & Hewitson, 1847, Gen. Diurn. Lep., 1: 127; pi. 18, fig. 2 (Vene-
zuela).

400

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

spot is gray-white. H. atagalpa Haensch,4 H. latilimbata Weymer,5
and H. statilla Hewitson,6 are all more or less similar to the present
species, but in all of them the humeral spot is confined proximad of the
humeral vein, while in deuscula and coeno it crosses the vein and is,
consequently, elongated, not round. H. deuscula is found in the Vene-
zuelan mountains around Carcacas, apparently at relatively high alti-
tudes; probably it has been confused with coeno in collections.

Male: Costal margin of fore wing black, at the base extending in to the
radius, but narrowing somewhat a few millimeters out, so that a trans-
parent streak appears between the radius and Sc, and only narrowly
black from cell apex to wing apex, the bases of the radial cells being
transparent-blackish; distal margin uniformly black, about 1.5 mm. wide,
its proximal edge not very sharply defined, with black scaling running
in to the transparent part of the wing; anal margin behind the cubitus
black, narrowing toward the anal angle so that there is a transparent
area below Cu2. A row of small, round, gray-white, submarginal spots
between the veins, R4 to CU2, placed at the inner edge of the border. Rest
of wing transparent, very lightly yellowish near the base; all veins nar-
rowly black.

Hind wing with a straw-gray hair pencil on a pearly-black friction area;
distal margins a little wider than on the fore wing, about 3 mm. wide at
Cui, rather even from apex to anal angle, where it narrows to a slender
line along the anal margin; inner edge of border color indefinite, leaving a
transparent-black stripe along its proximal side; five small, white spots in
the middle of the border, a little stronger than those of the fore wing, be-
tween the veins R to Cu2, and sometimes an additional pair behind Cu2 ;
in the transparent-black stripe the veins are thickened slightly with
opaque black scales; within this stripe the transparent wing is clouded
with sulphur-yellow, but not heavily; the veins here are narrowly black.

Beneath, the fore wing is exactly like the upper side, except that
generally there is an additional, white, submarginal spot behind Cu2,
and the anal margin is a pearly-black friction area. Hind wing is as above;
the costal margin black, including the radius itself, but very little of the
anterior side of the cell ; a gray to yellow-white spot on the humeral angle,

4 Haensch, 1905, Berl. Ent. Zeit., 50: 156 (Cuzco, Peru).

5 Weymer, 1890, in Stiibel, Lep. Reiss S. Amer. : 105; pi. 2, fig. 8 (LaVina,
Peru).

6 Hewitson, 1874, Exot. Butt., 5: Ithomia, 217 (Chanchamayo).

1943

Fox: New Ithomiinae

401

surrounding the black humeral vein; the extreme base of the hind wing
is blackened, visible from above as well.

Female: Like the male, but the margins of both wings are slightly
broader, so that the submarginal spots of the fore wing are entirely sur-
rounded by black, especially at the apex; sulphur-yellow clouding of the
transparent areas a little stronger than in the male, particularly on the
hind wing; costal margin of hind wing, between the black radius and the
narrow, black line on the margin itself, pearly white, extending out just
beyond the cell apex. In one female paratype, on the hind wing above in
the position where the submarginal spot between the anals would appear,
there are some tawny scales, scarcely noticeable.

Antennae black, the clubs dark reddish-black; head and thorax black
with white markings; abdomen black-brown above, ashen beneath.

Holotype: Male; Pie de Cerro, Aragua, Venezuela; 2700-3700 ft.; June
9, 1929; Ernest G. Holt; genitalia slide, no. 252, Carnegie Museum.

Allotype: Female; Pie de Cerro, (La Victoria), Aragua, Venezuela;
May 6, 1929; Holt Expedition; Carnegie Museum.

Paratypes: Three males, same data as the holotype; two of them in the
Carnegie Museum, one in the Reading Museum collection. Eight fe-
males with same data as the allotype, seven of them in the Carnegie Mu-
seum, one in the Reading Museum collection. One female; Colonia Tovar,
Aragua, Venezuela; 6000-7000 ft.; Holt Expedition; Carnegie Museum.

Hyalyris munda, sp. nov.

(Plate I, figure 3)

I cannot immediately associate this with any of the known species,
though genitalic analysis probably would establish its relationship, hence
I assign munda the status of a species, probably temporarily. It has the
general appearance of coeno, Doubleday & Hewitson ( loc . cit.), from which
it is immediately separated by the lack of the spot on the humeral lobe,
by the yellow-brown clubs of the antennae, and by the sharply defined
and peculiarly shaped margins of the hind wing. There are traces of red
scaling in the anal angle of the hind wing.

Female: Fore wing transparent with velvety black margins, black veins,
and a whitish hue on the disc. Seven submarginal spots placed in the
middle of the border, R4 to the anal angle, the posterior four faint and gray-
black. Black of costal margin invading the top of the cell slightly opposite
CU2; costal margin about 3 mm. wide, quite uniform in width except at

402

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Cui, where it sends a streak along the vein about half-way in to the cell;
anal margin behind cubitus-Cu2, black, overlaid with white scales between
Cu2 and the anal vein to form a long, indefinite spot; basal half of cell
sprinkled with black scales.

Hind wing with a transparent-white spot over the end of the cell, fading
into semi-transparent, sulphur-yellow below the cell to the anal margin;
borders velvety black with a series of submarginal spots R to 2A, only the
one in M1-M2 white, the others gray-black, scarcely visible. Black costal
border includes base of wing and the anterior half of the cell; at the dis-
cocellulars the black angles down to the middle of M2-M3 (leaving a small
transparent-white spot in the base of M2-M3), then runs to the anal angle
in a flat arc; thus, the distal marginal color is 8 mm. broad over M2,
7 mm. over CU2; its proximal boundary is clear-cut compared to that of
similar species. Between the sulphur-yellow color and the black border in
2A-3A there are traces of red scales, and a little of the adjacent black
becomes brownish.

Beneath, both wings exactly as above, the submarginal spots white and
strong; red scaling of hind wing present below as well; no spot in humeral
lobe.

Antennae black, the clubs orange-brown; head, thorax, and legs black,
very few white spots.

Type: Female; Vicinity of Pampa Hermosa, Peru; May 1-5, 1935;
1600 ft.; Woytkowski; Carnegie Museum.

Napeogenes astarte, sp. nov.

(Plate I, figure 4)

The relationships of the species of the genus Napeogenes are so little
understood at the present that I hesitate to designate this form as a sub-
species of any known species. In general it resembles N. pyrois Bates,7
and N. pharo (Felder)8, but is not exactly like either. The shadowy cell-
bar of the fore wing, the narrow, tawny-red, submarginal line of the hind
wing, the black collar and patagia, the antennae with their black shafts
and orange clubs with black tips, combine to separate N. astarte from
any previously described species. The present series of three males comes
from the Rio Purus, and was collected by Samuel M. Klages.

7 Bates, 1862, Proc. Linn. Soc. London, 23: 534-5 (Cupari).

8 Felder, 1862, Wien. Ent. Monats., 7: 76 (Upper Amazons).

1943

Fox: New Ithomiinae

403

Male: Fore wing translucent yellow with black margins: costal margin
black from base to end of cell, in as far as and including the radius; con-
nected with the dark, discocellular band which is widest at the costal
margin, its proximal edge straight, continued along Cui to the distal mar-
gin, its distal edge a gentle curve giving the band in general a wedge-like
shape, but this curve is broken over the proximal end of M3 by a rounded
projection into the subapical area; costal marginal black a mere line at
the yellow costal spot beyond the cell apex, then greatly widening at the
wing apex, cutting across to the distal margin toward the outer end of
M2-M3, then proceeding with an even width to the anal angle; entire anal
margin behind cubitus-Cu2 connected with a triangular area filling the
base of CU1-CU2. Except along the radius, the opaque black markings are
bordered with transparent-black; transparent-black forms a shadowy bar
across the cell opposite the proximal end of CU2; the posterior end of this
cell bar is more opaque. Thus the translucent-yellow is found in a post-
discal fascia which just crosses M3 posteriorad and is connected with the
opaque, yellow, costal spot at the other end, and to a fascia which crosses
the outer end of the cell and fills most of CU1-CU2, the cubital segment be-
ing yellow (in one paratype the yellow in Cui-Cu2 is constricted a little in
the middle by transparent-black), and to the filling at the base of the cell.
The subapical white spots of the under side are faintly visible in the apical
black.

Hind wing with a gray hair pencil on a pearly-black friction area;
central part of wing transparent-yellow with yellow veins; an opaque,
black tooth over the discocellulars, ending at the proximal end of M3,
set in a narrow band of transparent-black which separates the dark margins
from the central area in which veins are black; margins black, 4 mm. wide
at Cui, 2 mm. at M2, with a tawny-red, submarginal streak set in it be-
tween Cui and 2A.

Beneath, the pattern of both wings as above, but the color of the
margins different. Some tawny-red scaling at the costal end of the fore
wing, discocellular band, in the apex and along the distal margin; three
white, subapical spots on the fore wing. Six round, white, submarginal
dots on the hind wing, R to 3A, placed on scalloped projections from the
otherwise narrowly-black margins. A complete tawny-red, submarginal
band running from the apex around to the anal angle, where the entire
marginal color ends; this is proximally edged with an opaque, black line
which is a little broader at the cubitals. Costal margin and humeral angle
tawny-red.

404

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Antennae black, the clubs tawny, but the terminal six or seven seg-
ments black; I have not noticed this double coloring of the antennal club
in any other species of Napeogenes. Head, thorax, and legs, black with
white streaks; collar and patagia black, white spotted. Abdomen black-
brown above, ashey-white beneath.

Type: Male; Arima, Rio Purus, Brazil; Nov. 1922; S. M. Klages;
Carnegie Museum (genitalia slide, no. 389).

Paratypes: Two males; Hyatanahan, Rio Purus, Brazil; March 1922;
Klages. One is in the Carnegie Museum, the other in the Reading Mu-
seum.

Oleria bocca Riley.

(Plate I, figure 5)

Leucothyris onega bocca Rile}% 1919, Entomologist, 52: 184 (Bocca de Acre).
Leucothyris romani Aurivillius, 1929, Ent. Tdskr., 50: 156-7 (Hyutanahan, Rio

Purus).

Although Riley’s description is terse, it compares well enough with
that of Aurivillius, who seems to have overlooked completely Riley’s
1919 paper. Klages collected a small series of males and females at several
localities on the Rio Purus; one of the males is illustrated.

Oleria crispinella hemina, subsp. nov.

(Plate I, figure 6)

In size and pattern, this is similar to 0. crispinella Hoppfer9 and agrees
with it genitalically. The chief differences are as follows: the straight,
not curved, band of the fore wing across the discocellulars and Cui, the
slightly narrower border of the hind wing, the absence of smokey-trans-
parent against the hind wing border, and the stronger submarginal spots
beneath on both wings.

In passing, it might be noted that Haensch’s diagnosis of 0. didymaea
Hewitson in Seitz reads as though it might be the present form; this is
entirely misleading for the figure of didymaea 10 much more closely re-
sembles Oleria victorine Guerin of Bolivia, and 0. graciella Oberthiir of
Venezuela, both of which are well known.

Male: Fore wings transparent and colorless with black margins and

9 Hoppfer, 1874, Ent. Zeit. Stettin, 35: 340.

10 Hewitson, 1876, Exot. Butt., 5: Ithomia, 226.

1943

Fox: New Ithomiinae

405

bands and a white-transparent postdiscal band. The entire costal margin
anterior of the radius is black, indented by an opaque, white spot beyond
the end of the cell; a narrow, black, cell bar placed a little proximad of
CU2; discocellular bar broad, 4 mm. at the costa, continued across the
base of M3-CU1 and along Cui to the distal margin in the end of Cui-Cu2,
its distal end being about 1.5 mm. wide near the margin; this whole band
gradually tapers from the costa and both edges of it are straight. Distal
margin and broad apex black, 2 mm. at M3 to Cu2. Thus the major part
of the cell and most of Cui-Cu2 is transparent and colorless; the cubital
segment is black. Continuous with the white costal spot is a suboval,
transparent area, its proximal edge straight, containing a narrower
transparent-white band in which the veins are white.

Hind wing transparent, borders black-brown, 2 mm. wide at M3 and
tapering to a point in the anal angle; transparent area dusted with very
faint whitish which is a little stronger against the marginal color; no
smokey-transparent band within the margin.

Beneath, the costal margin of the fore wing is red-brown bordered on
each side with black; a red-brown band swings around the apex within
the black and runs evenly down the distal border; a few red-brown scales
in the discocellular band; some faint, white, double spots over the veins
in the terminal black of the apex. Humeral lobe and costal margin an-
terior of Sc of the hind wing red-brown, slightly more yellow than in the
fore wing; a similar submarginal band edged proximad with black in the
distal margin ; blue-white, double marginal spots over the veins, stronger
at the apex, faint toward the anal angle.

Antennae black-brown; head, thorax, and legs, black-brown, spotted
white; abdomen black-brown above, ashen beneath.

Type: Male; Lower Rio Mamore, Bolivia; Steinbach; Dec. 1913; geni-
talia slide, no. 342; Carnegie Museum.

Corbulis xantho inturna Fox.

(Plate I, figure 7)

Fox, 1941, Sci. Publ. Reading Museum, 2: 27-8; fig. 6 (Rio Huallaga).

Dircenna rufa Forbes, 1942, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 50: 41, 42-3; fig. 9 (Rioja).

Woytkowski collected a single female of Corbulis xantho inturna Fox.
This species was described from a unique male collected on the Rio
Huallaga, Peru, by Dr. Bassler, which is now in the collection of the

406

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

American Museum of Natural History. Compared with the male, this
female exhibits the similarities and differences to be expected in the
Dircenna-Callithomia group, particularly the more rounded apex of the
fore wing, and the more emphatic black markings and the greater extent
of color suffusion over the hyaline areas of the wings. Since this is the
first female I have seen of this subspecies, a description is in order.

Female: Fore wing apex more rounded than in the male; costal, apical,
and distal margins black-brown just as in the male, but a little wider at
the apex and the distal margin toothed below Cui ; discocellular band much
stronger than in the male and continued over Cui to the margin, with M3
blackened narrowly between the margin and the discocellular band;
entire anal area posterior of cubitus-Cu2 black-brown, continuous with a
long, rounded spot in the cell resting on the cubitus between the base and
CU2; all veins black except M2 and the basal third of Mi, which are tawny,
and under the yellow costal spot. Remainder of wing hyaline, heavily
suffused with russet-tawny, except for an indefinite yellow-scaled spot
against the black margin in CU1-CU2 and similar spots in M2-M3, the
anterior outer corner of M3-CU1 and the posterior outer corner of M1-M2;
between these yellow spots and the costal spot there is the faintest sug-
gestion of a yellow fascia.

The disc of the hind wing is hyaline, heavily suffused with russet-
tawny, the veins red-orange; margins black-brown, much wider than in
the male, especially at the apex, and the border wider from Cui to the
anal margin; the abrupt indentation of the margin at Cui reaches two-
thirds of the way to the bottom of the cell. Beneath, colored just as in
the male, with, of course, the wider black markings and somewhat
stronger white, submarginal spots. The antennae and the body characters
are exactly as in the male.

Specimen examined: a female; vicinity of Rioja, Department of San
Martin, Peru; jungle; 900 m.; September 17, 1936; Woytkowski; Carnegie
Museum. Had I seen this specimen a few months earlier I would have
designated it the “allotype.” However, the original description has been
published for some time and there seems no justification under existing
usage to designate this female with any particular term.

408

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I
All figures in natural size.

Fig. 1. Melinaea maelus purusana Riley, cf; Hyatanahan, Rio Purus, Brazil;
Klages.

Fig. 2. Hyalyris denscula, sp. nov. Type, cf: Pie del Cerro, Aragua, Venezuela;

2700-3700 ft.; June 9, 1929; Ernest G. Holt.

Fig. 3. Hyalyris munda , sp. nov. Type, 9 ; vicinity of Pampa Hermosa, Peru;
1600 m.; May 1-5, 1935; Woytkowski.

Fig. 4. Napeogenes astarte, sp. nov. Type, cf; Hyatanahan, Rio Purus, Brazil;
Klages.

Fig. 5. Oleria bocca Riley, cf; Nova Olinda, Rio Purus, Brazil; Klages.

Fig. 6. Oleria crispinella hemina, subsp. nov. Type, cf; Lower Rio Mamore,
Bolivia; Steinbach.

Fig. 7. Corbulis xantho inturna Fox. 9 ; vicinity of Rioja, San Martin, Peru;
900 m.; Sept. 17, 1936; Woytkowski.

Fig. 8. Hypothyris meterus deemae, subsp. nov. Type, 9 ; vicinity of San Pedro,
Peru; 900 m.; June 1-5, 1935; Woytkowski.

ANNALS, CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXIX

Art. XIV

Plate I

8

ART. XV. BIRDS COLLECTED DURING TWO CRUISES OF THE
“VAGABOND! A” TO THE WEST COAST OF SOUTH AMERICA

By Ruth Trimble

Introduction

To Mr. William Larimer Mellon, trustee of the Carnegie Institute and
member of the Committee on the Museum, warmest thanks are due for
the generous interest that prompted him to utilize his yacht “Vaga-
bonds” in enriching the scientific collections of the Carnegie Museum.
In 1936, Mr. Reinhold L. Fricke of the Section of Education was invited
to join Mr. Mellon’s cruise to South America in order to collect birds
and other natural history specimens in the waters of the Pacific. For a
similar voyage in 1939, Dr. Arthur C. Twomey of the Section of Orni-
thology was chosen to be the representative of the Museum. Mr. Fricke’s
activities in the first trip were devoted primarily to the collecting of sea
birds, with the particular objective of securing specimens and materials
for a habitat group of the famed guano birds of Peru, now on exhibition
in the bird hall. During the second expedition, Dr. Twomey directed
his attention more to the land birds of little-known areas on the southern
coast of Chile.

The eminent success of the ventures is attested by the rich and varied
additions to the bird collections of the Museum. All praise is due Mr.
Mellon, who so willingly co-operated in directing his yacht to worthwhile
collecting sites and in aiding the actual work of collecting. As testimony
to the industry and zeal of Mr. Fricke and Dr. Twomey, the ensuing list
of the birds secured may be offered. There are in all 766 specimens (198
taken in 1936; 568 in 1939), representing 213 forms. Of these, 125 were
previously unrepresented in the Carnegie Museum collection, which is now
richer by 21 genera (indicated by *), 79 species (J), and 46 subspecies (f)-

A large proportion of the material comes from Chile, and Dr. C. E.
Hellmayr’s valuable work on the birds of this region1 has been an indis-
pensable guide in the identification and study of the specimens. The col-
lections add a few species to the Chilean list and extend the known ranges

1 “Birds of Chile,” Field Museum of Natural History Zoological Series, vol.
19, 1932.

409

Issued June 3, 1943.

410

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

of a number of forms. The material from the Galapagos Islands, in-
cluding many of their remarkable endemic birds, likewise forms a valuable
accession to the Carnegie Museum. Mr. H. S. Swarth’s report2 has fa-
cilitated the naming of the species and races.

For comparative material the writer has consulted the extensive col-
lections of the American Museum of Natural History in New York City
and of the Field Museum of Natural History in Chicago. Thanks are
extended to the representatives of these institutions for the loan of speci-
mens and for advice in the naming of the birds. To Dr. Andrey Avinoff,
Director of the Carnegie Museum, and to Mr. W. E. Clyde Todd, Curator
of Ornithology, the writer is grateful for the opportunity of publishing
the results of her studies. Popular accounts of the two expeditions have
already been contributed by Mr. Fricke and by Dr. Twomey to the
“Carnegie Magazine.”3

Since collections of birds were made at various localities from Panama
to the Straits of Magellan, the list of specimens is arranged in systematic
rather than geographic order. The collecting-stations for the two expedi-
tions are listed below. Those in southern Chile appear on the charts issued
by the Hydrographic Office of the U. S. Navy Department, and numbered
454, 1315, and 2243, respectively. A few specimens were secured from
other sources, as indicated in the text under the species involved.

LIST OF LOCALITIES

Collections made by Reinhold L. Fricke in 1936
February 10. Cocos Island.

February 13. Galapagos Islands: Seymour and Daphne Major.

February 22. Chile: off coast, 24° S. Latitude.

February 24. Chile: Valparaiso.

February 28-29. Chile: Mas-a-tierra, Juan Fernandez Islands.

March 3. Chile: off coast, 35° 39' S„ 72° 51' W.

March 5. Chile: Puerto Quellon, Chilo6 Island (43° 8' S.).

March 7. Chile: Estuario Ringdove, Messier Channel (49° 48' S.).

March 8. Chile: Magellan Straits (Pacific entrance).

2 “The Avifauna of the Galapagos Islands,” Occasional Papers California
Academy of Sciences, no. 18, 1931.

3 Carnegie Magazine, vol. 10, 1936, pp. 99-108; vol. 13, 1940, pp. 227-233,
269-275.

1943

Trimble: South American Birds

411

March 9, 11. Chile: 25 miles north of Magallanes (now Punta Arenas),
Tierra del Fuego.

March 10. Chile: Agostini Bay, Tierra del Fuego (54° 25 ' S.).

March 13. Chile: Puerto Bueno (51° 0' S.).

March 14. Chile: Wide Bay (50° 40' S.).

March 15. Chile: Eden Flarbor, English Narrows (49° 8' S.).

March 16. Chile: Bahia San Quintin (46° 50' S.).

March 17. Chile: Puerto Casma, Peninsula de Taitao (46° 45' S.).

March 18. Chile: Puerto Lagunas, Melchor Island (45° 18' S.).

March 19. Chile: Guafo Island.

March 20. Chile: off coast, 38° 58' S., 75° 55' W.

March 25. Chile: Salado Bay.

April 3. Peru: off coast, 9° 58' S., 78° 26' W.

April. 4. Peru: Lobos de Tierra (Island).

April 6. Ecuador: La Plata Island.

Collections made by Arthur C. Twomey in 1939
February 12. Peru: Callao.

February 22. Chile: Puerto Harchy, Humos Island (45° 42' S.).

February 23-26. Chile: Golfo Elefantes, Peninsula de Taitao (46° 30' S.).
February 24. Chile: Laguna San Rafael (46° 38' S.).

March 2. Chile: Punta Arenas, Tierra del Fuego.

March 4. Chile: Puerto Demonto, Ainsworth Bay, Tierra del Fuego
(54° 26' S.).

March 5. Chile: Contra Almirante Martinez Bay (head), Tierra del
Fuego (54° 40' S.).

March 6. Chile: Mintiroso Bay, Tierra del Fuego (on the last, in lat.
54° 29' S.).

March 9. Chile: Molyneux Sound (50° 18' S.). >

March 10. Chile: Arthur Island, Messier Channel (48° 22' S.).

March 11. Chile: Puerto Sarjento, Rio Huemules (47° 40' S.).

March 12. Chile: Rio de la Pascua (mouth) (48° 16' S.).

March 14. Chile: Kelly Harbor (47° 0' S., 74° 0' W.).

March 15. Chile: Puerto Casma, Peninsula de Taitao (46° 45' S.).

March 16. Chile: Port Slight, Peninsula Tres Montes (46° 48' S.).

March 17. Chile: Rio Huemules (45° 47' S.).

March 19. Chile: Puerto Melinca, Ascension Island, Guaitecas Islands
(43° 55' S.).

412

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

March 20-21. Chile: Puerto Montt (41° 30; S.).

March 24-25. Chile: Valparaiso.

March 27. Chile: Bahia Constitution.

March 28. Chile: Tocopilla.

March 31. Peru: Lima (10 mi. east by south).

April 1. Peru: Galera, Yauli, Junin.

April 6. Galapagos Islands: Seymour Island.

April 7. Galapagos Islands: Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island.

April 7. Galapagos Islands: James Island.

April 8. Galapagos Islands: Tower Island.

April 10. Cocos Island.

April 13. Panama: Capira and Parita.

LIST OF SPECIES
Family TINAMIDAE. Tinamous.

{Nothoprocta perdicaria perdicaria (Kittlitz). Chilean Tinamou.
Chile: cf , Valparaiso, March 24, 1939.

Family SPHENISCIDAE. Penguins.

Eudyptes crestatus (J. F. Miller). Rockhopper Penguin.

Chile: cf, Puerto Demonto, March 4, 1939; cf, 9, Mintiroso Bay,
March 6, 1939.

These three specimens are young birds with the yellow tufts indicated
but not elongated.

Spheniscus magellanicus (J. R. Forster). Magellanic Penguin.

Chile: im., Agostini Bay, March 10, 1936; 2 cf, 1 $ , 1 im., Bahia San
Quintin, March 16, 1936; 9 , Puerto Lagunas, March 18, 1936; cf , Golfo
Elefantes, February 26, 1939 ; cf im., Puerto Demonto, March 4, 1939.

JSpheniscus humboldti Meyen. Peruvian Penguin.

Chile: cf , Salado Bay, March 25, 1936.

Family COLYMBIDAE. Grebes.

Colymbus chilensis (Lesson). Chilean Grebe.

Chile: 2 cf , 1 9 , Bahia San Quintin, March 16, 1936; 4cf , 19, Golfo
Elefantes, February 26, 1939.

All of these specimens are molting into winter plumage.

1943

Trimble: South American Birds

413

fColymbus occipitalis occipitalis (Garnot). Bright-cheeked Grebe.

Chile: 1 d, 3 $, 1 not sexed, Puerto Lagunas, March 18, 1936; d,
Kelly Harbor, March 14, 1939.

Dr. Hellmayr suggests that Chilean birds may be separable from Falk-
land Island specimens, but comparison with topotypical material in the
American Museum of Natural History shows no appreciable difference
between the series from Chile and birds from the Falkland Islands, and
from Chubut, Argentina.

jAechmophorus major (Boddaert). Great Grebe.

Chile: 5 d, Golfo Elefantes, February 23-26, 1939; d juv., Kelly
Harbor, March 14, 1939.

The Kelly Harbor specimen is still downy with the postjuvenal molt just
beginning. It is half the size of the adults, and still shows the streaked
head-pattern.

Family DIOMEDEIDAE. Albatrosses.

Diomedea bulleri Rothschild. Buller’s Albatross.

Chile: d , Salado Bay, March 25, 1936.

The identification of this specimen has been verified by Dr. Robert
Cushman Murphy.

Diomedea exulans exulans Linnaeus. Wandering Albatross.

Chile: d\ subadult, 38° 58' S„ 75° 55' W., March 20, 1936.

Diomedea melanophris Temminck. Black-browed Albatross.

Chile: $, Wide Bay, March 14, 1936; d, Bahia Constitution,
March 27, 1939.

Dr. Murphy has examined the adult female from Wide Bay and
has verified the identification. The other specimen is evidently a young
bird in worn plumage. Its bill is dark-colored, the “brow” is but faintly
indicated, and the feet are much paler than those of the adult female.

Family PROCELLARIIDAE. Shearwaters and Fulmars.

Macronectes giganteus (Gmelin). Giant Fulmar.

Chile: 2 d , 3 $ , Guafo Island, March 19, 1936.

Puffinus creatopus Coues. Pink-footed Shearwater.

Chile: d , Valparaiso, February 24, 1936.

414

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Puffinus griseus (Gmelin). Sooty Shearwater.

Chile: c?, BahiaSan Quintin, March 16, 1936; c?, Salado Bay, March 25,
1936.

Puffinus lherminieri subalaris Ridgway. Galapagos Shearwater.

Galapagos Islands: 1 cf, 2 9, between Seymour and Daphne Major,
February 13, 1936; 1 cf , 2 $ , Tower Island, April 8, 1939.

Procellaria aequinoctialis Linnaeus. Shoemaker.

Chile: 9 , Salado Bay, March 25, 1936.

Family HYDROBATIDAE. Storm Petrels.

Oceanodroma tethys tethys (Bonaparte) . Galapagos Storm Petrel.
Galapagos Islands: 9 , Tower Island, April 8, 1939.

Oceanites gracilis galapagoensis Lowe. Lowe’s Storm Petrel.

Galapagos Islands: c?, Seymour Island, April 6, 1939; 1 cf , 3 9 , Con-
way Bay, Indefatigable Island, April 7, 1939; cf, Tower Island, April
8, 1939.

Family PELECANOIDIDAE. Diving Petrels.

JPelecanoides garnotii (Lesson). Potoyunco; Peruvian Diving
Petrel.

Chile: 2 9 , Bahia Constitution, March 27, 1939.

JPelecanoides magellani (Mathews). Magellanic Diving Petrel.
Chile: 2d71, 1 9 , Puerto Demonto, March 4, 1939.

Family PHAETHONTIDAE. Tropic-birds.

Phaethon aethereus mesonauta Peters. Caribbean Red-billed
Tropic-bird.

Galapagos Islands: 3c?, 2 9, Daphne Major, February 13, 1936; c ?,
Seymour Island, April 6, 1939.

Family PELECANIDAE. Pelicans.

JPelecanus occidentalis thagus Molina. Peruvian Pelican.

Peru: 9 , juv. not sexed, Lobos de Tierra, April 4, 1936.

1943

Trimble: South American Birds

415

Family SULIDAE. Boobies.

JSula nebouxi Milne-Edwards. Blue-footed Booby.

Peru: 1 d\ 3 $, 4 im., Lobos de Tierra, April 4, 1936. Ecuador: 2
downy yg., La Plata Island, April 6, 1936. Galapagos Islands: 2 d\
Seymour Island, April 6, 1939.

JSula variegata (Tschudi). Peruvian Booby.

Peru: 1 d\ 2 9 , 4 im., Lobos de Tierra, April 4, 1936.

fSula leucogaster etesiaca Thayer and Bangs. Colombian Booby.
Cocos Island: cT, 9 , April 10, 1939.

Family PHALACROCORACIDAE. Cormorants.

Phalacrocorax olivaceus olivaceus (Humboldt). Bigua Cormorant.
Chile: d\ Puerto Bueno, March 13, 1936.

This specimen is in non-breeding plumage and is without any tufts of
white filoplumes. It compares favorably with birds from Bolivia and
Colombia.

JPhalacrocorax magellanicus (Gmelin). Rock Shag.

Chile: 3 $, Estuario Ringdove, Messier Channel, March 7, 1936; 9,
Bahia San Quintin, March 16, 1936; 4 9 , Puerto Melinca, March 19, 1939.

Three of these birds are adults in postnuptial plumage ; the others ap-
parently are immature, as shown by the brownish mottling on the under-
parts.

|Phalacrocorax bougainvillii (Lesson). Guanay.

Peru: albino, not sexed, Mazurka Island, February, 1936; 9 , 9° 58' S.,
78° 26' W., April 3, 1936; 1 d\ 2 9 , Lobos de Tierra, April 4, 1936.

In the albino specimen the areas that are normally black are colored a
light grayish brown ; the scapulars and quills are somewhat paler, and the
belly and throat are white.

JPhalacrocorax gaimardi (Lesson). Red-footed Shag.

Chile: 2 cf, 1 9 , Bahia San Quintin, March 16, 1936; 2 cT, 1 9 , Golfo
Elefantes, February 23 and 26, 1939.

The female from Bahia San Quintin is immature. The white neck-
patches are merely indicated by a scattering of white feathers, and the

416

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

underparts are browner than in the adult plumage. One male from this
locality (C. M. 120,831) retains some of the brown body plumage and the
quills of the immature dress.

JPhalacrocorax atriceps atriceps King. Blue-eyed Shag.

Chile: d\ 9, Puerto Bueno, March 13, 1936; 2 d\ Golfo Elefantes,
February 24-25, 1939; d71 juv., Mintiroso Bay, March 6, 1939.

A female from Puerto Bueno and a male from Golfo Elefantes are im-
mature and are placed here mainly on geographic grounds. The downy,
young bird from Mintiroso Bay could be either atriceps or albiventer ,
since both breed in Tierra del Fuego and at this stage are indistinguishable
from each other.

Family ARDEIDAE. Herons.

fArdea herodias cognata Bangs. Galapagos Great Blue Heron.
Galapagos Islands: c?, James Island, April 7, 1939.

Ardea cocoi Linnaeus. Cocoi Heron.

Chile: d\ Golfo Elefantes, February 25, 1939.

Casmerodius albus egretta (Gmelin). American Egret.

Chile: 2 cf, Puerto Melinca, March 19, 1939.

Nycticorax nycticorax tayazu-guira (Vieillot). Paraguayan Night
Heron.

Chile: d\ Mintiroso Bay, March 6, 1939.

J. L. Peters4 recognizes but a single race of the Black-crowned Night
Heron from southern South America, although it has long been evident
that specimens from Chile are almost invariably of much darker colora-
tion than those of the Falkland Islands and southeastern South America.
Dr. Chapman5 called the darker western specimens, N. cyanocephalus
Molina, and the lighter eastern ones, tayazu-guira Vieillot. He was forced
to admit that in some regions light and dark birds were found side by side.
It is difficult to deny subspecific validity to the ordinary dark-colored
birds of the Chilean coast, for which, according to Dr. Hellmayr, the name
obscurus Bonaparte must now be used. Molina’s description of cyano-
cephalus he finds altogether inaccurate.

4“Check-List of Birds of the World,” vol. 1, 1931, p. 115.

5Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., 117, 1921, p. 51.

1943

Trimble: South American Birds

417

Dr. Twomey collected only one specimen within the region of the
lighter form. It is a fully adult male from Tierra del Fuego and is closely
similar in coloration to adults from the Falkland Islands. It is somewhat
darker gray on the sides of the neck and underparts than hoactli and
likewise slightly darker than many specimens from eastern South America.
The validity of a Falkland Island race has not been admitted by Dr.
Chapman and other recent writers, hence the bird must be referred to
tayazu-guira.

jNycticorax nycticorax obscurus Bonaparte. Chilean Night Heron.

Chile: 3 d71, Puerto Melinca, Guaitecas Islands, March 19, 1939.

Series of night herons from southern South America have been ex-
amined in the Carnegie Museum, the Museum of Comparative Zoology,
the Field Museum, and the American Museum of Natural History. Many
of the specimens are heavily washed with brownish gray on the cheeks,
sides of neck, and lower underparts. First year specimens of obscurus
are much more broadly striped with brown than are those of tayazu-guira
or hoactli. Nowhere have I seen a single bird that even approaches Dr.
Twomey’s three examples from Puerto Melinca in the extreme depth of
pigmentation. One specimen, C.M. 123,552, seems to be virtually adult.
It has no buffy streaking, the primaries and primary coverts are ap-
parently those of a fully adult bird, and nearly the entire upperparts from
the fore-crown to the tail are 'brownish black with a pronounced oily
green luster. The cheeks, sides of neck, breast, and abdomen are blackish
brown with only the faintest trace of diffuse light brown spotting on the
lower foreneck and abdomen. Even the thighs and under tail coverts are
sooty blackish, while all the upper wing coverts are nearly as black as the
back and somewhat glossed with green. Chin and throat are dark brown
and nuchal plumes are wanting. One is tempted to speculate on whether
these plumes would be black or white. The feet are wholly black, as
naturally is the bill.

The specimen C.M. 123,553 is probably not quite adult. It retains
some buffy streaks at the very tips of the greater wing coverts. Its colora-
tion is not quite so black, although the back and crown are well glossed
with green. The underparts are very dark brown with buffy median
streaks on throat and foreneck, and diffuse barring of reddish brown on the
breast and abdomen. The example has no nuchal plumes, but the longest
crest feathers are dark sooty gray and have probably been held over from
an earlier plumage. The primaries are not worn at the tips, have no trace

418

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

of the usual spotted tips of juvenal quills, and thus would indicate that
the bird was a little over one year in age.

The remaining specimen, C.M. 123,551, appears to be the youngest of
the three. In general coloration it is a little browner, less blackish, than
the two foregoing, and is only slightly glossed with green on the back.
Moreover, it has well-marked buffy streaks from throat to abdomen and
under tail coverts. Its primaries show no light spots at their tips, but the
soft texture of the back feathers and wing coverts, which all have narrow
median streaks of buff or pale brown, suggests that this may be a bird in
an unusually dark first-year plumage.

At first glance these three specimens might seem to represent some
remarkably distinct form, yet the fact that they were all taken at the
same locality suggests that they really represent a small localized melanis-
tic population. In this opinion both Dr. Chapman and Mr. John T.
Zimmer concur. It would be extremely interesting to have additional
specimens from the same district. Measurements of the three birds in
millimeters are as follows: wing, 311-322; tail, 126-132; tarsus, 83-86;
exposed culmen, 73.5-81.

jNyctanassa violacea pauper (Sclater and Salvin). Galapagos Yel-
low-crowned Night Heron.

Galapagos Islands: cf, Seymour Island, April 6, 1939.

Butorides striatus striatus (Linnaeus). South American Green
Heron.

Cocos Island: cf, 9 , April 10, 1939.

Wetmore (1931) and Gifford (1913) identify their birds from Cocos Is-
land as B. virescens, but these two specimens are clearly referable to
striatus. In comparison with birds from Venezuela, Brazil, and Colombia,
the male shows paler gray wings. The female is immature, but has quills
that are as dark as those of the continental specimens.

jButorides sundevalli Reichenow. Galapagos Heron.

Galapagos Islands: 9 , Seymour Island, April 6, 1939; 2 cf, Conway
Bay, Indefatigable Island, April 7, 1939.

Family THRESKIORNITHIDAE. Ibises.

jTheristicus melanopis (Gmelin). Black-faced Ibis.

Chile: 9 , Golfo Elefantes, February 25, 1939.

1943

Trimble: South American Birds

419

Family PHOENI COPTER ID AE. Flamingos.

Phoenicopterus ruber Linnaeus. American Flamingo.

Galapagos Islands: cf , James Island, April 7, 1939.

Family ANATIDAE. Swans, Geese, Ducks.

JCygnus melancoriphus (Molina). Black-necked Swan.

Chile: cf , Golfo Elefantes, February 25, 1939.

*JChloephaga poliocephala Sclater. Ashy-headed Goose.

Chile: $ , Punta Arenas (25 mi. N.), March 11, 1936; not sexed, Bahia
San Quintin, March 16, 1936; 6 cf , 1 9 , Golfo Elefantes, February 24-26,
1939; 9 , Molyneux Sound, March 9, 1939; cf , Rio de la Pascua, March
12, 1939.

JChloephaga hybrida hybrida (Molina). Kelp Goose.

Chile: 2 cf , 5 9, Puerto Bueno, March 13, 1936; cf, 9, Wide Bay,
March 14, 1936; 2 cf, Bahia San Quintin, March 16, 1936; cf, Puerto
Casma, March 17, 1936; cf, 9, Puerto Harchy, February 22, 1939; 9
juv., Contra Almirante Martinez Bay, March 5, 1939.

JChloephaga picta (Gmelin). Upland Goose.

Chile: cf, Punta Arenas, March 2, 1939.

JChloephaga dispar (Philippi and Landbeck). Barred Upland
Goose.

Chile: 2 cf , Contra Almirante Martinez Bay, March 5, 1939; cf , 9 ,
Mintiroso Bay, March 6, 1939.

Dr. Hellmayr (1932) considers this to be a dimorphic form of Chloephaga
picta , but other authors disagree, and his view can scarcely be regarded
as proved. It is more likely, as Mr. Todd suggests, that this is a case
parallel with that of Chen hyperborea and Chen caerulescens in North
America.

Tachyeres pteneres (Forster). Magellanic Flightless Steamer
Duck.

Chile: cf , Agostini Bay, March 10, 1936; cf , Puerto Bueno, March 13,
1936; cf, Wide Bay, March 14, 1936; cf, 1 not sexed, Eden Harbor,
English Narrows, March 15, 1936; 9 , Bahia San Quintin, March 16,

420

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

1936; $ , Puerto Lagunas, March 18, 1936; juv., 9 juv., Puerto Melinca,
March 19, 1939; c? juv., Contra Almirante Martinez Bay, March 5,
1939; cf1 juv., Mintiroso Bay, March 6, 1939.

jTachyeres patachonicus (King). Flying Steamer Duck.

Chile: 1 cf, 2 9 , 2 im., Agostini Bay, March 10, 1936.

jAnas galapagensis (Ridgway). Galapagos Pintail.

Galapagos Islands: 2 d71, 1 9 , James Island, April 7, 1939.

jAnas specularioides specularioides King. Crested Duck.

Chile: cT, Agostini Bay, March 10, 1936; cf, 9, Puerto Demonto,
March 4, 1939; 2 cf, Contra Almirante Martinez Bay, March 5, 1939.

JAnas specularis King. Bronze-winged Duck.

Chile: cf, 9 , Golfo Elefantes, February 23, 1939.

Anas spinicauda Vieillot. Brown Pintail.

Chile: 19,1 not sexed, Punta Arenas (25 mi. N.), March 9, 1936.

tAnas flavirostris flavirostris Vieillot. Yellow-billed Teal.

Chile: 19,1 not sexed, Punta Arenas (25 mi. N.), March 9, 1936; 9 ,
Bahia San Quintin, March 16, 1936; 2 d\ 2 9 , Golfo Elefantes, February
24-26, 1939; cf, Rio de la Pascua, March 12, 1939; 3 cT, 1 9 , Kelly Har-
bor, March 14, 1939.

There is a good deal of variation in the size and density of the spots on
the underparts of these birds, but in all the spotting is more or less dis-
tributed throughout. The lower abdomen is never immaculate as it is in
specimens from the highlands of Bolivia (Lake Titicaca and Tiraque).

jMareca sibilatrix (Poeppig). Chilean Widgeon.

Chile: 5 cf, Golfo Elefantes, February 26, 1939; dV Kelly Harbor,
March 14, 1939.

One specimen (C.M. 123,416) is a young bird with patches of down
still adhering to the feathers.

Anas cyanoptera cyanoptera Vieillot. Cinnamon Teal.

Chile: 2 cf, San Esteban, March 16, 1936.

1943

Trimble: South American Birds

421

Family CATHARTIDAE. New World Vultures.

fCathartes aura falklandica (Sharpe). Falkland Island Vulture.
Chile: 2 c?, Contra Almirante Martinez Bay, March 5, 1939.

Vultur gryphus Linnaeus. Andean Condor.

Peru: 1 cf , 1 not sexed, near Lima, March 23, 1936.

Family ACCIPITRIDAE. Hawks.

Buteo polysoma polysoma (Quoy and Gaimard). Patagonian Hawk.
Chile: $ , Puerto Sarjento, Rio Huemules, March 11, 1939.

fButeo polysoma exsul Salvin. Juan Fernandez Hawk.

Chile: c?, Mas-a-fuera Island, March 23, 1936.

jButeo galapagoensis (Gould). Galapagos Hawk.

Galapagos Islands: 2 <T, 3 $ , James Island, April 7, 1939.

Buteo magnirostris ruficauda (Sclater and Salvin). Large-billed
Hawk.

Panama: cf, Capira, April 13, 1939.

Family FALCONIDAE. Falcons, Caracaras.

jMilvago chimango temucoensis W. L. Sclater. Chimango Caracara.

Chile: 2 $ , Punta Arenas, March 9, 1936; d71, $ , Agostini Bay, March
10, 1936; 3 cf, 2 $ , Golfo Elefantes, February 23-26, 1939.

JPolyborus plancus plancus (J. F. Miller). Common Caracara.

Chile: c?, Punta Arenas, March 9, 1936, and 2 cf, March 2, 1939; 1 cf ,
19,1 not sexed, Punta Arenas (25 mi. N.), March 11, 1936; 2 cT, Golfo
Elefantes, February 24-25, 1939; 9 , Rio de la Pascua, March 12, 1939.

Falco sparverius cinnamominus Swainson. Chilean Kestrel.

Chile: 9 , Punta Arenas, March 2, 1939; 2 9 , Puerto Montt, March 20,
1939; d\ 9 , Valparaiso, March 24, 1939.

fFalco sparverius fernandensis (Chapman). Juan Fernandez
Kestrel.

Chile: 9 , Mas-a-tierra Island, February 28, 1936.

422

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Family RALLIDAE. Rails, Coots.

jRallus sanguinolentus landbecki Hellmayr. Landbeck’s Rail.

Chile: cf , Valparaiso, March 25, 1939; 2 cT, Kelly Harbor, March 14,
1939.

{Fulica armillata Vieillot. Red-gartered Coot.

Chile: d71, 9 , Golfo Elefantes, February 25-26, 1939; d71, Kelly Harbor,
March 14, 1939.

Family HAEMATOPODIDAE. Oyster-catchers.

fHaematopus ostralegus pitanay Murphy. Peruvian Oyster-
catcher.

Chile: d\ 9 , Bahia Constitution, March 27, 1939.

jHaematopus leucopodus Garnot. Fuegian Oyster-catcher.

Chile: yg., not sexed, Bahia San Quintin, March 16, 1936; 2 $ , Golfo
Elefantes, February 23 and 26, 1939; $, (Mintiroso Bay?), Tierra del
Fuego, March (6), 1939.

jHaematopus ater Vieillot and Oudart. Black Oyster-catcher.

Chile: 3 d\ 1 9 , Estuario Ringdove, Messier Channel, March 7, 1936;
d\ Puerto Bueno, March 13, 1936; d\ Puerto Demonto, March 4, 1939;
2 d\ Contra Almirante Martinez Bay, March 5, 1939.

Family CHARADRIIDAE. Plovers.

fBelonopterus chilensis fretensis Brodkorb. Chilean Lapwing.

Chile: 1 not sexed, Punta Arenas (25 mi. N.), March 9, 1936; d\ Punta
Arenas, March 2, 1939.

Oreopholus ruficollis (Wagler). Rufous-throated Plover.

Chile: d71, Punta Arenas (25 mi. N.), March 11, 1936.

Zonibyx modestus (Lichtenstein). Winter Plover.

Chile: 1 d71, 2 9, 2 not sexed, Punta Arenas (25 mi. N.), March 11,
1936; d\ 3 9 , Punta Arenas, March 2, 1939; d\ Puerto Harchy, February
22, 1939; 1 d\ 2 9 , Golfo Elefantes, February 23 and 25, 1939.

1943

Trimble: South American Birds

423

Charadrius falklandicus Latham. Falklandic Plover.

Chile: 3 d, Golfo Elefantes, February 25, 1939; $ yg., Punta Arenas,
March 2, 1939.

Family SCOLOPACIDAE. Snipe, Sandpipers.

Numenius phaeopus hudsonicus Latham. Hudsonian Curlew.

Chile: 2 d, Salado Bay, March 25, 1936; 2 d, 2 9 , Golfo Elefantes,
February 23-26, 1939.

Actitis macularia (Linnaeus). Spotted Sandpiper.

Chile: $ , Salado Bay, March 25, 1936.

This is apparently the first record of this species in Chile and represents
an extension of the known winter range.

Arenaria interpres morinella (Linnaeus). Ruddy Turnstone.

Chile: $ , Salado Bay, March 25, 1936.

Heteroscelus incanus (Gmelin). Wandering Tattler.

Galapagos Islands: d, Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, April 7,
1939.

Crocethia alba (Pallas). Sanderling.

Chile: 3 d , Golfo Elefantes, February 24 and 26, 1939.

The southernmost locality for this highly migratory species.

fCapella paraguaiae magellanica (King). Patagonian Snipe.

Chile: 2 d, 2 $ , Punta Arenas (25 mi. N.), March 9 and 11, 1936;
d, $ , Punta Arenas, March 2, 1939; d, Golfo Elefantes, February 26,
1939.

{Capella stricklandii (Gray). Strickland’s Snipe.

Chile: d, Puerto Sarjento, Rio Huemules, March 11, 1939.

Himantopus himantopus mexicanus (P. L. S. Muller). Black-
necked Stilt.

Galapagos Islands: d , $ , Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, April 7,
1939.

424

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Family STERCORARIIDAE. Skuas, Jaegers.

Catharacta skua chilensis (Bonaparte). Chilean Skua.

Chile: #, Magellan Straits (Pacific entrance), March 8, 1936; d, $ ,
Punta Arenas, March 9, 1936, and March 2, 1939; 2 $, Guafo Island,
March 19, 1936; d, Puerto Demonto, March 4, 1939; 2 d\ Contra Al-
mirante Martinez Bay, March 5, 1939.

Dr. R. C. Murphy has examined the two Skuas from Guafo Island,
and in a letter of December 31, 1936, to Mr. Todd, pronounces them
“absolutely typical examples of Catharacta skua chilensis , agreeing with
breeding birds from Tierra del Fuego.” All but one of the specimens listed
above have grayish brown underparts, evidence of immaturity.

Family LARIDAE. Gulls, Terns.

Larus dominicanus Lichtenstein. Kelp Gull.

Chile: im., Estuario Ringdove, Messier Channel, March 7, 1936; d, $ ,
Punta Arenas, March 9, 1936; 2 d, Puerto Harchy, February 22, 1939.
Peru: cf, 9 , Lobos de Tierra, April 4, 1936.

jLarus maculipennis Lichtenstein. Brown-hooded Gull.

Chile: $, Puerto Quellon, Chiloe Island, March 5, 1936; d, $ juv.,
Golfo Elefantes, February 23 and 26, 1939.

|Larus modestus Tschudi. Gray Gull.

Chile: d , Kelly Harbor, March 14, 1939; 4 d, 2 $ , Bahia Constitution,
March 27, 1939.

The southern limit of the Gray Gull has heretofore been considered as
Valdivia. Dr. Twomey’s specimen from Kelly Harbor extends the range
of this gull.

Larus pipixcan Wagler. Franklin’s Gull.

Peru: d [im.], Callao, February 12, 1939.

jLarus fuliginosus Gould. Dusky Gull.

Galapagos Islands: d, Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, April 7,
1939.

*JCreagrus furcatus (Neboux). Swallow-tailed Gull.

Galapagos Islands: d, Seymour Island, April 6, 1939.

1943

Trimble: South American Birds

425

*jLeucophaeus scoresbii (Traill). Dolphin Gull.

Chile: cf , 9 , Bahia San Quintin, March 16, 1936; 2 cf , Puerto Harchy,
February 22, 1939; 3 cf , 1 9 , Golfo Elefantes, February 23 and 26, 1939;
9 , Kelly Harbor, March 14, 1939.

JSterna hirundinacea Pontoppidan. South American Tern.

Chile: cf , 9 , Puerto Harchy, February 22, 1939.

jGygis alba Candida (Gmelin). Cocos Fairy Tern.

Cocos Island: 2 cf , April 10, 1939.

tAnoiis stolidus galapagensis Sharpe. Galapagos Noddy.

Galapagos Islands: 1 cf , 3 9 , Seymour Island, April 6, 1939.

Family COLUMBIDAE. Pigeons, Doves.

Columbina picui picui (Temminck). Picui Dove.

Chile: 2 cf , Valparaiso, March 24, 1939.

Columbigallina minuta elaeodes (Todd). Todd’s Pygmy Ground
Dove.

Panama: cf , 9 , Capira, April 13, 1939.

| Columbigallina minuta amazilia (Bonaparte). Bonaparte’s Pygmy
Ground Dove.

Peru: cf , Lima (10 mi. E. by S.), March 31, 1939.

*{Nesopelia galapagoensis galapagoensis (Gould). Galapagos Dove.

Galapagos Islands: 9 , Seymour Island, April 6, 1939; 9 , James Island,
April 7, 1939; 2 cf , Tower Island, April 8, 1939.

Columba livia Gmelin. Rock Pigeon.

Chile: 9 , Mas-a-tierra Island, February 28, 1936.

The Rock Pigeon has become established in a feral colony on Mas-a-
tierra.

JColumba araucana Lesson. Chilean Pigeon.

Chile: cf, 9, Golfo Elefantes, February 24, 1939; cf, Puerto Montt,
March 21, 1939.

fZenaidura auriculata auriculata (Des Murs). Violet-eared Dove.
Chile: cf , Valparaiso, March 25, 1939.

426

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Family PSITTACIDAE. Parrots.

Pionus menstruus (Linnaeus). Blue-headed Parrot.

Panama: cf, Parita, April 13, 1939.

Amazona ochrocephala panamensis (Cabanis). Panama Yellow-
headed Parrot.

Panama: cf, Parita, April 13, 1939.

|Psilopsiagon aurifrons aurifrons (Lesson). Golden-fronted Para-
keet.

Peru: cf , Lima (10 mi. E. by S.), March 31, 1939; 1 d\ 2 9 , Galera,
April 1, 1939.

*{Microsittace ferruginea minor Chapman. Chilean Parakeet.
Chile: 6 cf, 1 $ , Port Slight, Peninsula Tres Montes, March 16, 1939.

Family CUCULIDAE. Cuckoos, Anis.

JCoccyzus ferrugineus Gould. Cocos Island Cuckoo.

Cocos Island: cf , April 10, 1939.

Piaya cayana thermophila P. L. Sclater. Central American
Squirrel Cuckoo.

Panama: cT, Parita, April 13, 1939.

Crotophaga sulcirostris sulcirostris Swainson. Groove-billed Ani.

Peru: cT, $ , Lima (10 mi. E. by S.), March 31, 1939. Panama: 9 ,
Capira, April 13, 1939.

Family TYTONIDAE. Barn Owls.

Tyto alba tuidara (J. E. Gray). Chilean Barn Owl.

Chile: cT, Valparaiso, March 25, 1939.

Family STRIGIDAE. Owls.

jGlaucidium nanum (King). Patagonian Pygmy Owl.

Chile: $, Arthur Island, March 10, 1939; 1 d', 3 $, Puerto Montt,
March 20-21, 1939; $ , Valparaiso, March 25, 1939.

1943

Trimble: South American Birds

427

jSpeotyto cunicularia nanodes Berlepsch and Stolzmann. Peruvian
Burrowing Owl.

Peru: 2 9 , Lima (10 mi. E. by S.), March 31, 1939.

Family MICROPODIDAE. Swifts.

t Micropus andecolus parvulus (Berlepsch and Stolzmann). Andean
Swift.

Peru: 2 cf, 1 9 , Galera, April 1, 1939.

Family TROCHILIDAE. Hummingbirds.

Patagona gigas peruviana Boucard. Peruvian Giant Humming-
bird.

Peru: $ , Lima (10 mi. E. by S.), March 31, 1939; d , Galera, April 1,
1939.

Colibri coruscans (Gould). Gould’s Violet-ear.

Peru: d , Galera, April 1, 1939.

*tSephanoides sephaniodes (Lesson and Garnot). Chilean Fire-
crown.

Chile: 1 d, 2 9, 1 not sexed, Mas-a-tierra Island, February 28-29,
1936; im., Puerto Bueno, March 13, 1936; 1 not sexed, Guafo Island,
March 19, 1936; 9 , Puerto Sarjento, Rio Huemules, March 11, 1939; 9 ,
Rio Huemules, March 17, 1939; d, Puerto Melinca, March 19, 1939.

Of these specimens only three are adult.

Thaumaste fernandensis fernandensis (King.). Juan Fernandez
Hummingbird.

Chile: 2 d, 4 9, Mas-a-tierra Island, February 28-29, 1936.

{Saucerrotia edward edward (Delattre and Bourcier). Edward’s
Hummingbird.

Panama: d, Capira, April 13, 1939.

Family ALCEDINIDAE. Kingfishers.

jMegaceryle torquata stellata (Meyen). Southern Ringed King-
fisher.

Chile: d im., Puerto Bueno, March 13, 1936; 4 9, Golfo Elefantes,
February 24-26, 1939; d, Kelly Harbor, March 14, 1939.

428

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Megaceryle torquata torquata (Linnaeus). Great Ringed King-
fisher.

Panama: cf , Parita, April 13, 1939.

Chloroceryle americana isthmica (Goldman). Isthmian Green
Kingfisher.

Panama: cf , 9 , Parita, April 13, 1939.

Family MOMOTIDAE. Motmots.

fMomotus subrufescens conexus Thayer and Bangs. Small-billed
Motmot.

Panama: cf , Capira, April 13, 1939.

Family PICIDAE. Woodpeckers.

*|Ipocrantor magellanicus (King). Magellanic Woodpecker.
Chile: cf , 9 , Puerto Montt, March 20, 1939.

JColaptes pitius pitius (Molina). Chilean Flicker.

Chile: 1 cf , 2 9 , Puerto Montt, March 20, 1939.

Dyctiopicus lignarius '(Molina). Red-naped Woodpecker.

Chile: 9, Puerto Montt, March 21, 1939; cf, Valparaiso, March 24,
1939.

Centurus rubricapillus wagleri (Salvin and Godman). Wagler’s
Woodpecker.

Panama: cf , Capira, April 13, 1939.

Family FURNARIIDAE. Ovenbirds.

fGeositta cunicularia fissirostris (Kittlitz). Chilean Miner.

Chile: 2 cf , 2 9 , Valparaiso, March 24, 1939.

|Cinclodes patagonicus patagonicus (Gmelin). Patagonian Cin-
clodes.

Chile: cf , Punta Arenas (25 mi. N.), March 9, 1936.

1943

Trimble: South American Birds

429

t Cinclodes patagonicus chilensis (Lesson). Chilean Cinclodes.

Chile: 3cf, 1 9 , Puerto Harchy, February 22, 1939; $ , Golfo Elefantes,
February 25, 1939; 9, Puerto Montt, March 20, 1939; 1 cf, 2 9, Val-
paraiso, March 25, 1939.

In the Valparaiso birds the upperparts are slightly browner and the
cinnamon wing-patches and tail-markings are more prominent than in the
birds from farther south. The latter, however, are not in completely fresh
plumage.

JCinclodes oustaleti oustaleti Scott. Oustalet’s Cinclodes.

Chile: 9 , Puerto Bueno, March 13, 1936; cf , Golfo Elefantes, February
25, 1939.

Compared with two males from Caldera, Province Atacama, March 21
and 22 (Field Museum collection), the specimens listed above are much
grayer and have paler wing-markings. They are only slightly grayer than
two males from Ancud, Chiloe Island (American Museum collection).
In fact, the Carnegie Museum birds, which are in freshly molted plumage,
are even grayer above and on the flanks than are two specimens of C. o.
hornensis from Cape Horn (American Museum collection). In size they
are well within the range of measurements of C. o. oustaleti given by
Hellmayr. Dr. Hellmayr was not convinced that the variation in color is
of racial significance, and it seems best to follow him in calling these birds
typical oustaleti. Both localities are considerably south of Chiloe Island,
which Hellmayr gives as the southern limit. Measurements of the speci-
mens are: cf : wing, 93; tail, 69; bill, 19; tarsus, 29; 9 : wing, 90; tail, 72;
bill, 19.5; tarsus, 25.

|Cinclodes fuscus fuscus (Vieillot). Dusky Cinclodes.

Chile: 9 , Punta Arenas (25 mi. N.), March 9, 1936; cf , Puerto Bueno,
March 13, 1936; cf , Golfo Elefantes, February 25, 1939; 2 cf , Rio de la
Pascua, March 12, 1939; cf , 9 , Kelly Harbor, March 14, 1939.

JUpucerthia dumetaria saturatior Scott. Chilean Earth-creeper.
Chile: cf , Valparaiso, March 24, 1939.

*|Sylviorthorhynchus desmurii Gay. Des Murs’s Spine-tail.

Chile: 3 cf, Molyneux Sound, March 9, 1939; cf , Puerto Sarjento, Rio
Huemules, March 11, 1939; cf, Rio de la Pascua, March 12, 1939.

430

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

*{Aphrastura spinicauda fulva Angelina. Chiloe Island Creeper.
Chile: $ , Puerto Lagunas, March 18, 1936.

Although Dr. Hellmayr calls this the only endemic form of Chiloe
Island, Mr. Fricke’s specimen comes from Melchor Island of the Guaitecas
and is apparently the only record of the occurrence of this species away
from Chiloe Island.

jAphrastura spinicauda spinicauda (Gmelin). Thorn-tailed Creeper.

Chile: 1 dG 1 not sexed, Bahia San Quintin, March 16, 1936; dG $ ,
Golfo Elefantes, February 25, 1939; $ , Punta Arenas, March 2, 1939; dG
Molyneux Sound, March 9, 1939; cG Puerto Casma, March 15, 1939.

jLeptasthenura aegitholides aegitholides (Kittlitz). Titlike Spine-
tail.

Chile: dG 9 , Valparaiso, March 24, 1939.

These specimens have been compared with the type of L. fuscescens
Allen (American Museum of Natural History), which is said by Hell-
mayr to be a synonym of L. ae. aegitholides.

jAsthenes anthoides (King). King’s Spine-tail.

Chile: dG Punta Arenas, March 2, 1939.

* |Pygairhicus albo-gularis (King). White-throated Tree-runner.

Chile: $ , Puerto Sarjento, Rio Huemules, March 11, 1939; 2 dG Rio
de la Pascua, March 12, 1939; $, Port Slight, Peninsula Tres Montes,
March 16, 1939.

Family RHINOCRYPTIDAE. Tapaculos.

*|Pteroptochos tarnii (King). Huet-huet.

Chile: dG 9 , Arthur Island, March 10, 1939; 9 , Puerto Sarjento, Rio
Huemules, March 11, 1939; 2 dG Rio de la Pascua, March 12, 1939.

*JScelorchilus rubecula (Kittlitz). Chucao.

Chile: 9 , Bahia San Quintin, March 16, 1936; 9 , Puerto Lagunas,
March 18, 1936; 4 c? (2 im.), 1 9 , Golfo Elefantes, February 24-26, 1939.

Freshly molted specimens from Golfo Elefantes present an opportunity
to confirm Dr. Hellmayr’s suspicion that S. r. nemorivaga Wetmore is
not tenable. These birds have been compared with the material from the
Field Museum studied by Dr. Hellmayr. The two adult males are cer-

1943

Trimble: South American Birds

431

tainly not “darker” on the upper surface and tail than the Rio Inio speci-
men which Dr. Hellmayr had designated as most like the type of ne-
morivaga. They are less rufous, and the throat and chest are cinnamon
rather than ferruginous. Birds from throughout the range vary indi-
vidually but afford no evidence for the recognition of any valid races.

JScytalopus magellanicus magellanicus (Gmelin). Magellanic
Babbler.

Chile: cT, Puerto Harchy, February 22, 1939; 1 cT, 3 $, Golfo Ele-
fantes, February 25-26, 1939.

The male from Golfo Elefantes is the only fully adult specimen. The
others have the buffy cross-barring that Dr. Hellmayr attributes to an
immature stage of plumage.

*jEugralla paradoxa (Kittlitz). Kittlitz’s Babbler.

Chile: 9 , Puerto Montt, March 20, 1939.

Family PIPRIDAE. Manakins.

Manacus vitellinus vitellinus (Gould). Gould’s Manakin.
Panama: cf, Capira, April 13, 1939.

Family TYRANNIDAE. Tyrant Flycatchers.

JXolmis pyrope (Kittlitz). Fire-eyed Pepoaza.

Chile: d\ Guafo Island, March 19, 1936; 9, Port Slight, Peninsula
Tres Montes, March 16, 1939; cf, Rio Huemules, March 17, 1939; 2 d71,
1 9 , Valparaiso, March 24, 1939.

jMuscisaxicola macloviana mentalis Lafresnaye and d’Orbigny.
Smoke-fronted Ground-tyrant.

Chile: 2 d71, 2 9 , Golfo Elefantes, February 25-26, 1939; 2 d\ Arthur
Island, March 10, 1939.

Four of these specimens are young birds with streaked throats and
buffy edgings to the wing coverts. Wing measurements for two adult
males are 104.5 and 100.5 mm.

fLessonia rufa rufa (Gmelin). Rufous-backed Ground-tyrant.

Chile: 3 d\ 1 9, Punta Arenas, March 2, 1939; d\ Puerto Montt,
March 20, 1939.

432

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Myiotheretes striaticollis striaticollis (Sclater). Streaked-throated
Ground-tyrant.

Peru: d\ Lima (10 mi. E. by S.), March 31, 1939; d\ Galera, April 1,

1939.

Pyrocephalus rubinus obscurus Gould. Pacific Scarlet Fly-
catcher.

Peru: 3 cf, 1 $ , Lima (10 mi. E. by S.), March 31, 1939.

fPyrocephalus rubinus nanus Gould. Galapagos Vermilion Fly-
catcher.

Galapagos Islands: 2 cT , 2 $ [im.], James Island, April 7, 1939.

Muscigralla brevicauda Lafresnaye and d’Orbigny. Short-tailed
Ground-tyrant.

Peru: d71, Lima (10 mi. E. by S.), March 31, 1939.

Muscivora tyrannus monachus (Hartlaub). Fork-tailed Fly-
catcher.

Panama: 2 d71, Parita, April 13, 1939.

Tyrannus melancholicus chloronotus Berlepsch. Berlepsch’s King-
bird.

Panama: 3 d71, Parita, April 13, 1939.

Myiozetetes similis columbianus Cabanis and Heine. Colombian
Vermilion-crowned Flycatcher.

Panama: d71, 9 , Parita, April 13, 1939.

Myiarchus ferox panamensis Lawrence. Panama Flycatcher.

Panama: dL Parita, April 13, 1939.

*|Eribates magnirostris (Gould). Galapagos Flycatcher.

Galapagos Islands: 2 d71, James Island, April 7, 1939.

*jNesotriccus ridgwayi Townsend. Cocos Island Flycatcher.

Cocos Island: 2 d71, February 10, 1936, and 3 d\ 1 9 , April 10, 1939.

An immature plumage, not hitherto described, is represented by the

specimen C.M. 123,826, taken on April 10. It differs from the adult in

the rusty buff color of the wing-bars and wing-edgings. Remains of juve-

1943

Trimble: South American Birds

433

nal plumage on the crown and nape indicate that these areas were also
rusty buff. The under surface is duller and less yellowish than that of the
adult, and the tail is more rufous. A more advanced stage is represented
by the specimen C. M. 123,855, in which all the rusty buff color has dis-
appeared from the crown and nape; the edgings of the wing feathers are
paler, but the bars retain a rusty buff shade, less bright than in specimen
No. 123,826. The tail is worn, but the body plumage has been almost
entirely renewed.

JSpizitornis parulus parulus (Kittlitz). Tit-like Tyrant.

Chile: cf , Molyneux Sound, March 9, 1939; cf , Valparaiso, March 25,
1939.

Dr. Hellmayr gives Chiloe Island as the southern limit of typical
parulus. The locality Molyneux Sound is farther south by more than six
and one-half degrees of latitude. The specimen so labelled might be ex-
pected to represent the Tierra del Fuego race, S', p. lippus Wetmore. It
is, however, indistinguishable from the Valparaiso specimen listed above
and from Chiloe Island examples in the American Museum of Natural
History.

JSpizitornis fernandezianus (Philippi). Juan Fernandez Tit-like
Tyrant. i

Chile: 2 cf , Mas-a- tierra Island, February 28, 1936.

JSpizitornis reguloides albiventris Chapman. White-bellied Tit-
like Tyrant.

Peru: 2 cf , Galera, April 1, 1939.

*JColorhamphus parvirostris (Darwin). Small-billed Tyrant.
Chile: cf , Puerto Montt, March 21, 1939.

Elaenia flavogaster subpagana Sclater and Salvin. Northern Yel-
low-bellied Elaenia.

Panama: 2 $, Capira, April 13, 1939.

fElaenia albiceps modesta Tschudi. Peruvian Elaenia.

Peru: cf , Lima (10 mi. E. by S.), March 31, 1939.

434

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

fElaenia albiceps chilensis Hellmayr. Chilean Elaenia.

Chile: 6', off coast, 35° 39' S., 72° 51' W., March 3, 1936; d\ Puerto
Harchy, February 22, 1939; cf , Laguna San Rafael, February 24, 1939;
cf , Golfo Elefantes, February 25, 1939; cf , Punta Arenas, March 2, 1939;
3 cf , 1 9 , Puerto Montt, March 20-21, 1939.

Family PHYTOTOM ID AE. Plant-cutters.

tPhytotoma rara Molina. Chilean Plant-cutter.

Chile: 2 cf , Puerto Montt, March 20-21, 1939.

Family HIRUNDINIDAE. Swallows.

JProgne modesta modesta Darwin. Galapagos Martin.

Galapagos Islands: $ , Seymour Island, April 6, 1939.

Pygochelidon cyanoleuca peruviana Chapman. Peruvian Swallow.
Peru: cf , Galera, April 1, 1939.

Orochelidon murina (Cassin). Brown-bellied Swallow.

Peru: cf , Galera, April 1, 1939.

flridoprocne leucopyga (Meyen). Chilean Swallow.

Chile: cf , Golfo Elefantes, February 23, 1939.

Family CORVIDAE. Crows, Jays.

Cyanocorax affinis zeledoni Ridgway. Talamanca Jay.

Panama: cf , 9 , Parita, April 13, 1939.

Family TROGLODYTIDAE. Wrens.

f Cistothorus platensis hornensis (Lesson). Cape Horn Grass Wren.

Chile: cf , 9 , Golfo Elefantes, February 25, 1939; 9 , Puerto Sarjento,
Rio Huemules, March 11, 1939; 9 , Rio de la Pascua, March 12, 1939.

Thryophilus modestus elutus (Bangs). Panama Wren.

Panama: cf , Capira, April 13, 1939.

fTroglodytes musculus atacamensis Hellmayr. Atacama House
Wren.

Chile: cf , 9 , Tocopilla, March 28, 1939.

1943

Trimble: South American Birds

435

jTroglodytes musculus chilensis Lesson. Chilean House Wren.

Chile: $ , Salado Bay, March 25, 1936; d, Puerto Montt, March 20,
1939; d, Valparaiso, March 24, 1939.

Family MIMIDAE. Mocking Thrushes.

Mimus thenca (Molina). Chilean Mockingbird.

Chile: d, 9 , Valparaiso, March 24-25, 1939.

Nesomimus parvulus parvulus (Gould). Albemarle Island Mock-
ingbird.

Galapagos Islands: d, $, Seymour Island, February 13, 1936; d, d
juv., Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, April 7, 1939.

+ Nesomimus parvulus bauri Ridgway. Tower Island Mockingbird.
Galapagos Islands: d , Tower Island, April 8, 1939.

Family TURD ID AE. Thrushes.

Turdus falcklandii magellanicus King. Chilean Robin.

Chile: d, $, d juv., Mas-a-tierra Island, February 28-29, 1936; d,
Agostini Bay, March 10, 1936; 4 d, 1 d juv., Golfo Elefantes, February
24-26, 1939; d, d juv., Kelly Harbor, March 14, 1939.

Turdus grayi casius (Bonaparte). Bonaparte’s Thrush.

Panama: d , Capira, April 13, 1939.

Turdus chiguanco chiguanco Lafresnaye and d’Orbigny. d’Orbigny’s
Ouzel.

Peru: d , d juv., Galera, April 1, 1939.

Family MOTACILLIDAE. Wagtails, Pipits.

f An thus correndera chilensis (Lesson). Chilean Pipit.

Chile: 2 d, 1 $ , Punta Arenas, March 2, 1939.

Family COMPSOTHLYPIDAE. Wood Warblers.

| Dendroica petechia aureola (Gould). Galapagos Golden Warbler.

Cocos Island: 1 d, 2 $ , February 10, 1936, and April 10, 1939. Galapa-
gos Islands: $ , Seymour Island, April 6, 1939; 2 d, 1 $ , Conway Bay,
Indefatigable Island, April 7, 1939.

436

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Family ICTERIDAE. Troupials.

Molothrus bonariensis bonariensis (Gmelin). Shiny Cowbird.

Chile: $ , off coast, lat. 24° S., February 22, 1936.

According to Mr. Fricke, this bird, an immature female in streaked
plumage, flew on board ship. Its measurements agree with those of
Molothrus b. bonariensis.

Icterus galbula (Linnaeus). Baltimore Oriole.

Panama: cf , Capira, April 13, 1939.

fAgelaius thilius thilius (Molina). Chilean Yellow-shouldered
Marsh Bird.

Chile: 2 cf , 1 9 , Valparaiso, March 24, 1939.

*jNotiopsar curaeus (Molina). Chilean Blackbird.

Chile: 2 c f , Guafo Island, March 19, 1936; 9 , Golfo Elefantes, Febru-
ary 25, 1939; 3 cf , 1 9 , Valparaiso, March 24-25, 1939.

Pezites militaris bellicosa (Filippi). Pacific Red-breasted Star-
ling.

Peru: cf , Galera, April 1, 1939.

Pezites militaris militaris (Linnaeus). Red-breasted Starling.

Chile: cf, 9, Punta Arenas, March 2, 1939; 6cf, 2 9, Puerto Montt,
March 20-21, 1939; 3 cf , Valparaiso, March 24, 1939.

Family THRAUPIDAE. tanagers.

Tanagra luteicapilla (Cabanis). Yellow-crowned Euphonia.
Panama: cf im., Parita, April 13, 1939.

Pipraeidea melanonota venezuelensis (Sclater). Western Dark-
backed Tanager.

Peru: “cf ” [plumage indicates 9 ], Galera, April 1, 1939.

Thraupis episcopus diaconus (Lesson). Northern Gray Tanager.
Panama: cf , 9 , Capira, April 13, 1939.

Thraupis bonariensis darwinii (Bonaparte). Darwin’s Tanager.

Peru: cf , Lima (10 mi. E. by S.), March 31, 1939; cf , 9 , Galera, April
1, 1939.

1943

Trimble: South American Birds

437

Habia gutturalis erythrolaema (Sclater). Southern Dusky-tailed
Ant Tanager.

Panama: d71, Capira, April 13, 1939.

Since this specimen is immature, it has been placed here mainly on
geographic grounds.

Family FRINGILLIDAE. Finches.

Pheucticus chrysopeplus chrysogaster (Lesson). Golden-bellied
Grosbeak.

Peru: d71, Lima (10 mi. E. by S.), March 31, 1939; d71, Galera, April 1,
1939.

*jGeospiza magnirostris Gould. Large-billed Ground Finch.

Galapagos Islands: 4 d1, 1 $ , Tower Island, April 8, 1939.

The female is a black-billed adult in worn plumage, heavily streaked
below. Three males are in full breeding dress and have black bills. One
male, C.M. 123,791, is a young bird with the feathers of the upperparts
edged with rust-color, paler on the back and more pronounced on the
wing coverts; the throat and breast are heavily streaked with black, but
the middle of the abdomen is unstreaked and grayish in color; the lower
mandible is yellow with a triangular brownish spot at its base.

jGeospiza fortis Gould. Sturdy Ground Finch.

Galapagos Islands: 2 d1, 2 $ , Seymour Island, April 6, 1939; 8 c? , 1 $ ,
Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, April 7, 1939; 4 cf , 1 9 , James Island,
April 7, 1939.

Seven of these specimens are black-billed males in breeding dress. One,
C.M. 123,736, is evidently a young bird with new wing quills and the tail
not fully grown ; its bill is brown above and particolored below.

jGeospiza fuliginosa fuliginosa Gould. Sooty Ground Finch.

Galapagos Islands: d71, Daphne Major, February 13, 1936; 2 c?, Sey-
mour Island, April 6, 1939; 4 d71 , 2 9 , Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island,
April 7, 1939; 2 d71 , James Island, April 7, 1939.

Among these specimens are two black-billed males and one black-
billed female. Two of the others are clearly immature.

438 Annals of the Carnegie Museum vol. xxix

jGeospiza difficilis acutirostris Ridgway. Sharp-billed Ground
Finch.

Galapagos Islands: 7 cf , 1 9 , Tower Island, April 8, 1939.

Five males are black with black bills; two are obviously immature.

{Geospiza scandens intermedia Ridgway. Intermediate Ground
Finch.

Galapagos Islands: 2 9 , Daphne Major, February 13, 1936; 2 cf , 2 $ ,
Seymour Island, April 6, 1939; 5 cf, 2 9, Conway Bay, Indefatigable
Island, April 7, 1939.

Four males from Indefatigable Island are black adults with black bills.

jGeospiza conirostris propinqua Ridgway. Tower Island Ground
Finch.

Galapagos Islands: 2 cf , 1 9 , Tower Island, April 8, 1939.

The males are black-billed adults.

*JPlatyspiza crassirostris (Gould). Darwin’s Ground Finch.
Galapagos Islands: cf , James Island, April 7, 1939.

*tCamarhynchus parvulus parvulus (Gould). Black-headed Ground
Finch.

Galapagos Islands: 1 cf , 2 9 , James Island, April 7, 1939.

*{Certhidea olivacea mentalis Ridgway. Lead-colored Certhidea.
Galapagos Islands: cf , Tower Island, April 8, 1939.

jCerthidea olivacea olivacea Gould. Olivaceous Certhidea.
Galapagos Islands: cf , James Island, April 7, 1939.

Pinaroloxias inornata (Gould). Cocos Island Finch.

Cocos Island: 3 cf , 1 cf im., February 10, 1936; 2 cf , 3 9 , April 10, 1939.
All the males except a single immature are in black adult plumage with
black bills.

Sporophila telasco (Lesson). Chestnut-throated Seed-eater.
Peru: cf , Lima (10 mi. E. by S.), March 31, 1939.

jSporophila minuta centralis Bangs and Penard. Panama Seed-
eater.

Panama: cf , Parita, April 13, 1939.

1943

Trimble: South American Birds

439

Catamenia analis analoides (Lafresnaye). Lafresn aye’s Seed-
eater.

Peru: cJ\ Lima (10 mi. E. by S.), March 31, 1939; Galera, April 1,
1939.

fVolatinia jacarina peruviensis (Peale). Pacific Blue-black Grass-
quit.

Peru: cf , Lima (10 mi. E. by S.), March 31, 1939.

Spinus magellanicus capitalis (Cabanis). Cabanis’s Siskin.

Peru: d\ Lima (10 mi. E. by S.), March 31, 1939.

JSpinus barbatus (Molina). Black-chinned Siskin.

Chile: cT, $, Molyneux Sound, March 9, 1939; 9, Puerto Sarjento,
Rio Huemules, March 11, 1939; 9 , Rio de la Pascua, March 12, 1939; cT,
Puerto Montt, March 20, 1939; 2 d\ Valparaiso, March 24, 1939.

Diuca diuca diuca (Molina). Chilean Diuca Finch.

Chile: cf , $ , Puerto Montt, March 20, 1939; 9 , Valparaiso, March 24,
1939.

JPhrygilus patagonicus Lowe* Patagonian Gray-headed Finch.

Chile: 9 , Puerto Bueno, March 13, 1936; c? , “c? ” [apparently 9 ], Golfo
Elefantes, February 23, 1939; 2 d\ 1 9 , Arthur Island, March 10, 1939;
2 cT , 1 9 , Puerto Sarjento, Rio Huemules, March 11, 1939.

jAtlapetes nationi nationi (Sclater). Nation’s Atlapetes.

Peru: cf, 9 , Galera, April 1, 1939.

fArremonops conirostris striaticeps Ridgway. Maracaibo Sparrow.
Panama: cf , Capira, April 13, 1939.

fZonotrichia capensis antofagastae Chapman. Antofagasta Spar-
row.

Chile: 2 c? , Tocopilla, March 28, 1939.

These specimens were a part of the series upon which Dr. F. M. Chap-
man based his description of the race.

440

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

fZonotrichia capensis chilensis (Meyen). Chilean Sparrow.

Chile: 2 d , Golfo Elefantes, February 23, 1939; d juv., 9 juv., Puerto
Montt, March 20-21, 1939.

The black crown-stripes in the specimens from Golfo Elefantes are
indicated but are more or less incomplete or broken. They mark the
transition to australis. The breeding form at Puerto Montt is chilensis ;
the adults collected there, however, are regarded by Dr. Chapman as
migrants belonging to the race australis.

fZonotrichia capensis australis (Latham). Patagonian Sparrow.

Chile: d , 9 , Punta Arenas (25 mi. N.), March 11, 1936; 2 d , Puerto
Sarjento, Rio Huemules, March 11, 1939; d, d juv., Puerto Casma,
March 15, 1939; 2 d, 1 9 , Puerto Montt, March 20-21, 1939.

Dr. Chapman has commented on the Puerto Sarjento birds as being
“nearer australis , with which one of them, in head-markings, agrees, while
the other has broken black crown-stripes, as in the Elefantes birds.”
The adults from Puerto Montt he considers migrants, as stated above.
Puerto Casma specimens represent the transition to chilensis.

REFERENCES

Brodkorb, Pierce.

Geographical variation in Belonopterus chilensis (Molina). — Oc-
casional Papers Museum of Zoology , University of Michigan , No. 293,
June 29, 1934, p. 1-13.

Chapman, Frank M.

The distribution of bird life in the Urubamba Valley of Peru. —
Bulletin U. S. National Museum , 117, 1921, p. 1-138.

The post-glacial history of Zonotrichia capensis. — Bulletin American
Museum of Natural History, vol. 77, December 10, 1940, p. 381-438.

Cory, Charles B.

Catalogue of birds of the Americas and the adjacent islands. — Field
Museum of Natural History, Zoological Series, vol. 13, part 2, no. 1, 1918;
no. 2, 1919.

Cory, Charles B., and Hellmayr, Charles E.

Catalogue of birds of the Americas and the adjacent islands. — Field
Museum of Natural History, Zoological Series, vol. 13, part 3, 1924; part 4,
1925; part 5, 1927.

Fisher, Albert K., and Wetmore, Alexander.

Report on birds recorded by the Pinchot Expedition of 1929 to the
Caribbean and Pacific. — Proceedings U. S. National Museum, vol. 79,
1931, article 10, p. 1-66.

1943

Trimble: South American Birds

441

Gifford, Edward Winslow.

Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the Galapagos
Islands, 1905-1906. VIII. — Proceedings California Academy of Sciences,
vol. 2, 1913, p. 1-132; XIII (notes on birds), idem., vol. 2, p. 189-258.

Griscom, Ludlow.

The ornithology of the Republic of Panama. — Bulletin Museum of
Comparative Zoology, vol. 78, 1935, p. 261-382.

Hellmayr, Charles E.

Catalogue of birds of the Americas and the adjacent islands. — Field
Museum of Natural History, Zoological Series, vol. 13, part 6, 1929; part
7, 1934; part 8, 1935; part 9, 1936; part 10, 1937; part 11, 1938.

Hellmayr, Charles E.

The birds of Chile. — Field Museum of Natural History, Zoological
Series, vol. 19, 1932, p. 1-472.

Morrison, Alastair.

Brief notes on the birds of south Chile. — Ibis, April, 1940, p. 248-256.

Murphy, Robert Cushman.

Oceanic birds. Vols. 1-2, 1936, p. i-xxii, 1-1245.

Peters, James Lee.

Check-list of birds of the world. Vols. 1-4, 1931-1940.

Swarth, Harry S.

The avifauna of the Galapagos Islands. — Occasional Papers California
Academy of Sciences, vol. 18, 1931, p. 1-299.

Wetmore, Alexander.

New subspecies of birds from Patagonia. — University of California
Publications in Zoology, vol. 21, June 16, 1923, p. 333-337.

Zimmer, John T.

Birds of the Marshall Field Peruvian Expedition, 1922-1923. — Field
Museum of Natural History, Zoological Series, vol. 17, 1930, p. 233-480.

ART. XVI. NEW MEIDIDAE (HEMIPTERA) FROM
AMERICA, WITH NOTES ON SOME
LITTLE-KNOWN SPECIES

By Halbert M. Harris
Iowa State College, Ames, Iowa.

Through the courtesy of Doctor A. Avinoff, Director
Museum, I have had the privilege of studying some
bugs belonging to the museum’s collections. Although only a few indi-
viduals were represented, they included five new species. Two of these
new forms are so unlike any previously known Neididae that it has been
necessary to erect new genera for them.

In the descriptions the measurements given, cited as proportions, were
made with an eye-piece micrometer on which 23 lines equal one milli-
meter. The holotypes of the new forms are deposited in the Carnegie
Museum.

Xenoloma, new genus

Body small, moderately stout, shiny. Head short, unarmed, the vertex
tumid, and in front distinctly separated from the tylus. Eyes moderate.
Ocelli wide apart, placed near inner angle of eyes, slightly projecting
laterally, about equidistant from eyes and pronotum. Antennae moder-
ately slender, shorter than the body, inserted rather high in front of eyes,
the basal segment slightly shorter than second and third segments con-
joined, enlarged on distal one-fourth; second faintly shorter than third,
and subequal to four, the latter stoutest. Rostrum extending between
hind coxae, the basal segment long, barely reaching prosternum. Prono-
tum swollen and strongly arched, only feebly constricted between the
lobes, strongly punctate and clothed with erect, pale hairs, the front lobe
much raised above the head, the hind lobe with a conspicuous raised
smooth, pale, median line, the posterior area laminate explanate, angu-
larly produced backward over scutellum and clavus, the apex of the
produced portion deeply angularly excised so that it is bifid. Scutellum
not visible, completely covered by the pronotum. Hemelytra complete,
narrowed basally, hyaline, impunctate, the outer cell of corium narrowed
distally, extending to middle of membrane. Sides of prothorax strongly

443

Issued June 30, 1943.

JUL 3 - 43

444

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

punctate, produced into a conspicuous laterally projecting tuberosity.
Metapleuron rather sharply rounded behind, unarmed, shiny except for
the triangular evaporative area occupying the upper anterior angle,
punctate behind the wide, shallow, ostiolar channel. Sternum and basal
segment of venter channeled for the reception of the rostrum, the venter
smooth, impunctate. Legs slender, the femora enlarged on distal half.
Segment III of venter long, in female as long as remaining segments com-
bined, in male apparently fused with IV and these together about twice
as long as the more apical segments conjoined. Male genital capsule
slightly swollen.

Genotype, Xenoloma princeps sp. nov.

On the basis of the nature of the head, the unpunctate venter, and the
general facies, this new genus belongs to the Metacanthinae. It is distinct
from previously known genera by reason of the unarmed and hidden
scutellum and the peculiar characters of the pronotum.

Xenoloma princeps, sp. nov.

Testaceous, the head, front lobe of pronotum, thorax laterally and
beneath, except for front and middle acetabula, the base and apex of
rostrum, the coxae, femora in large part, bases of front and middle tibiae,
and the hind tibia except at apex, darker, varying through brownish- to
fuscous-black. Smooth median line of pronotum yellowish-testaceous to
luteous. Antennal fossa, margin of produced basal part of pronotum,
trochanters, apical parts of tibiae, and distal segments of venter before
genital segments, whitish-testaceous. Head faintly broader than long,
vertex sometimes with median pale line, with pale hairs along the middle
and in an irregular row on each side extending forward to antennal in-
sertion. Interocular groove distinct, more-or-less hidden from above by
the prominent front of pronotum ; distance from ocellus to eye not greater
than diameter of an ocellus. Antennal I not two-thirds as long as head
and pronotum; proportions, 24:12:14:12. Rostral proportions, 10:10:6:9.
Pronotum prominently pilose, the smooth median line extending from
intferlobe constriction to the declivent post-humeral part; edge of ex-
panded basal portion reflexed. Hemelytra pale, the vein at base of'
membrane dark; membrane extending beyond apex of abdomen, with
five or six straight veins. Legs setose, the middle and hind femora and
the hind tibiae somewhat bowed; tarsi three-segmented, the basal seg-
ment longest, the second shortest. Male genital segments pilose beneath.

1943

Harris: South American Neididae

445

Length , 3.8 — 4.0 mm. Width , across humeri, 1.0 mm.

Holotype, male, allotype , female, and two paratypes, Chapada, Brazil,
Acc. no. 2966, Carnegie Museum (holotype and allotype in collection of
Carnegie Museum).

The specimens show some variation in the size of the lateral prothoracic
prominences, the shape of the notch of basal extension of the pronotum,
as well as color. These differences may be sexual.

Phaconotus, new genus

Small, slender, and shiny. Head relatively long and slender, distinctly
longer than broad; postocular part fully as long as anteocular, its sides
parallel; vertex slightly arched, not produced in front, distinctly sepa-
rated from tylus. Eyes relatively small. Ocelli about as far from eyes as
from each other, equidistant from lateral margins of head and front of
pronotum. Antennae slender, the basal joint only slightly enlarged dis-
tally, the apical joint stout, segment I only slightly longer than head and
pronotum together, II a little longer than III, II and III together a little
longer than I, IV subequal to III. Rostrum extending on metasternum,
segment I reaching to middle of postocular head.

Pronotum sharply divided into two lobes, the front lobe only moderately
raised, smooth, shiny; armed with eleven white, ovate tubercules each of
which gives off a pale seta at its summit, two of the tubercules at the
front angles, five in a row across the transverse impression, two on the
disc and one on each side between front angle and transverse impression ;
hind lobe unarmed, arched, coarsely punctate, declivent behind; the hind
margin explanate, slightly reflexed, sharply roundly excised in front of
scutellum. Scutellum small, its apical part produced almost vertically
into a short, stout, ivory-white spur. Hemelytra hyaline, slightly em-
browned. Propleuron shiny, smooth in front of transverse constriction
except for a few punctures on collar, with a calloused spot above the
acetabulum; behind the constriction coarsely punctate, the ventral edge
forming a short, calloused ridge posterior to acetabulum. Mesopleuron
with a calloused, ivory spot above the acetabulum. Metapleuron with
the front half dull, the rest shiny, without evidence of an ostiolar spine.
Legs moderately long, and moderately stout, the femora gradually thick-
ened distally, the hind femora distinctly surpassing apex of abdomen.

Genotype, Phaconotus ensis sp. nov.

Belonging to the Metacanthinae, but distinct from other known genera

446

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

by virtue of the peculiar armature of the pronotum and scutellum, and the
characters of the head and metapleuron.

Phaconotus ensis, sp. nov.

Testaceous, a median line on vertex, a calloused line in front of each
eye, reflexed basal margin of pronotum, and venter paler; armature of
pronotum and scutellum ivory white, legs and first two antennal seg-
ments annulate with brown; distal antennal segment fuscous, apices of
rostrum and tarsi piceous. Head longer than broad, the inter-ocular
groove strongly concave. Antennae sparsely pilose, the basal segment
with seven or eight dark rings, and the second segment with five or six;
proportions, 26:15:12:12. Bucculae very low and short. Gula slightly
swollen. Rostral proportions, 7:6:7:6.

Pronotum about one-third longer than broad, the collar set off by a
row of faint punctures, the humeral corners and the transverse impression
before the reflexed basal margin embrowned to fuscous; the tubercules
of the front lobe varying in size, the median one in the transverse impres-
sion being largest and obovate in shape. Scutellar spine pointed, as seen
from the side about one and one-half times as high as broad. Hemelytra less
strongly widened from the base than in Pronotacantha annulata Uhler,
the venation apparently about as in that species. Legs slender, pilose,
the hind tibiae as long as distance from apex of head to base of genital
segments. Venter slightly enlarged distally. Male genital segment angu-
larly produced at the middle of its upper hind margin.

Length , 3.0 mm. Width of pronotum, 0.6 mm.

Holotype, male, Bahia, Brazil, October 26, 1907 (Carnegie Museum).

In this species the metapleuron is constructed much as in Pronota-
cantha annulata Uhler, but is larger, without evidence of the pale pro-
tuberance on the dull, front portion, and the upper hind margin is slightly
more sharply produced. The basal segments of the venter are somewhat
obscured but apparently are united as in related genera.

Protacanthus nexus, sp. nov.

Pale yellowish- to whitish-testaceous; the head shiny black except for a
rectangular spot between ocelli and the collum beneath; apical antennal
segment fuscous, the basal segment and the femora speckled or irregularly
annulate with brown; tibiae finely annulate with brown. Antennal pro-
portions, 52:28:22:16. Rostrum extending on metasternum, the basal

1943

Harris: South American Neididae

447

segment barely attaining collum. Pronotum strongly raised and widened
behind the constriction, the hind lobe with distinct median carina, the
front lobe small, flat, impunctate between constriction and collar, the
front margin calloused, pale, ending on each side in a short, stout upwardly
and outwardly projecting tooth. Scutellar spine long, slender, curved.
Hemelytra pale. Upper margin of male genital capsule slightly, angularly
produced at the middle between the claspers.

Length to tip of membrane, 4.1 — 4.3 mm. Width , 0.65 mm.

Holotype, male and allotype , female, Bahia, Brazil, Oct. 24, 1907 (in
Carnegie Museum). Paratypes, male, Bahia, Brazil; male, Rio de Janeiro,
Brazil; female, Entre Rios, Brazil, and female, Ururahy, near Rio de
Janeiro, Brazil.

This small species is almost exactly like Protacanthus decorus Uhler,
in size, markings, and proportional lengths of the segments of the ap-
pendages. It appears distinct by reason of the armature of the front
pronotal angles, the teeth there being only about as long as they are broad.
The basal margin of the pronotum is a little more sharply, and more
deeply excavated in front of the scutellum than in Uhler’s species. The
structure of the metapleuron and its ostiole is exactly as in decorus , and
of the same general nature as in Gampsocoris elegans (Curtis), although the
ostiolar process is narrower and less broadly expanded at the tip. Further
study of Gampsocoris Fuss and Protacanthus Uhler ( = Anchenoplus
Bergroth) possibly may show that the latter deserves only subgeneric
rank.

Jalysus sobrinus Stal

1862. Jalysus sobrinus Stal, Rio Janeiro Hemip. , 2:60.

1921. Jalysus sobrinus Pennington, List Hemipt. Heterop. Repub. Argentina, 2:17.

A long series of an apparently somewhat variable species that I take
to be sobrinus Stal is at hand from Chapada, Bahia, Entre Rios, Boqueirao,
Rio de Janeiro, E. Santo, Munez Freite, and Santarem, Brazil; Cacagual-
ito, Colombia; Santa Lucia, Miranda and Puerto la Cruz, Dist. Federal,
Venezuela; Los Juntas, Cuatro Ojos, and Villa Bella, Bolivia; and Rio
Bermejo, Prov. Salto, Argentina. I have previously seen it from Vene-
zuela and Panama, and it is recorded in the literature from Brazil and
Argentina.

The male always has a conspicuous, although small, shiny brown point
on each side of the genital segment beneath, and the apical margin of the

448

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

genital segment is deeply, somewhat rectangularly excised. The claspers
are curved and pointed. The legs and basal antennal segment are speckled
and the ostiolar spine is pale with the tip dark. Antennal IV is slender,
black, with the apical fourth, excepting extreme tip, white. Unless I
confuse two very closely related species there is considerable variation in
the length of the scutellar spine.

Parajalysus nigrescens Distant
1903. Parajalysus nigrescens Distant, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., 47:44.

Two female specimens, Chapada, Brazil, November.

Allied to andinus Horvath, but vertex without discrete protuberance
between base of antennae, the front lobe of pronotum not so strongly
raised, with distinct callosities in anterior lateral angles, the spines black,
stouter than in andinus , the median basal one longest, before its base
subequally as thick as club of antennal I. Antennal proportions, 90:37:-
40:35. Rostrum extending on metasternum, segment I reaching behind
eyes; proportions, 12:12:10:11. Bucculae short and high as in andinus
Horvath.

Parajalysus andinus Horvath
1905. Parajalysus andinus Horvath, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung., 3:60.

Several specimens that appear to agree in all respects with Horvath’s
description are at hand from Las Juntas, Bolivia, Cuatros Ojos, Bolivia,
and Villa Bella, Bolivia. There is, also a mutilated male specimen from
Santarem, Brazil. Heretofore the species has been known from Peru and
Bolivia. The following descriptive notes may aid in its recognition.

Head shiny, impunctate, vertex distinctly produced into a short,
obtuse, forward projecting prominence. Antennae black, the extreme base
of first segment pale; proportions, 125:52:57:40; the length of club on
first segment subequal to width of vertex. Bucculae short, high. Rostrum
reaching on metasternum, segment I hardly reaching a point opposite hind
margin of eyes; proportion of segments, 9:13:11:13. Pronotum with in-
distinct collar, strongly, almost vertically raised in front, coarsely punc-
tate except for a broad area around base of spine on front lobe; spines
black, relatively slender, plainly not as stout basally as the club of anten-
nal I, the one on anterior lobe almost straight and vertical, the median
basal spine longest, as long as distance between humeral spines. In

1943

Harris: South American Neididae

449

female, front pronotal lobe not so rounded or globose, the two lobes
separated by a distinct, rather deep, transverse impression. Legs long,
fuscous to black.

Parajalysus pallidus, sp. nov.

Small and paler than andinus Horvath, with legs and basal antennal
segment speckled with black. Pronotal spines pale with black tips, the
humeral spines sometimes infuscate. Vertex swollen, from above, dis-
tinctly angular in front, but not as strongly so as in nigrescens Dist.,
sharply declivent and carinate between the antennae. Antennal pro-
portions, 93:42:40:30. Bucculae low, longer than high. Rostrum with
basal segment proportionately longer than in andinus , reaching opposite
ocellus; proportions, 12:12:10:12. Pronotum from above with a calloused
prominence in front behind each ocellus, the front corners distinctly
angular; broadly constricted between the lobes, the surface as seen from
the side strongly sinuate, the median basal spine semi-erect, plainly not
continuing the contour of the hind lobe; front spine faintly curved for-
ward, slightly longer than median basal one, the humeral spines shortest.
Male genital capsule angularly produced at upper hind margin.

Length , 6.0 mm. Width, 1.1 mm.

Holotype, male, Chapada, Brazil (in Carnegie Museum). Paratypes, 3
males, Chapada, Brazil (in Carnegie Museum and collection of author).

The pronotum is punctate in front and on the hind lobe and its basal
margin is broadly, shallowly sinuate in front of the scutellum.

Parajalysus nannus, sp. nov.

Pale flavo-testaceous, the apical antennal segment fuscous, the tips of
pronotal spines and of rostrum and tarsi piceous; the basal antennal seg-
ments and the femora and tibiae speckled with brown. Vertex evenly
rounded, in front without evidence of protuberance or carina. Antennae
line, the third segment sometimes embrowned; proportions, 73:36:32:28.
Bucculae low. Rostrum extending on metasternum, segment I attaining
a point opposite ocelli; proportions, 10:12:10:12.

Pronotum sharply differentiated into two lobes, the front lobe com-
paratively low, impunctate except for area anterior to spine, the front
margin nearly straight, the front angles distinct, but not raised-calloused
as in pallidus; hind lobe high, thickly punctate, with distinct median
smooth line; pronotal spines long, the anterior one almost upright but

450

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

curving slightly forward, the others oblique and curved backward, the
median basal one longest. Scutellum small, the tip calloused and white.
Hemelytra hyaline, the membrane with a brownish patch at its base.
Front acetabulum and propleuron dorsal to it, impunctate. Metastethium
about as in other species of the genus, the pale raised part on the evapora-
tive area proportionately larger and higher. Femoral clubs stout. Male
genital capsule narrowed apically, its upper margin sharply produced at
the middle; the claspers short, broad.

Length, 4.7 mm. Width at base of pronotum, 0.95 mm.

Holotype, male, and allotype, female, Chapada, Brazil (in Carnegie
Museum). Paratypes, male and 2 females, Chapada, Brazil.

In some of the specimens there is an indication of the darker markings
that occur on the head of other species. As seen from the side, the front
pronotal lobe is mostly a conical base for the discal spine.

INDEX

Academy of Natural Sciences, 1
acclivis, Leodicites, 256
accuratus, Paleoenonites, 250, 252
Acestrura astreans, 360
heliodori, 360
mulsanti, 360
acis, Strymon, 390
Actitis macularia, 423
acutirostris, Geospiza difficilis, 438
addae, Ocreatus, 347
adelae, Oreotrochilus, 339
Adelomyia cervina, 335
floriceps, 335
inornata, 335

melanogenys aeneosticta, 335
melanogenys, 335
adorabilis, Paphosia, 297
adspersus. Crypturellus undulatus, 16
Aechmophorus major, 413
aegitholides, Leptasthenura aegitholides,
430

aenea, Glaucis, 276
aeneicauda, Chalybura buffoni, 333
aeneosticta, Adelomyia melanogenys, 335
aeneoviridis, Riccordia ricordi, 306
aequatorialis, Androdon, 273

Campylopterus obscurus, 288
Heliodoxa rubinoides, 336
Lesbia victoriae, 347
Popelairia conversi, 298
aequinoctialis, Proeellaria, 414
affinis, Glaucis hirsuta, 276
Agelaius thilius thilius, 436
Aglaeactis cupripennis cupripennis, 339
pamelae, 339

Aglaiocercus berlepschi, 354
caudatus, 352
emmae, 352
kingi, 353
margarethae, 353
smaragdinus, 353

alba, Crocethia, 423
albiventris, Spizitornis reguloides, 433
albo-gularis. Pvgarrhicus, 430
albogularis, Schistes, 354
alexandri, Archilochus, 359
aliciae, Amazilia tobaci, 326
Chlorostilbon, 304
altera, Amrhospiza caudacuta, 205
amabilis, Amazilia amabilis, 329
Amazilia amabilis amabilis, 329
costaricensis, 330
amazilia amazilia, 328
beryllina viola, 329
Candida Candida, 324
chionopectus chionopectus, 319
orienticola, 319
whitelyi, 319

cyanocephala guatemalensis, 328
decora, 330
edwardi edwardi, 325
fimbriata apicalis, 322
elegant issima, 323
fimbriata, 321
maculicauda, 322
nigricauda, 321
franciae, 323
hufifmanni, 325
hollandi, 320
leucogaster, 320
milleri, 320
niveo venter, 326
rosenbergi, 330
rutila rutila, 329
saucerottei braccata, 324
saucerottei, 324
warscewiczi, 324
tobaci aliciae, 326
erythronota, 326
feliciae, 326
monticola, 327
tzacatli jucunda, 327

451

452

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Amazilia tzacatli tzacatli, 328
versicolor nitidifrons, 321
violiceps violiceps, 328
viridigaster, 325
yucatanensis chalconota, 329
yucatanensis, 328
amazilia, Amazilia amazilia, 328
Columbigallina minuta, 425
Amazona ochrocephala panamensis, 426
amazonicus, Phaethornis rupununii, 282
American Museum of Natural History, 1
amethysticollis, Heliangelus, 345
amethystina, Calliphlox, 357
ammon, Hemiargus, 392
Ammospiza caudacuta altera, 205
nelsoni, 207
subvirgata, 203

Anaea verticordia echemus, 389
analoides, Catamenia analis, 439
Anartia jatrophae jamaicensis, 388
Anas flavirostris flavirostris, 420
galapagensis, 420
specularioides specularioides, 420
specularis, 420
spinicauda, 420
Anatina lineata, 51

andicola, Ramphomicron microrhyn-
chum, 348

andinus, Parajalysus, 448
andraemon, Papilio andraemon, 374
andrei, Crypturellus soui, 14
Androdon aequatorialis, 273
annae, Calypte, 359
Anthocephala floriceps, 335
anthoides, Asthenes, 430
anthophilus, Phaethornis anthophilus,
281

Anthracothorax aurulentus, 295
dominicus, 295
nigricollis iridescens, 294
nigricollis, 294
prevosti gracilirostris, 295
prevosti, 294
viridicordatus, 295
viridigula, 295
viridis, 295

antofagastae, Zonotrichia capensis, 439

Apateodus, 45

Aphrastura spinicauda fulva, 430
apicalis, Amazilia fimbriata, 322
Phaethornis guyi, 277
Appias drusilla peregrina, 376
Arabellites perpensus, 260
araucana, Columba, 425
Archilochus alexandri, 359
colubris, 358
Ardea cocoi, 416

herodias cognata, 416
Arenaria interpres morinella, 423
armillata, Fulica, 422
Arremonops conirostris striaticeps, 439
assimilis, Chlorostilbon, 303
astarte, Napeogenes, 402
Asthenes anthoides, 430
astreans, Acestrura, 360
atacamensis, Troglodytes musculus, 434
ater, Haematopus, 422
Atlapetes nationi nationi, 439
atriceps, Phalacrocorax atriceps, 416
augusti, Phaethornis augusti, 283
aureola, Dendroica petechia, 435
aureoventris, Chlorostilbon aureoven-
tris, 298

aureoviridis, Eugenes fulgens, 336
auriceps, Chlorostilbon, 300
auriculata, Heliothryx auriculata, 355
Zenaidura auriculata, 425
aurifrons, Psilopsiagon aurifrons, 426
aurita, Heliothryx, 254
aurulentus, Anthracothorax, 295
australis, Zonotrichia capensis, 440
axanthus, Pseudobranchus striatus, 183

baeri, Thalurania furcata, 313
balzani, Thalurania furcata, 312
barbatus, Leodicites, 259
Spinus, 439

barroti, Heliothryx, 355
bartletti, Crypturellus, 19
batabano, Phocides pigmalion, 394
Bates, Marston, 371
batteryensis, Climacoconus, 231
bauri, Nesomimus parvulus, 435
bella, Cymella, 52

1943

Index

453

bellicosa, Pezites militaris, 436
Belonopterus chilensis fretensis, 422
berenice, Danaus gilippus, 380
berlepschi, Aglaiocercus, 354
Crypturellus, 10
Phseochroa cuvieri, 287
bocca, Oleria, 404

Boissonneana flavescens flavescens, 344
matthewsi, 344
boliviana, Cceligena, 343
Nothura maculosa, 26
Thalurania furcata, 313
bolivianus, Phaethornis, 279
Schistes geoffroyi, 354
bonapartei, Nothocercus bonapartei, 8
bonariensis, Molothrus bonariensis, 436
boraquira, Nothura, 26
borealis, Hylocharis leucotis, 317
bottnicus, Climacoconus, 232
boucardi, Crypturellus boucardi, 18
Lepidopyga, 309
bougainvillii, Phalacrocorax, 415
bourcieri, Phaethornis, 284
braccata, Amazilia saucerottei, 324
brammeri, Solenochilus, 144
Brephidium exilis thompsoni, 392
brevicauda, Muscigralla, 32
brevirostris, Crypturellus, 19
bromidus, Climacoconus, 230 k
bryantae, Calliphlox, 357
buffoni, Chalybura buffoni, 331
bulleri, Diomedea, 413
Burke, J. J., 41
burkei, Crenella, 57
burmeisteri, Microstilbon, 358
Buteo galapagoensis, 421

magnirostris ruficauda, 421
polysoma exsul, 421
polysoma, 421

Butorides striatus striatus, 418
sundevalli, 418

cabanidis, Colibri cyanotus, 293
caducus, (Enonites, 256
caeruleogaster, Chalybura, 333
calliope, Stellula calliope, 359
Calliphlox amethystina, 357

Calliphlox bryantae, 357
evelynae, 357
lyrura lyrura, 357
mitchelli, 357
Calothorax lucifer, 358
Calypte annae, 359
costae, 359
helenae, 359

Camarhynchus parvulus parvulus, 438
Campylopterus curvipennis curvipen-
nis, 288
ensipennis, 289
falcatus, 289
hemileucurus, 289
largipennis, 288
obscurus aequatorialis, 288
obscurus, 288

Candida, Amazilia Candida, 324
Gygis alba, 425

caniveti, Chlorostilbon caniveti, 300
Capella paraguaiae magellanica, 423
stricklandii, 423

capitalis, Spinus magellanicus, 439
caquetae, Crypturellus soui, 13
Cardium kayi, 54

caribaeus, Chlorostilbon nitens, 302
Carpenter, G. D. Hale, A collection of
Lepidoptera (Rhopalocera) from
the Cayman Islands (C. B.
Lewis coll.). 371-396
casius, Turdus grayi, 435
Casmerodius albus egretta, 416
cassini, Phaethornis longirostris, 280
castaneiceps, Tinamus major, 5
castaneus, Crypturellus, 10
catalina, Hemiargus, 392
Catamenia analis analoides, 439
Catharacta skua chilensis, 424
Cathartes aura falklandica, 421
caucae, Crypturellus soui, 12
caucensis, Haplophaedia aureliae, 346
caudatus, Aglaiocercus, 352
centralis, Sporophila minuta, 438
Centurus rubricapillus wagleri, 428
cephalus, Phaethornis longirostris, 281
Certhidea olivacea mentalis, 438
olivacea, 438

454

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

cervina, Adelomyia, 335
cerviniventris, Crypturellus, 10
Chaetocercus jourdani, 360
rosae, 360

chalconota, Amazilia yucatanensis, 329
Chalcostigma heteropogon, 351
stanleyi vulcani, 351
Chalybura buffoni aeneicauda, 333
buffoni, 331
interior, 332
caeruleogaster, 333
melanorrhoa, 334
urochrysa urochrysa, 333
Cbaradrius falklandicus, 423
charithonia, Heliconius charithonia, 381
chilensis, Anthus correndera, 435
Catharacta skua, 424
Cinclodes patagonicus, 429
Colymbus, 412
Elaenia albiceps, 434
Troglodytes musculus, 435
Turdus chiguanco, 435
Zonotrichia capensis, 440
chionopectus, Amazilia chionopectus,
319

Chloephaga dispar, 419
hybrida hybrida, 419
picta, 419
poliocephala, 419

Chloroceryle americana isthmica, 428
chloronotus, Tyrannus melancholicus,
432

chloropogon, Metallura tyrianthina, 350
Chlorostilbon aliciae, 304
assimilis, 303

aureoventris aureoventris, 298
auriceps, 300
caniveti caniveti, 300
salvini, 300
melanorhynchus, 303
nitens caribaeus, 302
nitens, 301
orinocensis, 302
notatus, 298
poortmani euchloris, 304
poortmani, 304
prasinus phaeopygus, 303

Chlorostilbon prasinus prasinus, 303
russatus, 304
stenurus ignotus, 305
stenurus, 305

chrysogaster, Pheucticus chrysopeplus,
437

Chrysolampis elatus, 296
cillene, Colaenis julia, 382
Cinclodes fuscus fuscus, 429
oustaleti oustaleti, 429
patagonicus chilensis, 429
patagonicus patagonicus, 428, 429
cinerascens, Nothoprocta, 24
cinereus, Crypturellus, 10
cinereus, 8

cinnamominus, Falco sparverius, 421
Cistothorus platensis hornensis, 434
clarissae, Heliangelus, 344
clarki, Climacoconus, 229
Climacoconus batteryensis, 231
bottnicus, 232
bromidus, 230
clarki, 229
humilis, 228
lanceolatus, 233
pumilus, 231
quadratus, 226
rallus, 228
scoticus, 233

Coccyzus ferrugineus, 426
cocoi, Ardea, 416
Coeligena boliviana, 343
coeligena, 343

colombiana colombiana, 343
ferruginea, 343
conradi, 342
eos, 342
helianthea, 341
inca, 342
lutetiae, 342
phalerata, 342
torquata, 342
violifera, violifera, 342
coeligena, Coeligena, 343
coeruleogularis, Lepidopyga, 307
cognata, Ardea herodias, 416
Colaenis julia cillene, 382

1943

Index

455

Colaptes pitius pitius, 428
Colibri coruscans, 292, 427
cyanotus cabanidis, 293
crissalis, 292
cyanotus, 293
delphinae, 293
serrirostris, 293
thalassinus, 293

colombiana, Coeligena colombiana, 343
colombica, Thalurania colombica, 309
Colorhamphus parvirostris, 433
colubris, Archilochus, 358
Columba araucana, 425
livia, 425

columbianus, Myiozetetes similis, 432
Columbigallina minuta amazilia, 425
elaeodes, 425
picui picui, 425
columella, Strymon, 391
Colymbus chilensis, 412

occipitalis occipitalis, 413
concolor, Phoca vitulina, 111, 117
confinis, Lepidopyga cceruleogularis,
307

confusus, Crypturellus undulatus, 16
Conemaugh Series, the Cephalopod
fauna of, in western Pennsyl-
vania, 127-174
conradi, Coeligena, 342
Leptosolen, 50

constanti, Heliomaster constanti, 356
Conularina irrasa, 223
narrawayi, 224
raymondi, 223
triangulata, 220
undosa, 222

copiosus, Lumbriconereites, 245
cora, Thaumastura, 357
Corbet, Dr. A. S., 371
Corbulis xantho inturna, 405
cornutum, Metacoceras, 139
coruscans, Golibri, 292, 427
coruscus, Phaethornis, 277
costae, Calypte, 359
costaricensis, Amazilia amabilis, 330
crassirostris, Platyspiza, 438
Creagrus furcatus, 424

creatopus, Puffinus, 413
creditensis, Leodicites, 257
Crenella burkei, 57
crepitus, (Enonites, 254
Cresson, E. T., 31
crestatus, Eudyptes, 412
Cretaceous, Upper, Fauna of the As-
phalt Ridge, Utah, by I. P.
Tolmachcff, 41-58
crissalis, Colibri cyanotus, 292
Crocethia alba, 423

Crotophaga sulcirostris sulcirostris, 426
Crypturellus bartletti, 19
berlepschi, 10
boucardi boucardi, 18
brevirostris, 19
castaneus, 10
cerviniventris, 10
cinereus, 10
cinereus, 8
rufescens, 9

cinnamomeus mexicanus, 20
praepes, 20
vicinior, 20

erythropus erythropus, 21
garleppi, 21
griseiventris, 11
idoneus, 20
noctivagus, 20
obsoletus punensis, 10
parvirostris, 22
soui andrei, 14
caquetae, 13
caucae, 12
harterti, 13
hcffmannsi, 15
inconspicuus, 15
meserythrus, 12
modestus, 12
mustelinus, 13
nigriceps, 13
soui, 14

strigulosus strigulosus, 22
tataupa tataupa, 23
undulatus adspersus, 16
confusus, 16
undulatus, 17

456

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

yol. XXIX

Crypturelius undulatus yapura, 16
variegatus salvini, 19
transamazonicus, 18
variegatus, 18

cupreoventris, Vestipedes, 345
cupripennis, Aglseactis cupripennis, 339
curaeus, Notiopsar, 436
curtum, Poterioceras, 133
curvipennis, Campylopterus curvipen-
nis, 288

curvirostris, Nothoprocta, 24
cuspis, Staurocephalites, 260
cyana, Hylocharis, 314
Cyanocorax affinis zeledoni, 434
cyanolsemus, Oxypogon, 352
cyanopectus, Sternoclyta, 337
cyanoptera, Anas cyanoptera, 420
cyanopterus, Pterophanes cyanopterus,
340

cyanotus, Colibri cyanotus, 293
Cyclomyces Greenei, 222
Cygnus melancoriphus, 419
Cymaenes tripuncta tripuncta, 395
Cymbophora, 55
Cymella bella, 52

Cynanthus latirostris latirostris, 306
sordidus, 306

Damophila juliae juliae, 313
Danaus eresimus, 381

gilippus berenice, 380
plexippus plexippus, 379
darienensis, Threnetes ruckeri, 274
darwinii, Thraupis bonariensis, 436
decora, Amazilia, 330
deemae, Hypothyris meterus, 398
deflexus, Lumbriconereites, 244
delattrei, Lophornis, 297
delphinae, Colibri, 293
Dendroica petechia aureola, 435
densus, Leodicites, 259
desmurii, Sylviorthorhynchus, 429
deuscula, Hyalyris, 399
diaconus, Thraupis episcopus, 436
Diomedea bulleri, 413
exulans exulans, 413
melanophris, 413

Dione vanillae, 382
Diopatraites fustis, 261
Discosura longicauda, 298
districta, Metallura, 351
Diuca diuca diuca, 439
diuca, Diuca diuca, 439
Domatoceras, 144
dominicanus, Larus, 424
dominicus, Anthracothorax, 295
Doryfera ludoviciae ludoviciae, 273
veraguensis, 273

Doutt, J. Kenneth, A review of the
Genus Phoca, 61-125
Dyctiopicus lignarius, 428

echemus, Anaea verticordia, 389
edentulus, Palecenonites, 251
edward, Saucerrotia edward, 427
edwardi, Amazilia edwardi, 325
egregia, Eupherusa, 331
egretta, Casmerodius albus, 416
Elaenia albiceps chilensis, 434
modesta, 433

flavogaster subpagana, 433
elaeodes, Columbigallina minuta, 425
elathea, Eurema, 377
elatus, Chrysolampis, 296
elegantissima, Amazilia fimbriata, 323
eliciae, Hylocharis, 315
Eller, E. R., 41

Eller, E. R., Scolecodonts from the
Erindale, Upper Ordovician, at
Streetsville, Ontario, 241-270
elutus, Thryophilus modestus, 434
emmae, Aglaiocercus, 352
Enchodus, 45
Ensifera ensifera, 343
ensifera, Ensifera, 343
ensipennis, Campylopterus, 289
ensis, Phaconotus, 446
Eoasianites, 148
eos, Coeligena, 342
Ephippioceras f erratum, 136
episcopus, Phaethornis ruber, 286
eresimus, Danaus, 381
Eribates magnirostris, 432
eriensis, Stomatoceras rubra, 31

1943

Index

457

erythrolaema, Habia gutturalis, 437
erythronota, Amazilia tobaci, 326
erythropus, Crypturellus erythropus, 2 1
estellae, Oreotrochilus, 338
etesiaca, Sula leucogaster, 415
euchloris, Chlorostilbon poortmani, 304
Eudyptes crestatus, 412
Eugenes fulgens aureoviridis, 336
fulgens, 336
spectabilis, 336
Eugralla paradoxa, 431
Eunicites denticulatus, 252
Eupetomena macroura, 290
Eupherusa egregia, 331
eximia eximia, 331
nigriventris, 331
Euptoieta hegesia, 383
Eurema elathea, 377
lisa, 378

messalina messalina, 377
nicippe, 378

euryptera, Opisthoprora, 352
Eutoxeres aquila munda, 286
salvini, 287

Evans, Brig. W. H., 371
evansi, Yoldia, 56
evelynae, Calliphlox, 357
exilis, Orthorhynchus exilis, 296
eximia, Eupherusa eximia, 331
exortis, Heliangelus, 344
exquisitus, Ildraites, 248
exsul, Buteo polysoma, 421
exulans, Diomedea exulans, 413

falcatus, Campylopterus, 289
Falco sparverius cinnamominus, 421
fernandensis, 421
falklandica, Cathartes aura, 421
falklandicus, Charadrius, 423
fallax, Leucippus fallax, 318
fannyae, Myrtis, 360
fannyi, Thalurania fannyi, 309
fasciata, Phoca, 91
felicise, Amazilia tobaci, 326
fernandensis, Falco sparverius, 421
Sephanoides fernandensis, 344
Thaumaste fernandensis, 427

fernandezianus, Spizitornis, 433
ferratum, Ephippioceras, 136
ferruginea, Coeligena colombiana, 343
ferrugineus, Coccyzus, 426
filenus, Hemiargus, 392
fimbriata, Amazilia fimbriata, 321
fissilis, Thalurania furcata, 310
fissirostris, Geositta cunicularia, 428
Fissurella, 49

flammula, Selasphorus, 361
flavescens, Boissonneaua flavescens, 344
floriceps, Anthocephala, 335
floridanus. Pseudotriton montanus, 175
Florisuga mellivora, 290
fortis, Geospiza, 437
Fox, Richard M., New and Rare Itho-
miinae (Lepidoptera) in the Car-
negie Museum, 397-408
franciae, Amazilia, 323
frantzii, Nothocercus bonapartei, 8
fretensis, Belonopterus chilensis, 422
Fricke, Reinhold L., 409
fritzae, Ildraites, 248
fulgens, Eugenes fulgens, 336
Fulica armillata, 422
fuliginosa, Geospiza fuliginosa, 437
fuliginosus, Larus, 424
fulva, Aphrastura spinicauda, 430
furcata, Thalurania, 311
furcata, 311

furcatoides, Thalurania furcata, 312
furcatus, Creagrus, 424
furcifer, Heliomaster, 356
fuscipennis, Tinamus major, 4
fusiformis, Orthocera, 132
fustis, Diopatraites, 261

Gahan, A. B., 31
gaimardi, Phalacrocorax, 415
galapagensis, Anas, 420
Anous stolidus, 425
galapagoensis, Buteo, 421

Nesopelia galapagoensis, 425
Oceanites gracilis, 414
galbula, Icterus, 436
Gale, H. S., 41

garleppi, Crypturellus erythropus, 21

458

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

garnotii, Pelecanoides, 414
f. genoveva. Precis lavinia, 384
geoffroyi, Schistes geoffroyi, 354
Geositta cunicularia fissirostris, 428
Geospiza difficilis acutirostris, 438
fortis, 437

fuliginosa fuliginosa, 437
magnirostris, 437
scandens intermedia, 438
geronimensis, Phoca vitulina, 117
gibsoni, Chlorostilbon, 300
giganteus, Macronectes, 413
Glaucidium nanum, 426
Glaucis senea, 276

hirsuta affinis, 276
hirsuta, 275
insularum, 275
glaucopoides, Vestipedes, 346
Goin, Coleman J., Description of a new
race of Siren intermedia Le-
Conte, 211-217

Goin, C. J. and Netting, M. G., De-
scriptions of two new Salaman-
ders from Peninsular Florida,
175-196

Goodson, F., 371
goudoti, Lepidopyga, 309
gouldi, Lophornis, 297
gracilirostris, Anthracothorax prevosti,
295

gracilis, Lesbia gouldi, 348
grayi, Hylocharis grayi, 316
groenlandica, Phoca, 87
Griscom, Mr. Ludlow, 1
griseiventris, Crypturellus, 11
griseogularis, Phaethornis, 286
gryphus, Vultur, 421
guainumbi, Polytmus guainumbi, 317
guatemalensis, Amazilia cyanocephala,
328

guerini, Oxypogon, 351
guimeti, Klais, 296
guttatus, Tinamus, 7
Gygis alba Candida, 425
Gyrodes, 48

Habia gutturalis erythrolaema, 437

haeberlini, Chlorostilbon, 300
Haematopus ater, 422
leucopodus, 422
ostralegus pitanay, 422
Hall, A., 371
hamus, Nereidavus, 246
Haplophaedia aureliae caucensis, 346
Harris, Halbert M., New Neididae
(Hemiptera) from South America,
443-450

harterti, Crypturellus soui, 13
hegesia, Euptoieta, 383
helenae, Calypte, 359
Paphosia, 297

Heliangelus amethysticollis, 345
clarissae, 344
exortis, 344
mayors, 344
spencei. 345

helianthea, Cceligena, 341
Heliconius charithonia charithonia, 381
heliodori, Acestrura, 360
Heliodoxa jacula henryi, 337
leadbeateri leadbeateri, 336
parvula, 337

rubinoides aequatorialis, 336
Heliomaster constanti constanti, 356
furcifer, 356

longirostris longirostris, 356
Heliothryx auriculata auriculata, 355
phainolsema, 355
aurita, 354
barroti, 355
Hellmayr, Dr. C. E., 1
Hemiargus ammon, 392
catalina, 392
filenus, 392

hemileucurus, Campylopterus, 289
hemina, Oleria crispinella, 404
henryi, Heliodoxa jacula, 337
heteropogon, Chalcostigma, 351
Heteroscelus incanus, 423
hildrethi, Schistoceras, 151
Himantopus himantopus mexicanus,
423

hirsuta, Glaucis hirsuta, 275
hirundinacea. Sterna, 425

1943

Index

459

hispida, Phoca, 89
hispidus, Phaethornis, 281
hoffmanni, Amazilia, 325
hoffmannsi, Crypturellus soui, 15
hollandi, Amazilia, 320
holosericeus, Sericotes holosericeus, 296
hornensis, Cistothorus platensis, 434
horridus, Ildraites, 250
hudsonicus, Numenius phaeopus, 423
humboldti, Spheniscus, 412
humilis, Climacoconus, 228
Hummingbirds, List of, in the collec-
tion of the Carnegie Museum,
by W. E. C. Todd, 271-370
Hyalyris deuscula, 399
munda, 301

Hylephila phylaeus phylaeus, 395
Hylocharis chrysura chrysura, 315
cyana, 314
rostrata, 314
viridiventris, 314
eliciae, 315
grayi grayi, 316
meridionalis, 316
josephinae, 316
leucotis borealis, 317
leucotis, 316
oenone, 315
sapphirina, 314
xantusi, 317

hypoleucus, Leucippus chionogaster,
318

Hypothyris meterus deemae, 398

Icterus galbula, 436
idoneus, Crypturellus, 20
ignobilis, Phaethornis striigularis, 284
ignotus, Chlorostilbon stenurus, 305
Ildraites exquisitus, 248
fritzae, 248
horridus, 250
patulus, 249
peramplus, 249
immaculatus, Myrmeleon, 31
inca, Cceligena, 342
incanus, Heteroscelus, 423
inconspicuus, Crypturellus soui, 15

ineptus, Nereidavus, 246
inornata, Adelomyia, 335
Pinaroloxias, 438
insignis, Panterpe, 313
Phaethornis, 278
insularis, Victorina stelenes, 388
insularum, Glaucis hirsuta, 275
interior, Chalybura buffoni, 332
intermedia, Geospiza scandens, 438
inturna, Corbulis xantho, 405
Ipocrantor magellanicus, 428
iridescens, Anthracothorax nigricollis,
294

Iridoprocne leucopyga, 434
irrasa, Conularina, 223
isthmica, Chloroceryle americana, 428
Ithomiinae, New and Rare, (Lepidop-
tera) in the Carnegie Museum
by Richard M. Fox, 397-408

jamaicensis, Anartia jatrophae, 388
; jamesoni, Oreotrochilus chimborazo,
339

! Jordan, Dr. Karl, 371
| josephinae, Hylocharis, 316
j jourdani, Chaetocercus, 360
jucunda, Amazilia tzacatli, 327
i juliae, Damophila juliae, 313
j julius, Nothocercus julius, 8

Kay, J. LeRoy, 41

kayi, Cardium, 54

kingi, Aglaiocercus, 353

Kinnear, N. B., 1

Klais guimeti, 296

kleei, Tinamus tao, 3

knoxense, Pseudorthoceras, 131

Lafresnaya lafresnayi lafresnayi, 340
liriope, 340
saiilae, 340

lafresnayi, Lafresnaya lafresnayi, 340
lanceolatus, Climacoconus ?, 233
landbecki, Rallus sanguinolentus, 422
| largha, Phoca vitulina, 118
j largipennis, Campylopterus, 288
Larus dominicanus, 424

460

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Larus fuliginosus, 424
maculipennis, 424
modestus, 424
pipixcan, 424

latirostris, Cynanthus latirostris, 306
latissimus, Paleoenonites, 251
leadbeateri, Heliodoxa leadbeateri, 336
Leodicites acclivis, 256
barbatus, 259
creditensis, 257
densus, 259
streetsvillensis, 257
sumraus, 258

Lepidopyga boucardi, 309
cceruleogularis, 307
confinis, 307
goudoti, 309
luminosa luminosa, 307
phaeochroa, 308

Leptasthenura aegitholides aegitholides,
430

Leptosolen conradi, 50
Leptotes theonus, 394
Lesbia gouldi gracilis, 348

victoriae sequatorialis, 347
victoriae, 348
Lessonia rufa rufa, 431
Leucippus chionogaster hypoleucus, 318
fallax fallax, 318
leucogaster, Amazilia, 320
Leucophaeus scoresbii, 425
leucopodus, Haematopus, 422
leucopyga, Iridoprocne, 434
leucorrhous, Smaragdites theresiae, 317
leucotis, Hylocharis leucotis, 316
leucurus, Threnetes leucurus, 273
Lewis, C. B. with G. D. Hale Carpenter,
A collection of Lepidoptera
(Rhopalocera) from the Cay-
man Islands, 371-396
lignarius, Dyctiopicus, 428
lindeni, Oxypogon, 352
lineata, Anatina, 51
liriope, Lafresnaya lafresnayi, 340
Liroceras, 137
lisa, Eurema, 378
livia, Columba, 425

longicauda, Discosura, 298
longirostris. Heliomaster longirostris,
356

Vestipedes derbyi, 346
longuemareus, Phaethornis, 284
Lophornis delattrei, 297
gouldi, 297
ornatus, 297
stictolophus, 297
lucifer, Calothorax, 358
Lucina, 54

ludoviciae, Doryfera ludoviciae, 273
Lumbriconereites copiosus, 245
deflexus, 244
marlenediesae, 243
proclivis, 244

luminosa, Lepidopyga luminosa, 307
luteicapilla, Tanagra, 436
lutetiae, Coeligena, 342
lyrura, Calliphlox lyrura, 357

Macronectes giganteus, 413
macroura, Eupetomena macroura, 289
macularia, Actitis, 423
maculicauda, Amazilia fimbriata, 322
Phaeochroa cuvieri, 287
maculicollis, Rhynchotus, 24
maculipennis, Larus, 424
magellani, Pelecanoides, 414
magellanica, Capella paraguaiae, 423
magellanicus, Ipocrantor, 428
Phalacrocorax, 415
Scytalopus magellanicus, 431
Spheniscus, 412
Turdus falcklandii, 435
magnirostris, Eribates, 432
Geospiza, 437
major, Aechmophorus, 413
Tinamus major, 6
malagae, Metallura, 349
malaris, Phaethornis, 280
Manacus vitellinus vitellinus, 431
Mareca sibilatrix, 420
margarethae, Aglaiocercus, 353
Margarita, 49

marlenediesae, Lumbriconereites, 243
martialis, Strymon, 390

1943

Index

461

matthewsi, Boissonneaua, 344
maugaea, Riccordia, 305
mavors, Heliangelus, 344
f. maya, Phyciodes phaon, 384
Mechanitis meterus, 398
meeki, Placenticeras, 47
Megaceryle torquata stellata, 427
torquata, 428
Megaglossoceras, 137
melancoriphus, Cygnus, 419
melanogenys, Adelomyia melanogenys,
335

melanophris, Diomedea, 413
melanopis, Theristicus, 418
melanorhynchus, Chlorostilbon, 303
melanorrhoa, Chalybura, 334
Melinaea maelus purusana, 397
mellivora, Florisuga, 290
Mellon, W. L., 409
mellonae, Phoca vitulina, 111
menstruus, Pionus, 426
mentalis, Certhidea olivacea, 438
Muscisaxicola macloviana, 431
meridionalis, Hylocharis grayi, 316
meserythrus, Crypturellus soui, 12
mesonauta, Phaethon aethereus, 414
messalina, Eurema messalina, 377
Metacoceras cornutum, 139
perelegans, 141
Metallura districta, 351

malagae, 349 *

smaragdinicollis smaragdinicollis,
349

tyrianthina chloropogon, 350
oreopola, 350
tyrianthina, 349
williami, 348
meterus, Mechanitis, 398
mexicanus, Crypturellus cinnamomeus,
20

Himantopus himantopus, 423
Microchera parvirostris, 330
Micropus andecolus parvulus, 427
microrhyncha, Topaza pella, 338
Microsittace ferruginea minor, 426
Microstilbon burmeisteri, 358
militaris, Pezites militaris, 436

Miller, A. K. and Unklesbay, A. C., The
Cephalopod fauna of the Cone-
maugh Series in western Penn-
sylvania, 127-174
milleri, Amazilia, 320
Milvago chimango temucoensis, 421
Mimus thenca, 435
minor, Microsittace ferruginea, 426
missouriense, Schistoceras, 155
mitchelli, Calliphlox, 357
modesta, Elaenia albiceps, 433
Progne modesta, 434
modestus, Crypturellus soui, 12
Larus, 424
Zonibyx, 422

Molothrus bonariensis bonariensis, 436
Momotus subrufescens conexus, 428
monachus, Muscivora tyrannus, 432
monilifer, Tainoceras, 142
monticola, Amazilia tobaci, 327
moorei, Phaethornis, 279
Mooreoceras normale, 132
morinella, Arenaria interpres, 423
mosquerai, Vestipedes, 346
muelleri, Phaethornis, 278
Muesebeck, C. F. W., 31
mulsanti, Acestrura, 360
munda, Eutoxeres aquila, 286
Hyalyris, 401
murina, Orochelidon, 434
Muscisaxicola macloviana mentalis, 431
mustelinus, Crypturellus soui, 13
Muscivora brevicauda, 432
tyrannus monachus, 432
Myiarchus ferox panamensis, 432
Myiotheretes striaticollis striaticollis,
432

Myiozetetes similis columbianus, 432
Myrmeleon immaculatus, 31
Myrtis fannyae, 360

nannus, Parajalysus, 449
nanodes, Speotyto cunicularia, 427
nanum, Glaucidium, 426
nanus, Pyrocephalus rubinus, 432
Napeogenes astarte, 402
narrawayi, Conularina, 224

462

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

nationi, Atlapetes nationi, 439
nebouxi, Sula, 415

Neididae, New, from South America, by
Halbert M. Harris, 443=450
neleis, Phoebis, 378
nelsoni, Ammospiza caudacuta, 207
Nereidavus hamus, 246
ineptus, 246
procurvus, 247

Nesomimus parvulus bauri, 435
parvulus, 435

Nesopelia galapagoensis galapagoensis,
425

Nesotriccus ridgwayi, 432
Netting, M. G. and Goin, C. J., De-
scriptions of two new Sala-
manders from Peninsular Florida, |
175-196

nettingi. Siren intermedia, 211
nexus, Protacanthus, 446
nicippe, Eurema, 378
nigrescens, Parajalysus, 448
nigricauda, Amazilia fimbriata, 321
nigriceps, Crypturellus soui, 13
nigricollis, Anthracothorax nigricollis,
294

nigriventris, Eupherusa, 331
nigrocapillus, Nothocercus nigrocapil-
lus, 7

nigrofasciata, Thalurania furcata, 312
nitens, Chlorostilbon nitens, 301
nitidifrons, Amazilia versicolor, 321
niveoventer, Amazilia, 326
noctivagus, Crypturellus, 20
normale, Mooreoceras, 132
notatus, Chlorostilbon, 298
Nothocercus bonapartei bonapartei, 8
frantzii, 8
julius julius, 8
nigrocapillus nigrocapillus, 7
Nothoprocta cinerascens, 24
curvirostris, 24
ornata ornata, 24
pentlandi pentlandi, 24
perdicaria perdicaria, 25, 412
Nothura boraquira, 26
maculosa agassizi, 25

Nothura maculosa boliviana, 26
Notiopsar curaeus, 436
Numenius phaeopus hudsonicus, 423
Nyctanassa violacea pauper, 418
Nycticorax nycticorax obscurus, 417
tayazu-guira, 416

Oberholser, Dr. Harry C., 197
obscurus, Campylopterus obscurus, 288
Nycticorax nycticorax, 417
Pyrocephalus rubinus, 432
occipitalis, Colymbus occipitalis, 413
Oceanites gracilis galapagoensis, 414
tethys tethys, 414
ochraceiventris, Phaethornis, 279
Ocreatus addae, 347

underwoodi polystictus, 347
underwoodi underwoodi, 347
oenone, Hylocharis, 315
CEnonites caducus, 256
conterminus, 254
crepitus, 254
sinuatus, 255
Oleria bocca, 404

crispinella hemina, 404
olivacea, Certhidea olivacea, 438
olivaceus, Phalacrocorax olivaceus, 415
olivascens, Tinamus major, 6
Opisthoprora euryptera, 352
Oreopholus ruficollis, 422
oreopola, Metallura tyrianthina, 350
Oreotrochilus adelae, 339

chimborazo jamesoni, 339
estellae, 338

orienticola, Amazilia chionopectus,
319

orinocensis, Chlorostilbon nitens, 302
ornata, Nothoprocta ornata, 24
ornatus, Lophornis, 297
Orochelidon murina, 434
Orthocera fusiformis, 132
Orthorhynchus exilis exilis, 296
oustaleti, Cinclodes oustaleti, 429
Oxypogon cyanolaemus, 352
guerini, 351
lindeni, 352
stiibeli, 352

1943

Index

463

Palecenonites accuratus, 250, 252
edentulus, 251
latissimus, 251
pallidus, Parajalysus, 449
pamelae, Aglaeactis, 339
panamensis, Amazona ochrocephala,
426

Myiarchus ferox, 432
Panoquina panoquinoides panoquinoi-
des, 395

sylvicola sylvicola, 396
woodruffi, 396

panoquinoides, Panoquina panoquinoi-
des, 395

Panterpe insignis, 313
Paphosia adorabilis, 297
helenae, 297

Papilio andraemon andraemon, 374
tailor i, 373

aristodemus temenes, 373
polydamas polydamas, 373
paradoxa, Eugralla, 431
Parajalysus andinus, 448
nannus, 449
nigrescens, 448
pallidus, 449
sobrinus, 447

parulus, Spizitornis parulus, 433
parvirostris, Colorhamphus, 433
Crypturellus, 22
Microchera, 330

parvula, Heliodoxa leadbeateri, 337
parvulus, Camarhynchus parvulus, 438
Micropus andecolus, 427
Nesomimus parvulus, 435
patachonicus, Tachyeres, 420
Patagona gigas peruviana, 339, 427
patagonicus, Cinclodes patagonicus, 428
Phrygilus, 439
patulus, Ildraites, 249
pauper, Nyctanassa violacea, 418
Pelecanoides garnotii, 414
magellani, 414

Pelecanus occidentalis thagus, 414
pella, Topaza pella, 337
Pennoceras seamani, 147
pentlandi, Nothoprocta pentlandi, 24

perdicaria, Nothoprocta perdicaria, 25,
412

peregrina, Appias drusilla, 376
perelegans, Metacoceras, 141
perpensus, Arabellites, 260
peruviana, Patagona gigas, 339, 427
Pygochelidon cyanoleuca, 434
peruvianus, Pterophanes cyanopterus,
341

Talaphorus hypostictus, 318
peruviensis, Volatinia jacarina, 439
Peters, James L., The Canadian forms
of the Sharp-tailed Sparrow,
Ammospiza caudata, 201-210
Pezites militaris bellicosa, 436
militaris, 436
Phaconotus ensis, 446
Phaeochroa cuvieri berlepschi, 287
maculicauda, 287

phaeochroa, Lepidopyga luminosa, 308
phaeopygus, Chlorostilbon prasinus, 303
Phaethon aethereus mesonauta, 414
Phaethornis anthophilus anthophilus,
281

augusti, augusti, 283
bolivianus, 279
bourcieri, 284
coruscus, 277
griseogularis, 286
guyi apicalis, 277
guyi, 277
hispidus, 281
insignis, 278
longirostris cassini, 280
cephalus, 281
susurrus, 280
longuemareus, 284
maiaris, 280
moorei, 279
muelleri, 278
ochraceiventris, 279
philippii, 284
pretrei, 282
ruber episcopus, 286
ruber, 286

rupununii amazonicus, 282
rupununii, 282

464

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

Phaethornis striigularis ignobilis, 284
saturatus, 285
striigularis, 285
subrufescens, 285
stuarti, 286
subochraceus, 283
superciliosus, 278
syrmatophorus, 281
yaruqui, sancti-johannis, 278
phainolaema, Heliothrys auriculata, 355
Phalacrocorax atriceps atriceps, 416
bougainvillii, 415
gaimardi, 415
magellanicus, 415
olivaceus olivaceus, 415
phalerata, Cceligena, 342
phaon, Phyciodes phaon, 383
Pheucticus chrysopeplus chrysogaster,
437

phileta, Pieris phileta, 375
philippii, Phaethornis, 284
Phoca groenlandica, 87
fasciata, 91

vitulina geronimensis, 117
Phocides pigmalion batabano, 394
Phoebis neleis, 378

sennae sennae, 378
Phoenicopterus ruber, 419
Phrygilus patagonicus, 439
Phyciodes lavinia f. genoveva, 384
f. zonalis, 384
phaon f. maya, 384
phaon, 383

phylaeus, Hylephila phylaeus, 395
Phytotoma rara, 434
Piaya cayana thermophila, 426
picui, Columbina picui, 425
Pieris phileta phileta, 375
Pinaroloxias inornata, 438
Pionus menstruus, 426
pipixcan, Larus, 424
Pipraeidea melanonota venezuelensis,
436

pitanay, Haematopus ostralegus, 422
pitius, Colaptes pitius, 428
Placenticeras meeki, 47
plancus, Polyborus plancus, 421

platycercus, Selasphorus platycercus,
360

Platyspiza crassirostris, 438
plexippus, Danaus plexippus, 379
poliocephala, Chloephaga, 419
Polyborus plancus plancus, 421
polydamas, Papilio polydamas, 373
polysoma, Buteo polysoma, 421
polystictus, Ocreatus underwoodi, 347
Polytmus guainumbi guainumbi, 317
thaumantias, 317

poortmani, Chlorostilbon poortmani,
304

Popelairia conversi aequatorialis, 298
Poterioceras curtum, 133
subellipticum, 135

praepes, Crypturellus cinnamomeus, 20
prasinus, Chlorostilbon prasinus, 303
pretrei, Phaethornis, 282
prevosti, Anthracothorax prevosti, 294
princeps, Xenoloma, 444
Procellaria aequinoctialis, 414
proclivis, Lumbriconereites, 244
procurvus, Nereidavus, 247
Progne modesta modesta, 434
propinqua, Geospiza conirostris, 438
Protacanthus nexus, 446
proteoides, Urbanus proteus, 395
Pseudobranchus striatus axanthus, 183
Pseudorthoceras knoxense, 131
Pseudotriton montanus floridanus, 175
Psilopsiagon aurifrons aurifrons, 426
pteneres, Tachyeres, 419
Pterophanes cyanopterus cyanopterus,
340

peruvianus, 341
Pteroptochos tarnii, 430
Puffinus creatopus, 413
griseus, 414

lherminieri subalaris, 414
pumilus, Climacoconus, 231
punensis, Crypturellus obsoletus, 10
purus, Eunicites, 253
purusana, Melinaea maelus, 397
Pygarrhicus albo-gularis, 430
Pygochelidon cyanoleuca peruviana,
434

1943

Index

465

Pyrocephalus rubinus nanus, 432
obscurus, 432
pyrope, Xolmis, 431

quadratus, Climacoconus, 226

Rallus sanguinolentus landbecki, 422
rallus, Climacoconus, 228
Ramphomicron microrhynchum andi-
cola, 348

microrhynchum, 348
rara, Phytotoma, 434
raymondi, Conularina, 223
refulgens, Thalurania furcata, 310
Rhynchotus maculicollis, 24
rufescens rufescens, 23
richardii, Phoca vitulina, 111, 117
Ricordia maugsea, 305

ricordi aeneoviridis, 306
ricordi, 306
swainsoni, 306
ricordi, Ricordia ricordi, 306
ridgwayi, Nesotriccus, 432
robustus, Tinamus major, 4
rosae, Chaetocercus, 360
rosenbergi, Amazilia, 330
rostrata, Hylocharis cyana, 314
rubecula, Scelorchilus, 430
ruber, Phaethornis ruber, 286
Phoenicopterus, 419
rufa, Lessonia rufa, 431
rufescens, Crypturellus cinereus, 9
Rhynchotus rufescens, 23
ruficauda, Buteo magnirostris, 421
ruficollis, Oreopholus, 422
rufus, Selasphorus, 361
rupununii, Phaethornis rupununii, 282
russatus, Chlorostilbon, 304
rutila, Amazilia rutila, 329

salvini, Chlorostilbon caniveti, 300
Crypturellus variegatus, 19
Eutoxeres aquila, 287
sancti-johannis, Phaethornis yaruqui,
278

Sapho sapho, 348
sparganura, 348

sapho, Sapho, 348
sapphirina, Hylocharis, 314
sasini, Selasphorus sasini, 361
saturatior, Upucerthia dumetaria, 429
saturatus, Phaethornis striigularis, 285
Tinamus major, 5
Saucerrotia edward edward, 427
saucerottei, Amazilia saucerottei, 324
saiilae, Lafresnaya lafresnayi, 340
Scapanorhynchus, 46
Scelorchilus rubecula, 430
Schistes albogularis, 354
geoffroyi, 354
geoffroyi bolivianus, 354
Schistoceras hildrethi, 151
missouriense, 155
scintilla, Selasphorus, 361
Scolecodonts from the Erindale, Upper
Ordovician, at Streetsville, On-
tario, E. R. Eller, 241-270
scoresbii, Leucophaeus, 425
scoticus, Climacoconus, 233
seamani, Pennoceras, 147
Selasphorus flammula, 361

platycercus platycercus, 360
rufus, 361
sasini sasini, 361
scintilla, 361
simoni, 361

sennae, Phoebis sennae, 378
Sephanoides fernandensis fernandensis,
344

sephanoides, 344, 427
sephaniodes, Sephanoides, 344, 427
septentrionalis, Tinamus tao, 3
Sericotes holosericeus holosericeus, 296
serratus, Tinamus major, 6
serrirostris, Colibri, 293
Sharp-tailed Sparrow, Ammospiza cau-
data. The Canadian forms of,
James L. Peters, 201-210
sibilatrix, Mareca, 420
simoni, Selasphorus, 361

Thalurania furcata, 312
Sinclair, G. Winston, The Chazy Con-
ularida and their congeners,
219-240

466

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

sinuatus, (Enonites, 255
Siren intermedia nettingi, 211
smaragdinicollis, Metallura smarag-
dinicollis, 349

smaragdinus, Aglaiocercus, 353
Smaragdites theresiae leucorrhous, 317
theresiae, 317
sobrinus, Jalysus, 447
Solenochilus brammeri, 144
sordidus, Cynanthus, 306
soui, Crypturellus soui, 14
sparganura, Sapho, 348
Sparrow, Sharp-tailed, Critical remarks
on the races of, W. E. C. Todd,
197-199

spectabilis, Eugenes, 336
specularioides, Anas specularioides, 420
specularis, Anas, 420
spencei, Heliangelus, 345
Speotyto cunicularia nanodes, 427
Spheniscus humboldti, 412
magellanicus, 412
Spieker, E. M., 41

spinicauda, Aphrastura spinicauda, 430
Spinus barbatus, 439

magellanicus capitalis, 439
Sporophila minuta centralis, 438
centralis, 438

Staurocephalites cuspis, 260
stellata, Megaceryle torquata, 427
Stellula calliope calliope, 359
stenurus, Chlorostilbon stenurus, 305
Sterna hirundinacea, 425
Sternoclyta cyanopectus, 337
stictolophus, Lophornis, 297
Stomatoceras rubra eriensis, 31
streetsvillensis, Leodicites, 257
striaticeps, Arremonops conirostris, 439
striaticollis, Myiotheretes striaticollis,
432

striatus, Butorides striatus, 418
stricklandii, Capella, 423
strigulosus, Crypturellus strigulosus, 22
striigularis, Phaethornis striigularis,
285

Strymon acis, 390
columella, 391

Strymon martialis, 390
stuarti, Phaethornis, 286
stiibeli, Oxypogon, 352
subellipticum, Poterioceras, 135
subochraceus, Phaethornis, 283
subpagana, Elaenia flavogaster, 433
subrufescens, Phaethornis striigularis,
285

subvirgata, Ammospiza caudacuta, 203
Sula nebouxi, 415

leucogaster etesiaca, 415
variegata, 415

sulcirostris, Crotcphaga sulcirostris, 426
summus, Leodicites, 258
sundevalli, Butorides, 418
superciliosus, Phaethornis, 278
susurrus, Phaethornis longirostris, 280
swainsoni, Riccordia, 306
sylvicola, Panoquina sylvicola, 396
Sylviorthorhynchus desmurii, 429
syrmatophorus, Phaethornis syrma-
tophorus, 281

Tachyeres patachonicus, 420
pteneres, 419

tailori, Papilio andraemon, 373
Tainoceras monilifer, 142
Talaphorus hypostictus peruvianus, 318
Tanagra luteicapilla, 436
tao, Tinamus tao, 3
tarnii, Pteroptochos, 430
tataupa, Crypturellus tataupa, 23
tayazu-guira, Nycticorax nycticorax,
416

telasco, Sporophila, 438
Tellina, 55

temenes, Papilio aristodemus, 373
temucoensis, Milvago chimango, 421
tethys, Oceanodroma tethys, 414
thagus, Pelecanus occidentalis, 414
thalassinus, Colibri, 293
Thalurania colombica colombica, 309
venusta, 310
cyana rostrata, 314
fannyi fannyi, 309
furcata, 311
baeri, 313

1943

Index

467

Thalurania furcata balzani, 312
boliviana, 313
fissilis, 310
furcata, 311
furcatoides, 312
nigrofasciata, 312
refulgens, 310

thaumantias, Polytmus guainumbi, 317
Thaumaste fernandensis fernandensis,
427

Thaumastura cora, 357
thenca, Mimus, 435
theonus, Leptotes, 394
theresiae, Smaragdites theresiae, 317
Theristicus melanopis, 418
thermophila, Piaya cayana, 426
thilius, Agelaius thilius, 436
Thompson, Frederick O., 127
thompsoni, Brephidium exilis, 392
Thraupis bonariensis darwinii, 436
episcopus diaconus, 436
Threnetes leucurus leucurus, 273
ruckeri darienensis, 274
venezuelensis, 273
ventosus, 274

Thryophilus modestus elutus, 434
Tinamous, List of, in the collection of
the Carnegie Museum, by
W. E. C. Todd, 1-29
Tinamus guttatus, 7

major castaneiceps, 5

fuscipennis, 4 k

major, 6
olivascens, 6
robustus, 4
saturatus, 5
serratus, 6
zuliensis, 5
tao kleei, 3
septentrionalis, 3
tao, 3

Todd, W. E. Clyde, List of the Tinamous
in the collection of the Carnegie
Museum, 1-29

Todd, W. E. Clyde, Critical remarks on
the races of the Sharp-tailed
Sparrow, 197-199

Todd, W. E. Clyde, List of the Hum-
mingbirds in the collection of the
Carnegie Museum, 271-370
Tolmachcff, Dr. I. P., 127
Topaza microrhyncha pella, 338
pella pella, 337
torquata, Coeligena, 342

Megaceryle torquata, 428
transamazonicus, Crypturellus varie-
gatus, 18

triangulata, Conularina, 220
Trimble, Ruth, Birds collected during
two cruises of the “Vagabondia”
to the west coast of South
America, 409-441

tripuncta, Cymaenes tripuncta, 395
Troglodytes musculus atacamensis, 434
chilensis, 435
tuidara, Tyto alba, 426
Turdus grayi casius, 435

chiguanco chiguanco, 435
falcklandii magellanicus, 435
Turritella, 48

Twomey, Dr. Arthur C., 409
Tyrannus melancholicus chloronotus,
432

tyrianthina, Metallura tyrianthina, 349
Tyto alba tuidara, 426
tzacatli, Amazilia tzacatli, 328

underwoodi, Ocreatus underwoodi, 346
undosa, Conularina, 222
undulatus, Crypturellus undulatus, 17
Unklesbay, A. G. and Miller A. K., The
Cephalopod fauna of the Cone-
maugh Series in western Penn-
sylvania, 127-174

Upucerthia dumetaria saturatior, 429
Urbanus proteus proteoides, 395
urochrysa, Chalybura urochrysa, 333

“Vagabondia,” Birds collected during
cruise of, by Ruth Trimble, 409-
441

vanillae, Dione, 382
variegata, Sula, 415
variegatus, Crypturellus variegatus, 18

468

Annals of the Carnegie Museum

vol. XXIX

venezuelensis, Pipraeidea melanonota,
436

Threnetes ruckeri, 27 3
ventosus, Threnetes ruckeri, 274
venusta, Thalurania colombica, 310
veraguensis, Doryfera ludoviciae, 27 3
Vestipedes cupreoventris, 345
derbyi longirostris, 346
glaucopoides, 346
mosquerai, 346
vestitus, 345
vestitus, Vestipedes, 345
vicinior, Crypturellus cinnamomeus, 20
victoriae, Lesbia victoriae, 348
Victorina stelenes insularis, 388
viola, Amazilia beryllina, 329
violiceps, Amazilia violiceps, 328
violifera, Coeligena violifera, 342
viridicordatus, Anthracothorax pre-
vosti, 295

viridigaster, Amazilia, 325
viridigula, Anthracothorax, 295
viridis, Anthracothorax, 295
viridiventris, Hylocharis cyana, 314
vitulina, Phoca, 89
vitulina, 117

vitellinus, Manacus vitellinus, 431
Volatinia jacarina peruviensis, 439
vulcani, Chalcostigma stanleyi, 351
Vultur gryphus, 421

wagleri, Centurus rubricapillus, 428

Wallace, George E., Observations on the
life history of a new Chalcidoid
Wasp, an internal parasite of
Ant-lion Larvae, 31-40
warscewiczi, Amazilia saucerottei, 324
Wasp, Chalcidoid, Observations on
life-history, by George E. Wal-
lace, 31-40

Watson, Frank E.,371

Webster, Howard, 127

Wells, Dr. John W., 127

whitelyi, Amazilia chionopectus, 319

williami, Metallura, 348

woodruffi, Panoquina sylvicola, 396

xantusi, Hylocharis, 317
Xenoloma princeps, 444
Xolmis pyrope, 431

yapura, Crypturellus undulatus, 16
Yoldia evansi, 56

yucatanensis, Amazilia yucatanensis,
328

zeledoni, Cyanocorax afhnis, 434
Zenaidura auriculata auriculata, 425
f. zonalis, Precis lavinia, 384
Zonibyx modestus, 422
Zonotrichia capensis antofagastae, 439
australis, 440
chilensis, 440

zuliensis, Tinamus major, 5

)